Skip to main content

Full text of "The Monroe Doctrine"

See other formats


p 

:!  1 1!     hi! 


■■^^■■■H I1  M  ll1  '''h 


T.  B.EDGINGTON 


THE    MONROE   DOCTRINE 


^J/L-cr-isc^i^O     L^t^t^C^ 


Z^-^2_, 


' 


&       -o^ 


THE 


MONROE   DOCTRINE 


BY 

T.  B.  EDGINGTON,  A.M.,  LL.D. 

OF    THE    BAR    OF    MEMPHIS,  TENN. 


i 


BOSTON 
LITTLE,  BROWN,  AND    COMPANY 

1905 


Copyright,  1904, 
By  T.   B.    Edgington. 


All  rig/its  reserved 


THE    UNIVERSITY    PRESS,    CAMBRIDGE,     U.  S.  A 


PREFACE 


Among  a  self-governing  people  it  is  indispensable  that  their 
ruling  millions  should  possess  an  accurate  knowledge  of  the 
principles  and  policies  of  their  government.  That  which  is 
written  in  their  statutes  is  easily  mastered  ;  but  their  unwritten 
laws,  which  are  traditional  in  character,  like  all  other  forms  of 
tradition,  ultimately  become  a  matter  of  great  uncertainty  and 
doubt.  They  are  colored  and  shaped  into  all  sorts  of  fantastic 
and  variegated  forms  by  the  medium  through  which  they  are 
transmitted. 

jJThe  object  of  this  work  is  to  rescue  the  people,  in  some 
small  degree,  from  the  perils  of  this  distortion  of  the  unwritten 
foreign  policy  of  the  republic.  1 

Its  object  does  not  rest  on  this  alone;  its  further  purpose  is 
to  point  out  the  new  questions  which  are  arising  and  requir- 
ing solution  under  this  policy,  to  the  end  that  we  may  act  the 
part  of  the  good  Samaritan  to  the  sick  man  of  Latin  America, 
and  at  the  same  time  maintain  our  cordial  and  friendly  rela- 
tions with  all  the  European  powers,  relations  which  sometimes 
become  strained  and  alienated  through  a  misunderstanding  of 
each  other's  purposes. 

This  leads  up  to  an  examination  of  the  relations  which  Latin 
America  sustains  to  our  foreign  policy,  and  to  an  exposition, 
in  somewhat  unmeasured  terms,  of  the  heresies  which  have 


vi  PREFACE 

taken  refuge  under  the  shadow  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  as 

the  vermin  were  found  to  have  collected  under  the  foliage  of 

Jonah's  gourd  vine,  when  it  withered. 

T.  B.  EDGINGTON. 

Memphis,  Tenn.,  March  6,  1904. 


CONTENTS 

Chapter  Page 

I.   The  Holy  Alliance i 

II.   The  Holy  Alliance  and  the  New  World    ...  6 

III.  Metternich,  Castlereagh,  Canning 48 

IV.  Panama  Congress 55 

V.    British  Honduras 60 

VI.   Bay  Islands 65 

VII.   Clayton  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine 68 

VIII.   Clayton  and  Bulwer 76 

IX.   Opinions 79 

X.   Origin  of  our  Foreign  Policy 84 

XI.   Colonization 95 

XII.    Party  Platforms 105 

XIII.   Isolation 108 

XIV.   Coaling  and  Supply  Stations in 

XV.   The  Empire  of  Maximilian 119 

XVI.   The  Venezuelan  Boundary 128 

XVII.    Germany  and  Brazil 133 

XVIII.    Germany  and  Denmark 141 

XIX.   The  Isthmian  Canal   , 144 

XX.   The  Recrudescence  of  Revolutions 159 

XXI.   The  Hague  Tribunal 179 

XXII.   Second    International    Conference    of   American 

States 206 

XXIII.  Effect  of  the  Two  Conventions 213 

XXIV.  The  Calvo  Doctrine 218 


viii  CONTENTS 

Chapter  Page 

XXV.    Calvo  Doctrine;  Public  Policy 228 

XXVI.  Calvo  Doctrine;  Reciprocal  Obligations  .     .     .  245 

XXVII.    Calvo  Doctrine,  Anarchy 248 

XXVIII.   Monroe  and  Calvo  Combined 261 

XXIX.  Germany,  Great  Britain,  Italy,  Venezuela  .     .     .  267 

XXX.  Factional  Arbitration,  Federation,  Receiverships  290 

XXXI.   General  Observations 302 

APPENDIX 315 


\ 
\ 


THE    MONROE    DOCTRINE 


CHAPTER   I 

THE   HOLY   ALLIANCE 

As  soon  as  it  was  known  that  the  grand  army  under  Napo- 
leon had  been  buried  in  the  snowdrifts  of  Russia,  after  the 
burning  of  Moscow,  a  change  of  sentiment  in  Europe  took 
place.  Signs  of  a  general  breaking  away  of  the  States  in 
alliance  with  France  were  manifested.  Events  went  from 
bad  to  worse  for  the  cause  of  Napoleon,  until  Alexander  of 
Russia,  Frederick  William  III,  and  the  generals  of  the 
allies  entered  Paris  with  their  victorious  armies  on  March 
31,  1814. 

Negotiations  followed  which  resulted  in  the  abdication  of 
the  throne  by  Napoleon  and  the  accession  of  Louis  XVIII 
after  an  exile  in  foreign  lands  of  twenty-three  years.  Napo- 
leon was  granted  a  pension  of  two  millions  of  francs,  and 
the  sovereignty  of  the  Island  of  Elba  in  the  Mediterranean, 
where  he  took  up  his  abode.  Nearly  everything  that  France 
had  achieved  was  ruthlessly  torn  away,  and  her  territory  was 
reduced  to  the  limits  which  were  recognized  at  the  beginning 
of  the  revolution. 

After  ten  months  spent  in  the  apparently  quiet  nominal 
sovereignty  of  Elba,  Napoleon  quitted  the  island  on  February 
26,  181 5,  and  landed  at  Cannes,  which  created  a  sensation  in 
France  such  as  has  never  been  known  before  nor  since  in  her 
eventful  history. 

Everywhere  the  old  soldiers  of  the  republic  and  empire 
rose  up  and  followed  Napoleon.  Marshal  Ney,  who  had 
been  made  a  peer  of  France  by  Louis  XVIII,  promised  that 
monarch  to  put  Napoleon  in  an  iron  cage  and  bring  him  to 
Paris.     He  went  out  at  the  head  of  an  army  to  accomplish 

1 


2  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

this  mission,  but  fired  by  his  old  enthusiasm,  threw  himself 
into  the  arms  of  Napoleon  and  followed  him  to  Paris,  while 
Louis  XVIII  and  his  court  fled  to  Belgium. 

The  events  which  followed  culminated  in  the  defeat  of 
Napoleon  at  the  battle  of  Waterloo,  and  his  subsequent 
banishment  to  the  Island  of  St.  Helena.  On  July  6,  1815, 
the  allied  armies  of  Europe  re-entered  the  city  of  Paris,  and 
two  days  afterwards  Louis  XVIII  was  again  seated  on  the 
throne  of  France.  The  settlement  of  the  affairs  of  Europe 
was  made  on  about  the  same  terms  as  had  been  fixed  by  the 
treaty  of  Paris  during  the  preceding  year. 

Alexander  I  entered  Paris  on  July  11,  181 5,  and  contrib- 
uted much  by  his  influence  to  the  settlement  which  was 
agreed  upon  over  the  ruins  of  France.  Having  prepared 
and  completed  a  document  known  as  the  Holy  Alliance  on 
September  26,  181 5,  he  submitted  it  to  the  other  European 
powers  for  approval.  Francis  of  Austria  and  Frederick  Wil- 
liam of  Prussia  signed  it  at  once.  All  the  European  powers 
except  England  and  Rome  became  parties  to  the  league.  It 
has  been  said  that  France  refused  to  become  a  party  to  it. 
This  is  a  mistake,  for  Louis  XVIII  signed  the  instrument 
with  great  alacrity.  The  document  known  as  the  Holy  Alli- 
ance was  published  to  the  world  in  February,  18 16. 

The  leading  principle  of  the  Alliance  was  that  henceforth 
the  political  order  of  the  world  should  be  directed  by  the 
doctrines  and  practices  of  Christianity,  and  these  doctrines 
and  practices  were,  of  course,  to  be  decided  by  the  creeds 
and  methods  of  the  parties  to  the  compact.  The  world  was 
to  be  subject  to  an  orthodox  despotism.  It  was  simply  an 
appeal  to  religion  to  support  and  confirm  the  existing  dynas- 
ties of  Europe,  and  to  remand  them  to  the  good  old  paternal 
plan  of  mediaeval  government.  One  article  of  this  compact 
provided  that  no  member  of  the  family  of  Bonaparte  should 
ever  occupy  a  European  throne.  Another  article  bound  the 
parties  to  maintain  and  defend  the  various  dynastic  houses, 
and  to  combine  for  the  suppression  of  rebellions  and 
revolutions. 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  3 

The  meaning  of  all  this  was  that  political  liberty  was  to  be 
crushed  out.  United  in  this  compact,  but  without  the  assent 
of  Great  Britain,  these  monarchs  in  the  name  of  Christianity 
entered  upon  the  government  of  the  world.  The  Holy  Alli- 
ance suppressed  revolutions  in  Naples  and  Piedmont,  and 
restored  absolute  monarchy  in  Spain. 

The  sovereign  parties  to  the  compact  held  a  congress  at 
Aix-la-Chapelle  in  1818.  Alexander  I  virtually  presided. 
In  1820  another  congress  or  convention  was  held  at  Troppau, 
another  at  Laibach  in  182 1,  and  another  at  Verona  in  1822. 

Napoleon  had  put  his  brother  Joseph  Bonaparte  on  the 
throne  of  Spain,  and  under  his  rule  the  supreme  legislative 
power  was  placed  in  the  hands  of  a  single  national  assembly, 
and  effective  checks  were  devised  to  restrict  the  power  of  the 
monarchy. 

The  government  of  Spain  had  been  changed  from  an  abso- 
lute into  a  limited  monarchy.  Ferdinand  VII  was  restored 
to  the  throne  of  Spain  in  March,  1814.  He  found  his  power 
curtailed  by  the  changes  mentioned,  which  were  made  during 
the  reign  of  Joseph  Bonaparte.  At  the  congress  of  Verona, 
in  October,  1822,  France,  Austria,  Russia,  and  Prussia  agreed 
upon  armed  intervention  in  Spain  in  spite  of  the  protests  of 
England.  The  demand  was  made  on  Spain  by  the  Holy  Alli- 
ance to  alter  her  constitution  and  to  grant  greater  liberty  to 
the  king,  a  demand  which  was  peremptorily  refused,  and  a 
French  army  100,000  strong  entered  Spain  in  April,  1823, 
under  the  Duke  of  Angouleme,  and  absolutism  was  restored. 

The  South  American  colonies  had  taken  advantage  of 
Napoleon's  conquests  of  Spain  to  establish  their  independ- 
ence. The  Holy  Alliance  did  not  stop  with  the  restoration 
of  absolutism  in  Spain,  but  it  took  under  consideration  the 
question  of  restoring  to  her  the  South  American  colonies, 
whose  independence  had  been  recognized  by  the  United 
States,  but  not  by  any  European  power.  The  Monroe  mes- 
sage was  the  outgrowth  of  this  condition  of  affairs,  in 
which  England  stood  alone  against  the  schemes  of  the  Holy 
Alliance. 


4  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  real  author  of  the  Holy  Alliance  was  Madame  de 
Kriidener,  the  wife  of  Baron  de  Kriidener,  a  Russian  diplo- 
matist. Her  father,  the  Baron  Weitinghoff,  was  one  of  the 
wealthiest  proprietors  in  Livonia  in  Russia.  She  had  a  repu- 
tation for  wit,  beauty,  and  intelligence,  and  became  a  bril- 
liant social  favorite  at  the  various  European  capitals  where 
her  husband  was  the  accredited  ambassador  of  Russia.  She 
separated  from  him  and  located  in  Paris  in  1803  to  further 
her  literary  schemes  as  a  novelist.  Later  in  life,  she  devoted 
herself  solely  to  the  conversion  of  sinners  and  the  consola- 
tion of  the  wretched.  Her  doctrines  were  a  strange  blending 
of  romanticism  and  mysticism.  They  were  not  in  harmony 
with  either  the  forms  or  creeds  of  any  Christian  communion. 
At  Paris,  in  1814,  she  held  religious  assemblies  at  her  resi- 
dence, which  were  frequented  by  the  most  important  per- 
sonages. Her  spiritual  exaltation  assumed  the  character  of 
prevision,  and  in  a  letter  she  foretold  in  vague  terms  the 
escape  of  Napoleon  from  Elba,  his  triumphant  return  to 
Paris,  and  a  second  exile  of  the  Bourbons.  This  was  com- 
municated to  Alexander  I,  who  became  much  interested  in 
her.  He  met  her  at  Heilbron  in  May,  181 5,  accompanied 
her  to  Heidelberg,  the  headquarters  of  the  allies,  and  after 
the  battle  of  Waterloo  went  with  her  to  Paris. 

While  at  Heidelberg,  Alexander  was  a  frequent  visitor  at 
Madame  de  Kriidener's  cottage,  where  they  read  and  ex- 
pounded the  Scriptures  together,  and  the  religious  tendencies 
of  the  ruler  were  fanned  into  a  flame  of  enthusiasm  by  her 
ministrations. 

Madame  de  Kriidener's  drawing-rooms  in  Paris  were  costly 
and  brilliant,  and  her  guests  were  most  distinguished,  not 
the  least  of  whom  was  her  friend  Alexander  I,  Czar  of 
Russia. 

The  principal  topic  of  conversation  at  her  levees  was  the 
restoration  of  peace  and  the  terms  upon  which  prostrate 
France  should  be  permitted  to  resume  her  place  among  the 
States  of  Europe.  Madame  de  Kriidener  advocated  a  liberal 
policy  toward  France.     She  was  supported  in  this  by  the  in- 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  5 

fluence  and  importunities  of  Madame  Recamier,  the  Duchess 
of  Duras  and  d'Escar,  and  Benjamin  Constant.  She  sur- 
rounded the  czar  with  the  most  brilliant  and  seductive  per- 
sonages of  whom  France  could  boast,  and  placed  before  the 
impressible  Alexander  her  exalted  ideas  of  absolute  justice, 
greatness  of  soul  and  forgiveness  for  offences,  the  universal 
brotherhood  of  man  and  the  fraternal  relation  of  States.  The 
Holy  Alliance  was  one  of  the  results  of  the  powerful  influ- 
ence exerted  by  her  upon  Alexander,  and  in  deference  to  her 
teachings,  the  czar  was  the  least  exacting  in  his  demands  of 
all  the  allied  powers.  In  these  interviews  between  Alexander 
and  Madame  de  Kriidener,  religion  and  politics  were  blended, 
and  the  written  instrument  forming  the  Holy  Alliance  was  a 
mere  digest  of  their  views.  This  was  written  by  Alexander, 
and  is  said  to  have  been  submitted  to  her  for  revision.  Had 
there  been  no  Madame  de  Kriidener  there  would  probably 
have  been  no  Holy  Alliance.  She  was  sincere  in  her  mys- 
ticism and  in  her  apostolic  labors,  and  at  the  time  of  her 
death,  in  1824,  she  was  engaged  with  Princess  Galatzin  in 
attempting  to  found  a  colony  of  her  disciples  in  the  Crimea. 
Her  optimistic  views  concerning  the  brotherhood  of  States 
as  well  as  of  man,  did  not  have  a  happy  outcome  in  the  Holy 
Alliance,  for  in  its  practical  operation  it  became  in  substance 
a  stupendous  conspiracy  against  the  liberties  of  mankind. 


CHAPTER   II 

THE   HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND   THE   NEW   WORLD 

With  the  advent  of  the  year  1823,  the  affairs  of  the  United 
States  had  practically  fallen  into  the  hands  of  the  sons  of  the 
founders  of  the  republic.  John  Ouincy  Adams  was  Secretary 
of  State,  and  Richard  Rush,  a  statesman  of  note  and  son  of 
Benjamin  Rush,  one  of  the  signers  of  the  Declaration  of  In- 
dependence, was  minister  to  England. 

In  July,  1818,  Lord  Castlereagh  had  told  Mr.  Rush,  in  a 
conversation  at  the  house  of  the  French  ambassador,  that 
England  had  been  requested  by  Spain  to  mediate  with  the 
co-operation  of  the  Holy  Alliance  between  her  and  her  re- 
bellious colonies.1  Rush  answered  that  the  United  States 
would  take  part  in  no  intervention  for  peace,  if  the  basis 
were  not  the  independence  of  the  colonies.  Castlereagh 
was  Foreign  Secretary  of  Great  Britain.  He  was  dominated/ 
by  Prince  Metternich,  Premier  of  Austria,  and  consequently} 
had  been  won  over  to  the  schemes  of  the  Holy  Alliance.  It 
was  expected  that  he  would  bring  in  Great  Britain  as  a  mem- 
ber of  it,  contrary  to  the  general  wish  of  the  people  of  that 
country. 

Lord  Castlereagh  was  arranging  his  business  to  attend  the 
Congress  of  the  Holy  Alliance  at  Verona,  when  on  August 
12,  1822,  in  a  fit  of  lunacy,  he  committed  suicide  by  opening 
the  carotid  artery  with  a  pen-knife.  George  Canning  was 
then  made  Foreign  Secretary  to  fill  the  vacancy  caused  by  his 
death.  The  new  secretary  was  in  sympathy  with  the  masses 
of  the  people  of  England,  who  were  opposed  to  the  Holy 
Alliance. 

The  best  relations  had  not  existed  between  the  former  and 
the  present  secretary,  for  they  had  fought  a  duel  in  1809. 

1  Von  Hoist's  "Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States,"  Vol.  I, page 419. 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD 


1 


Canning  went  into  office  to  reverse  and  set  aside  all  the  for- 
eign policies  of  his  unpopular  predecessor.  He  was  a  man 
of  greater  breadth  than  Castlereagh  and  a  better  diplomat. 

He  surveyed  the  world  and  saw  a  method  of  detaching 
Russia  and  France  from  the  Holy  Alliance,  and  thereby 
saving  Great  Britain  from  being  crushed  between  its  upper 
and  nether  millstones,  and  he  succeeded.  He  saw  an  oppor- 
tunity to  thwart  France  in  her  hope  that  by  reconquering 
Spanish  America  there  would  be  a  large  division  of  the  con- 
quered territory  which  would  be  reclaimed  and  subdued,  and 
turned  over  to  her.  In  this  he  was  also  successful.  He 
knew  of  the  immense  commerce  which  had  been  diverted 
from  Spain  to  Great  Britain  in  consequence  of  the  revolt  of 
the  Spanish  American  colonies,  and  desired  that  conditions 
should  continue  so  as  to  enable  his  own  country  to  retain 
this  vast  trade.  He  likewise  succeeded  in  this.  In  order 
to  accomplish  these  vast  undertakings,  unmoved  by  any  love 
or  regard  for  the  Republic  of  the  United  States  or  the  Spanish 
American  republics,  or  republican  institutions  anywhere, 
he  approached  Richard  Rush,  our  minister  to  Great  Britain, 
and  interviewed  him  in  regard  to  the  alleged  proposed  opera- 
tions of  the  Holy  Alliance  in  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

The  first  communications  in  writing  by  Canning  to  Rush 

are  marked  by  him  "  Private  and  Confidential  "  and  read  as 

follows : 

Foreign  Office,  Aug.  20,  1823. 

My  dear  Sir,  —  Before  leaving  Town  I  am  desirous  of 
bringing  before  you  in  a  more  distinct,  but  still  in  an  unoffi- 
cial and  confidential  shape,  the  question  which  we  shortly 
discussed  the  last  time  that  I  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing 
you. 

Is  not  the  moment  come  when  our  Governments  might 
understand  each  other  as  to  the  Spanish  American  Colo- 
nies? And  if  we  can  arrive  at  such  an  understanding,  would 
it  not  be  expedient  for  ourselves,  and  beneficial  for  all  the 
world,  that  the  principles  of  it  should  be  clearly  settled  and 
plainly  avowed  ? 

For  ourselves  we  have  no  disguise. 


OULL 


X 


8  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

1.  We  conceive  the  recovery  of  the  Colonies  by  Spain  to 
be  hopeless. 

2.  We  conceive  the  question  of  the  recognition  of  them, 
as  Independent  States,  to  be  one  of  time  and  circumstances. 

3.  We  are,  however,  by  no  means  disposed  to  throw  any 
impediment  in  the  way  of  an  arrangement  between  them  and 
the  mother  country  by  amicable  negotiations. 

4.  We  aim  not  at  the  possession  of  any  portion  of  them 
ourselves. 

5.  We  could  not  see  any  portion  of  them  transferred  to 
any  other  Power,  with  indifference. 

If  these  opinions  and  feelings  are,  as  I  firmly  believe  them 
to  be,  common  to  your  Government  with  ours,  why  should 
we  hesitate  mutually  to  confide  them  to  each  other;  and  to 
declare  them  in  the  face  of  the  world  ? 

If  there  be  any  European  Power  which  cherishes  other 
projects,  which  looks  to  a  forcible  enterprise  for  reducing 
the  Colonies  to  subjugation,  on  the  behalf  or  in  the  name 
of  Spain;  or  which  meditates  the  acquisition  of  any  part  of 
them  to  itself,  by  cession  or  by  conquest;  such  a  declaration 
on  the  part  of  your  government  and  ours  would  be  at  once 
the  most  effectual  and  least  offensive  mode  of  intimating  our 
joint  disapprobation  of  such  projects. 

It  would  at  the  same  time  put  an  end  to  all  the  jealousies 
of  Spain  with  respect  to  her  remaining  Colonies,  and  to  agi- 
tation which  prevails  in  those  colonies,  an  agitation  which  it 
would  be  but  humane  to  allay;  being  determined  (as  we  are) 
not  to  profit  by  encouraging  it. 

Do  you  conceive  that  under  the  power  which  you  have 
received  recently,  you  are  authorized  to  enter  into  negotia- 
tion and  to  sign  any  Convention  upon  this  subject?  Do  you 
conceive,  if  that  be  not  within  your  competence,  you  could 
exchange  with  me  ministerial  notes  upon  it? 

Nothing  could  be  more  gratifying  to  me  than  to  join  with 
you  in  such  a  work,  and  I  am  persuaded,  there  has  seldom, 
in  the  history  of  the  world,  occurred  an  opportunity  when  so 
small  an  effort  of  two  friendly  Governments  might  produce 
so  unequivocal  a  good  and  prevent  such  extensive  calamities. 

I  shall  be  absent  from  London  but  three  weeks  at  the  ut- 


h 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD        9 

most;  but  never  so  far  distant  but  that  I  can  receive  and 
reply  to  any  communication  within  three  or  four  days. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  my  dear  sir,  with  great  respect  and 
esteem,  your  obedient  and  faithful  servant, 

(Signed)    George  Canning.1 

R.  Rush,  Esqr. 

Liverpool,  August  23,  1823. 

My  dear  Sir,  —  Since  I  wrote  to  you  on  the  20th,  an 
additional  motive  has  occurred  for  wishing  that  we  might 
be  able  to  come  to  some  understanding  on  the  part  of  our 
respective  Governments  on  the  subject  of  my  letter;  to  come 
to  it  soon,  and  to  be  at  liberty  to  announce  it  to  the  world. 

It  is  this.  I  have  received  notice,  but  not  such  a  notice  as 
imposes  upon  me  the  necessity  of  any  immediate  answer  or 
proceeding  —  that  so  soon  as  the  military  objects  in  Spain 
are  achieved  (of  which  the  French  expect,  how  justly  I  know 
not,  a  very  speedy  achievement)  a  proposal  will  be  made  for 
a  Congress,  or  some  less  formal  concert  and  consultation 
especially  upon  the  affairs  of  Spanish  America. 

I  need  not  point  out  to  you  all  the  complications  to  which 
this  proposal,  however  dealt  with  by  us,  may  lead. 

Pray  receive  this  communication  in  the  same  confidence 
with  the  former;  and  believe  me  with  great  truth  my  dear 
sir,  and  esteem,  your  obedient  and  faithful  servant, 

(Signed)    Geo.  Canning.2 

R.  Rush,  Esqr. 

These  two  letters  of  Canning  show  that  the  initiatory  steps 
which  led  up  to  the  Monroe  declaration  were  taken  by  Great 
Britain.  There  is  a  large  mass  of  correspondence  which  is 
accessible  and  which  bears  more  or  less  on  the  questions 
under  consideration,  but  it  is  too  voluminous  to  give  in 
full.  Therefore  only  such  correspondence  is  here  printed  as 
gives  a  complete  historical  summary  of  the  Monroe  episode. 

The  selected  portion  of  these  papers  and  this  correspond- 
ence is  as  follows : 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  415,  416. 

2  Ibid.,  pages  416,  417. 


10  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 


RICHARD    RUSH   TO    SECRETARY   OF    STATE. 

London,  August  19,  1823. 

Sir,  —  When  my  interview  with  Mr.  Canning  on  Saturday 
was  about  to  close,  I  transiently  asked  him  whether,  notwith- 
standing the  late  news  from  Spain,  we  might  not  hope  that 
the  Spaniards  would  get  the  better  of  all  their  difficulties. 
I  had  allusion  to  the  defection  of  Baltasteros,  in  Andalusia, 
an  event  seeming  to  threaten  with  new  dangers  the  consti- 
tutional cause.  His  reply  was  general,  importing  nothing 
more  than  his  opinion  of  the  increased  difficulties  and  dan- 
gers with  which,  undoubtedly,  this  event  was  calculated  to 
surround  the  Spanish  cause. 

Pursuing  the  topic  of  Spanish  affairs,  I  remarked  that 
should  France  ultimately  effect  her  purposes  in  Spain,  there 
was  at  least  the  consolation  left,  that  Great  Britain  would 
not  allow  her  to  go  farther  and  lay  her  hands  upon  the 
Spanish  colonies,  bringing  them  too  under  her  grasp.  I 
here  had  in  my  mind  the  sentiments  promulgated  upon  this 
subject  in  Mr.  Canning's  note  to  the  British  Ambassador  at 
Paris  of  the  31st  of  March,  during  the  negotiations  that  pre- 
ceded the  invasion  of  Spain.  It  will  be  recollected  that  the 
British  government  say  in  this  note,  that  time  and  the  course 
of  events  appear  to  have  substantially  decided  the  question 
of  the  separation  of  these  colonies  from  the  mother  country, 
although  their  formal  recognition  as  independent  states  by 
Great  Britain  might  be  hastened  or  retarded  by  external  cir- 
cumstances, as  well  as  by  the  internal  condition  of  those 
new  states  themselves;  and  that  as  his  Britannic  majesty  dis- 
claimed all  intention  of  appropriating  to  himself  the  smallest 
portion  of  the  late  Spanish  possessions  in  America  he  was 
also  satisfied  that  no  attempt  would  be  made  by  France  to 
bring  any  of  them  under  her  dominion,  either  by  conquest, 
or  by  cession  from  Spain. 

By  this  we  are  to  understand,  in  terms  sufficiently  distinct, 
that  Great  Britain  would  not  be  passive  under  such  an  at- 
tempt by  France,  and  Mr.  Canning,  on  my  having  referred 
to  this  note,  asked  me  what  I  thought  my  government  would 
say  to  go  hand  in  hand  with  this,  in  the  same  sentiment;  not, 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      II 

as  he  added,  that  any  concert  in  action  under  it  could  become 
necessary  between  the  two  countries,  but  that  the  simple  fact 
of  our  being  known  to  hold  the  same  sentiment  would,  he 
had  no  doubt,  by  its  moral  effect,  put  down  the  intention  on 
the  part  of  France,  admitting  that  she  should  ever  entertain 
it.  This  belief  was  founded,  he  said,  upon  the  large  share  of 
the  maritime  power  of  the  world  which  Great  Britain  and  the 
United  States  shared  between  them,  and  the  consequent  in- 
fluence which  the  knowledge  that  they  held  a  common  opin- 
ion upon  a  question  on  which  such  large  maritime  interests, 
present  and  future,  hung,  could  not  fail  to  produce  upon  the 
rest  of  the  world. 

I  replied  that  in  what  manner  my  government  would  look 
upon  such  a  suggestion,  I  was  unable  to  say,  but  that  I  would 
communicate  it  in  the  same  informal  manner  in  which  he 
threw  it  out.  I  said,  however,  that  I  did  not  think  I  should 
do  so  with  full  advantage,  unless  he  would  at  the  same  time 
enlighten  me  as  to  the  precise  situation  in  which  His  Maj- 
esty's government  stood  at  this  moment  in  relation  to  those 
new  states,  and  especially  on  the  material  point  of  their  own 
independence. 

He  replied  that  Great  Britain  certainly  never  again  in- 
tended to  lend  her  instrumentality  or  aid,  whether  by  medi- 
ation or  otherwise,  towards  making  up  the  dispute  between 
Spain  and  her  colonies;  but  that  if  this  result  could  still  be 
brought  about,  she  would  not  interfere  to  prevent  it. 

Upon  my  intimating  that  I  had  supposed  that  all  idea  of 
Spain  ever  recovering  her  authority  over  the  colonies  had 
long  since  gone  by,  he  explained  by  saying  that  he  did  not 
mean  to  controvert  that  opinion,  for  he  too  believed  that  the 
day  had  arrived  when  all  America  might  be  considered  as 
lost  to  Europe,  so  far  as  the  tie  of  political  dependence  was 
concerned. 

All  that  he  meant  was  that  if  Spain  and  the  colonies  should 
still  be  able  to  bring  the  dispute,  not  yet  totally  extinct  be- 
tween them,  to  a  close  upon  terms  satisfactory  to  both  sides, 
and  which  should  at  the  same  time  secure  to  Spain  commer- 
cial or  other  advantages  not  extended  to  other  nations,  that 
Great  Britain  would  not  object  to  a  compromise  in  this  spirit 


12  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

of  preference  to  Spain.  All  that  she  would  ask  would  be  to 
stand  upon  as  favored  a  footing  as  any  other  nation  after 
Spain.  Upon  my  again  alluding  to  the  improbability  of  the 
dispute  ever  settling  down  even  upon  this  basis,  he  said  that 
it  was  not  his  intention  to  maintain  such  a  position,  and  that 
he  had  expressed  himself  as  above  rather  for  the  purpose  of 
indicating  the  feeling  which  this  cabinet  still  had  towards 
Spain  in  relation  to  the  controversy,  than  of  predicting 
results. 

Wishing,  however,  to  be  still  more  specifically  informed, 
I  asked  whether  Great  Britain  was  at  this  moment  taking  any 
step,  or  contemplating  any,  which  had  reference  to  the  rec- 
ognition of  these  states,  this  being  the  point  in  which  we 
felt  the  chief  interest. 

He  replied  that  she  had  taken  none  whatever,  as  yet,  but 
was  upon  the  eve  of  taking  one,  not  final,  but  preparatory, 
and  which  would  still  leave  her  at  large  to  recognize  or  not, 
according  to  the  position  of  events  at  a  future  period.  The 
measure  in  question  was  to  send  out  one  or  more  individuals 
under  authority  from  this  government  to  South  America,  not 
strictly  diplomatic,  but  clothed  with  powers  in  the  nature  of 
a  commission  of  inquiry,  and  which  in  short,  he  described  as 
analogous  to  those  exercised  by  our  commissioners  in  1817; 
and  that  upon  the  result  of  this  commission  much  might  de- 
pend as  to  the  ulterior  conduct  of  Great  Britain.  I  asked 
whether  I  was  to  understand  that  it  would  comprehend  all 
the  new  states,  or  which  of  them ;  to  which  he  replied  that, 
for  the  present,  it  would  be  limited  to  Mexico. 

Reverting  to  his  first  idea  he  again  said  that  he  hoped  that 
France  would  not,  should  even  events  in  the  Peninsula  be 
favorable  to  her,  extend  her  views  to  South  America  for  the 
purpose  of  reducing  the  colonies,  nominally  perhaps  for  Spain, 
but  in  effect  to  subserve  ends  of  her  own ;  but  that  in  case 
she  should  meditate  such  a  policy,  he  was  satisfied  that  the 
knowledge  of  the  United  States  being  opposed  to  it  as  well 
as  Great  Britain,  could  not  fail  to  have  its  influence  in  check- 
ing her  steps.  In  this  way  he  thought  good  might  be  done 
by  prevention,  and  peaceful  prospects  all  round  increased. 
As  to  the  form  in  which  such  knowledge  might  be  made  to 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      1 3 

reach  France,  and  even  the  other  powers  of  Europe,  he  said 
in  conclusion  that  that  might  probably  be  arranged  in  a  man- 
ner that  would  be  free  from  objection. 

I  again  told  him  that  I  would  convey  his  suggestions  to 
you  for  the  information  of  the  President,  and  impart  to  him 
whatever  reply  I  might  receive.  My  own  inference  rather  is, 
that  his  proposition  was  a  fortuitous  one ;  yet  he  entered  into 
it  I  thought  with  some  interest,  and  appeared  to  receive  with 
a  corresponding  satisfaction  the  assurance  I  gave  him  that  it 
should  be  made  known  to  the  President.  I  did  not  feel  my- 
self at  liberty  to  express  any  opinion  unfavorable  to  it,  and 
was  as  careful  to  give  none  in  its  favor. 

Mr.  Canning  mentioned  to  me  at  this  same  interview  that 
a  late  confidential  dispatch  which  he  had  seen  from  Count 
Nesselrode  to  Count  Lieven,  dated,  I  think,  in  June,  con- 
tained declarations  respecting  the  Russian  ukase  relative  to 
the  northwest  coast  that  were  satisfactory;  that  they  went 
to  show  that  it  would  probably  not  be  executed  in  a  manner 
to  give  cause  of  complaint  to  other  nations,  and  that,  in 
particular,  it  had  not  yet  been  executed  in  any  instance 
under  orders  issued  by  Russia  subsequently  to  its  first 
promulgation. 

I  have  the  honor  to  remain,  with  very  great  respect,  your 
obedient  servant, 

(Signed)    Richard  Rush.1 

Honorable  John  Quincy  Adams, 
Secretary  of  State. 

RICHARD   RUSH   TO   SECRETARY   OF   STATE. 

London,  September  8th,  1823. 

Sir,  —  I  yesterday  received  another  confidential  note  from 
Mr.  Canning,  dated  the  thirty-first  of  August,  a  copy  of 
which  I  have  the  honor  to  enclose  herewith  for  the  Presi- 
dent's information. 

From  this  note  it  would  appear  that  Mr.  Canning  is  not 
prepared  to  pledge  this  government  to  an  immediate  recog- 
nition of  the  independence  of  the  South  American  States. 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  412  to  415. 


14  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

I  shall  renew  to  him  a  proposition  to  this  effect  when  we 
meet ;  but  should  he  continue  to  draw  back  from  it,  I  shall 
on  my  part  not  act  upon  the  overtures  contained  in  his  first 
note,  not  feeling  myself  at  liberty  to  accede  to  them  in  the 
name  of  my  government,  but  upon  the  basis  of  an  equivalent. 
This  equivalent  as  I  now  view  the  subject  could  be  nothing 
less  than  the  immediate  and  full  acknowledgment  of  those 
states,  or  some  of  them,  by  Great  Britain. 

I  shall  send  this  dispatch  by  this  evening's  mail  to  Liver- 
pool, and  have  reason  to  hope  that  it  will  go  in  a  ship  that 
sails  on  the  eighth,  whereby  there  will  have  been  not  a 
moment's  delay  in  putting  you  in  possession  of  all  the  cor- 
respondence that  has  passed  between  Mr.  Canning  and  me, 
or  that  now  seems  likely  to  pass,  upon  this  delicate  subject. 
I  cannot  help  thinking,  however,  that  its  apparent  urgency 
may,  after  all,  be  lessened  by  the  turn  which  we  may  yet 
witness  in  affairs,  military  and  political,  in  Spain. 

I  have  the  honor  to  remain  with  very  great  respect,  your 
obedient  servant, 

(Signed)    Richard  Rush.1 

Honorable  John  Quincy  Adams, 
Secretary  of  State. 

RICHARD   RUSH   TO    PRESIDENT   MONROE. 

London,  Sept.  15th,  1823. 

Dear  Sir,  —  Mr.  Canning  was  to  have  returned  from  his 
country  excursion  on  the  nth  instant,  but  I  have  not  yet 
heard  if  he  has  got  back.  In  the  meantime  I  am  giving 
myself  up  to  investigations  which  may  the  better  prepare 
me  for  taking  in  hand  the  various  subjects  which  I  have 
been  instructed  to  arrange  by  negotiation  with  this  govern- 
ment. I  continue  to  feel  their  importance,  and  can  only 
again  promise  a  diligent  and  faithful  attention  to  them  all. 

I  shall  expect  to  receive  an  invitation  to  an  interview  from 
Mr.  Canning  very  shortly  after  he  does  return.  The  topic  of 
Spanish  American  affairs  will  doubtless  be  resumed  in  our 
conversations,  and  it  is  my  intention  to  urge  upon  him  the 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  page  417. 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD       I  5 

immediate  and  unequivocal  recognition  of  those  new  states,  | 
by  Great  Britain.  Upon  no  other  footing  whatever  shall  I 
feel  warranted  in  acceding  to  the  proposals  he  has  made  to 
me.  I  shall  continue  to  receive  in  a  conciliatory  manner  his 
further  overtures,  should  he  meditate  any;  but  I  am  bound  ( 
to  own,  that  I  shall  not  be  able  to  avoid,  at  bottom,  some 
distrust  of  the  motives  of  all  such  advances  to  me,  whether 
directly  or  indirectly,  by  this  government,  at  this  particular 
juncture  of  the  world. 

As  regards  the  principles  of  traffic,  and  especially  as  re- 
gards the  whole  range  of  her  foreign  trade,  we  have,  it  is 
true,  witnessed  of  late  on  the  part  of  this  nation  an  approach 
to  more  liberality  than  has  governed  her  heretofore.  It  is 
possible  that  she  may  go  farther  in  this  policy;  a  policy  irre- 
sistibly recommended,  and,  as  she  will  not  scruple  herself  to 
admit,  forced  upon  her,  by  the  changing  circumstances  of  the 
commercial  world.  But,  as  regards  the  principles  of  politi- 
cal freedom,  whether  in  relation  to  herself  or  other  states, 
we  shall  not  find  it  easy  to  perceive  as  yet  any  such  favorable 
alteration  in  her  conduct.  Even  if  there  be  indications  of  a 
coming  change  in  this  latter  line  too,  the  motives  of  it  are 
not  at  all  of  a  nature  to  challenge  our  ready  confidence  and 
co-operation.  We  have  seen  her  wage  a  war  of  twenty  years 
at  a  cost  of  treasure  and  blood  incalculable,  in  support  of  the 
independence  of  other  states  (as  she  said)  when  that  inde- 
pendence was  threatened  by  a  movement  proceeding  from  the 
people  of  France.  We  have  seen  her  at  the  close  of  that 
contest  abandoning  the  great  interests  of  the  people  of  other 
states,  anxious  apparently  only  about  mon'archs  and  thrones. 
We  have  seen  her  at  the  same  epoch  become  in  effect  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Holy  Alliance;  though  she  could  not  in  form,  and 
continue  to  abet  its  principles  up  to  the  attack  on  Naples. 
Even  then  the  separation  was  but  partial,  and,  true  to  her 
sympathy  with  the  monarchial  principle,  we  find  her  faith 
pledged  and  her  fleets  ready  to  interpose  not  on  any  new 
extremity  of  wrong  or  oppression  to  the  people  of  Naples,  but 
on  any  molestation  to  the  royal  family.  Since  the  present 
year  set  in,  she  has  proclaimed  and  until  now  cautiously 
maintained  her  neutrality  under  an  attack  by  France  upon 


1 6  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

the  independence  of  Spain,  as  unjust,  as  nefarious,  and  as 
cruel,  as  the  annals  of  mankind  can  recount,  this  attack  hav- 
ing been  made  upon  the  people  of  a  country  by  a  legitimate 
king,  urged  on  by  legitimate  nobles.  It  is  thus  that  Britain 
has  been  from  the  very  beginning,  positively  or  negatively, 
auxiliary  to  the  evils  with  which  this  Alliance  under  the 
mask  of  Christianity  has  already  affected  the  old,  and  is 
now  menacing  the  new  world. 

It  is  under  this  last  stretch  of  ambition  that  she  seems 
about  to  be  roused,  not,  as  we  seemed  forced  to  infer  after 
all  we  have  seen,  from  any  objections  to  the  arbitrary  prin- 
ciples of  the  Combination,  for  the  same  men  are  still  sub- 
stantially at  the  head  of  her  affairs;  but  rather  from  the 
apprehensions  which  are  now  probably  coming  upon  her, 
touching  her  own  influence  and  standing  through  the  for- 
midable and  encroaching  career  of  these  continental  poten- 
tates. She  at  last  perceives  a  crisis  likely  to  come  on, 
bringing  with  it  peril  to  her  own  commercial  prospects  on 
the  other  side  of  the  Atlantic,  and  to  her  political  sway  in 
both  hemispheres.  Hence  probably  some  of  her  recent  and 
remarkable  solicitudes.  The  former  war  of  twenty  years 
more  than  once  shook  her  prosperity  and  brought  hazards 
to  her  existence,  though  for  the  most  part  she  was  surrounded 
by  allies.  A  second  war  of  like  duration  with  no  ally  for 
her  in  Europe  might  not  have  a  second  field  of  Waterloo  for 
its  termination.  Such  are  the  prospective  dangers  that  pos- 
sibly do  not  escape  her. 

The  estimate  which  I  have  formed  of  the  genius  of  this 
government,  as  well  as  of  the  characters  of  the  men  who 
direct,  or  who  influence,  all  its  operations,  would  lead  me 
to  fear  that  we  are  not  as  yet  likely  to  witness  any  very 
material  changes  in  the  part  which  Britain  has  acted  in  the 
world  for  the  past  fifty  years,  when  the  cause  of  freedom  has 
been  at  stake;  the  part  which  she  acted  in  1774  in  America, 
which  she  has  since  acted  in  Europe,  and  is  now  acting  in 
Ireland.  I  shall  therefore  find  it  hard  to  keep  from  my  mind 
the  suspicion  that  the  approaches  of  her  ministers  to  me  at 
this  portentous  juncture  for  a  concert  of  policy  which  they 
have  not  heretofore  courted  with  the  United  States,  are  bot- 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      1 7 

tomed  on  their  own  calculations.  I  wish  that  I  could  sin- 
cerely see  in  them  a  true  concern  for  the  rights  and  liberties 
of  mankind.  Nevertheless,  whatever  may  be  the  motive  of 
these  approaches,  if  they  give  promise  of  leading  to  good 
effects,  effects  which  the  United  States  from  principle  and 
from  policy  would  delight  to  hail,  I  grant  that  a  dispassion- 
ate and  friendly  ear  should  be  turned  to  them,  and  such  shall 
be  my  aim  in  the  duties  before  me. 

In  exhibiting  the  foregoing  summary  of  the  opinions  which 
have  been  impressed  upon  me  during  my  public  residence  in 
this  quarter,  I  would  not  have  it  inferred  that  I  intend  they 
should  comprehend  the  imputation  of  any  sinister  motives 
towards  the  United  States,  as  peculiar  to  the  British  cabinet 
as  it  is  now  composed.  I  am  so  far  from  thinking  so,  that 
I  believe  the  present  cabinet  to  be  as  well  disposed  towards 
us  permanently  as  any  party  in  England,  and  at  this  moment 
more  cordially  so  than  any  other  party.  I  believe  that  if 
Earl  Grey  and  his  associates  were  to  come  into  power  to- 
morrow that  we  should  not  get  better  terms,  if  as  good,  in 
our  approaching  negotiation,  should  it  come  on,  as  from  Mr. 
Canning  and  his  associates.  I  would  say  the  same  thing  of 
a  cabinet  to  be  composed  of  such  men  as  Sir  Francis  Burdett 
and  Mr.  Hobhouse;  and  should  it  happen  that  Mr.  Canning 
and  Lord  Liverpool  ever  become  actively  and  publicly  in 
their  official  places  the  advocates  of  a  policy  more  intimate 
and  friendly  in  all  respects  towards  the  United  States  than 
any  hitherto  adopted  (a  contingency  not  impossible,  no  mat- 
ter from  what  motives  arising)  I  do  not  fear  to  predict  that 
we  shall  in  the  end  see  the  whigs  and  reformers  the  decided 
opponents  of  such  a  policy.  As  regards  the  beneficent  prin- 
ciple of  abolishing  privateering,  for  example,  I  should  little 
expect  to  see  the  whigs  its  patrons,  since  I  have  heard  Sir 
!  James  Macintosh  denounce  it  in  Parliament  since  I  have 
been  here. 

I  remain,  dear  sir,  with  the  highest  respect,  your  faithful 
and  attached  servant, 

(Signed)     Richard  Rush.1 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  420  to  422. 


1 3  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

RICHARD    RUSH   TO    SECRETARY   OF    STATE. 

London,  Sept.  20th,  1823. 

Sir,  —  Notwithstanding  what  I  have  said  of  the  public 
advantage  which  (as  I  have  presumed  to  think  and  still 
think)  would  be  likely  to  result  from  giving  me  a  colleague 
in  the  negotiation  should  it  all  come  on,  I  shall,  of  course, 
prepare  myself  to  go  through  it  alone  should  the  President 
decide  not  to  send  one  out. 

But  as  in  your  number  seventy-two,  I  am  informed  that  I 
shall  probably  have  one  in  the  event  of  Mr.  Gallatin's  return 
to  Europe,  or  if  a  successor  to  him  should  be  appointed,  I 
have  concluded  to  pause  until  I  hear  again  from  you  on  this 
point.  In  my  conference  with  Mr.  Canning  the  day  before 
yesterday,  our  attention  was  so  exclusively  engrossed  by  the 
South  American  subject,  that  that  of  the  negotiation  was  not 
mentioned  by  him.  When,  however,  I  had  finished  reading 
the  reflections  of  your  number  seventy-two,  I  stated  to  him 
what  you  had  written  to  me  respecting  a  colleague,  and  that 
as  I  had  therefore  some  reason  to  expect  one,  contingently, 
I  should  deem  it  proper  and  even  incumbent  upon  me  to  wait 
a  while  until  this  contingency  was  decided,  or  until  I  heard 
something  more  of  it  from  my  government,  as  I  probably 
should  soon. 

I  found  Mr.  Canning  unprepared  as  yet  to  designate  in 
what  manner,  or  to  what  extent,  the  negotiations  would  be 
taken  up  by  this  government.  He  barely  hinted  at  the  num- 
ber and  complication  of  the  subjects  which  I  had  laid  before 
him. 

Mr.  Hughes  reached  London  on  the  night  of  the  sixth 
instant,  and  went  away  on  the  twelfth.  His  short  stay, 
added  to  his  own  engagements  as  well  as  mine  whilst  he 
did  stay,  made  it  impossible  for  me  to  impart  to  him,  in 
personal  interviews,  the  various  and  voluminous  matter  em- 
braced in  my  late  instructions.  Nevertheless,  understand- 
ing your  request  in  this  respect  as  contained  in  your  number 
seventy-two,  to  mean,  in  its  spirit,  that  he  ought  in  some 
way  to  be  afforded  the  opportunity  by  me  of  being  made  ac- 
quainted with  it  all,  it  appeared  that  nothing  was  left  but  to 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD       1 9 

send  him  the  instructions  themselves.  I  accordingly  trans- 
mitted them  all,  by  a  careful  hand,  to  his  lodgings,  on  the 
morning  of  the  ninth  instant,  that  they  might  remain  by  him 
for  perusal  at  his  own  convenience,  and  they  were  all  safely 
returned  to  me  on  the  day  of  his  departure.  They  consisted 
of  your  dispatches  from  number  64  to  72  inclusive,  with  all 
their  enclosures. 

I  have  the  honor  to  remain,  etc.,  etc., 

(Signed)    Richard  Rush.1 

Honorable  John  Quincy  Adams, 
Secretary  of  State. 

RICHARD    RUSH    TO    SECRETARY   OF   STATE. 

London,  October  2,  1823. 

Sir,  —  I  had  another  interview  with  Mr.  Canning  on  the 
twenty-sixth  of  last  month,  at  Gloucester  Lodge,  his  resi- 
dence a  short  distance  from  town. 

The  immediate  motive  of  his  inviting  me  to  this  interview 
was  to  show  me  a  dispatch  which  he  had  just  received  from 
Sir  Charles  Stewart,  the  British  Ambassador  at  Paris,  which 
had  a  bearing  upon  our  late  conference  respecting  Spanish 
America.  It  recounted  a  short  conversation  which  he  had 
with  our  charge  d'affaires  at  that  Court,  Mr.  Sheldon,  the 
purport  of  which  was,  that  Sir  Charles  having  taken  occasion 
to  mention  to  Mr.  Sheldon  the  projects  of  France  and  the 
Alliance  upon  Spanish  America,  Mr.  Sheldon  replied  that 
the  government  of  the  United  States  was  aware  of  them  all, 
and  disapproved  of  them.  Mr.  Canning,  inferring  that  this 
reply  of  our  charge  d'affaires  probably  rested  upon  some  in- 
structions or  information  from  the  government  of  the  United 
States,  also  inferred  that  it  might  lend  its  aid  towards  my 
consent  to  his  proposals  of  the  20th  of  August.  He  added, 
that  the  dispatch  of  Sir  Charles  Stewart  had  proceeded  from 
no  previous  communication  whatever  from  him  (Mr.  Can- 
ning) upon  the  subject,  but  had  been  altogether  written  on 
his  own  motion. 

I  replied  that  what  instructions  or  information  the  Lega- 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  419,  420. 


20  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

tion  of  the  United  States  at  Paris  might  have  received  upon 
this  subject,  I  could  not  undertake  to  say  with  confidence; 
but  that  I  scarcely  believed  any  had  reached  it  which 
were  not  common  to  me.  That  certainly  I  had  none,  other 
than  those  general  instructions  which  I  had  already  men- 
tioned to  him,  evidently  never  framed  to  meet  the  precise 
crisis  which  he  supposed  to  be  at  hand  respecting  Spanish 
America,  but  under  the  comprehensive  spirit  of  which  I  was 
nevertheless  willing  to  go  forward  with  him  in  his  proposals 
upon  the  terms  I  had  stated,  in  the  hope  of  meeting  this 
crisis. 

He  now  declared  that  this  government  felt  great  embar- 
rassments which  had  not  been  common  to  the  United  States, 
and  asked  whether  I  could  not  give  my  assent  to  his  pro- 
posals on  a  promise  by  Great  Britain  of  future  acknowl- 
edgment. To  this  intimation  I  gave  an  immediate  and 
unequivocal  refusal.  Further  conversation  passed  between 
us,  though  chiefly  of  a  desultory  nature  (it  shall  be  reported 
at  a  future  time),  and  the  conference  ended  by  his  saying  that 
he  would  invite  me  to  another  interview  in  the  course  of  a 
few  days. 

Having  waited  until  now  without  hearing  from  him,  I  have 
concluded  to  write  you  thus  much  of  what  passed  on  the  26th, 
without  more  delay.  It  does  not  fall  within  any  of  my  in- 
tentions to  accede  to  Mr.  Canning's  overtures  but  on  the 
basis  of  a  previous  and  explicit  acknowledgment  of  the  new 
states  by  this  government  in  manner  as  formal  and  ample  in 
all  respects  as  was  done  by  the  United  States,  whose  act  of 
acknowledgment  will  be  the  example  upon  which  I  shall 
stand.  Even  then,  the  guarded  manner  in  which  alone  my 
consent  will  be  given  when  I  come  to  use  the  name  of  my 
government,  will,  I  trust,  be  found  to  free  the  step  from  all 
serious  exception  on  my  part,  should  I  finally  take  it. 

I  cannot  be  unaware  that  in  this  whole  transaction  the 
British  cabinet  are  striving  for  their  own  ends ;  yet  if  these 
ends  promise  in  this  instance  to  be  also  auspicious  to  the 
safety  and  independence  of  all  Spanish  America,  I  persuade 
myself  that  we  cannot  look  upon  them  but  with  approbation. 
England  it  is  true  has  given  her  countenance  and  still  does, 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      21 

to  all  the  evils  with  which  the  Holy  Alliance  have  afflicted 
Europe;  but  if  she  at  length  has  determined  to  stay  the 
career  of  their  formidable  and  despotic  ambition  in  the 
other  hemisphere,  the  United  States  seem  to  owe  it  to 
all  the  policy  and  to  all  the  principles  of  their  system, 
to  hail  the  effects  whatever  may  be  the  motives  of  her 
conduct. 

Mr.  Canning  at  the  close  of  the  above  interview,  expressed 
his  desire  that,  in  informing  my  government  of  his  communi- 
cations to  me,  I  would  treat  them  as  entirely  confidential,  as 
well  the  verbal  as  the  written;  the  more  so  if  no  act  resulted 
from  them.  That  no  act  will  result  from  them,  is  my  present 
belief. 

I  have  the  honor  to  remain,  with  very  great  respect,  your 
obedient  servant, 

(Signed)    Richard  Rush.1 

RICHARD   RUSH   TO    SECRETARY   OF   STATE. 

London,  Oct.  ioth,  1823. 

SIR)  —  At  the  conference  with  Mr.  Canning  the  day  before 
yesterday,  he  said  nothing  of  Spanish  American  affairs,  ex- 
cept barely  to  remark  at  parting  that  he  should  send  off  con- 
suls to  the  new  states  very  soon,  perhaps  in  the  course  of  this 
month.  I  asked  whether  consuls  or  commercial  agents.  He 
said  he  believed  they  might  as  well  be  called  by  the  former 
name,  as  they  would  be  invested  with  the  powers  and  charged 
with  the  duties  that  belonged  to  the  consular  office.  I  asked 
if  they  would  be  received  in  that  capacity  by  the  governments 
between  which  and  Great  Britain  no  political  or  diplomatic 
relations  had  yet  been  formed.  He  said  that  this  he  did  not 
know  with  any  certainty;  he  rather  supposed  that  they  would 
be  received. 

I  saw  him  again  at  the  foreign  office  yesterday,  and  he  said 
not  one  single  word  relative  to  South  America,  although  the 
occasion  was  altogether  favorable  for  resuming  the  topic,  had 
he  been  disposed  to  resume  it.  I  therefore  consider  that  all 
further  discussion  between  us  in  relation  to  it  is  now  at  an 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  422  to  424. 


22  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

end.  I  had  myself  regarded  the  question  involved  in  the  dis- 
cussion as  essentially  changed  by  the  arrival  of  the  news  of 
the  convention  of  the  4th  of  July  between  Buenos  Ayres  and 
the  commissioners  from  Spain;  and  of  the  complete  annihi- 
lation of  the  remnant  of  the  royal  forces  in  Colombia  under 
Morales,  on  the  third  of  August,  both  which  pieces  of  in- 
telligence have  reached  England  since  the  twenty-sixth  of 
September,  the  date  of  my  last  conference  with  Mr.  Can- 
ning on  the  South  American  subject. 

The  termination  of  the  discussion  between  us  may  be 
thought  somewhat  sudden,  not  to  say  abrupt,  considering 
how  zealously  as  well  as  spontaneously  it  was  started  on  his 
side.  As  I  did  not  commence  it,  it  is  not  my  intention  to 
revive  it.  If  I  had  actually  acceded  to  his  proposals,  I 
should  have  endeavored  to  have  placed  my  conduct  in  a  sat- 
isfactory light  before  the  President.  The  motives  of  it 
would  not,  I  flatter  myself,  have  been  disapproved.  But  as 
the  whole  subject  is  now  before  my  government,  and  as  I 
shall  do  nothing  further  in  it  without  instructions,  I  should 
deem  it  out  of  place  to  travel  into  any  new  reasons  in  sup- 
port of  a  step  not  in  fact  taken. 

Mr.  Canning  not  having  acceded  to  my  proposal,  nor  I  to 
his,  we  stand  as  we  were  before  his  first  advance  to  me,  with 
the  exception  only  of  the  light  which  the  intervening  discus- 
sion may  be  supposed  to  have  shed  upon  the  dispositions  and 
policy  of  England  in  this  important  matter.  It  appears  that, 
having  ends  of  her  own  in  view,  she  has  been  anxious  to 
facilitate  their  accomplishment  by  invoking  my  auxiliary 
offices  as  the  minister  of  the  United  States  at  this  court; 
but  as  to  the  independence  of  the  new  states  of  America,  for 
their  own  benefit,  that  this  seems  quite  another  question  in 
her  diplomacy.  It  is  France  that  must  not  be  aggrandized, 
not  South  America  that  must  be  made  free.  The  former  doc- 
trine may  fitly  enough  return  upon  Britain  as  part  of  her  per- 
manent political  creed;  but  not  having  been  taught  to  regard 
it  as  also  incorporated  with  the  foreign  policy  of  the  United 
States,  I  have  forborne  to  give  it  gratuitous  succor.  I  would 
have  brought  myself  to  minister  to  it  incidentally  on  this  oc- 
casion, only  in  return  for  a  boon  which  it  was  in  the  power 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      23 

of  Britain  herself  to  have  offered;  a  boon  that  might  have 
closed  the  sufferings  and  brightened  the  prospects  of  those 
infant  Republics  emerging  from  the  new  world,  and  seem- 
ing to  be  connected  as  by  a  great  moral  chain  with  our  own 
destinies. 

Whether  any  fresh  explanations  with  France  since  the  fall 
of  Cadiz  may  have  brought  Mr.  Canning  to  so  full  and  sudden 
a  pause  with  me,  I  do  not  know,  and  most  likely  never  shall 
know  if  events  so  fall  out  that  Great  Britain  no  longer  finds 
it  necessary  to  seek  the  aid  of  the  United  States  in  further- 
ance of  her  schemes  of  counteraction  as  against  France  or 
Russia.  That  the  British  cabinet,  and  the  governing  portion 
of  the  British  nation,  will  rejoice  at  heart  in  the  downfall  of 
the  constitutional  system  in  Spain,  I  have  never  had  a  doubt 
and  have  not  now,  so  long  as  this  catastrophe  can  be  kept 
from  crossing  the  path  of  British  interests  and  British  am- 
bition. This  nation  in  its  collective,  corporate  capacity  has 
no  more  sympathy  with  popular  rights  and  freedom  now,  than  ] 
it  had  on  the  plains  of  Lexington  in  America;  than  it  showed 
during  the  whole  progress  of  the  French  revolution  in  Europe, 
or  at  the  close  of  its  first  great  act,  at  Vienna,  in  181 5;  than 
it  exhibited  lately  at  Naples  in  proclaiming  a  neutrality  in 
all  other  events,  save  that  of  the  safety  of  the  royal  family 
there;  or,  still  more  recently,  when  it  stood  aloof  whilst 
France  and  the  Holy  Alliance  avowed  their  intention  of 
crushing  the  liberties  of  unoffending  Spain,  of  crushing 
them  too  upon  pretexts  so  wholly  unjustifiable  and  enor- 
mous that  English  ministers,  for  very  shame,  were  reduced 
to  the  dilemma  of  speculatively  protesting  against  them, 
whilst  they  allowed  them  to  go  into  full  action.  With  a 
king  in  the  hands  of  his  ministers,  with  an  aristocracy  of 
unbounded  opulence  and  pride,  with  what  is  called  a  house 
of  commons  constituted  essentially  by  this  aristocracy  and 
always  moved  by  its  influence,  England  can,  in  reality, 
never  look  with  complacency  upon  popular  and  equal  rights, 
whether  abroad  or  at  home.  She  therefore  moves  in  her 
natural  orbit  when  she  wars,  positively  or  negatively,  against 
them.  For  their  own  sakes  alone,  she  will  never  war  in  their 
favor. 


24  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

In  the  conference  with  Mr.  Canning  at  Gloucester  Lodge 
on  the  26th  of  last  month,  he  informed  me  that  this  govern- 
ment had  sent  out  three  commissioners  to  Mexico  with  ob- 
jects such  as  I  have  already  stated  in  a  former  communication 
to  you.  Should  the  course  and  progress  of  events  after  their 
arrival  in  Mexico,  render  recognition  by  Great  Britain  advis- 
able, one  of  these  commissioners  was  furnished,  he  said,  with 
contingent  credentials  to  be  minister,  another  would  be  con- 
stituted secretary  of  Legation,  and  the  third  consul.  He  also 
said  that  these  appointments,  as  well  as  those  of  commercial 
agents  or  consuls,  whichsoever  they  might  be,  to  go  to  the 
new  states  generally,  would  probably  have  the  effect  of  in- 
viting in  the  end  further  approaches  from  them  all,  to  an 
intercourse  with  Great  Britain,  which  approaches,  should 
they  be  made,  might  be  met  by  Great  Britain,  according  to 
circumstances. 

It  may  perhaps  afford  room  for  conjecture  what  has  led  to 
the  preference  of  Mexico  over  the  other  ex-colonies  for  such 
a  provisionary  diplomatic  representation.  I  have  heard  a 
rumour,  that  an  eye  to  some  immediate  advantage  from  the 
mines  of  that  country  has  been  the  motive.  Whilst  the  in- 
dependence of  Mexico  has  been  of  more  recent  establish- 
ment, it  seems  not  less  true,  that  her  advances  to  internal 
stability  have  been  less  sure  than  we  have  seen  in  some  of 
the  other  new  states.  Mr.  Canning  himself  in  one  of  our 
conversations  thought  fit  to  select  Mexico  as  affording  a 
prominent  illustration  of  interior  disquiet.  Whether  then 
the  above  rumour  is  the  key  to  this  early  preference,  or  the 
proximity  of  this  new  state  to  territories  of  the  United  States 
—  or  what  considerations  may  have  led  to  it,  a  little  more 
time  will  probably  disclose.  It  may  rest  on  the  mere  fact 
of  her  greater  population  and  riches. 

Mr.  Canning  also  informed  me  that  orders  would  be  given 
by  this  government  to  its  squadron  in  the  West  Indies,  to 
protect  the  trade  of  British  subjects  (to  the  extent  of  mak- 
ing reprisals  if  necessary)  with  the  Spanish  colonies,  in  case 
the  license  for  this  trade  which  the  Cortes  granted  in  January 
last  was  not  renewed.  It  will  be  recollected  that  the  same 
decree  of  the  Cortes  in  that  month  which   settled,  under  a 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      25 

threat  of  reprisals,  the  British  claims  upon  Spain  for  cap- 
tures, laid  open  the  trade  of  the  ultra  marine  provinces  to 
Britain  for  ten  years.  This  period  of  time  being  upon  the 
eve  of  expiring,  the  intention  of  Britain  is,  to  revive  the 
orders  for  reprisals  by  her  squadron,  unless  the  time  be 
extended.  So  much  for  a  measure  against  Spain  in  her 
present  extremity.  It  will  next  be  seen  that  her  ex-colonies 
come  in  for  their  share  of  this  prompt  and  summary  species 
of  remedy  of  which  Britain  is  setting  other  nations  the  ex- 
ample, for  Mr.  Canning  also  informed  me  that  if  the  Colom- 
bian government  did  not  make  speedy  reparation  for  the 
alleged  aggression  committed  upon  a  British  ship  by  the 
fort  at  Bocachica  at  the  entrance  of  the  bay  of  Carthagena, 
orders  would  be  given  to  blockade  that  port.  He  remarked 
that  the  blockade  would  be  confined  merely  to  Bocachica  as 
a  measure  of  local  redress,  other  satisfaction  having  been 
refused,  and  that  it  was  intended  that  an  explanation  to  this 
effect  should  be  given  to  the  government  of  Colombia, 
through  a  neutral  minister  residing  at  that  government. 
He  added  that  his  wish  was,  that  the  minister  of  the  United 
States  should  be  the  channel  of  communication.  In  the  de- 
tail of  circumstances  that  belong  to  this  alleged  aggression 
Mr.  Canning  did  not  go.  From  the  account  I  have  had  of 
it  from  the  Colombian  minister  in  this  city,  Mr.  Ravenga, 
I  infer  and  believe  that  the  offence  was  on  the  side  of  the 
British  ship. 

The  subject  of  blockade  being  mentioned,  Mr.  Canning 
asked  me  if  I  knew  in  what  manner  my  government  would 
be  likely  to  view  the  turning  off  of  our  frigate  by  the  French 
squadron  from  before  Cadiz,  with  our  ministers  Mr.  Nelson 
and  Mr.  Rodney  on  board.  I  said  that  I  did  not,  and  in 
turn  asked  him  how  England  would  act  under  similar  cir- 
cumstances. His  first  reply  consisted  of  an  expression  of 
his  satisfaction  that  England  had  had  the  good  fortune  to 
escape  from  such  a  difficulty  at  this  juncture,  and  that  the 
question  had  fallen  into  such  good  hands  as  ours !  But  next 
I  asked,  how  a  British  blockading  force  would  treat  a  neutral 
frigate  under  the  same  circumstances.  He  said  he  would  be 
quite  candid  in  his  answer;  that  all  things  considered,  it  did 


26  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

not  become  England  to  reason  down  maritime  or  belligerent 
doctrines;  that  the  case  was  an  unusual  one;  he  recollected 
in  modern  history  but  one  instance  of  a  besieged  king,  which 
was  that  of  the  king  of  Denmark;  that  had  a  neutral  ship  of 
war,  a  Russian  frigate  for  example,  attempted  to  enter  the 
harbour  of  Copenhagen  when  the  British  fleet  was  investing 
it,  the  Captain  alleging  that  he  was  carrying  a  letter  to  the 
Danish  king,  he  must  say  that  he  thought  the  British  ad- 
miral would  not  have  permitted  the  frigate  to  pass  for  such 
a  purpose;  he  even  inclined  to  believe  that  a  neutral  vessel 
of  war  would  not  have  been  allowed  to  pass  under  such  cir- 
cumstances, for  any  purpose.  These  were  his  sentiments, 
though  he  spoke,  he  said,  without  any  full  or  exact  exami- 
nation of  the  subject. 

I  replied  that  neither  was  I  master  of  the  subject,  though 
awake  to  the  interest  of  it ;  that  I  had,  from  a  personal  curi- 
osity been  turning  in  a  cursory  manner  to  some  of  the  ad- 
miralty books  in  the  hope  of  getting  light  upon  it,  but  as 
yet  could  only  say  that  I  had  found  nothing.  I  was  disposed 
to  think  that  book  learning  upon  the  point  would  be  found 
scanty,  and  that  it  would  have  to  be  decided  by  recurring  to 
principles.  Nothing  further  was  said  upon  the  subject,  and 
I  must  own  that  I  draw  no  very  favorable  augury  to  parts 
of  our  coming  negotiations,  from  as  much  as  fell  from  him 
whilst  we  were  upon  it. 

Throughout  the  progress  of  our  discussion  on  Spanish 
American  affairs,  I  thought  it  proper  to  apprize  Mr.  Ra- 
venga,  confidentially,  of  all  that  was  going  on.  I  take  this 
opportunity  of  saying  that  I  have  had  equal  pleasure  in  all 
my  personal  intercourse  with  this  gentleman,  and  in  my  at- 
tempts to  subserve  the  interests  of  his  country. 

At  the  close  of  my  interview  with  Mr.  Canning  I  took 
occasion  to  say  to  him  that,  if  no  objections  existed  to  the 
request,  I  should  be  glad  to  be  furnished  with  a  copy  of  the 
note  from  Count  Nesselrode  to  Count  Lieven  relative  to 
the  Russian  ukase,  of  which  I  have  made  mention  in  my 
number  323.  He  replied  that  he  would  have  been  happy 
to  comply  with  my  request,  but  that  having  asked  Count 
Lieven  for  permission  to  give  out  a  copy  of   the   note,  the 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      27 

Count   had  said  that  he  did  not  feel  authorized  to  grant  a 
copy  with  that  view. 

I  have  the  honor  to  remain,  with  very  great  respect,  your 
obedient  servant, 

(Signed)    Richard  Rush.1 

The  following  note  was  written  by  Mr.  Rush  to  Mr. 
Monroe,   October  22,    1823: 

"The  Spanish  American  topic  has  been  dropped  by  Mr. 
Canning  in  a  most  extraordinary  manner.  Not  another  word 
has  he  said  to  me  on  it  since  the  26th  of  last  month,  at  the 
interview  at  Gloucester  Lodge,  which  I  have  described  in  my 
dispatches  to  the  department,  and  he  has  now  gone  out  of 
town  to  spend  the  remainder  of  this,  and  a  part  of  the  next 
month.  I  shall  not  renew  the  topic,  and  should  he,  which 
I  do  not  expect,  I  shall  decline  going  into  it  again,  saying 
that  I  must  now  wait  until  I  hear  from  my  government."2 

RICHARD    RUSH   TO    SECRETARY   OF   STATE. 

London,  Nov.  26,  1S23. 

Sir,  —  I  had  an  interview  with  Mr.  Canning  on  the  twenty- 
fourth  instant,  at  the  foreign  office,  when  he  afforded  me 
some  information  on  Spanish  American  affairs  which  I  now 
proceed  to  lay  before  you. 

He  began  by  saying  that  our  conversations  on  this  subject 
at  Gloucester  Lodge  (on  the  26th  of  September)  having  led 
him  to  conclude  that  nothing  could  be  accomplished  between 
us,  owing  to  the  ground  which  I  had  felt  it  necessary  to  take 
respecting  the  immediate  recognition  of  the  late  colonies  by 
Great  Britain,  he  had  deemed  it  indispensable  as  no  more 
time  was  to  be  lost,  that  Great  Britain  should  herself,  with- 
out any  concert  with  the  United  States,  come  to  an  explana- 
tion with  France.  He  had,  accordingly,  seen  the  Prince  de 
Polignac,  the  French  Ambassador  at  this  court,  and  stated 
to  him  that  as  it  was  fit  that  the  two  courts  should  under- 
stand each  other,  distinctly,  on  the  Spanish  American  ques- 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  424  to  42S. 

2  Ibid.,  page  428. 


28  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

tion,  it  was  his  intention  to  unfold  the  views  of  Great  Britain 
in  an  official  note  to  him,  the  prince,  or  to  Sir  Charles 
Stewart,  the  British  Ambassador  at  Paris,  to  be  communi- 
cated to  the  French  Court ;  or  in  the  form  of  an  oral  confer- 
ence with  the  Prince  himself,  —  whichever  of  these  modes 
the  latter  might  indicate  as  preferable.  The  Prince  taking 
some  interval  to  decide,  it  was  finally  decided  to  adopt  the 
method  of  oral  conference,  with  the  precaution  of  making  a 
minute  of  the  conversation;  so  that  each  government  might 
have  in  its  possession  a  record  of  what  passed,  to  be  previ- 
ously assented  to  as  correct  on  both  sides. 

In  pursuance  of  this  course  Mr.  Canning  held  several  con- 
ferences with  the  Prince  de  Polignac,  in  the  early  part  of 
October,  in  which  each  party  unfolded  the  views  of  their 
respective  governments,  on  this  branch  of  public  affairs,  and 
agreed  upon  the  written  memorandum  or  paper  which  was  to 
embody  them. 

This  paper  Mr.  Canning  said  was  of  a  nature  which  did 
not  leave  him  at  liberty  to  offer  me  a  copy  of  it;  but  he  had 
invited  me  to  the  foreign  office,  for  the  purpose  of  reading  it 
to  me,  having  only  since  his  return  to  town  last  week  exhib- 
ited it  to  the  ministers  of  other  powers,  and  not  yet  to  all  of 
them. 

He  accordingly  read  the  paper  to  me.  When  he  had 
closed,  I  said  to  him,  notwithstanding  what  had  previously 
fallen  from  him  about  not  giving  a  copy  of  it,  that  its  whole 
matter  was  so  interwoven  with  our  past  discussions,  verbal 
.  and  written,  upon  the  same  subject,  that  I  could  not  help 
thinking  that  my  government  would  naturally  expect  a  copy, 
as  the  regular  termination  of  a  subject,  the  previous  stages 
of  which  it  had  been  my  special  duty  to  make  known  to  my 
government.  To  this  remark  he  replied  that  he  would  will- 
ingly furnish  me  with  a  copy  of  that  part  of  it  which  em- 
bodied the  views  of  this  government,  but  that,  where  those 
of  France  were  at  stake,  he  did  not  feel  that  he  had  the  same 
discretion ;  upon  which  footing  my  remarks  was  left  without 
more  commentary. 

I  am  therefore  relieved  from  the  task  of  recapitulating  to 
you  the  contents  of  that  portion  of  this  paper  of  which  I  may 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      29 

expect  to  receive  a  copy.  The  points  which  chiefly  arrested 
my  attention,  as  new  to  me  (and  these  I  now  communicate 
without  waiting  for  the  paper  itself),  were,  that  Great  Britain 
declares  that  she  will  recognize  the  independence  of  the  colo- 
nies, first,  in  case  France  should  employ  force  in  aid  of  their' 
re-subjugation;  or,  secondly,  in  case  Spain  herself,  reverting 
to  her  ancient  system,  should  attempt  to  put  a  stop  to  the 
trade  of  Britain  with  those  colonies.  But  it  is  not  said  what 
Britain  will  do  beyond  recognizing  their  independence,  her 
ulterior  conduct  being  left  to  be  shaped,  as  we  may  infer,  by 
ulterior  events.  She  claims  a  right  to  trade  with  the  colo- 
nies, on  the  footing  of  a  permission  given  by  Spain  herself, 
so  long  back  as  18 10,  as  an  equivalent  for  British  mediation, 
offered  at  that  day  between  the  parent  state  and  the  colonies. 
As  regards  the  form  of  government  most  desirable  for  the 
colonies  as  independent  states,  a  preference  is  expressed  for 
monarchy,  could  it  be  practicable. 

With  the  exception  of  the  foregoing  points,  I  recollect 
nothing  material  in  the  paper  as  regards  the  policy  or  in- 
tentions of  Great  Britain,  not  heretofore  made  known  in  my 
communications  upon  this  subject,  beginning  with  that  of 
the  19th  of  August,  and  continued  in  my  numbers  325,  326, 
330,  334,  and  336.  The  letter  of  Mr.  Canning  to  Sir  Charles 
Stewart  of  the  31st  of  March,  1823,  is  still  assumed  as  the 
basis  of  the  policy  of  Great  Britain. 

To  report  with  the  requisite  fidelity,  the  views  of  France, 
from  this  paper  read  over  but  once  to  me,  I  might  find  an 
office  more  hazardous,  from  the  fact  of  my  having  had  less 
acquaintance  beforehand  with  them.  I  shall,  therefore,  not 
attempt  to  do  so,  with  any  detail,  from  a  fear  that  I  might 
err.  I  have  also  the  confident  hope  that  an  entire  copy  of  it, 
although  not  given  to  me,  will  get  to  your  hands,  through 
some  other  channel.  I  am  not  able  for  my  own  share  to  dis- 
cern the  adequate  motives  for  wrapping  it  up  in  such  secrecy, 
and  have  little  doubt  but  that  even  the  public  journals  of 
Europe  will,  before  very  long,  enlighten  us,  with  sufficient 
precision,  upon  all  its  contents.  The  London  journals  of 
the  present  week  have  themselves  made  a  beginning  towards 
this  end. 


30  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Having  said  thus  much,  I  will  proceed  in  my  endeavors  to 
state  the  main  points  of  this  paper  where  it  was  illustrative 
of  the  policy  of  France. 

i.  It  declares  that  France,  like  England,  regards  the  re- 
covery of  the  colonies  by  Spain  as  hopeless. 

2.  It  expresses  the  determination  (I  think  that  was  the 
very  word)  of  France,  not  to  assist  in  attempting  their  re- 
conquest. 

3.  It  expresses  the  desire  of  France  to  see  the  dispute 
made  up  by  amicable  arrangements,  between  the  mother 
country  and  the  colonies. 

4.  It  disclaims  for  France  all  idea  of  deriving  exclusive 
commercial  advantages  from  the  colonies,  saying  that,  like 
England,  she  only  asks  to  be  placed  on  the  footing  of  the 
most  favored  nation,   after  Spain. 

5.  It  knows  not  what  there  is  to  be  recognized  as  inde- 
pendent in  the  colonies,  France  regarding  all  government 
there  as  a  mockery.  The  reasoning  employed  is  to  this 
effect. 

6.  It  labors  to  show  the  necessity  of  assembling  a  con- 
gress, to  which  England  should  be  a  party  (which  she  de- 
clines), to  bring  about  the  benevolent  end  of  reclaiming 
those  remote  regions  from  their  past  errors,  and  making  up 
the  dispute  between  them  and  the  parent  state,  upon  terms 
satisfactory  to  both,  as  the  policy  worthy  of  both! 

These  were  the  material  points  of  the  paper,  as  I  collected 
them.  I  am  sensible  that  I  state  some  of  them  in  a  way  to 
start  further  questions  as  to  their  true  meaning,  questions 
which  I  could  myself  raise,  without  at  this  moment  being 
able  to  resolve  them.  Whether,  among  other  things,  France 
is  to  abstain  from  all  kinds  of  aid  to  Spain  (force  she  says 
she  will  not  employ),  does  not  appear  quite  clear  to  my  recol- 
lection. The  apprehensions  of  Britain  however  seem  to  be 
fully  allayed,  at  least  for  the  present,  on  the  score  of  French 
aggrandizement  in  Spanish  America,  and  it  is  certain  that 
she  does  not  now  anticipate  any  speedy  interruption  of  the 
peace  of  Europe  from  this  cause. 

Whether  her  apprehensions  on  this  score  were  ever  real, 
notwithstanding  Mr.  Canning's  advances  to  me,  or  whether 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      3 1 

France,  from  uneasiness  at  a  prospect  of  collision  with  Great 
Britain,  has,  herself,  receded,  for  a  while,  from  her  ambitious 
projects,  and  only  for  a  while,  are  points  around  which  there 
may  be  some  obscurity.  The  language  which  she  now  holds 
to  Britain  is  obviously  at  variance  with  that  which  her  mani- 
festoes breathed  when  her  troops  entered  Spain  in  the  spring. 
Her  duplicity,  therefore,  in  this  whole  peninsular  war,  from 
her  memorable  avowals  respecting  the  cordon  sanitaire,  to 
the  present  time,  appears  to  have  been  as  signal  as  her 
ambition. 

In  the  course  of  the  paper  on  the  British  side,  there  is 
allusion  to  the  interest  that  the  United  States  have  in  the 
question,  which  is  met,  on  the  side  of  France  by  a  declara- 
tion that  she  does  not  profess  to  be  acquainted  with  our  views 
on  the  subject.  It  is  in  the  part  which  relates  to  the  assem- 
bling of  a  congress.  I  might  probably  have  made  myself  more 
accurately  master  of  the  whole  paper,  by  recurring,  in  con- 
versation, to  a  few  of  the  passages  after  Mr.  Canning  had 
finished  reading  it;  but  I  was  precluded  the  opportunity  of 
doing  this  from  his  being  pressed  (whether  by  his  previous 
wishes  or  otherwise,  I  will  not  say),  with  another  appoint- 
ment,  a  very  few  moments  after  he  had  closed. 

Notwithstanding  the  tranquillizing  professions  of  France, 
it  would  seem  that  the  sentiments  of  Russia  (if  we  may  so 
infer  from  Pozzo  di  Borgo's  address  to  Ferdinand,  which  has 
just  come  before  the  world),  are,  that  the  Holy  Alliance  con- 
sider themselves  as  still  bound  to  keep  a  superintending  eye 
upon  the  affairs  of  Spain,  throughout  all  her  dominions. 

I  have  the  honor  to  remain  with  great  respect,  your  obedi- 
ent servant, 

(Signed)    Richard  Rush.1 

RICHARD   RUSH    TO    SECRETARY   OF    STATE. 

London,  December  27,  1823. 

Sir,—  In  my  letter  No.  346  of  the  26th  of  November,  I  had 
the  honor  to  mention  that  I  requested  of  Mr.  Canning  a  copy 
of  the  paper  which  he  read  to  me  embodying  the  views  of 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  430,  433. 


32  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

England  and  France  relative  to  Spanish  America,  and  that 
he  replied  that  he  would  do  so  of  as  much  of  it  as  related  to 
England,  but  that  over  the  portion  of  it  that  contained  the 
exposition  of  the  views  of  France  he  did  not  feel  that  he  was 
at  liberty  to  exercise  the  same  option.  The  attempt  to  draw 
this  line  seemed  at  the  time  unnecessary,  and  perhaps  would 
have  been  found  not  very  easy  in  practice,  and  accordingly  in 
the  interview  which  I  had  with  Mr.  Canning  on  the  twelfth 
of  this  month  referring  again  to  the  above  paper,  and  to  the 
request  I  had  made  of  him  to  be  furnished  with  a  copy  of  the 
whole  of  it,  he  said  that  he  now  felt  himself  able  to  comply, 
the  French  government  having  furnished  other  states  with  a 
copy  of  it ;  and  he  promised  to  send  me  the  entire  copy  in  a 
few  days.  I  have  abstained  from  mentioning  this  promise  to 
you  in  my  intermediate  communications,  preferring  to  wait 
until  the  paper  itself  reached  me. 

I  have  this  day  received  it  accompanied  by  a  note  from  Mr. 
Canning,  dated  the  13th  instant,  and  headed  "Confidential" 
in  which  he  informs  me  that  I  am  at  liberty  to  communicate 
it  to  my  government,  but  only  as  a  confidential  paper,  not  to 
be  made  public  in  the  United  States.  A  note  of  a  few  lines 
from  Mr.  Planta  dated  yesterday,  explains  the  delay  which 
has  taken  place  in  sending  it  to  me.  Another  note  from  Mr. 
Canning,  dated  also  on  the  13th  instant,  and  headed  "private 
and  confidential  "  was  received  at  the  same  time,  in  which 
he  reverts  to  what  passed  between  us  in  the  summer  on  this 
Spanish  American  question,  states  his  reason  for  having  gone 
on  to  act  without  my  concurrence,  and  intimates  a  hope  that 
neither  the  United  States  nor  Great  Britain  will  now  be 
called  upon  to  lift  their  voice  against  the  designs  that  were 
recently  apprehended.  In  this  latter  note  it  will  also  be 
perceived  what  renewed  anxiety  is  manifested  that  the  whole 
subject  may  be  treated  by  my  government  as  entirely  confi- 
dential. I  have  replied  in  two  separate  notes  of  this  date  to 
both  of  Mr.  Canning's,  and  enclose  copies  of  all  the  corre- 
spondence. It  will  be  seen  in  Mr.  Canning's  notes  that  he 
describes  the  paper  as  having  been  read  to  me  on  the  12th 
instant.  This  is  a  mistake.  He  read  it  to  me  on  the  24th 
of  November,  as  my  communication  to  you  of  the  26th  of  that 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      33 

month  shows.  The  mistake  is  not  material,  and  is  only  no- 
ticed lest  it  should  otherwise  be  inferred  that  the  paper  was 
read  to  me  a  second  time,  which  was  not  the  case. 

It  is  plain  in  my  belief,  that  this  extraordinary  solicitude 
for  secrecy  springs  from  an  unwillingness  in  this  government 
to  risk  the  cordiality  of  its  standing  with  the  Holy  Alliance  | 
to  any  greater  extent  than  can  be  avoided.  All  serious  dan- 
ger to  Spanish  America  being  now  at  an  end,  I  do  not  at 
present  see  what  there  is  to  prevent  a  return  to  that  effective 
amity  between  Great  Britain  and  that  alliance  which  has  here- 
tofore existed.  Events  the  most  recent  and  authoritative  jus- 
tify us  in  saying,  that  no  attempt  upon  the  liberties  of  Europe, 
will  essentially  throw  Britain  off  from  the  connexion,  or  im- 
pair her  coequal  allegiance  to  the  monarchial  principle;  and 
the  authentic  paper  of  her  government  which  I  this  day  trans- 
mit, indicates  that  the  danger  of  disunion  from  the  Spanish 
American  question  has  had  its  source  not  in  any  concern  of 
Britain  at  fresh  strides  of  Tyranny  in  the  Alliance,  but  in  an 
ambitious  uneasiness  in  her  Councils  at  French  or  other  Con- 
tinental interposition  reaching  a  point  which  threatened  at 
last  to  trench  upon  the  commercial  empire  of  England,  an 
empire  over  which  her  statesmen  never  cease  to  keep  the 
most  jealous  watch.  As  regards  the  essential  rights  of  the 
Spanish  American  States,  their  internal  polity  and  organiza- 
tion, it  will  be  seen  from  the  paper,  that  the  foreign  Secretary 
of  England  permits  the  most  revolting  doctrines  to  be  laid 
down  by  the  Ambassador  of  France  without  one  word  of  dis- 
sent or  disapprobation.  Some  of  the  questions  that  started 
to  my  mind  when  I  undertook  to  report  the  contents  of  this 
paper  to  you  from  having  heard  it  read,  are  not  entirely  solved, 
I  must  say,  on  a  more  deliberate  examination  of  it. 

In  my  interview  with  Mr.  Canning  on  the  12th  of  this 
month,  he  said  that  the  Continental  powers  had  intended  to 
hold  a  Congress,  not,  as  they  now  alleged,  to  coerce  the  late 
Colonies,  but  to  assist  Spain  with  their  deliberations  and 
advice  towards  recovering  their  supremacy  over  them;  but 
that  Spain's  proposals  had  been  of  a  nature  to  frustrate  all 
their  wishes.  Their  offer  to  assist  her  as  above  had  been 
lately   made   through    the    French    Ambassador    at    Madrid. 


34  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Spain,  through  the  same  channel,  had  simply  said  in  reply, 
that  France,  Russia,  and  the  other  allies  had  nothing  to  do 
but  to  furnish  ships,  troops,  and  money  for  the  reconquest, 
which  being  effected,  Spain  was  ready  to  requite  them  all  by 
a  grant  of  equivalent  advantages  to  be  drawn  from  the  Colo- 
nies. France  had  sent  these  proposals  back  to  Spain  as  not 
fit  to  be  entertained,  and  thus  as  Mr.  Canning  seemed  to 
infer,  has  vanished  the  project  of  the  Congress.  One  other 
scheme  only  remained,  he  said,  for  reducing  the  Colonies, 
more  wild  however,  as  he  added,  than  all  former  ones.  This 
was  by  an  association  in  the  form  of  a  private  company  to  be 
composed  of  capitalists  and  bankers  in  sufficient  numbers, 
and  deriving  a  charter  from  Spain,  which  company  with  their 
funds  were  to  hire  ships  and  troops  for  the  reconquest  and 
seek  their  remuneration  in  certain  exclusive  rights  of  trade 
to  be  granted  to  them,  and  also  in  the  transfer  to  them  of  an 
interest  in  the  mines  of  Mexico  and  Peru.  Some  modifica- 
tion of  this  visionary  scheme  has  since  made  a  figure  in  the 
journals  of  Europe,  serving,  in  this  country  at  least,  to  excite 
the  public  derision. 

But  the  most  decisive  blow  to  all  despotic  interference 
with  the  new  States  is  that  which  it  has  received  in  the 
President's  Message  at  the  opening  of  Congress.  It  was 
looked  for  here  with  extraordinary  interest  at  this  juncture, 
and  I  have  heard  that  the  British  packet  which  left  New 
York  the  beginning  of  this  month  was  instructed  to  wait  for 
it  and  bring  it  over  with  all  speed.  It  is  certain  that  this 
vessel  first  brought  it,  having  arrived  at  Falmouth  on  the 
24th  instant.  On  its  publicity  in  London,  which  followed 
as  soon  afterwards  as  possible,  the  credit  of  all  the  Spanish 
American  securities  immediately  rose,  and  the  question  of 
j  the   final   and   complete  safety  of  the  new  States   from   all 

European  coercion  is  now  considered  as  at  rest. 

I  have  the  honor  to  remain,  with  very  great  respect,  your 
obedient  servant, 

(Signed)     Richard  Rush.1 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  434,  436. 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      35 


DANIEL   SHELDON    TO   JOHN    QUINCY   ADAMS. 

Paris,  October  30,  1S23. 
Sir,  — Soon  after  the  date  of  my  dispatch  of  the  iSth  of 
this  month,  I  was  informed  by  the  British  Embassador  that 
he  had  conferred  with  the  French  Ministers  (M.  de  Chateau- 
briand and  M.  de  Villele)  on  the  subject  of  the  Spanish 
American  Colonies.  He  told  me  that  his  object  had  been  to 
prevent  them  from  engaging  hastily  in  any  measures  relat- 
ing to  those  Colonies,  and  that  he  had  insisted  that  whatever 
measures  might  be  taken  should  be  adopted  in  common  and 
after  consultation  among  the  powers  really  interested  in  the 
question,  which  were  England,  France,  and  the  United  States 
alone,  the  interest  of  the  great  Continental  Powers  of  Europe 
being,  on  this  particular  point  only,  of  a  secondary  nature. 
The  French  Ministers  assured  him  that  they  would  undertake 
nothing  by  themselves,  and  that  the  subject  would  be  brought 
forward  for  mutual  consideration.  In  the  Journal  des  De- 
bats,  the  Ministerial  paper,  of  to-day,  will  be  found  an  article, 
confirming  entirely  this  principle.  It  is,  however,  most  prob- 
able that  France  will  insist  upon  the  concurrence  of  the  Con- 
tinental Powers  and  will  reject  entirely  that  of  the  United 
States.  The  subject  has  never  been  mentioned  to  me  in  any 
way  whatever  by  any  of  the  French  ministers.  The  motive 
for  this  course  on  their  part  is  obvious  enough;  the  United 
States  having  acknowledged  the  independence  of  the  Colo- 
nies, they  cannot  be  expected  to  concur  in  or  assent  to  any 
measures  not  having  that  result  for  their  basis;  and  they  are 
not  yet  prepared  here  to  go  that  length,  though  it  is  difficult 
to  conceive  that  England  would  consent  to  any  plan  which 
would  again  place  the  Colonies  under  the  dominion  of  Spain. 
At  all  events,  no  steps  are  likely  to  be  taken  hastily  or  im- 
mediately in  relation  to  those  countries;  and,  indeed,  the 
affairs  of  the  mother  Country  will  yet  require  for  some  time 
all  the  cares  of  this  Government.  The  Article  of  the  Jour- 
nal des  Debats  announces  that  Councils  of  moderation  have 
at  last  made  some  impression  on  the  King.  The  course  he 
was  taking  alarmed  not  only  the  Ministry,  but  the  Politicians 


36  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

here,  who  are  many  degrees  higher  toned  than  the  Ministry. 
Even  Russia  is  obliged  to  insist  upon  moderation,  and  Pozzo, 
who  is  gone  to  Madrid,  will  exercise  the  influence  of  that 
Power  to  soften  down  the  system  the  King  is  disposed  to 
adopt,  and  which,  from  his  untractable  nature,  there  is  great 
difficulty  in  persuading  him  to  abandon. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  with  great  respect,  Sir,  your  obe- 
dient and  very  humble  servant, 

(Signed)    D.  Sheldon,  Jr.1 


GEORGE  CANNING  TO  RICHARD  RUSH. 

Storrs,  Westmorland,  Aug.  31,  1823. 

My  dear  Sir,  —  I  nave  now  to  acknowledge  the  receipt 
of  your  answer  to  both  my  letters ;  and  whatever  may  be  the 
practical  result  of  our  confidential  communication,  it  is  an 
unmixed  satisfaction  to  me  that  the  spirit  in  which  it  began 
on  my  part,  has  been  met  so  cordially  on  yours. 

To  a  practical  result  eminently  beneficial  I  see  no  obstacle; 
except  in  your  want  of  specific  powers,  and  in  the  delay  which 
may  intervene  before  you  can  procure  them ;  and  during  which 
events  may  get  before  us. 

Had  you  felt  yourself  authorized  to  entertain  any  formal 
proposition,  and  to  decide  upon  it,  without  reference  home, 
I  would  immediately  have  taken  measures  for  assembling  my 
colleagues  in  London,  upon  my  return,  in  order  to  be  enabled 
to  submit  to  you  as  the  act  of  my  government  all  that  I  have 
stated  to  you  as  my  own  sentiments  and  theirs.  But  with 
such  a  delay  in  prospect,  I  think  I  should  hardly  be  justified 
in  proposing  to  bind  ourselves  to  any  thing  positively  and 
unconditionally;  and  think  on  the  other  hand  that  a  proposi- 
tion qualified  either  in  respect  to  the  contingency  of  your 
concurrence  in  it,  or  with  reference  to  possible  changes  of 
circumstances,  would  want  the  decision  and  frankness  which 
I  should  wish  to  mark  our  proceeding. 

Not  that  I  anticipate  any  change  of  circumstances,  which 
could  vary  the  views  opened  to  you  in  my  first  letter :  —  nor 

1  From  the  Monroe  Papers  in  the  State  Department,  Washington,  D.C. 
Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  page  429. 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      37 

that,  after  what  you  have  written  to  me  in  return,  I  appre- 
hend any  essential  dissimilarity  of  views  on  the  part  of  your 
Government. 

But  we  must  not  place  ourselves  in  a  position  in  which,  if 
called  upon  from  other  quarters  for  an  opinion,  we  cannot 
give  a  clear  and  definite  account  not  only  of  what  we  think 
and  feel,  but  of  what  we  have  done  or  are  doing,  upon  the 
matter  in  question.  To  be  able  to  say,  in  answer  to  such  an 
appeal,  that  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain  concur  in 
thinking  so  and  so  would  be  well.  To  anticipate  any  such 
appeal  by  a  voluntary  declaration  to  the  same  effect  would  be 
still  better. 

But  to  have  to  say  that  we  are  in  communication  with  the 
United  States  but  have  no  conclusive  understanding  with 
them,  would  be  inconvenient  —  our  free  agency  would  thus 
be  fettered  with  respect  to  other  Powers;  while  our  agreement 
with  you  would  be  yet  unascertained. 

What  appears  to  me,  therefore,  the  most  advisable  is  that 
you  should  see  in  my  unofficial  communication  enough  hope 
of  good  to  warrant  you  in  requiring  Powers  and  Instructions 
from  your  Government  on  this  point,  in  addition  to  the  others 
upon  which  you  have  recently  been  instructed  and  empow- 
ered ;  treating  that  communication  not  as  a  proposition  made 
to  you,  but  as  the  evidence  of  the  nature  of  a  proposition 
which  it  would  have  been  my  desire  to  make  to  you,  if  I  had 
found  you  provided  with  authority  to  entertain  it. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  with  the  greatest  esteem  and 
respect,  my  dear  sir,  your  obedient  and  faithful  servant, 

(Signed)    Geo.  Canning.1 

On  December  i,  1823,  Mr.  Rush  wrote  to  Mr.  Monroe  as 
follows: 

"The  conduct  of  England  on  this  question  [South  America] 
as  it  seems  to  me,  has  turned  out  to  be  devoid  of  all  justice, 
of  all  magnanimity,  and  even  of  all  true  foresight  and 
policy. 

"  She  at  last  declares  that  she  will  recognize,  not  because 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  418,  419. 


38  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

the  new  states  are  de  facto  independent  and  entitled  to  it; 
but  she  issues  her  intentions  in  the  light  of  a  threat  to  be 
executed  on  the  contingent  misdeeds  of  France  or  Spain."  1 

Mr.  Canning  wrote  Mr.  Rush  the  following  note,  marked 
like  all  the  others  "private  and  confidential." 

Gloucester  Lodge,  Dec.  13,  1823. 

My  dear  Sir,  —  In  transmitting  to  you  a  copy  of  the 
memorandum  of  a  Conference  between  the  French  Ambassador 
and  me,  upon  the  affairs  of  Spanish  America  (which  I  had  the 
honor  to  read  to  you  yesterday),  I  am  naturally  led  to  revert  to 
what  passed  between  us  in  the  summer  upon  that  subject. 

Had  you  had  it  in  your  power,  at  that  time,  to  concur  in 
any  joint  consideration  of  the  measures  to  be  adopted,  you 
know  how  happy  I  should  have  been  to  be  enabled  to  propose 
such  a  concert.  But  time,  and  the  pressure  of  events  did  not 
allow  of  an  indefinite  postponement  of  a  matter  which  was 
liable,  from  day  to  day,  to  be  brought  into  immediate  discus- 
sion by  other  Powers.  Our  step  was  therefore  taken  within 
a  few  weeks  after  the  last  interchange  of  confidential  letters 
between  us.  The  result  is  before  you.  You  will  see  that  we 
were  not  unmindful  of  your  claim  to  be  heard ;  but  I  flatter  my- 
self that  neither  you  nor  we  shall  have  to  lift  our  voice  against 
any  of  the  designs  which  were  apprehended  a  few  months  ago. 

I  am  sure  you  will  feel,  Sir,  and  I  trust  it  will  be  felt  by 
your  Government  that  the  confidence  which  I  individually  re- 
posed in  you  is  sacred  ;  and  that  our  intercourse  in  August  not 
having  led  to  any  practical  results,  nor  become  matter  of 
discussion  between  our  respective  governments  will  be  con- 
sidered as  having  passed  between  two  individuals  relying 
upon  each  other's  honour  and  discretion. 

I  communicate  the  paper  to  you  in  such  a  way  as  to  relieve 
you  from  any  difficulty  in  transmitting  it  to  your  Government. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  with  great  esteem  and  regard,  my 
dear  sir, 

Your  obedient  and  faithful  servant, 

(Signed)     George  Canning.2 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  page  433. 

2  Ibid.,  pages  433,  434. 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      39 
Mr.  Monroe  wrote  the  following  note  to  Mr.  Jefferson : 

Oakhill,  Oct.  17th,  1823. 

Dear  Sir,  — I  transmit  to  you  two  dispatches,  which  were 
received  from  Mr.  Rush,  while  I  was  lately  in  Washington, 
which  involve  interests  of  the  highest  importance.  They 
contain  two  letters  from  Mr.  Canning,  suggesting  designs  of 
the  holy  alliance,  against  the  Independence  of  South  America, 
and  proposing  a  co-operation,  between  Great  Britain  and  the 
United  States,  in  support  of  it  against  the  members  of  that 
alliance.  The  project  aims  in  the  first  instance,  at  a  mere 
expression  of  opinion,  somewhat  in  the  abstract,  but  which 
it  is  expected  by  Mr.  Canning,  will  have  a  great  political 
effect,  by  defeating  the  combination.  By  Mr.  Rush's  an- 
swers, which  are  also  inclosed  you  will  see  the  light  in  which 
he  views  the  subject,  and  the  extent  to  which  he  may  have 
gone.  Many  important  considerations  are  involved  in  this 
proposition.  1st.  Shall  we  entangle  ourselves,  at  all,  in 
European  politics  and  wars,  on  the  side  of  any  power,  against 
others,  presuming  that  a  concert  by  agreement,  of  the  kind 
proposed,  may  lead  to  that  result?  2nd.  If  a  case  can  exist, 
in  which  a  sound  maxim  may,  and  ought  to  be  departed  from, 
is  not  the  present  instance  precisely  that  case?  3rd.  Has 
not  the  epoch  arrived  when  Great  Britain  must  take  her  stand, 
either  on  the  side  of  the  monarchs  of  Europe,  or  of  the  United 
States,  and  in  consequence,  either  in  favor  of  Despotism  or 
of  liberty,  and  may  it  not  be  presumed  that,  aware  of  that 
necessity,  her  government  has  seized  on  the  present  occur- 
rence, as  that  which  it  deems  the  most  suitable  to  announce 
and  mark  the  commencement  of  that  career. 

My  own  impression  is  that  we  ought  to  meet  the  proposal 
of  the  British  government,  and  make  it  known  that  we  would 
view  an  interference  on  the  part  of  the  European  powers,  and 
especially  an  attack  on  the  Colonies  by  them,  as  an  attack 
upon  ourselves,  presuming  that  if  they  succeeded  with  them, 
they  would  extend  it  to  us.  I  am  sensible  however  of  the 
extent  and  difficulty  of  the  question,  and  shall  be  happy  to 
have  yours,  and  Mr.  Madison's  opinions  on  it.  I  do  not  wish 
to  trouble  either  of  you  with  small  objects,  but  the  present 


40  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

one  is  vital,  involving  the  highest  interests,  for  which  we 
have  so  long  and  so  faithfully  and  harmoniously  contended 
together.  Be  so  kind  as  to  enclose  to  him  the  dispatches, 
with  an  intimation  of  the  motive. 

With  great  respect,  etc., 

(Signed)    James  Monroe.1 

John  Ouincy  Adams,  Secretary  of  State,  stated  to  Mr. 
Rush  the  position  of  the  United  States  in  the  following 
letter: 

Department  of  State,  Washington,  Nov.  30,  1823. 

Sir,  — The  Instructions  contained  in  my  letter  dated  yes- 
terday were  given  with  a  view  to  enable  you  to  return  an 
explicit  answer  to  the  proposals  contained  in  Mr.  Secretary 
Canning's  confidential  letter  to  you  of  the  20th  of  August 
last.  The  object  of  this  dispatch  is  to  communicate  to  you 
the  views  of  the  President  with  regard  to  a  more  general 
consideration  of  the  affairs  of  South  America;  to  serve  for 
your  government,  and  to  be  used  according  to  your  discre- 
tion, in  any  further  intercourse  which  you  may  have  with  the 
British  Cabinet  on  this  subject. 

In  reviewing  the  proposals  of  Mr.  Canning  and  the  discus- 
sion of  them  in  your  Correspondence  and  Conferences,  the 
President  has  with  great  satisfaction  adverted  to  them,  in  the 
light  of  an  overture,  from  the  British  Government,  towards  a 
confidential  concert  of  opinions  and  of  operations  between  us 
and  them,  with  reference  to  the  countries  heretofore  subject 
to  Spain  in  this  Hemisphere.  In  the  exposition  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  British  Government,  as  expressed  in  the  five 
positions  of  Mr.  Canning's  letter,  we  perceive  nothing  with 
which  we  cannot  cheerfully  concur,  with  the  exception  of  that 
which  still  considers  the  recognition  of  the  Independence  of 
the  Southern  Nations  as  a  question  of  Time  and  Circum- 
stances. Confident  as  we  are  that  the  Time  is  at  hand  when 
Great  Britain,  to  preserve  her  own  consistency,  must  come  to 
this  acknowledgment,  we  are  aware  that  she  may  perhaps  be 
desirous  of  reserving  to  herself  the  whole  merit  of  it  with 
the  South  Americans,  and  that  she  may  finally  yield  more 

1  From  the  Jefferson  Manuscripts  in  the  State  Department,  Washington,  D.C. 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      41 

readily  to  the  decisive  act  of  recognition,  when  appearing  to 
be  spontaneous,  than  when  urged  upon  her  by  any  foreign 
suggestion.  The  point  itself  has  been  so  earnestly  pressed 
in  your  correspondence  and  conferences  with  Mr.  Canning, 
and  is  so  explicitly  stated  in  my  dispatch  of  yesterday  as 
indispensable,  in  our  view,  towards  a  co-operation  of  the  two 
Governments  upon  this  important  interest,  that  the  Presi- 
dent does  not  think  it  necessary  that  you  should  dwell  upon 
it  with  much  solicitude.  The  objections  exhibited  by  Mr. 
Canning  against  the  measure  as  stated  particularly  in  your 
dispatches  are  so  feeble,  and  your  answers  to  them  so  con- 
clusive, that  after  the  distinct  avowal  of  our  sentiments,  it 
may  perhaps  best  conduce  to  the  ultimate  entire  coincidence 
of  purposes  between  the  two  Governments  to  leave  the  choice 
of  Time  for  the  recognition,  which  Mr.  Canning  has  reserved, 
to  the  exclusive  consideration  of  the  British  Ministers  them- 
selves. 

We  receive  the  proposals  themselves,  and  all  that  has 
hitherto  passed  concerning  them,  according  to  the  request  of 
Mr.  Canning,  as  confidential.  As  a  first  advance  of  that 
character  which  has  ever  been  made  by  the  British  Govern- 
ment, in  relation  to  the  foreign  affairs  between  the  two 
Nations,  we  would  meet  it  with  cordiality,  and  with  the  true 
spirit  of  confidence,  which  is  candor.  The  observations  of 
Mr.  Canning  in  reply  to  your  remark,  that  the  policy  of  the 
United  States  has  hitherto  been  entirely  distinct  and  sepa- 
rate from  all  interference  in  the  complications  of  European 
Politics,  have  great  weight  and  the  considerations  involved 
in  them  had  already  been  subjects  of  much  deliberation 
among  ourselves.  As  a  member  of  the  European  community 
Great  Britain  has  relations  with  all  the  other  Powers  of 
Europe  which  the  United  States  have  not,  and  with  which 
it  is  their  unaltered  determination  not  to  interfere.  But 
American  Affairs,  whether  of  the  Northern  or  of  the  South- 
ern Continent  can  henceforth  not  be  excluded  from  the  in- 
terference of  the  United  States.  All  questions  of  policy 
relating  to  them  have  a  bearing  so  direct  upon  the  Rights 
and  Interests  of  the  United  States  themselves,  that  they 
cannot  be  left  at  the  disposal  of  European  Powers  animated 


42  THE   MONROE  DOCTRINE 

and  directed  exclusively  by  European  principles  and  interests. 
Aware  of  the  deep  importance  of  united  ends  and  councils, 
with  those  of    Great  Britain  in  this    emergency,   we  see  no 
possible  basis  on  which  that  harmonious  concert  of  measures 
can  be  founded,  other  than  the  general  principle  of  South 
American    Independence.     So  long   as  Great   Britain   with- 
holds the  recognition  of  that,  we  may,  as  we  certainly  do, 
concur  with  her  in  the  aversion  to  the  transfer  to  any  other 
power  of  any  of  the  colonies  in  this  Hemisphere,  heretofore, 
or  yet  belonging  to  Spain ;  but  the  principles  of  that  aver- 
sion, so  far  as  they  are  common  to  both  parties,  resting  only 
upon  a  casual  coincidence  of  interests,  in  a  National  point  of 
view  selfish  on  both  sides,  would  be  liable  to  dissolution  by 
every  change  of  phase  in  the  aspects  of  European  Politics. 
So  that  Great  Britain,  negotiating  at  once  with  the  European 
Alliance  and   with  us   concerning  America,   without   being 
bound  by  any  permanent  community  of  principle  (but  only 
by  a  casual  coincidence  of  interest  with  us),  would  still  be 
free  to  accommodate  her  policy  to  any  of  those  distributions 
of  power  and  partitions  of  Territory  which  have  for  the  last 
half-century  been  the  ultima  ratio  of  all  European  political 
arrangements.      While   we,    bound   to    her   by    engagements 
commensurate  only  with  the  momentary  community  of   our 
separate    particular    interests,    and    self-excluded    from    all 
negotiation   with    the    European    Alliance,    should    still    be 
liable  to    see    European    Sovereigns   dispose   of    American 
Interests,  without  consulting  either  with  us,  or  with  any  of 
the  American  Nations,  over  whose  destinies  they  would  thus 
assume  an  arbitrary  superintendence  and  control. 

It  was  stated  to  you  by  Mr.  Canning  that  in  the  event  of 
a  proposal  for  a  European  Congress,  to  determine  upon  what 
measures  relating  to  South  America  he  should  propose,  that 
you,  as  a  Representative  of  the  United  States,  should  be 
invited  to  attend  at  the  same ;  and  that  in  the  case  either  of 
a  refusal  to  give  you  that  invitation  or  of  your  declining  to 
accept  it  if  given,  Great  Britain  would  reserve  to  herself  the 
right  of  declining  also  to  attend.  The  President  approves 
your  determination  not  to  attend,  in  case  the  invitation 
should  be  given;  and  we  are  not  aware  of  any  circumstances 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      43 

under  which  we  should  deem  it  expedient  that  a  Minister  of 
the  United  States  should  be  authorized  to  attend  at  such  a 
Congress  if  the  invitation  to  that  effect  should  be  addressed 
to  this  Government  itself.  We  should  certainly  decline 
attending  unless  the  South-American  Governments  should 
be  invited  to  attend  by  their  Representatives,  and  as  the 
Representatives  of  Independent  Nations.  We  would  not 
sanction  by  our  presence  any  meeting  of  European  Poten- 
tates to  dispose  of  American  Republics.  We  shall  if  such 
meeting  should  take  place,  with  a  view  to  any  result  of  hos- 
tile action,  solemnly  protest  against  it,  and  against  all  the 
melancholy  and  calamitous  consequences  which  may  result 
from  it.  We  earnestly  hope  that  Great  Britain  will  do  the 
same. 

It  has  been  observed  that  through  the  whole  course  of  the 
Correspondence  and  of  the  Conferences,  between  Mr.  Canning 
and  you,  he  did  not  disclose  the  specific  information  upon 
which  he  apprehended  so  immediate  an  interposition  of  the 
European  Allies  in  the  affairs  of  South  America,  as  would 
have  warranted  or  required  the  measure  which  he  proposed  to 
be  taken  in  concert  with  you,  before  this  Government  could 
be  advised  of  it.  And  this  remark  has  drawn  the  more  atten- 
tion, upon  observing  the  apparent  coolness  and  apparent 
indifference  with  which  he  treated  the  subject  at  your  last 
conferences  after  the  peculiar  earnestness  and  solemnity  of 
his  first  advances.  It  would  have  been  more  satisfactory 
here,  and  would  have  afforded  more  distinct  light  for  delib- 
eration, if  the  confidence  in  which  his  proposals  originated 
had  at  once  been  entire.  This  suggestion  is  now  made  with 
a  view  to  the  future;  and  to  manifest  the  disposition  on  our 
part  to  meet  and  return  confidence  without  reserve,    j 

The  circumstances  of  Mr.  Gallatin's  private  concerns  hav- 
ing induced  him  to  decline  returning  to  Europe  at  this  time, 
and  the  posture  of  Affairs  requiring  in  the  opinion  of  the 
President  the  immediate  renewal  of  negotiations  with  France, 
Mr.  James  Brown  has  been  appointed  to  that  Mission,  and  is 
expected  very  shortly  to  proceed  upon  it. 

I  am  with  great  respect,  etc., 

(Signed)    John  Ouincy  Adams. 


44  THE   MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Mr.  Jefferson's  reply  to  Mr.  Monroe  is  as  follows: 

"  Our  first  and  fundamental  maxim  should  be  never  to 
entangle  ourselves  in  the  broils  of  Europe. 

"  Our  second,  never  to  suffer  Europe  to  intermeddle  with 
Cis-Atlantic  affairs  —  America,  North  and  South,  has  certain 
interests,  distinct  from  Europe  and  peculiarly  its  own.  She 
should  therefore  have  a  system  of  her  own,  separate  and  apart 
from  that  of  Europe.  While  the  last  is  laboring  to  become 
the  domicile  of  despotism,  our  endeavors  should  surely  be 
to  make  our  hemisphere  that  of  freedom. 

"One  nation  most  of  all  could  disturb  us  in  this  pursuit. 
She  now  offers  to  lead,  aid  and  accompany  us  in  it.  By 
acceding  to  her  proposition,  we  detach  her  from  the  bonds, 
bring  her  mighty  weight  into  the  scales  of  free  government, 
and  emancipate  a  continent  at  one  stroke,  which  might 
otherwise  linger  along  in  doubt  and  difficulty. 

"  But  the  consequences  in  which  the  present  proposition 
might  engage  us,  should  be  in  its  outcome  not  hers  but 
ours.  It  is  to  maintain  our  principle  not  to  depart  from  it. 
But  I  am  clearly  of  Mr.  Canning's  opinion,  that  it  will 
prevent  instead  of  provoking  war. " 1 

Thereupon  Monroe,  in  his  annual  message  of  December  2, 
1823,  announced  the  following  propositions,  which  constitute 
the  Monroe  Doctrine : 

"  It  was  stated  at  the  commencement  of  the  last  session 
that  a  great  effort  was  then  making  in  Spain  and  Portugal  to 
improve  the  condition  of  the  people  of  those  countries,  and 
that  it  appeared  to  be  conducted  with  extraordinary  modera- 
tion. —  It  need  scarcely  be  remarked  that  the  result  has  been 
so  far  very  different  from  what  was  then  anticipated.  Of 
events  in  that  quarter  of  the  globe,  with  which  we  have  so 
much  intercourse  and  from  which  we  derive  our  origin,  we 
have  always  been  anxious  and  interested  spectators. 

"The  citizens  of  the  United  States  cherish  sentiments  the 
most  friendly  in  favor  of  the  liberty  and  happiness  of  their 
fellow-men  on  that  side  of  the  Atlantic. 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  389,  392.  From  the 
Adams  Manuscripts. 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      45 

"In  the  wars  of  the  European  powers  in  matters  relating  to 
themselves  we  have  never  taken  any  part,  nor  does  it  comport 
with  our  policy  so  to  do.  It  is  only  when  our  rights  are 
invaded  or  seriously  menaced  that  we  resent  injuries  or  make 
preparations  for  our  defense. 

"  With  the  movements  in  this  hemisphere  we  are  of  neces- 
sity more  immediately  connected,  and  by  causes  which  must 
be  obvious  to  all  enlightened  and  impartial  observers. 

"The  political  system  of  the  allied  powers  is  essentially 
different  in  this  respect  from  that  of  America.  This  differ- 
ence proceeds  from  that  which  exists  in  their  respective 
governments;  and  to  the  defense  of  our  own  which  has  been 
achieved  by  the  loss  of  so  much  blood  and  treasure,  and 
matured  by  the  wisdom  of  their  most  enlightened  citizens 
and  under  which  we  have  enjoyed  unexampled  felicity,  this 
whole  nation  is  devoted. 

"We  owe  it,  therefore,  to  candor  and  to  the  amicable 
relations  existing  between  the  United  States  and  those 
Powers,  to  declare  that  we  should  consider  any  attempt  on 
their  part  to  extend  their  system  to  any  portion  of  this  hemi- 
sphere as  dangerous  to  our  peace  and  safety. 

"With  the  existing  colonies  or  dependencies  of  any  Euro-  \ 
pean  power,  we  have  not  interfered  and  shall  not  interfere. 
But  with  the  governments  who  have  declared  their  independ- 
ence and  maintained  it,  and  whose  independence  we  have,  on 
great  consideration  and  on  just  principles,  acknowledged,  we 
could  not  view  any  interposition  for  the  purpose  of  oppressing 
them,  or  controlling  in  any  other  manner  their  destiny,  by 
any  European  power  in  any  other  light  than  as  the  manifesta-' 
tion  of  an  unfriendly  disposition  towards  the  United  States. 

"  In  the  war  between  those  new  governments  and  Spain, 
we  declared  our  neutrality  at  the  time  of  their  recognition, 
and  to  this  we  have  adhered,  and  shall  continue  to  adhere, 
provided  no  change  shall  occur  which,  in  the  judgment  of 
the  competent  authorities  of  this  government,  shall  make  a 
corresponding  change  on  the  part  of  the  United  States  indis- 
pensable to  their  security. 

"The  late  events  in  Spain  and  Portugal  show  that  Europe 
is  still  unsettled.     Of  this  important  fact  no  stronger  proof 


46  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

can  be  adduced  than  that  the  allied  powers  should  have 
thought  it  proper,  on  any  principle  satisfactory  to  themselves, 
to  have  interposed  by  force  in  the  internal  concerns  of  Spain. 

"To  what  extent  such  interposition  may  be  carried,  on  the 
same  principle,  is  a  question  in  which  all  independent  powers 
whose  governments  differ  from  theirs  are  interested,  even 
those  most  remote,  and  surely  none  more  so  than  in  the 
United  States. 

"  Our  policy  in  regard  to  Europe,  which  was  adopted  at  an 
early  stage  of  the  wars  which  have  so  long  agitated  that 
quarter  of  the  globe,  nevertheless  remains  the  same,  which 
is,  not  to  interfere  in  the  internal  concerns  of  any  of  its 
powers;  to  consider  the  governments  de  facto  as  the  legiti- 
mate government  for  us;  to  cultivate  friendly  relations  with 
it,  and  to  preserve  those  relations  by  a  frank,  firm  and  manly 
policy,  meeting  in  all  instances  the  just  claims  of  every 
power,   submitting  to  injuries  from  none. 

"  But  in  regard  to  those  continents,  circumstances  are 
eminently  and  conspicuously  different.  It  is  impossible  that 
the  allied  powers  should  extend  their  political  system  to  any 
portion  of  either  continent  without  endangering  our  peace 
and  happiness ;  nor  can  anyone  believe  that  our  southern 
brethren  if  left  to  themselves,  would  adopt  it  of  their  own 
accord. 

"  It  is  equally  impossible,  therefore,  that  we  should  behold 
such  interposition  in  any  form  with  indifference.  If  we  look 
to  the  comparative  strength  and  resources  of  Spain  and  those 
new  governments,  and  their  distance  from  each  other,  it  must 
be  obvious  that  she  can  never  subdue  them. 

"It  is  still  the  true  policy  of  the  United  States  to  leave 
the  parties  to  themselves,  in  the  hope  that  other  powers  will 
pursue  the  same  course."1 

This  message  was  received  with  great  approval  by  the 
press  of  England.  It  clearly  appears  from  the  tenor  of  their 
editorial  comments  that  the  hand  of  Mr.  Canning  in  inspiring 
this  message  was  unseen  in  the  transaction.  The  Monroe 
Doctrine  was  but  a  visible  part  of  a  secret  alliance  contem- 

1  "  Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  by  J.  D.  Richardson,  Vol.  II,  page  217. 


THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  NEW  WORLD      47 

plated  if  not  actually  formed  between  Great  Britain  and  the 
United  States.  The  general  public  was  not  aware  of  this 
fact  until  the  correspondence  concerning  the  Venezuelan 
boundary  line  between  Lord  Salisbury  and  Mr.  Olney  took 
place  during  the  last  administration  of  President  Cleveland. 

On  January  20,  1824,  Henry  Clay,  Speaker  of  the  House, 
introduced  the  following  resolution  in  committee  of  the  whole 
on  the  state  of  the  Union: 

"  Resolved,  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  in  Congress  assembled,  That 
the  people  of  these  States  would  not  see,  without  serious 
inquietude,  any  forcible  intervention  by  the  Allied  Powers  of 
Europe,  in  behalf  of  Spain,  to  reduce  to  their  former  sub- 
jection those  parts  of  the  continent  of  America  which  have 
proclaimed  and  established  for  themselves,  respectively, 
independent  governments,  and  which  have  been  solemnly 
recognized  by  the  United  States."1 

This  resolution  was  never  called  up.  Monroe's  declara- 
tion failed  to  receive  legislative  confirmation  soon  after  its 
announcement. 

Alexander  I,  who  was  the  real  head  and  the  mainstay  and 
support  of  the  Holy  Alliance,  died  in  1825  amidst  con- 
spiracies against  him  in  favor  of  a  freer  government,  and  his 
brother  Nicholas  was  literally  compelled  to  fight  his  way  to 
the  throne. 

The  revolution  in  France  of  July,  1830,  demonstrated  that 
the  Holy  Alliance  was  a  thing  of  the  past.  Its  mission 
ended  with  the  efforts  to  secure  a  secret  alliance  between 
Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  which  culminated  in 
the  promulgation  of  the  Monroe  declaration,  but  its  unan- 
nounced death  was  not  known,  especially  in  the  Western 
Hemisphere,  until  many  years  afterwards,  as  the  history  of 
those  times  will  show. 

1  "  The  Monroe  Doctrine,"  by  George  F.  Tucker,  page  21. 


1 


CHAPTER   III 

METTERNICH,    CASTLEREAGH,   CANNING 

The  American  and  French  revolutions  and  the  war  of  Europe 
with  Napoleon  gave  a  tremendous  impulse  in  favor  of  con- 
stitutional liberty  in  Europe.  When  Napoleon  fell,  there  was 
a  prospect  of  the  introduction  of  constitutional  government 
throughout  a  great  part  of  Europe.  King  Frederick  William 
stimulated  the  efforts  of  the  Prussian  people  against  France 
by  the  hopes  of  liberty,  and  had  definitely  promised  them  a 
constitution  and  a  general  assembly.  The  czar  had  deter- 
mined to  introduce  parliamentary  life  into  the  kingdom  of 
Poland,  and  even  hoped  to  extend  it  after  some  interval  to 
Russia.  The  Federal  Act  drawn  up  for  Germany  at  the  Con- 
gress of  Vienna  declared  that  in  every  State  within  the  German 
league  a  constitution  should  be  established.  Against  this 
liberal  movement  of  the  age,  Prince  Metternich,  who  held  the 
office  of  Chancellor  and  Prime  Minister  of  Austria,  resolutely 
set  his  face. 

Napoleon  proposed  an  armistice  in  a  letter  of  January  19, 
1 8 14.  Metternich  replied  that  he  was  convinced  that  it  would 
lead  to  nothing. 

Napoleon  ridiculed  this  letter  and  said,  "  Metternich  fancies 
he  controls  the  destinies  of  Europe,  while  he  is  under  the  con- 
trol of  all  the  other  powers."  1 

Whether  or  not  there  was  a  grain  of  truth  in  this  remark  at 
the  date  it  was  made,  is  problematical.  It  is  certain,  however, 
that  from  that  time  until  about  the  year  1825,  Metternich  was 
the  master  spirit  in  European  diplomacy. 

While  the  Holy  Alliance,  as  before  stated,  had  its  origin  in 
religious  zeal  and  enthusiasm,  the  Czar  of  Russia  did  not  com- 
prehend nor  foresee  its  reactionary  tendencies. 

1  New  American  Cyclopedia,  Vol.  XI,  page  431. 


METTERNICH,    CASTLEREAGH,   CANNING  49 

Metternich  was  entirely  given  over  to  the  advocacy  of  the 
absolute  form  of  monarchial  government.  He  presided  at  the 
Congress  of  Vienna  and  at  the  Congress  of  the  Holy  Alliance, 
which  convened  atTroppau  in  October,  1820.  Alexander,  who 
had  been  a  liberal  and  reformer  in  the  early  part  of  his  reign, 
under  the  dominating  influence  of  Metternich  became  devoted 
to  absolutism  and  was  completely  won  over  to  his  views. 

Lord  Castlereagh,  the  second  Marquis  of  Londonderry, 
took  his  seat  in  the  Congress  of  Vienna  as  British  plenipo- 
tentiary. It  was  soon  discovered  that  Metternich  had  mastered 
him,  and  he  supported  the  former's  measures  throughout  the 
Congress. 

Castlereagh  also  participated  in  the  Congress  of  the  Holy 
Alliance  at  Aix-la-Chapelle  in  the  year  181 8,  though  he  may 
not  have  actually  taken  his  seat  as  a  member  of  that  body;  but 
it  was  commonly  believed  among  the  people  that  he  had 
signed  the  document.  His  struggle  was  to  put  Great  Britain 
in  harmony  with  the  other  European  powers.  This  led  him 
to  desire  that  Great  Britain  should  join  the  Holy  Alliance. 

Mr.  Canning  and  Prince  de  Polignac  held  several  confer- 
ences early  in  October,  1823,  in  which  the  latter  made  the 
following  declaration  in  substance :  that  his  government  be- 
lieved it  to  be  utterly  hopeless  to  reduce  Spanish  America  to 
the  state  of  its  former  relations  to  Spain;  that  France  dis- 
claimed, on  her  part,  any  intention  or  desire  to  avail  herself  of 
the  present  state  of  the  colonies,  or  of  the  present  situation  of 
France  towards  Spain,  to  appropriate  to  herself  any  part 
of  the  Spanish  possessions  in  America,  or  to  obtain  for  herself 
any  exclusive  advantages ;  and  that,  like  England,  she  would 
willingly  see  the  mother  country  in  possession  of  superior 
commercial  advantages,  by  amicable  arrangements,  and  would 
be  contented  like  her,  to  rank,  after  the  mother  country, 
among  the  most  favored  nations. 

Lastly,  that  she  abjured,  in  any  case,  any  design  of  acting 
against  the  colonies  by  force  of  arms.1 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  431  and  432,  and  Note, 
page  428. 

4 


50  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

After  Mr.  Rush  had  rejected  Mr.  Canning's  proposal  for  a 
joint  declaration  of  the  two  governments  against  the  Holy 
Alliance,  Mr.  Canning  told  Prince  de  Polignac  that  Great 
Britain  would  not  permit  any  interference  in  Spanish  American 
affairs.  This  called  forth  from  the  prince  the  foregoing  reply. 
On  October  22,  1823,  Mr.  Rush  wrote  to  Mr.  Monroe  a  letter 
of  which  the  following  is  an  extract : 

"  The  Spanish  American  topic  has  been  dropped  by  Mr. 
Canning  in  a  most  extraordinary  manner.  Not  another  word 
has  he  said  to  me  on  it  since  the  26th  of  last  month,  at  the 
interview  at  Gloucester  Lodge,  which  I  have  described  in  my 
dispatches  to  the  department,  and  he  has  now  gone  out  of 
town  to  spend  the  remainder  of  this,  and  part  of  next  month. 
I  shall  not  renew  the  topic,  and  should  he,  which  I  do  not 
expect,  I  shall  decline  going  into  it  again,  saying  that  I  must 
wait  until  I  hear  from  my  government."  1 

The  cooling  of  Mr.  Canning's  enthusiasm  in  respect  to  some 
form  of  joint  or  co-operative  action  by  Great  Britain  and  the 
United  States  has  been  attributed  to  this  conference  between 
Mr.  Canning  and  Prince  de  Polignac,  the  Ambassador  of 
France  to  Great  Britain,  which  has  been  quoted. 

This  no  doubt  was  one  of  the  reasons  which  influenced  Mr. 
Canning  to  let  the  matter  drop,  but  it  was  evidently  not  the 
entire  cause,  as  contemporary  European  history  shows.  The 
additional  reasons  may  be  found  in  the  change  of  policy  of 
Russia  toward  Greece,  which  was  brought  about  by  Mr. 
Canning. 

When  Greece  revolted  against  Turkey  in  1821,  Metternich 
took  the  side  of  Turkey  and  secured  the  co-operation  and 
pledge,  both  of  Castlereagh  and  Alexander  I  of  Russia,  to 
sustain  him  in  his  policy  against  Greece,  notwithstanding  the 
fact  that  Russia  had  been  intriguing  with  Greece  for  fifty 
years  to  secure  a  revolt.  Castlereagh  had  promised  Metter- 
nich that  he  would   be  present  and   participate   in  the  Con- 

1  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Vol.  XV,  pages  431  and  432,  and  Note, 
page  42S. 


METTERNICH,   CASTLEREAGH,   CANNING  5 1 

gress  of  the  Holy  Alliance  at  Verona  in  the  year  1822, 
but  he  committed  suicide  while  making  his  preparations  to 
attend. 

Canning  succeeded  him  as  Foreign  Secretary,  and  among  his 
first  measures  was  to  side  resolutely  with  Greece  in  her  efforts 
to  throw  off  the  yoke  of  Turkey.  This  drove  Alexander  to 
assume  at  first  and  Metternich  to  assume  throughout,  an 
attitude  of  neutrality  in  the  struggle  of  Greece  with  Turkey. 
The  allied  fleets  of  England,  France,  and  Russia  annihilated 
the  Turkish  and  Egyptian  fleets  in  the  bay  of  Navarino  in  the 
early  days  of  the  reign  of  the  Czar  Nicholas,  and  the  indepen- 
dence of  Greece  was  thus  secured. 

Canning  had  sent  the  Duke  of  Wellington,  in  1822,  to  the 
Congress  of  Verona.  The  "  Iron  Duke,"  as  he  was  then 
called,  to  the  jmrprise  of  everybody  held  aloof  and  would  have 
no  part  nor  lot  in  the  proceedings. 

His  invincible  squares  had  destroyed  France  at  Waterloo 
and  made  it  possible  for  the  continental  sovereigns  to  frame 
the  Holy  Alliance,  and  the  surprise  amounted  to  consterna- 
tion when  contrary  to  all  expectations  he  put  Great  Britain  in 
the  category  of  being  an  open  enemy  of  this  Alliance.  It  was 
a  bold  stroke  of  diplomacy  that  the  continental  sovereigns 
had  not   anticipated. 

Canning  thereupon,  operating  through  Richard   Rush  and  ' 
John  Ouincy  Adams,  became  the  real  author  of  the  Monroe 
declaration. 

If  Great  Britain  had  persisted  in  the  reactionary  policy  of 
Castlereagh,  it  would  have  resulted  in  her  destruction  as  one 
of  the  leading  powers  of  Europe.  It  would  have  reduced  her, 
like  Spain  at  the  present  time,  to  a  position  as  inferior  and 
inconsequential  as  that  of  England  herself  under  the  rule  of 
the  Plantagenets.  Castlereagh  and  Canning  were  rivals  and 
enemies.  They  were  both  friends  of  Pitt,  who  had  made  use 
of  their  services  to  counteract  the  fiery  eloquence  of  Fox  and 
Sheridan. 

Byron  in  his  "Irish  Avatar"  describes  Castlereagh  as  "A 
wretch  never  named  but  with  curses  and  jeers." 


52  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Among  the  poet's  epigrams  were  the  following: 

"  Oh,  Castlereagh  !  thou  art  a  patriot  now, 
Cato  died  for  his  country,  so  did'st  thou  ; 
He  perish'd  rather  than  see  Rome  enslaved, 
Thou  cut'st  thy  throat  that  Britain  may  be  saved ! " 

•  •  •  •  •  •  • 

"  So  Castlereagh  has  cut  his  throat !  The  worst 
Of  this  is,  —  that  his  own  was  not  the  first." 

"  So  He  has  cut  his  throat  at  last !  —  He  !    Who  ? 
The  man  who  cut  his  country's  long  ago." 

Byron's  epitaph  on  Castlereagh  is  vulgar  by  innuendo  and 
therefore  is  not  quoted,  but  it  points  a  moral. 

Castlereagh,  the  aristocrat,  hated  the  people,  and  the  people 
cordially  hated  him.  Canning,  the  son  of  an  actress,  by  favor- 
ing constitutional  liberty  as  against  absolutism,  put  his  country 
in  the  front  rank  of  greatness  and  strengthened  the  United 
States  of  America  in  its  foreign  policy,  which  afterwards  drove 
the  house  of  Hapsburg  from  the  throne  of  Mexico  and  shielded 
the  struggling  republics  of  this  hemisphere  from  being  crushed 
by  gigantic  combinations  of  despotism. 

France  had  never  been  compensated  for  the  invasion  of 
Spain  under  the  Duke  of  Angouleme,  whereby  Spain  was  re- 
manded from  a  constitutional  monarchy  to  an  absolute  one 
under  the  dictates  of  the  Holy  Alliance.  There  are  some  his- 
torical facts  tending  to  show  that  France  had  expected  to 
receive  her  compensation  by  territorial  acquisitions  in  Spanish 
America.  Mr.  Stapleton,  in  his  "  Life  of  Canning,"  1  makes 
the  following  assertion : 

"  By  the  declarations  of  the  Prince  de  Polignac  in  this  im- 
portant conference,  it  is  not  unfair  to  conclude,  if  the  projects 
of  the  French  Cabinet  were,  as  they  were  supposed  to  have 
been,  to  have  indemnified  France  for  the  expenses  of  the  in- 
vasion of  Spain  by  territorial  acquisitions  in  Spanish  America, 
that  those  projects  were  in  a  great  degree  laid  aside  in  conse- 
quence of  the  firm  and  decided  tone  taken  by  Mr.  Canning. 

1  Vol.  II,  pages  32  and  33. 


METTERNICH,    CASTLEREAGH,    CANNING  53 

"  But  whether  they  were  abandoned  or  not,  the  conviction  of 
the  French  Government  that  it  was  utterly  hopeless  to  reduce 
Spanish  America  to  the  state  of  its  former  relations  to  Spain 
being  avowed,  and  the  design  of  acting  in  any  case  against  the 
colonies  by  force  of  arms  being  abjured,  were  of  the  utmost 
value  in  preparing  the  way  for  the  ultimate  measure  of  recog- 
nition on  which,  in  the  event  of  their  being  gratified,  Mr. 
Canning  had  resolved." 

The  dates  when  these  conferences  took  place  between  Mr. 
Canning  and  the  Prince  de  Polignac  are  fixed  in  the  letter  of 
Mr.  Rush  of  November  26,  1823.  Mr.  Rush  says  Canning  had 
several  conferences  with  the  prince  on  the  Spanish-American 
question  in  the  early  part  of  October,  and  that  they  agreed  on 
a  written  memorandum  which  embodied  their  views.  This 
paper,  Mr.  Rush  says,  was  read  to  him  by  Mr.  Canning. 
He  gives  a  few  points  in  the  conclusions  of  France  as  they 
were  settled  by  the  Prince  de  Polignac  with  Mr.  Canning  in 
these  early  October  interviews. 

Among  other  things  the  paper  contained  these  propositions  : 

1.  It  declared  that  France,  like  England,  regarded  the  re- 
covery of  the  colonies  by  Spain  as  hopeless. 

2.  It  expressed  the  determination  of  France  not  to  assist 
Spain  in  attempting  their  reconquest. 

These  events  took  place  prior  to  the  use  of  steam  and  tele- 
graphy as  a  means  of  communication  between  governments  and 
capitals,  so  that  there  were  long  periods  of  time  consumed  in 
discussing  subjects  between  nations. 

Upon  a  full  view  of  the  correspondence,  it  is  conclusively 
shown  that  all  the  dangers  from  the  Holy  Alliance  in  this 
hemisphere  had  passed  away  nearly  two  months  prior  to  the 
time  when  Monroe  made  his  famous  declaration. 

Mr.  Canning  secured  the  alliance  of  France  and  Russia  with 
Great  Britain  for  the  independence  of  Greece  against  Turkey 
and  Egypt.  He  was  striving,  not  only  to  retain  the  extensive 
commerce  which  had  been  given  to  England  by  the  revolt  of 
Spanish  America,  but  also  to  break  up  the  Holy  Alliance  itself, 
by  rushing  to  the  front  a  new  order  of  things  to  occupy  the 


54  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

attention  of  Europe.     He  succeeded  in  doing  so  by  his  alli- 
ances on  behalf  of  Greece. 

Up  to  the  time  he  entered  upon  this  masterly  policy,  affairs 
were  drifting  so  that  soon  Great  Britain  must  either  have  joined 
the  Alliance,  or  fought  it.  This  latter  alternative,  of  course, 
meant  that  Great  Britain  must  have  fought  the  balance  of 
Europe.  It  required  boldness,  audacity,  and  the  most  tactful 
diplomacy,  but  Mr.  Canning  was  equal  to  every  emergency. 


CHAPTER  IV 

PANAMA   CONGRESS 

SlMON  BOLIVAR,  who  was  president  of  the  republic  of  Co- 
lombia, originated  a  project  to  have  a  congress  of  the  South 
American  republics  convene  at  Panama  with  a  view  to  unite 
in  mutual  defence  against  European  aggression.  Plenipo- 
tentiaries were  to  meet  at  Panama,  on  June  22,  1826,  for  the 
purpose  of  forming  a  treaty.  The  enemies  of  Bolivar  said  that 
he  really  aimed  at  the  erection  of  the  whole  of  South  America 
into  one  federative  republic,  with  himself  as  its  dictator. 

John  Quincy  Adams,  then  President  of  the  United  States, 
and  Henry  Clay,  his  Secretary  of  State,  became  enthusiastic 
in  favor  of  sending  ambassadors  to  the  Panama  Congress  to 
represent  the  United  States.  Accordingly,  Adams,  on  De- 
cember 26,  1825,  sent  in  a  message  suggesting  the  propriety 
of  having  the  United  States  represented  at  the  Panama  Con- 
gress, using  the  following  language : 

"  An  agreement  between  all  the  parties  represented  at  the 
meeting,  that  each  will  guard  by  its  own  means  against  the 
establishment  of  any  future  European  colony  within  its 
borders,  may  be  found  advisable.  This  was  more  than  two 
years  since  announced  by  my  predecessor  to  the  world  as  a 
principle  resulting  from  the  emancipation  of  both  the  Ameri- 
can continents. 

"  It  may  be  so  developed  to  the  new  Southern  nations 
that  they  will  all  feel  it  as  an  essential  appendage  to  their 
independence."1 

The  protracted  debates  which  followed  form  quite  an  epoch 
in  our  nation's  history,  and  the  opposition  to  the  policy  of 
the  administration  in  respect  to  sending  any  ministers  pleni- 


1  •< 


Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  Vol.  II,  page  339. 


56  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

potentiary  to  the  Panama  Congress  was  led  by  Messrs.  Benton 
of  Missouri,  Berrien  of  Georgia,  Cobb  of  Georgia,  Hayne  of 
South  Carolina,  Van  Buren  of  New  York,  John  Randolph  of 
Virginia,  and  Brent  of  Louisiana. 

Their  speeches  deal  very  largely  with  the  questions  pertain- 
ing to  the  effect  of  the  measure  on  the  peace  and  happiness  of 
that  portion  of  the  union  which  then  maintained  the  institution 
of  slavery.  They  could  see,  or  thought  they  saw,  that  Cuba 
was  to  be  taken  from  Spain  by  the  combinations  in  the  West- 
ern Hemisphere  against  that  nation.  As  a  result,  negro  insur- 
rections would  take  place  in  Cuba,  and  owing  to  its  proximity 
to  our  shores,  where  slavery  existed,  similar  uprisings  would 
follow  here.  Their  opposition  did  not  rest  alone  on  this  objec- 
tion. They  were  opposed  in  principle  to  "  entangling  alli- 
ances "  as  an  abstract  question,  and  moreover,  some  of  the 
speakers  pointed  out  that  such  a  mongrel  population  of  races 
would  be  wanting  in  that  stability  and  high  character  which 
should  be  expected  among  allies  of  this  country.  Mr.  Benton 
said  that  "  we  could  have  no  association  with  republics  which 
had  black  generals  in  their  armies  and  mulatto  senators  in 
their  Congresses." 1 

John  Randolph  said  that  "  the  principle  of  the  American 
Revolution  and  the  principle  that  is  now  at  work  in  the  penin- 
sula of  South  America  and  in  Guatemala  and  New  Spain, 
are  principles  as  opposed  as  light  and  darkness,  principles  as 
opposed  as  a  manly  and  rational  liberty  is  opposed  to  the 
orgies  of  French  bacchanals  of  the  revolution,  as  opposite  as  a 
manly  and  rational  piety  is  to  fanaticism."  Time  has  certainly 
vindicated  the  opinion  of  Mr.  Randolph.  The  Latin  American 
republics  from  that  day  to  this  have  alternated  between  anarchy 
and  military  despotism. 

Both  Mr.  Adams  and  Mr.  Clay  were  considered  by  the  oppo- 
sition as  being  favorable  to  a  treaty  at  Panama,  both  offensive 
and  defensive,  in  which  all  the  republics  of  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere would  unite.  Both  disclaimed  any  purpose  to  commit 
this  government  to  any  policy  inconsistent  with  its  position  of 

1  "  Life  of  Thomas  H.  Benton,"  by  President  Roosevelt,  page  65. 


PANAMA    CONGRESS  57 

neutrality  between  Spain  and  her  colonies,  and  both  disclaimed 
the  idea  of  attempting  anything  in  the  way  of  a  confederation 
against  European  aggression  beyond  what  each  republic 
might  do  for  itself,  and  in  its  own  interest;  and  yet  their  hope 
seems  to  have  been  at  least  to  make  the  message  and  doc- 
trine of  Monroe  the  doctrine  and  policy  of  all  the  republics 
in  this  hemisphere,  which  would  be  a  policy  necessarily 
leading  up  to  some  sort  of  co-operation  among  them  under 
certain  circumstances. 

Mr.  Clay  was  called  upon  to  explain  a  paragraph  in  his  letter 
to  Mr.  Poinsett,  our  minister  to  Mexico,  in  which  he  said : 

"  Only  about  three  months  ago,  when  Mexico  thought 
France  was  meditating  an  invasion  of  Cuba,  the  Mexican  gov- 
ernment at  once  demanded  through  you,  from  the  government 
of  the  United  States,  the  fulfilment  of  the  memorable  pledge 
given  by  the  president  in  his  message  of  December,  1823,  to 
Congress." 

Mr.  Clay  explained  the  opinion  here  expressed  in  his  report 
of  March  29,  1826,  to  the  House  of  Representatives,  by  saying 
that  the  United  States  stood  pledged  not  to  a  foreign  power, 
but  only  to  themselves. 

While  the  opposition  did  not  accept  this  explanation  as  suf- 
ficient, they  were  inclined  to  accept  the  assurances  of  Mr. 
Adams,  that  under  no  circumstance  would  any  pledges  be 
entered  into  beyond  the  reciprocal  assurance  of  the  powers 
represented  that  they  would  execute  the  principles  of  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  each  within  its  own  territory  and  with  its 
own    resources. 

Adams,  in  his  message  of  December  26,  1825,  had  nominated 
Richard  C.  Anderson  of  Kentucky  and  John  Sergeant  of  Penn- 
sylvania to  be  envoys  extraordinary  and  ministers  plenipoten- 
tiary to  the  congress  of  the  American  nations  at  Panama.  After 
prolonged  delays  and  debates  in  Congress  upon  the  matter, 
their  nomination  was  confirmed  by  the  Senate,  the  division  of 
the  vote  being  on  party  and  not  sectional  lines.  Congress 
made  an  appropriation  to  defray  their  expenses. 


58  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

While  Bolivar  originally  invited  only  the  Spanish  American 
republics  to  send  delegates  to  the  Panama  Congress,  yet  San- 
tander,  the  vice-president  of  Colombia  and  at  the  time  its  act- 
ing president,  extended  the  invitation  to  all  the  American 
governments,  including  the  black  republic  of  Hayti,  to  neutrals 
as  well  as  to  belligerents.  He  explains  his  view  fully  in  a 
letter  to  Bolivar,  dated  March  6,  1825.  In  this  letter  he  refers 
to  the  proposed  work  of  the  Panama  Congress  as  the  most 
stupendous  that  has  ever  been  conceived  since  the  fall  of  the 
Roman  Empire.1  Santander  seems  to  have  expressed  the  pop- 
ular notion  about  this  great  convention  of  the  ambassadors  of 
all  the  governments  of  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

The  Abbe  de  Pradt,  a  French  political  writer,  championed  it 
in  his  work  called  "  Congress  de  Panama,"  in  which  he  said : 

"  The  Congress  of  Panama  will  be  one  of  the  greatest  events 
of  our  times,  and  its  effects  will  be  felt  to  the  remotest 
posterity."2 

The  congress  assembled  at  Panama  on  June  22,  1826.  The 
only  American  nations  therein  represented  were  Colombia, 
Central  America,  Peru,  and  Mexico.  Colombia  was  repre- 
sented by  Pedro  Gual  and  Pedro  Briceno  Mendez ;  Central 
America  by  Pedro  Malina  and  Antonio  Larrozabal ;  Mexico 
by  Jose  Mariano  Michelena  and  Jose  Dominguez.  Chile  had 
promised  to  send  ambassadors,  but  failed  to  comply,  owing 
to  civil  war.     Buenos  Ayres  refused  her  co-operation. 

One  of  our  ambassadors,  Mr.  Anderson,  then  minister  to 
Bogota,  died  at  Cartagena  on  his  way  from  Bogota  to  Panama. 

Owing  to  the  delays  caused  by  the  prolonged  debates  in 
Congress  concerning  the  Panama  mission,  the  confirmation  of 
the  two  appointments  by  the  Senate,  and  the  time  occupied  in 
voting  an  appropriation  to  defray  their  expenses,  Mr.  Ser- 
geant was  late  in  starting,  and  failed  to  reach  his  destination  un- 
til after  the  congress  had  adjourned.  The  commissioners  who 
were  present  entered  into  certain  covenants,  establishing  the 

1  29  Niles  Register,  page  184. 

2  Bancroft's  "  History  of  Central  America,"  page  510;  Pradt's  "  Congress  de 
Panama,"  page  171. 


PANAMA    CONGRESS  59 

contingent  of  land  and  naval  forces  each  nation  was  to  contri- 
bute  to  the  projected  league  against  the  Holy  Alliance.  They 
likewise  agreed  upon  the  points  to  be  submitted  for  the  accept- 
ance of  the  several  allies. 

They  then  adjourned  to  meet  again  at  Tacubaya,  a  village 
near  the  City  of  Mexico.  Not  a  single  resolution  or  measure 
adopted  by  that  convention  was  ever  carried  into  practice. 
Thus  the  greatest  work  of  all  the  ages  came  to  nought. 

Bolivar  expressed  his  disgust  at  the  miserable  outcome  with 
great  emphasis  in  a  letter  to  General  Paez,  and  then  came 
home  and  turned  his  attention  to  the  suppression  of  another 
revolution  in  Colombia. 


CHAPTER   V 

BRITISH  HONDURAS 

Long  prior  to  the  war  of  the  revolution  and  after  the  decline 
of  piracy  in  the  "  Sea  of  the  Antilles,"  an  English  settlement 
called  the  Balize,  or  Belize,  was  established  on  the  eastern 
coast  of  Yucatan.  Some  authors  claim  that  it  derived  its 
name  from  a  Scotch  freebooter  named  Wallace,  pronounced 
by  the  Spaniards  Walice,  or  Balice.  Others  claim  that  its 
name  comes  from  the  French  balise,  a  beacon.  The  French 
derivation  is  probably  correct,  because  the  freebooters  used 
to  rendezvous  along  the  coast  at  this  point,  and  when  pursued 
would  take  refuge  behind  the  dangerous  reefs  dotted  with  bays, 
where  larger  vessels  found  it  difficult  to  penetrate.  They 
raised  signals  and  beacons  for  the  guidance  of  their  own  crafts, 
and  in  the  days  of  piracy  it  was  for  them  a  veritable  place  of 
beacons. 

This  English  settlement  of  Balize  was  engaged  in  cutting 
logwood  for  dye-stuffs  and  in  exporting  it  to  foreign  countries. 
The  territory  belonged  to  Spain  and  constituted  a  part  of  the 
Spanish  province  of  Yucatan. 

While  Spain  did  not  interfere  much  with  the  local  'govern- 
ment of  this  English  colony  of  wood-choppers,  yet  they  were 
only  tenants  of  hers,  and  were  compelled  to  be  controlled  by 
her  system  of  export  and  import  laws,  and  especially  those 
against  smuggling,  as  well  as  many  other  internal  regulations. 
They  were  required  among  other  things  to  confine  themselves 
within  certain  limits.  This  latter  regulation  was  not  faith- 
fully kept,  as  they  extended  from  time  to  time  the  boundaries 
assigned  them.  The  aggressive  character  of  this  colony,  as 
well  as  the  Spanish  dislike  of  it,  caused  much  trouble  between 
it  and  the  occupants  of  the  adjacent  territory.  An  extended 
reference  to  these  troubles  is  unnecessary. 


BRITISH  HONDURAS  6 1 

The  treaties  and  negotiations  of  Great  Britain  in  respect  to 
this  colony  should  be  examined  with  a  view  of  determining 
what  the  rights  of  Great  Britain  are  or  have  been  in  that 
territory  now  known  as  British  Honduras. 

The  treaty  between  England  and  Spain  of  1763  provided 
that  all  fortifications  which  English  subjects  had  erected  in 
the  Bay  of  Honduras  and  other  places  of  the  territory  of  Spain 
in  that  part  of  the  world  should  be  demolished.  England 
having  thus  conceded  and  recognized  the  title  of  Spain  in  and 
to  all  this  territory,  nevertheless  obtained  from  Spain,  in  this 
same  treaty  of  1763,  the  following  concession: 

"  And  his  Catholic  majesty  shall  not  permit  his  Britannic 
majesty's  subjects,  or  their  workmen  to  be  disturbed  or 
molested,  under  any  pretext  whatever,  in  their  said  places  of 
cutting  and  loading  logwood ;  and  for  this  purpose  they  may 
build  without  hindrance,  and  occupy  without  interruption,  the 
houses  and  magazines  necessary  for  their  families  and  effects, 
and  his  C.  M.  assures  to  them  the  full  enjoyment  of  these  ad- 
vantages and  powers  in  the  Spanish  coasts  and  territories, 
as  above  stipulated,  immediately  after  the  ratification  of  the 
present  treaty."1 

To  insure  the  observance  of  this  treaty,  the  British  govern- 
ment sent  out  Sir  William  Burnaby,  who  in  connection  with 
the  Spanish  authorities  settled  the  limits  within  which  the 
English  were  to  confine  their  wood-cutting  operations.  He 
drew  up  a  code  for  the  colony  under  the  title  of  the  Burnaby 
Code,  by  which  this  colony  was  governed  for  a  long  period. 

Following  the  treaty  of  1763,  the  English  colonists  con- 
tinued to  make  fresh  encroachments  on  the  adjacent  territory, 
and  they  became  deeply  engaged  in  smuggling  and  other 
illicit  practices.  The  Spaniards,  alarmed  and  indignant  at  this 
misconduct,  organized  a  large  force,  and  on  September  15, 
1779,  suddenly  attacked  and  destroyed  the  establishment,  tak- 
ing the  inhabitants  prisoners  to  Merida  and  afterwards  to 
Havana,  where  many  of  them  died.     Those  who  survived  in 

1  (Balize.)     New  American  Cyclopedia,  Vol.  II,  page  527. 


62  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

1782  were  liberated  and  allowed  to  go  to  Jamaica.  Strong 
representations  were  made  to  the  British  government  for  re- 
dress, but  the  allegations  of  the  Spaniards  were  found  to  be 
so  well  supported  that  these  were  dismissed. 

For  two  or  three  years  the  establishment  seems  to  have 
been  abandoned.  In  1783,  however,  some  of  the  old  settlers 
returned  with  a  considerable  body  of  new  adventurers,  and  again 
became  actively  engaged  in  cutting  wood  and  exporting  it. 

On  September  3,  1783,  a  new  treaty  was  signed  between 
Great  Britain  and  Spain,  which  set  forth  that  in  order  "  to  pre- 
vent as  much  as  possible,  all  causes  of  complaint  and  misun- 
derstanding heretofore  occasioned  by  cutting  wood  for  dyeing 
or  logwood ;  and  several  English  settlements  having  been 
formed  and  extended  under  this  pretense  upon  the  Spanish 
Continent,  it  is  expressly  agreed  that  his  Britannic  majesty's 
subject  shall  have  the  right  of  cutting,  loading,  and  carrying 
away  logwood  in  the  district  lying  between  the  rivers  Wallis, 
or  Balize,  and  Rio  Hondo,  taking  the  course  of  these  two 
rivers  for  unalterable  boundaries,  &c."  l 

This  article  of  the  treaty  further  provided  that  the  conces- 
sions therein  contained  "  should  not  be  considered  as  derogat- 
ing from  the  rights  of  sovereignty  of  the  King  of  Spain  over 
the  district  in  question." 

Although  the  terms  of  this  treaty  were  very  explicit,  yet 
affairs  did  not  proceed  favorably.  Accordingly,  a  new  treaty 
was  made  in  1786,  between  Great  Britain  and  Spain,  which 
recited  that  the  King  of  Spain  made  this  treaty  "  from  senti- 
ments of  friendship  toward  his  Britannic  majesty  and  the 
British  nation."2 

By  this  treaty  of  1786,  Spain  granted  an  extent  of  territory 
additional  to  that  of  1783,  embracing  the  territory  between 
the  river  Siboon,  or  Jabon,  and  the  river  Balize.  The  total 
grants  collectively  embraced  the  entire  coast  between  the 
river  Siboon  in  latitude  170  20'  on  the  South,  and  the  Rio 
Hondo  on  the  North,  a  coast  line  of  about  ninety  miles  with 
the  adjacent  islands  and  bays. 

1  New  American  Cyclopedia,  Vol.  II,  pages  527,  528.  2  Ibid. 


BRITISH  HONDURAS  63 

But  these  extended  limits  were  coupled  with  still  more  rigid 
restrictions.  This  treaty  of  1786  had  a  stipulation  to  the  effect 
that  the  English  might  cut  and  export  wood,  or  any  other 
fruits  of  the  earth  purely  natural  and  uncultivated,  but  they 
"  were  expressly  prohibited  from  ever  using  this  permission 
for  establishing  any  plantation  of  sugar,  coffee,  &c,  or  man- 
ufactures of  any  kind,"  J  and  "  the  lands  in  question  being  indis- 
putably acknowledged  to  belong  of  right  to  the  King  of  Spain, 
no  settlement  of  that  kind  by  them  or  by  the  population  which 
should  follow  could  be  allowed."2 

Another  stipulation  of  this  treaty  prohibited  the  erection  of 
all  fortifications  and  the  formation  of  any  system  of  govern- 
ment, civil  or  military. 

These  settlers  being  at  so  great  a  distance  from  England 
were  not  very  exact  in  the  observance  of  either  the  letter  or 
spirit  of  the  treaty  of  1786.  They  gave  great  annoyance  to 
their  Spanish  neighbors,  who  on  the  breaking  out  of  the  war 
between  the  two  countries  eagerly  availed  themselves  of  this 
event  to  attempt  the  complete  annihilation  of  the  establishment. 

The  settlers  strongly  fortified  a  small  island  off  the  harbor 
called  St.  Georges  Coy,  and  with  the  aid  of  the  English  sloop- 
of-war  Merlin  defeated  a  force  of  two  thousand  men  who  had 
concentrated  at  Campeachy  under  General  O'Neill,  who  had 
set  sail  for  Balize  and  arrived  July  10,  1798. 

This  was  the  last  attempt  to  dislodge  the  English,  who  took 
new  courage  from  their  success.  Partisan  writers  have  re- 
ferred to  this  defeat  of  the  Spaniards  as  an  act  of  conquest, 
thereby  permanently  establishing  British  sovereignty  over  the 
territory.  But  those  who  take  this  view  entirely  forget  or 
wilfully  overlook  the  important  fact  that  in  18 14,  Great  Britain 
by  a  new  treaty  with  Spain  revived  and  re-enacted  all  the 
provisions  of  the  treaty  of  1786.3  Moreover,  the  acts  of  parlia- 
ment as  late  as  the  year  18 19,  always  refer  to  the  Balize  in 
such  terms  as  to  show  that  it  is  not  within  the  dominions  of 
Great  Britain. 

1  New  American  Cyclopedia,  Vol.  II,  page  528. 

2  Ibid.  a  Ibid. 


64  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  acts  of  parliament  in  1817  and  18 19  relating  to  Balize 
always  refer  to  it  as  "  a  settlement  for  certain  purposes  in  the 
possession  and  under  the  protection  of  his  majesty,  but  not 
within  the  territory  and  dominions  of  his  majesty." 

The  "  certain  purposes  "  are  those  set  forth  in  the  treaty  of 
1786,  and  revived  and  re-enacted  in  18 14.  Later  on  and  after 
the  Spanish  American  provinces  had  achieved  their  independ- 
ence of  Spain,  Great  Britain,  not  knowing  within  which  republic 
the  territory  of  Balize  might  fall,  sought  to  secure  her  rights, 
thereby  incorporating  the  provisions  of  the  treaty  of  1786  into 
all  of  her  treaties  with  the  new  states.  It  was  in  fact  incorpor- 
ated in  her  treaty  with  Mexico  in  1826.1 

The  treaty  of  1786  was  included  in  the  draft  of  a  treaty 
which  Great  Britain  submitted  to  Senor  Zabadua,  the  repre- 
sentative of  the  Republic  of  Central  America  in  London  in 
1 83 1,  but  which  failed  for  want  of  adequate  powers  on  the 
part  of  that  representative.2  This  same  treaty  was  also  incor- 
porated in  the  one  proposed  by  Great  Britain  to  New 
Granada  in  1825,  but  it  was  stricken  out  by  New  Granada 
on  the  ground  that  it  related  to  territory  beyond  and  never 
within  her  jurisdiction. 

Great  Britain  has,  therefore,  no  rights  in  Balize  beyond 
those  which  were  conveyed  by  the  treaties  already  quoted, 
and  politically  Balize  is  still  a  settlement  for  "  certain  purposes 
under  the  protection,  but  not  within  the  dominion  of  the 
British  Crown." 

The  nature  and  character  of  Great  Britain's  title  to  Balize, 
or  what  is  now  called  British  Honduras,  does  not  seem  to 
have  been  considered  in  the  year  1850,  when  John  M.  Clayton 
of  Delaware,  as  Secretary  of  State  in  President  Taylor's 
cabinet,  agreed  upon  the  terms  of  the  treaty  with  Sir  Henry 
Bulwer,  the  British  Ambassador. 

1  New  American  Cyclopedia,  Vol.  II,  page  528. 

2  Ibid. 


CHAPTER   VI 

BAY   ISLANDS 

The  name  of  Bay  Islands  has  been  applied  to  the  islands 
of  Ruatan,  Guanaja,  Helena,  Morat,  and  Utila,  in  the  Bay  of 
Honduras,  since  the  year  1850.  These  islands  possess  excel- 
lent harbors,  and  their  possession  is  a  commanding  one  from 
a  commercial  and  naval  point  of  view.  They  were  once  an 
asylum  for  the  pirates  who  infested  that  locality,  who  from 
that  point  sailed  out  to  prey  upon  the  commerce,  principally 
of  Guatemala,  Cuba,  and  San  Domingo. 

In  treating  of  the  subject  of  Balize,  or  British  Honduras,  we 
have  gone  over  the  same  ground  in  part  that  pertains  to  the 
Bay  Islands. 

The  treaties  with  Spain  of  1763,  1783,  and  1786,  and  then 
the  revival  and  re-enactment  of  the  treaty  of  1786  by  the 
treaty  of  1814,  all  applied  to  the  Bay  Islands,  except  that  they 
were  not  recognized  as  British  colonies,  and  no  rights  were 
ever  stipulated  for  British  subjects  in  these  islands. 

The  treaty  of  1783  provided  that  the  English  should  aban- 
don the  continent  as  well  as  all  islands  whatever  dependent 
upon  it.  This  treaty  excepted  Balize,  where  the  English  colo- 
nists were  granted  certain  privileges,  as  we  have  already  seen 
in  another  chapter.  These  privileges  embraced  certain  islands 
contiguous  to  the  coast  of  Balize,  but  they  did  not  embrace 
this  more  distant  group  of  islands  which  were  not  occupied 
by  British  subjects  for  the  purposes  of  cutting  logwood. 

When  the  treaty  of  1786  was  made,  Spain  insisted  on  more 
stringent  terms,  which  were  incorporated,  by  which  it  was 
provided  that  the  English  should  evacuate  the  country  of  the 
Mosquitos  as  well  as  the  continent  in  general,  and  the  islands 
adjacent  without  exception.  England  did  in  fact  abandon  not 
only  these  islands,  but  the  whole  coast,  excepting  Balize. 

5 


66  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  Bay  Islands  after  the  treaty  of  1786  remained  in  the 
undisturbed  occupation  of  Spain,  until  the  year  1822,  when 
the  Central  American  provinces  achieved  their  independence. 
At  this  time  the  Bay  Islands  were  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Republic  of  Honduras. 

The  title  of  the  republic  was  undisputed  and  clear  after  Hon- 
duras entered  the  confederation  of  Central  America,  and  down 
to  1830,  when  the  superintendent  of  the  British  established  at 
Balize  made  a  descent  on  Ruatan  and  seized  it  on  behalf  of  the 
British  crown,  in  consequence  of  its  refusal  to  surrender  cer- 
tain runaway  slaves.  This  act  was  afterwards  disavowed  by  the 
British  government.  In  1838,  a  similar  trouble  arose,  which 
was  also  disavowed  by  the  British  government  in  1844. 

In  the  year  1850,  Captain  Jolly,  commanding  the  English 
ship-of-war  Bermuda,  visited  these  islands.  He  called  a  meet- 
ing of  the  inhabitants  and  declared  them  under  the  sover- 
eignty of  Great  Britain.  This  seizure  was  vigorously  protested 
against  by  Chief-Justice  William  Fitzgibbon,  and  one  of  the 
grounds  of  his  protest  was  that  it  was  in  violation  of  the  treaties 
of  Great  Britain  with  Spain  in  1786  and  18 14.  He  also  alleged 
that  the  seizure  of  these  islands  was  in  violation  of  the  treaty 
of  the  United  States  with  Great  Britain  of  1850,  which  had 
been  made  but  a  short  time  before,  and  which  is  known  as  the 
Clayton-Bulwer  treaty. 

He  further  protested  on  the  ground  that  the  sovereignty  of 
the  islands  was  incontestably  vested  in  the  State  of  Honduras. 
In  spite  of  this  protest,  backed  by  the  guns  of  the  "  Bermuda," 
the  authorities  appointed  by  Sir  Charles  Grey  were  duly  in- 
stalled on  the  islands. 

On  March  20,  1852,  a  royal  warrant  was  issued,  constituting 
the  islands  a  colony  of  Great  Britain,  under  the  title  of  the 
Colony  of  the  Bay  Islands.  Expostulations  were  at  once  ad- 
dressed by  the  government  of  the  United  States  of  America 
to  that  of  Great  Britain,  and  an  elaborate  correspondence 
was  carried  on  through  the  years  1854,  1855,  and  1856,  be- 
tween Mr.  Buchanan,  American  Minister  in  London,  and  Lord 
Clarendon,  but  without  any  satisfactory  result. 


i  BA  Y  ISLANDS  67 

The  position  assumed  by  Lord  Clarendon  was  that  these 
islands  were  dependencies  of  Balize.  This  argument  was 
effectually  overthrown  by  the  production  of  a  document  in 
parliament  by  Sir  George  Grey,  British  Colonial  Secretary, 
dated  November  23,  1836,  in  which  the  limits  and  dependen- 
cies of  Balize  were  officially  set  forth.  The  Bay  Islands  were 
not  included  in  these  dependencies,  nor  did  the  limits  of  Balize, 
as  denned  by  Sir  George  Grey,  approach  within  sixty  miles  of 
any  of  the  islands.  But  not  only  did  the  discussions  between 
Mr.  Buchanan  and  Lord  Clarendon  fail  of  any  approach  to  a 
satisfactory  adjustment,  but  the  controversy  began  to  assume 
a  menacing  form. 

Great  Britain  hastily  augmented  her  naval  forces  in  the 
West  Indies,  and  her  example  was  promptly  followed  by  the 
United  States,  and  for  a  time  the  peace  of  the  two  countries 
turned  upon  the  discretion  of  a  few  naval  commanders  acting 
under  orders  which  were  necessarily  vague  and  indefinite. 

At  this  critical  moment,  the  government  of  Honduras  dis- 
patched a  minister  to  London,  who  took  the  ground  that  the 
question  at  issue  was  one  that  primarily  concerned  Honduras, 
and  demanded  as  a  measure  of  justice  to  that  republic,  the 
surrender  of  the  islands.  Both  the  United  States  and  Great 
Britain  had  committed  themselves  beyond  the  power  of  chang- 
ing or  receding,  but  this  solution  was  regarded  with  favor  by 
both  governments,  and  Great  Britain  entered  into  a  convention 
with  Honduras,  whereby  the  Bay  Islands  were  placed  under  the 
sovereignty  of  the  latter  State. 


CHAPTER  VII 

CLAYTON   AND   THE   MONROE   DOCTRINE 

In  March,  1853,  during  the  administration  of  Franklin  Pierce, 
the  Clayton-Bulwer  treaty  received  a  baptism  of  fire  in  the 
form  of  a  debate  in  the  Senate  of  the  United  States  between 
Mr.  Douglas  of  Illinois,  Mr.  Mason  of  Virginia,  Chairman  of 
the  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations,  on  the  one  hand,  and 
Mr.  Clayton,  who  as  Secretary  of  State  had  acted  for  the 
government  in  framing  the  provisions  of  the  treaty,  on  the 
other. 

After  the  death  of  General  Taylor,  Mr.  Clayton  did  not 
remain  in  the  cabinet  under  Mr.  Fillmore,  but  was  again  re- 
turned to  the  Senate  by  the  State  of  Delaware.  Mr.  Clayton 
himself  opened  a  discussion  in  the  Senate  upon  a  resolution 
he  introduced,  which  seemed  to  have  for  its  object  a  review  of 
the  Clayton-Bulwer  treaty, 1  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  and  the 
conduct  of  Great  Britain  in  Central  America. 

The  Clayton  Bulwer  treaty  was  transmitted  by  General 
Taylor  to  the  Senate,  April  18,  1850,  and  was  ratified  on  the 
next  day  without  much,  if  any,  discussion,  by  a  vote  of  forty- 
two  senators  for  it  to  ten  against  it.  Some  senators,  and  it 
seems  that  Lewis  Cass  of  Michigan  was  probably  among  that 
number,  claimed  that  they  understood  that  Great  Britain, 
among  other  things,  renounced  all  claims  to  Balize,  or  British 
Honduras. 

The  British  government  directed  Sir  Henry  Bulwer  to  com- 
municate with  our  government,  and  state  that  Her  Majesty's 
government  had  ratified  the  treaty  on  the  express  understand- 
ing that  it  did  not  include  British  Honduras. 

1  Appendix  to  Congressional  Globe,  Second  Session,  1852,  Vol.  Ill,  page 
245- 


CLAYTON  AND    THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE  69 

Mr.  Clayton  in  reply  wrote  Bulwer  stating  that  it  was  so 
understood  by  this  government. 

Mr.  King,  who  was  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign 
Relations  at  the  time  the  treaty  was  reported  to  the  Senate  three 
years  previous  to  this  discussion,  corroborated  the  former. 

Mr.  Clayton  undertook  to  show  by  maps  and  geographies 
that  Balize  was  not  in  Central  America,  and  therefore  not  em- 
braced in  the  treaty.  He  proceeded  to  argue  that  the  message 
of  Mr.  Monroe  was  framed  for  the  purpose  of  securing  a 
declaration  or  resolution  by  Congress.  He  said  the  American 
government  could  be  committed  only  by  vote  of  both  houses 
of  Congress,  approved  by  the  president. 

The  proposition  recommended  by  Mr.  Monroe  was  warmly 
opposed  by  the  very  Congress  to  which  it  was  submitted. 
No  such  declaration  was  made  or  attempted  to  be  made  by 
Congress,  but  Mr.  Clay,  who  was  an  ardent  supporter  of  Mr. 
Monroe's  administration,  did,  at  the  time,  propose  a  resolution 
to  the  House  of  Representatives  which  was  intended  to  approach 
a  declaration,  but  even  that  failed. 

His  resolution  was  that  the  people  of  these  States  would 
not  see  without  serious  inquietude  any  forcible  interposition 
by  the  allied  powers  of  Europe  in  behalf  of  Spain  to  reduce 
to  their  former  subjection  those  parts  of  the  continent  of 
America  which  have  proclaimed  and  established  for  them- 
selves respectively  independent  governments,  and  which  have 
been  solemnly  recognized  by  the  United  States. 

Even  had  this  passed,  it  was  but  a  poor  response  to  the 
recommendation.  It  did  not  adopt  Mr.  Monroe's  language  or 
its  equivalent,  and  it  restricted  the  inquietude  we  should  feel 
to  the  case  of  a  forcible  interposition  by  the  allied  powers  to 
aid  Spain.  But  Mr.  Clay's  resolution  even  when  thus  diluted, 
backed  by  all  the  influence  he  and  Mr.  Webster  exerted  on 
the  occasion,  never  passed  the  House  of  Representatives.1 

Mr.  Clayton  then  quoted  from  the  speech  of  James  K.  Polk 
on  the  Panama  mission  as  follows : 

1  Appendix  Congressional  Globe,  Third  Session  Senate,  32nd  Congress, 
Vol.  XXVII,  pages  254,  255. 


70  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

"  When  the  message  of  the  late  President  Monroe  of  the 
United  States  was  communicated  to  Congress,  it  was  viewed 
as  it  should  have  been,  as  the  mere  expression  of  opinion  of 
the  executive,  submitted  to  the  consideration  and  deliberation 
of  Congress  ;  and  designed,  probably,  to  produce  an  effect 
upon  the  councils  of  the  Holy  Alliance  in  relation  to  their 
supposed  intention  to  interfere  in  the  war  between  Spain  and 
her  former  colonies. 

"  That  effect  it  probably  had  an  agency  in  producing,  and 
if  so,  it  had  performed  its  office. 

"  The  president  had  no  power  to  bind  the  nation  by  such  a 
pledge.  .  .  . 

"  For  one  he  never  could  agree  to  endanger  the  peace  of 
the  country  by  sending  ministers  to  the  Consultative  Assembly 
at  Panama." 

Mr.  Clayton  then  paid  his  respects  to  James  Buchanan  in 
these  words: 

"  In  the  celebrated  debate  on  the  Panama  mission,  Mr. 
Buchanan  opposed  the  mission  on  the  same  grounds. 

"  Speaking  of  the  Monroe  declaration,  Mr.  Buchanan  said  : 
'  It  answered  the  purpose  for  which  it  was  intended,  and  the 
danger  which  then  threatened  the  Southern  republics  has  since 
passed  away. 

"  '  This  declaration  contained  no  pledge  to  any  Foreign 
Government.  It  left  us  perfectly  free,  but  it  has  since  been 
converted  into  such  a  pledge  by  Adams's  administration,  and 
although  they  have  not  formed  formal  alliances  with  the 
Southern  republics,  yet  they  have  committed  the  country  in 
honor  to  an  alarming  extent. 

"  '  Mr.  Clay  has  gone  to  such  extremities  in  the  cause  of 
these  republics,  that  in  this  particular,  prudent  men  would 
feel  disposed  to  compliment  his  heart  at  the  expense  of  his 
understanding.' " * 

Mr.  Clayton,  having  made  the  foregoing  quotation  from  Mr. 
Buchanan's  speech,  proceeded  as  follows: 

1  Appendix  Congressional  Globe,  Third  Session  Senate,  32nd  Congress,  Vol. 
XXVII,  pages  254,  255. 


CLAYTON  AND    THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE  7 1 

"  Mr.  Buchanan's  complaint  against  Mr.  Clay,  which,  he 
thought,  went  to  show  the  weakness  of  Mr.  Clay's  head,  was 
this ;  that  he  had  instructed  Mr.  Poinsett  to  bring  to  the  notice 
of  the  Mexican  Government  that  the  United  States  had 
pledged  themselves  not  to  permit  any  other  power  to  interfere 
with  the  independence  or  form  of  governments  of  the  Spanish 
republics." 

Further  on  in  his  speech,  Mr.  Clayton  said  : 1 

"  During  the  administration  of  Mr.  Polk,  the  British  aggres- 
sions in  Central  America  were  constantly  increasing.  The 
attack  in  1848  was  made  just  six  days  after  the  treaty  of  Gua- 
dalupe Hidalgo,  by  which  we  acquired  California.  It  blocked 
our  passage  to  the  Pacific.  The  war  with  Mexico  was  ended, 
the  army  of  Taylor  was  unemployed.  If  it  were  desirable  to 
prove  the  truth  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  to  the  British,  a  few 
philosophers  could  have  been  selected  from  the  army  of  occu- 
pation who  would  have  made  most  convincing  arguments." 

The  following  extract  is  from  the  speech  of  Mr.  Clayton  in 
the  Senate  in  March,  1853  :  2 

"  Indulge  me  in  a  few  more  words  to  close  the  history  of  the 
Monroe  Doctrine.  On  the  20th  of  April,  1826,  the  House  of 
Representatives  adopted  an  amendment  to  a  resolution  declar- 
ing it  expedient  to  appropriate  the  funds  necessary  to  enable 
the  president  to  send  ministers  to  Panama,  which  amendment 
was  indeed  a  complete  negation  of  the  whole  Monroe  Doctrine. 
This  amendment  was  carried  by  a  party  vote,  all  the  leading 
men  then  belonging  to  the  Jackson  party  voting  against  the 
Monroe  declaration  and  in  favor  of  the  amendment,  and  all  the 
leading  men  supporting  Adams's  administration  voting  against 
the  amendment. 

"  This  amendment,  which  was  a  complete  stifier  of  the  whole 
Monroe  declaration,  obtained  ninety-nine  votes,  among  which 
were  those  of  Messrs.  Buchanan,  Forsyth,  Houston,  Ingham, 
McDuffie,  McLane,  and  Polk.     It  is  very  remarkable  that  the 

1  Appendix  Congressional  Globe,  Third  Session  Senate,  32nd  Congress,  VoL 
XXVII,  pages  254,  255. 

2  Ibid. 


1 


72  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Democracy,  at  the  very  origin  of  their  present  party,  totally 
repudiated  the  whole  declaration,  and  came  into  power  on  the 
principle  of  Washington's  doctrine  of  non-intervention.  It  has 
been  often  said,  and  there  is  much  reason  to  believe,  that  Mr. 
Adams,  who  was  Secretary  of  State  at  the  time  Mr.  Monroe 
proposed  the  doctrine,  was  entitled  to  the  paternity  of  it.  Mr. 
Calhoun  once  intimated  so  much  in  the  Senate.  It  was  the 
principal  topic  of  discussion  in  Congress  during  the  administra- 
tion of  Adams,  and  it  was  generally  believed  at  the  time  that 
the  reassertion  of  the  Monroe  principle,  in  Mr.  Poinsett's  in- 
structions and  in  the  course  adopted  by  the  advocates  of 
Mr.  Adams  in  favor  of  the  Panama  mission,  drove  Adams  from 
power  and  secured  the  election  of  President  Jackson,  whose 
party,  shortly  after  his  election,  assumed  the  name  of  the 
Democratic  party.  Among  his  most  ardent  advocates  was 
Mr.  Van  Buren,  the  great  Corypheus  of  that  party,  who,  in  a 
speech  in  the  Senate  opposing  the  Panama  mission  and  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  said : 

" '  I  will  venture  to  affirm  that  there  is  not  a  member  on  this 
floor  who  will  avow  his  willingness  to  enter  into  a  stipulation 
to  resist  attempts  by  the  European  Powers  to  colonize  any 
portion  of  this  continent.  If  mistaken,'  said  Van  Buren,  '  I  de- 
sire to  be  corrected.  No;  I  am  not.  No;  thank  Heaven,  a 
policy  so  opposite  to  all  the  feelings  of  the  American  people, 
so  adverse,  as  I  firmly  believe  it  to  be,  to  its  true  interests,  has 
no  friend,  at  least  no  advocate,  on  this  floor.' 

"  This  speech  was  pronounced  the  ablest  delivered  in  Con- 
gress since  Mr.  Pinckney's  reply  to  Mr.  King.  I  could  fill  vol- 
umes from  the  speeches  of  Mr.  Hayne,  Mr.  Rives,  Mr.  McLane, 
Mr.  Calhoun,  and  all  the  ancient  leaders  of  the  Democratic 
party  against  this  Monroe  Doctrine.  But  I  will  not  longer, 
and  in  this  manner,  trespass  upon  your  patience  by  the  intro- 
duction of  their  opinions.  The  Senator  from  Michigan  (Mr. 
Cass)  was  perfectly  correct  when  he  said  that  this  declaration 
of  Mr.  Monroe  had  lain,  ever  since  its  origin,  a  dead  letter  on 
our  records.  His  recent  attempt  to  revive  it  by  his  resolution 
at  the  last  session  closes  the  history  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine. 
That  resolution  met  with  such  violent  opposition  from  his 
own  party  as  to  give  us  the  assurance  that  no  president  who 


CLAYTON  AND    THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE  73 

should  undertake  to  act  upon  it  could  be  sustained.  With  all 
similar  resolutions,  recommendations,  and  declarations,  it  was 
consigned  to  that  same  ancient  vault  where  all  the  kindred  of 
the  Capulets  lie."  x 

Senator  Clayton  referred  to  Martin  Van  Buren  as  the  great 
Corypheus  of  the  Democratic  party.  The  Corypheus  in  the 
theatres  of  ancient  Athens  was  not  only  the  leader  of  the 
chorus,  but  the  prompter,  scene  decorator,  and  scene  shifter. 
Subsequently,  as  the  taste  of  the  Grecians  grew  more  fastidious, 
a  division  of  labor  took  place,  and  the  Corypheus  became  only 
the  leader  of  the  dramatic  chorus. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  Mr.  Douglas,  the  "Little  Giant," 
cannot  be  quoted  at  some  length.  Much  of  his  speech  bore 
on  points  not  here  under  consideration,  such  as  the  Hise  treaty 
and  the  Bay  Islands  affair,  which  has  been  already  discussed. 
He  dealt  sledge-hammer  blows,  however,  in  favor  of  the 
Monroe  declaration,  and  the  abrogation  of  the  Clayton-Bulwer 
treaty.  The  sturdy  little  Westerner  maintained  the  Monroe 
declaration  and  fought  the  treaty  and  sought  its  annulment. 
He  labored  in  season  and  out  of  season,  in  the  Senate  and 
before  the  people. 

Mr.  Mason  of  Virginia  directed  his  argument  very  largely  to 
the  conduct  of  the  British  government  in  seizing  the  Bay 
Islands.  He  showed  very  conclusively  that  this  action  of 
Great  Britain  was  a  clear  breach  of  the  Clayton-Bulwer  treaty. 

Mr.  Clayton's  comments  on  the  administration  of  James  K. 
Polk  in  its  failure  to  take  action  in  regard  to  the  seizure  of 
the  port  of  San  Juan  and  the  Mosquito  Coast  in  Central  Amer- 
ica by  Great  Britain,  were  unjust.  This  seizure  occurred,  as 
he  stated,  after  the  treaty  of  Guadalupe  Hidalgo.  This  treaty 
was  ratified  by  both  the  governments  of  the  United  States  and 
Mexico,  and  the  proclamation  of  peace  by  President  Polk  fol- 
lowed immediately  on  July  4,  1848.  His  successor,  Taylor, 
was  inaugurated  the  following  March. 

1  Appendix  Congressional  Globe,  Third  Session  Senate,  32nd  Congress,  Vol. 
XXVII,  pages  254,  255. 


74  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

For  want  of  telegraphic  communications,  as  well  as  of  rail- 
roads in  that  section,  the  news  of  the  action  of  Great  Britain 
was  probably  never  officially  brought  to  the  attention  of  this 
government  during  the  incumbency  of  President  Polk. 

Such  matters  are  usually  preceded  by  lengthy  diplomatic 
negotiations  before  there  is  a  resort  to  arms. 

A  similar  case  may  be  cited.  The  allied  forces  of  Spain, 
France,  and  Great  Britain  took  possession  of  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico, 
in  December,  1861.  The  conquest  of  Mexico  followed,  and 
Maximilian  was,  as  he  supposed,  firmly  seated  on  the  throne 
as  emperor,  although  his  government  had  not  been  formally 
recognized  by  the  United  States.  The  minister  and  consuls 
of  the  Republic  of  Mexico  were  received  by  this  government 
as  holding  the  proper  credentials. 

The  first  diplomatic  correspondence  on  the  subject  of  the 
Empire  of  Mexico  and  the  French  occupation  was  a  letter  from 
William  H.  Seward,  Secretary  of  State,  to  Mr.  Bigelow, 
Minister  to  France,  dated  September  6,  1865.  This  letter 
was  couched  in  such  phrase  as  to  have  no  bearing  on  any  sup- 
posed foreign  policy  of  the  United  States.  It  related  rather 
to  the  danger  of  conflict  between  the  United  States  and  the 
French  armies  in  consequence  of  their  occupation  of  contigu- 
ous territory. 

Mr.  Seward,  in  his  letter  of  November  6,  1865,  to  Mr.  Bige- 
low, was  more  explicit.  He  stated  that  "  the  presence  and 
operations  of  the  French  army  in  Mexico,  and  its  maintenance 
of  an  authority  there,  is  of  serious  concern  to  the  United  States. 
Nevertheless,  the  objection  of  the  United  States  is  still  broader, 
and  includes  the  authority  itself  which  the  French  army  is  thus 
maintaining.  That  authority  is  in  direct  antagonism  to  the 
policy  of  this  government,  and  the  principles  on  which  it  is 
founded." 

This  diplomatic  correspondence  continued  for  nearly  two 
years,  and  was  brought  to  a  close  about  the  time  of  the  execu- 
tion of  the  Emperor  Maximilian,  which  took  place  on  June  19, 
1867,  in  the  city  of  Queretaro. 

Under  all  the  circumstances,  no  criticism  of  the  administra- 


CLA  YTON  AND   THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE  7$ 

tion  of  Lincoln  could  be  justly  made  in  regard  to  the  French 
occupation  of  Mexico,  and  in  regard  to  the  Mexican  empire, 
although  these  events  cover  a  period  of  about  six  years. 

Mr.  Polk  in  his  messages  to  Congress,  showed  himself  to  be 
devoted  to  the  principles  advocated  by  Mr.  Monroe,  and  always 
referred  to  our  foreign  policy  as  enunciated  by  Mr.  Monroe  as 
being  applicable  to  the  North  American  continent,  and  never 
extended  it  to  the  entire  hemisphere.1 

Mr.  Clayton's  criticisms  of  the  action  of  the  friends  of  Andrew 
Jackson  in  refusing  to  commit  the  government  of  the  United 
States  by  treaty  stipulations  at  the  Panama  Congress  are  un- 
just, for  the  formation  of  a  league  offensive  and  defensive 
between  the  government  of  the  United  States  and  the  Southern 
republics  against  Europe  would  have  been  the  very  acme  of 
folly  and  madness  on  the  part  of  this  government. 

It  would  have  been  a  scheme  in  which  the  United  States 
would  have  done  all  the  fighting  and  incurred  all  the  odium 
and  all  the  disasters  of  such  an  undertaking.  When  one 
comes  to  analyze  it,  our  foreign  policy  popularly  called  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  is,  as  Mr.  Seward  said  to  Mr.  Bigelow,  the 
policy  of  this  government  and  the  principles  on  which  it  is 
founded. 


1  « 


Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  Vol.  IV,  pages  39S,  540,  582. 


CHAPTER   VIII 

CLAYTON   AND   BULWER 

The  Mexican  War  closed  with  General  Zachary  Taylor  as  a 
great  military  hero  in  the  eyes  of  the  people.  His  soldiers 
familiarly  called  him  "Old  Rough  and  Ready."  Though  an 
officer  in  the  regular  army,  he  was  not  educated  at  West 
Point  or  any  other  military  school.  He  practically  had  no 
education,  being  able  only  to  read  and  write. 

When  the  Whig  Convention  met  at  Philadelphia,  June  I, 
1848,  the  friends  of  Daniel  Webster  and  Henry  Clay,  re- 
spectively, insisted  upon  the  claims  of  those  eminent  states- 
men. They  portrayed  the  injustice  of  setting  them  aside  for 
the  mushroom  popularity  of  a  mere  military  chieftain,  "an 
ignorant  frontier  colonel,"  as  Mr.  Webster  called  him,  who 
had  neither  experience  nor  knowledge  of  civil  affairs,  and 
who  had  not  voted  in  forty  years,  as  he  himself  admitted. 

Henry  Wilson  of  Massachusetts  and  a  few  other  delegates 
withdrew  from  the  convention  when  Taylor's  nomination  was 
made.  One  of  the  grounds  on  which  they  justified  their 
withdrawal  was  the  charge  that  he  was  so  unqualified  by 
natural  talent  or  acquired  experience  for  the  office  of  presi- 
dent that  "his  nomination  was  not  fit  to  be  made,"  as  was 
subsequently  said  in  a  public  speech  by  Mr.  Webster. 

General  Taylor  was  inaugurated  as  president,  however, 
and  whether  he  had  or  had  not  the  distinguished  ability  to 
pilot  this  country  successfully  through  the  storms  of  that 
period  is  a  question  that  was  left  unsolved  by  his  death, 
which  occurred  after  one  year  of  official  life. 

He  may  not  have  possessed  the  culture  of  many  of  his 
critics,  but  his  sturdy  honesty  and  good  common-sense  and 
his  courage  and  patriotism  were  sufficient  to  cover  a  multitude 
of  shortcomings. 


CLAYTON  AND  BULWER  77 

After  his  inauguration  as  president,  he  appointed  John  M. 
Clayton,  of  Delaware,  Secretary  of  State.  Mr.  Clayton  was 
a  man  of  education,  had  practised  law,  had  been  Chief  Jus- 
tice of  Delaware  for  three  years,  and  had  served  in  the  United 
States  Senate  for  a  period  of  about  fourteen  years  prior  to  his 
appointment  as  Secretary.  After  his  brief  service  in  Taylor's 
cabinet,  he  was  again  elected  in  185 1  to  a  seat  in  the  Senate, 
and  continued  in  that  body  until  his  death,  in  1856.  As  a 
lawyer  in  his  earlier  life,  he  was  noted  for  his  skill  in  trials 
before  a  jury,  and  in  the  cross-examination  of  witnesses  in 
criminal  cases.  He  secured  a  place  among  the  leaders  in  the 
Senate  by  his  skill  in  the  discussion  of  public  questions. 

Sir  Henry  Bulwer  was  about  five  years  younger  than 
Clayton.  His  title  was  Baron  Dalling  and  Bulwer,  or  Lord 
Dalling.  He  was  a  man  of  illustrious  ancestry  and,  like  his 
brother,  Bulwer  Lytton,  was  an  accomplished  writer.  He 
served  in  the  army  for  a  short  time,  and  then  quitted  the 
camp  for  the  court.  He  entered  the  field  of  diplomacy  in 
the  year  1827,  and  from  that  date  to  the  year  1865,  he  was 
constantly  engaged  in  this  field,  and  was  ranked  among  the 
subtlest  intellects  of  his  time  as  a  master  of  diplomacy. 

He  had  served  about  six  years  as  minister  to  Spain 
before  he  was  sent  as  minister  to  Washington  in  1849. 
Great  Britain  had  showered  honors  thick  and  fast  upon  him 
for  his  masterful  management  of  affairs  with  Spain.  A  man 
of  wonderful  tact,  always  observant,  but  apparently  indiffer- 
ent, always  vigilant,  but  seemingly  phlegmatic,  he  closed 
with  this  government  a  treaty  which  has  proven  to  be  more 
unsatisfactory  than  all  the  other  treaties  which  have  been 
made  since  the  founding  of  this  republic.  Seemingly  giving 
us  all  things,  he  gave  us  nothing  and  at  the  same  time  took 
away  from  us  that  which  we  already  had.  Having  tied  up 
this  country  by  the  terms  of  a  treaty,  his  own  government  at 
once  proceeded  to  violate  it,  for  the  seizure  of  the  Bay  Islands 
by  Great  Britain,  contrary  to  the  plain  provisions  of  the  con- 
tract, took  place  immediately  after  the  Clayton-Bulwer  treaty 
was  made  and  ratified  by  the  two  governments. 


78  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

There  has  never  been  any  condonation  or  waiver  of  this 
breach  of  the  contract  on  the  part  of  the  United  States.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  British  government  ignored  all  our  claims 
and  protestations  in  respect  to  the  seizure  of  the  Bay  Islands, 
and  war  between  the  two  countries  was  averted  only  by  the 
action  of  the  Republic  of  Honduras  in  despatching  an  am- 
bassador to  London,  who  secured  the  surrender  of  the  Bay 
Islands  through  negotiations  to  which  the  United  States  was 
not  a  party,  and  after  the  negotiations  of  this  government 
had  become  finally  unsuccessful. 

The  rule  of  law  applicable  to  contracts  is  that  where  one 
party  violates  the  contract  in  a  material  part,  this  justifies 
the  other  contracting  party  in  treating  the  entire  contract 
as  abrogated.  Great  Britain  having  violated  the  Clayton- 
Bulwer  treaty  in  a  material  part  by  seizing  the  Bay  Islands, 
the  United  States  would  have  been  justified  in  regarding  the 
entire  treaty  as  a  nullity. 


CHAPTER   IX 

OPINIONS 

President  Martin  Van  Buren  was  a  member  of  the  United 
States  Senate  and  participated  in  the  protracted  debate  which 
arose  upon  the  message  of  John  Quincy  Adams  on  the  subject 
of  the  Panama  mission. 

Mr.  Van  Buren  declared  that  Mr.  Monroe  had  not  pledged 
the  United  States  to  any  course  whatever,  and  never  intended 
to  do  so,1  and  other  statesmen  expressed  similar  views.  From 
these  opinions  a  writer  in  the  "National  Intelligencer"  of 
Washington  drew  the  following  conclusions  : 

i.  The  Monroe  declaration  of  1823,  in  both  its  phases, 
had  its  origin  in  the  changed  relations  and  new  responsi- 
bilities imposed  upon  the  several  States  of  the  American 
continents,  arising  especially  from  the  emancipation  of  the 
Spanish  colonies. 

2.  The  Monroe  declaration,  in  so  far  as  it  related  to  the 
threatened  intervention  of  the  Holy  Alliance  in  the  concerns 
of  the  Spanish-American  States,  was  intended  to  meet  a  par- 
ticular contingency  of  events,  and  therefore  passed  away  with 
the  occasion  which  called  it  forth. 

3.  The  Monroe  Doctrine,  in  so  far  as  it  relates  to  the 
colonization  of  the  American  continents  by  any  European 
power,  was  not  intended  to  bind  the  United  States  to  guard 
the  territory  of  the  New  World  from  such  occupation  by 
European  States,  but  was  intended  to  indicate,  as  an  impor- 
tant principle  of  American  public  policy,  that  "each  State 
should  guard  by  its  own  means  against  the  establishment  of 
any  future  European  colony"  within  the  jurisdiction  of  its 
flag.  That  is,  the  American  continents  were  no  longer  held 
open  to  colonization  as  derelict  territory,  capable  of  occupa- 
tion by  right  of  discovery  and  settlement. 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1863,  page  643. 


80  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

4.  The  Monroe  Doctrine  was  not  in  any  of  its  aspects  a 
pledge  committing  the  government  of  the  United  States  to 
any  line  of  policy  beyond  that  which  seemed  expedient  and 
necessary  at  the  time  of  its  announcement.  As  Mr.  Van 
Buren  well  said,  "no  declaration  of  the  Executive  could  have 
this  effect,"  and  none  such  was  "intended  by  Mr.  Monroe."  l 

When  Chile  was  at  war  with  Spain,  and  after  the  city  of 

Valparaiso  had  been  bombarded  and  burned  by  the  Spanish 

fleet,  our  minister  to  Chile  sent  a  despatch  to  Mr.   Seward, 

our  Secretary  of  State,  and  received  from  him  the  following 

reply : 

Department  of  State,  Washington, 
June  2nd,  1866. 

To  Judson  Kilpatrick, 

Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary. 

Sir,  —  Your  dispatch  of  May  2nd,  No.  7,  has  been  received. 
I  appreciate  your  solicitude  that  the  course  of  proceeding 
which  this  government  has  pursued  in  regard  to  the  war 
between  Chile  and  Spain  should  be  understood  and  appre- 
ciated. Perhaps,  however,  the  difficulty  in  the  way  of  such 
appreciation  results  from  the  peculiar  circumstances  of  Chile. 
Her  statesmen  and  people,  like  the  statesmen  and  people  of 
all  countries,  may  be  expected  to  interpret,  not  only  the 
rights  of  that  republic,  but  the  capacities  and  duties  of  other 
states,  in  the  light  of  their  own  interests  and  wishes. 

The  policy  of  the  United  States  in  regard  to  the  several 
Spanish-American  States  is,  or  ought  to  be,  well  known 
now,  after  the  exposition  it  has  received  during  the  last  five 
years.  We  avoid  in  all  cases,  giving  encouragement  to 
expectations  which,  in  the  varying  course  of  events,  we 
might  find  ourselves  unable  to  fulfil,  and  we  desire  to  be 
known  as  doing  more  than  we  promise,  rather  than  of  falling 
short  of  our  engagements. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  maintain  and  insist,  with  all  the 
decision  and  energy  compatible  with  our  existing  neutrality, 
that  the  republican  system  which  is  accepted  by  the  people 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1863,  page  644. 


OPINIONS  8 1 

in  any  one  of  those  states  shall  not  be  wantonly  assailed,  and 
that  it  shall  not  be  subverted  as  an  end  of  a  lawful  war  by 
European  powers.  We  thus  give  to  those  republics  the  moral 
support  of  a  sincere,  liberal,  and  we  think  it  will  appear  a 
useful  friendship.  We  could  claim  from  foreign  states  no 
concession  to  our  own  political,  moral  and  material  prin- 
ciples, if  we  should  not  conform  to  our  own  proceedings  in  the 
needful  intercourse  with  foreign  states  to  the  just  rules  of 
the  laws  of  nations. 

We  therefore  concede  to  every  nation  the  right  to  make 
peace  or  war  for  such  causes,  other  than  political  or  ambitious, 
as  it  thinks  right  and  wise. 

In  such  wars  as  are  waged  between  nations  which  are  in 
friendship  with  ourselves,  if  they  are  not  pushed,  like  the 
French  war  in  Mexico,  to  the  political  point  before  men- 
tioned, we  do  not  intervene,  but  remain  neutral,  conceding 
nothing  to  one  belligerent  that  we  do  not  concede  to  the 
other,  and  allowing  to  one  belligerent  what  we  allow  to  the 
other. 

Every  complaint  made  by  the  Chilian  agents  of  an  attempt 
on  the  part  of  Spain  to  violate  the  neutrality  of  the  United 
States  has  been  carefully  and  kindly  investigated,  and  we 
have  done  the  same  —  no  more  no  less  —  in  regard  to  the 
complaints  instituted  against  the  neutrality  of  the  agents  of 
Chile.  We  certainly  thought  it  was  an  act  of  friendship  on 
our  part  that  we  obtained  assurances  from  Spain  at  the 
beginning,  and  at  the  other  stages  of  the  present  war,  that 
in  any  event  her  hostilities  against  Chile  should  not  be 
prosecuted  beyond  the  limits  which  I  have  before  described. 
We  understand  ourselves  to  be  now  and  henceforth  ready  to 
hold  Spain  to  this  agreement,  if,  contrary  to  our  present 
expectations,  it  should  be  found  necessary.  In  this  we  think 
we  are  acting  a  part  certainly  not  unfriendly  to  Chile.  It 
was  thought  to  be  an  act  of  friendship  when  we  used  our  good 
offices  with  both  parties  to  prevent  the  war.  We  have  thought 
that  we  were  acting  a  friendly  part,  using  the  same  good 
offices  to  secure  an  agreement  for  peace  without  dishonor  or 
even  damage  to  Chile. 

Those  who  think  that  the  United  States  could  enter  as  an 

6 


82  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

ally  into  every  war  in  which  a  friendly  republican  state  on 
this  continent  became  involved,  forget  that  peace  is  the  con- 
stant interest  and  unswerving  policy  of  the  United  States. 
They  forget  the  frequency  and  variety  of  wars  in  which  our 
friends  in  this  hemisphere  engage  themselves,  entirely  inde- 
pendent of  all  control  or  counsel  of  the  United  States.  We 
have  no  armies  for  the  purpose  of  aggressive  war,  no  ambi- 
tion for  the  character  of  a  regulator.  Our  Constitution 
is  not  an  imperial  one,  and  does  not  allow  the  executive 
government  to  engage  in  war,  except  upon  the  well-con- 
sidered and  deliberate  decree  of  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States. 

A  Federal  Government,  consisting  of  thirty-six  equal 
states,  which  are  in  many  respects  self-governing,  cannot 
easily  be  committed  by  its  representatives  to  foreign  wars, 
either  of  sympathy  or  of  ambition.  If  there  is  any  one  char- 
acteristic of  the  United  States  which  is  more  marked  than 
any  other,  it  is  that  they  have,  from  the  time  of  Washington, 
adhered  to  the  principle  of  non-intervention  and  have  perse- 
veringly  declined  to  seek  or  contract  entangling  alliances, 
even  with  the  most  friendly  states. 

It  would  be  pleasant  to  the  United  States  to  know  that  the 
government  and  people  of  Chile  have  come  to  a  correct  under- 
standing of  our  attitude  and  feeling  toward  them.  Nor  do 
we  fear  that  injurious  misapprehensions  can  long  prevail 
among  the  enlightened  and  spirited  people  of  that  state. 
I  am,  sir,  your  obedient  servant, 

(Signed)    William  H.  Seward.1 

When  General  Grant  was  president,  he  extended  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  so  as  to  deny  the  right  of  any  foreign 
government  to  transfer  its  possessions  on  this  continent  to 
another  foreign  government.  In  his  message  of  May  28, 
1870,  relating  to  San  Domingo,  he  says: 

"The  Doctrine  promulgated  by  President  Monroe  has  been 
adhered  to  by  all  political  parties,  and  I  now  deem  it  proper 
to  assert  the  equally  important  principle  that  hereafter   no 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1866,  page  267. 


OPINIONS  S3 

territory  on  this  continent  shall   be  regarded   as  subject  of 
transfer  to  a  European  power."1 

This  principle  may  now  be  considered  as  being  incorpo- 
rated into  the  Monroe  Doctrine  and  as  a  part  of  it  as  now 
construed. 

Grant  says  "this  continent"  where  he  refers  to  an  island, 
while  Monroe  took  in  the  whole  Western  Hemisphere.  Polk, 
in  his  message  of  December  2,  1845,  refers  to  this  doctrine 
in  such  terms  as  would  indicate  that  it  related  to  this  conti- 
nent alone. 


1  « 


Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  Vol.  VII,  page  61. 


CHAPTER   X 

ORIGIN  OF  OUR  FOREIGN   POLICY 

Mr.  Seward,  then  Secretary  of  State,  in  his  letter  dated 
November  6,  1865,  to  our  minister  at  the  French  court, 
says: 

"The  presence  and  operations  of  the  French  army  in 
Mexico,  and  its  maintenance  of  an  authority  there,  is  a  cause 
of  serious  concern  to  the  United  States.  Nevertheless  the 
objection  of  the  United  States  is  still  broader,  and  includes 
the  authority  which  the  French  army  is  thus  maintaining. 
That  authority  is  in  direct  antagonism  to  the  policy  of  this 
government  and  the  principles  on  which  it  is  founded."  1 

Here  is  a  solemn  declaration  by  one  of  the  greatest  diplo- 
mats which  this  country  ever  produced,  to  the  effect  that 
what  we  now  are  pleased  to  call  the  Monroe  Doctrine  is  as 
old  as  the  republic  itself,  and  that  it  constitutes  one  of  the 
foundation  stones  on  which  our  institutions  are  constructed. 
We  do  not  see  these  principles  written  in  the  Declaration  of 
Independence,  the  Articles  of  Confederation,  or  in  the  Con- 
stitution of  the  United  States,  although  their  inspirations 
reach  us  from  the  Mayflower  and  the  colonies  founded  by 
William  Penn. 

The  best  part  of  every  nation's  history  remains  as  yet 
unwritten.  This  is  especially  true  of  the  United  States. 
We  have  been  preserving  but  little  more  than  the  froth  and 
foam  produced  by  times  of  excitement,  while  much  that  is 
noblest  and  grandest  in  our  history  has  been  perishing. 

Mr.  Seward  was  in  a  situation  to  know  more  about  the 
origin  of  our  foreign  policy  than  any  of  his  contemporaries. 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1865,  page  320. 


ORIGIN  OF  OUR  FOREIGN  POLICY  85 

He  was  a  practising  lawyer  when  Monroe  made  his  famous 
declaration,  and  had  an  intimate  knowledge  of  our  national 
history.  He  was  Secretary  of  State  in  troublous  times,  when 
he  was  often  compelled  to  ransack  the  archives  of  the  State 
department  from  the  formation  of  the  government  down  to 
his  day  for  precedents. 

Mr.  Seward's  assertion  is  well  sustained  by  historical  frag- 
ments which,  when  fairly  and  honestly  interwoven  with  other 
historical  facts,  go  far  to  establish  its  truth. 

Washington  promulgated  the  doctrine  which  Monroe,  in  a 
more  extended  form,  enunciated  some* thirty  years  later;  for 
Washington's  proclamation  of  neutrality  in  European  affairs 
was  itself  the  foundation  of  our  foreign  policy.  This  neu- 
trality carried  with  it  the  implication  that  it  would  be  con- 
trary to  the  policy  of  this  government  to  permit  European 
powers  to  intermeddle  in  the  affairs  of  the  New  World. 

France  had  done  so  much  to  aid  the  colonies  in  establish- 
ing their  independence  that,  when  war  was  declared  between 
France  and  England,  it  seemed  next  to  impossible  that 
Washington  could  maintain  a  position  of  neutrality.  In 
March  or  April  of  1793,  the  news  of  this  declaration  reached 
this  country,  and  perplexing  questions  arose  in  regard  to  our 
relations  to  France  under  existing  treaties.  These  treaties 
provided  for  the  payment  of  our  debt  to  France,  and  also  for 
the  guarantee  of  the  French  possessions  on  this  continent, 
and  for  a  defensive  alliance. 

Washington  pointed  out  that  the  war  was  not  a  defensive 
one,  and  that  it  therefore  did  not  obligate  this  government  to 
become  an  ally  of  France.  He  took  into  consideration  not 
only  the  unsettled  condition  of  affairs  in  France,  but  also  the 
change  of  the  government  from  a  monarchy  to  a  republic,  and 
its  probable  want  of  permanency.  The  colonial  character  of 
the  treaties  gave  them  the  appearance  of  being  legacies  of 
the  past  which  could  well  be  put  aside. 

The  misconduct  of  the  French  minister  Genet,  in  fitting 
out  privateers  at  Charleston  to  prey  upon  British  commerce, 
his  assaults  upon  the  administration,  and  his  insults  to  our 


S6  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

government,  were  a  part  of  the  difficulties  which  Washington 
had  to  encounter  when  he  laid  the  foundation  stone  of  neu- 
trality in  European  affairs.  He  started  out  boldly  and 
vigorously  with  a  foreign  policy  of  neutrality,  which  was 
resolutely  followed  by  Mr.  Adams,  his  successor.  Thus  the 
old  colonial  spirit  and  purpose  were  broken,  and  the  United 
States  became  wholly  separated  from  the  affairs  of  Europe. 

Coupled  with  the  principle  of  neutrality  was  the  principle  \ 
of  expansion.  The  idea  of  the  control  of  the  Mississippi  and 
the  Southwest  was  advocated  by  Alexander  Hamilton  long 
before  Jefferson  made  the  Louisiana  purchase.  Hamilton 
expected  to  win  by  arms  what  Jefferson  later  acquired  by 
purchase.  Moreover,  the  idea  of  placing  the  United  States 
at  the  head  of  affairs  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  originated 
during  Washington's  administration. 

Hamilton,  in  one  of  his  articles  in  "The  Federalist,"  it 
is  said,  wrote  thus:  "Our  situation  invites  and  our  situation 
prompts  us  to  aim  at  an  ascendant  in  American  affairs." 
This  result  could  only  be  obtained  by  crushing  out  European 
influence  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Here  is  a  distinct 
announcement  that  our  neutrality  in  European  affairs  is 
coupled  with  the  principle  that  Europe  shall  be  neutral  in 
American  affairs  or  the  affairs  of  the  New  World.  The 
Monroe  declaration  was  the  mere  restatement  of  the  original 
and  fundamental  policy  of  the  government  in  another  form. 

This  idea  of  neutrality  in  regard  to  European  affairs  did 
not  originate  in  Washington's  mind  with  the  condition  of  war 
between  France  and  England,  for  before  he  became  president 
he  wrote  to  Sir  Edward  Newenham  as  follows: 

"  I  hope  the  United  States  of  America  will  be  able  to  keep 
disengaged  from  the  labyrinth  of  European  politics  and  wars; 
and  that  before  long  they  will,  by  the  adoption  of  a  good 
national  government,  have  become  respectable  in  the  eyes  of 
the  world,  so  that  none  of  the  maritime  powers,  especially 
none  of  those  who  hold  possessions  in  the  New  World  or  the 
West  Indies,  shall  presume  to  treat  them  with  insult  or  con- 
tempt.    It  should  be  the  policy  of  the   United   States  to 


ORIGIN  OF  OUR  FOREIGN  POLICY  87 

administer  their  wants  without  being  engaged  in  their 
quarrels.  And  it  is  not  in  the  power  of  the  proudest  and 
most  polite  people  on  earth  to  prevent  us  from  becoming  a 
great,  a  respectable,  and  a  commercial  nation,  if  we  shall 
continue  united  and  faithful  to  ourselves."1 

Washington  wrote  Jefferson  prior  to  the  ratification  of  the 
Constitution  as  follows:  "  An  energetic  general  government 
must  prevent  the  several  states  from  involving  themselves  in 
the  political  disputes  of  the  European  powers."2 

Something  over  a  year  after  he  became  president,  Wash- 
ington wrote  to  Lafayette  as  follows : 

"Gradually  recovering  from  the  distresses  in  which  the 
war  left  us,  patiently  advancing  in  our  task  of  civil  govern- 
ment, unentangled  in  the  crooked  politics  of  Europe,  wanting 
scarcely  anything  but  the  free  navigation  of  the  Mississippi, 
which  we  must  have,  and  as  certainly  shall  have  if  we  remain 
a  nation."3 

The  old  Federalist  party,  under  the  leadership  of  Washing- 
ton and  Hamilton,  took  the  new  republic  entirely  out  of  the 
European  system  of  which  the  colonies  had  always  formed  a 
part.  A  treaty  of  peace  had  been  signed  and  the  colonists 
became  independent,  but  they  continued  to  be  dominated 
by  colonial  ideas  and  prejudices,  which  left  them  with  the 
impression  that  they  were  still  in  some  way  a  part  of  the 
European  political  system. 

Washington  and  Hamilton  caused  a  revolution  in  the 
habits  of  thought  among  the  American  people  by  isolating 
this  country  from  Europe  in  all  respects,  except  in  regard 
to  commerce.  They  did  more  than  this ;  they  set  the  pace 
whereby  the  country  could  move  steadily  forward,  and  expand 
and  drive  out  European  governments  from  any  participation 
in  the  affairs  of  government  in  the  New  World. 

Mr.   Seward  was  correct  when  he  said  that  the  authority 

1  "  Life  of  Washington,"  by  Lodge,  Vol.  II,  page  133. 

2  Gilman's  "  James  Monroe,"  page  166. 

8  "Life  of  Washington,"  by  Lodge,  Vol.  II,  page  165. 


88  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

then  being  exercised  by  the  French  in  Mexico  was  in  direct 
antagonism  to  the  policy  of  this  government  and  the  prin- 
ciples on  which  it  was  founded. 

There  can  be  but  little  doubt  that  the  general  consensus  of 
opinion  among  American  statesmen  was  that  the  true  foreign 
policy  of  the  United  States  should  be  one  of  isolation  and 
separation  from  European  nations.  These  views  were  shared 
more  or  less  by  English  statesmen  who  had  a  comprehensive 
knowledge  of  American  affairs,  and  among  these  was  Gover- 
nor Thomas  Pownall,  who  emigrated  from  England  to  this 
country  in  1753.  He  was  appointed  governor  of  the  Colony 
of  Massachusetts  Bay  in  1757.  He  was  appointed  lieutenant- 
governor  of  New  Jersey  in  1760,  and  later,  governor  of  South 
Carolina.  He  returned  to  England  in  1761,  was  made  comp- 
troller-general of  expenditures  of  the  army  in  Germany,  and 
in  1768  became  a  member  of  Parliament,  which  position  he 
held  for  twelve  years,  and  opposed  the  measures  of  the  gov- 
ernment against  the  colonies.  He  retired  in  1780,  and  in 
1781  published  a  work  entitled  "A  Memorial  to  the  Sov- 
ereigns of  Europe  on  the  State  of  Affairs  between  the  Old 
and  the  New  World." 

Pownall,  in  his  book,  said  that  "America  must  avoid  com- 
plication with  European  politics"  and  "the  entanglement  of 
alliances,  having  no  connections  with  Europe  other  than 
commercial." * 

John  Adams,  in  his  inaugural  address  of  March  4,  1797, 
and  in  his' second  annual  address  of  December  8,  1798,  takes 
strong  ground  against  foreign  entanglements.  He  congratu- 
lates the  country  in  the  latter  address  upon  the  "  spirit  which 
has  arisen  in  our  country  against  the  menaces  and  aggressions 
of  a  foreign  nation,"  and  says  that  "a  manly  sense  of  national 
honor,  dignity  and  independence  has  appeared." 

Washington   would   have  met   with  no   opposition  in   his 

neutrality  policy  but  for  the  fact  of  our  obligations  to  France. 

Jefferson,  who  was  more   tolerant   than  Washington  of   the 

conduct  of  Genet,  the  mercurial  French  ambassador,  was  as 

1  Gilman's  "James  Monroe,"  pages  165,  167. 


ORIGIN  OF  OUR  FOREIGN  POLICY  89 

resolutely  in  favor  of  a  foreign  policy  which  isolated  America 
from  European  controversies  and  alliances,  for  his  position 
is  defined  in  his  letters  to  Thomas  Paine  and  William  Short, 
both  written  in  1801. 

In  his  letter  to  William  Short  of  August  4,  1820,  he  favors 
"a  cordial  fraternization  among  all  the  American  nations," 
and  mentions  "the  importance  of  their  coalescing  in  an 
American  system  of  policy,  totally  independent  of  and 
unconnected  with  that  of  Europe."1 

The  Louisiana  territory  had  been  ceded  by  France  to 
Spain  prior  to  the  revolution  in  the  year  1762.  Napoleon 
compelled  Spain  to  retrocede  it  to  France  in  a  secret  treaty. 
This  treaty  was  made  in  October,  1800,  but  a  few  weeks  after 
Napoleon  had  concluded  the  treaty  with  the  United  States  to 
which  reference  has  been  made. 

The  Spanish  officials  in  the  Louisiana  territory  had  not 
been  removed  nor  exchanged  for  French  officials.  In  short, 
Spain  had  ceded  the  Louisiana  territory,  but  France  had  not 
formally  taken  possession.  When  the  facts  of  this  secret 
cession  by  Spain  to  France  became  known,  excitement  ran 
high  in  the  United  States. 

Mr.  Jefferson  wrote  to  Ambassador  Livingston  at  Paris 
saying:  "This  cession  completely  reverses  all  political  re- 
lations of  the  United  States,  and  will  form  a  new  epoch  in 
our  political  course.  .  .  .  There  is  on  the  globe  one  spot, 
the  possessor  of  which  is  our  natural  enemy;  and  that  spot 
is  New  Orleans."2 

Alexander  Hamilton  wrote  to  Pinckney,  December  29, 
1802,  saying:  "You  know  my  general  view  of  Western 
affairs.  I  have  always  held  that  the  unity  of  the  empire  and 
the  best  interests  of  our  nation  require  that  we  should  annex 
to  the  United  States  all  the  territory  east  of  the  Mississippi, 
New  Orleans  included."3 

Hamilton  also  wrote  an  article  which  was  published  in  the 
"Evening  Post,"  signed  "Pericles,"  in  which  he  said: 

1  Oilman's  "James  Monroe,"  page  171. 

2  McMaster's  "  History  of  the  United  States,"  Vol.  II,  page  620. 

8  Von  Hoist's  "Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States,"  Vol.  I,  page  184. 


90  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

"  Two  courses  only  present  themselves. 

"First:  Negotiate  and  endeavor  to  purchase,  and  if  this 
fails,  go  to  war. 

"Second:  To  seize  at  once  on  the  Floridas  and  New 
Orleans,  and  then  negotiate." 

Jefferson,  in  his  letter  of  April  18,  1802,  to  Mr.  Living- 
ston, said  :  "  The  day  France  took  possession  of  New  Orleans, 
the  ancient  friendship  between  her  and  the  United  States 
ended.     Alliance  with  Great  Britain  became  necessary."1 

Jefferson,  in  his  message  of  December  15,  1802,  said: 
"The  cession  of  the  Spanish  province  of  Louisiana  to 
France,  which  took  place  in  the  course  of  the  late  war, 
will,  if  carried  into  effect,  make  a  change  in  the  aspect  of 
our  foreign  relations  which  will  doubtless  have  just  weight 
in  any  deliberations  of  the  Legislature  connected  with  that 
subject." 

In  his  message  of  January  11,  1803,  Jefferson  said: 

"Gentlemen  of  the  Senate:  The  cession  of  the  Span- 
ish Province  of  Louisiana  to  France,  and  perhaps  of  the 
Floridas,  and  the  late  suspension  of  our  right  of  deposit  at 
New  Orleans  are  events  of  primary  interest  to  the  United 
States.  On  both  occasions  such  measures  were  promptly 
taken  as  were  thought  most  likely  amicably  to  remove  the 
present  and  to  prevent  future  causes  of  inquietude.  The 
objects  of  these  measures  were  to  obtain  the  territory  on 
the  left  bank  of  the  Mississippi  and  eastward  of  that,  if 
practicable,  on  conditions  to  which  the  proper  authorities  of 
our  country  would  agree,  or  at  least  to  prevent  any  changes 
which  might  lessen  the  secure  exercise  of  our  rights.  While 
my  confidence  in  our  minister  plenipotentiary  at  Paris  is 
entire  and  undiminished,  I  still  think  that  these  objects 
might  be  promoted  by  joining  with  him  a  person  sent  from 
hence  directly,  carrying  with  him  the  feelings  and  sentiments 
of  the  nation  excited  on  the  late  occurrence,  impressed  by 
full  communications  of  all  the  views  we  entertain  on  this 
interesting  subject,  and  thus  prepared  to  meet  and  to  im- 

1  McMaster's  "  History  of  the  United  States,"  Vol.  II,  page  620. 


ORIGIN  OF  OUR  FOREIGN  POLICY  9 1 

prove  to  an  useful  result  the  counter  propositions  of  the 
other  contracting  party,  whatsoever  form  their  interests  may 
give  to  them,  and  to  secure  to  us  the  ultimate  accomplish- 
ment of  our  object."1 

Napoleon  feared  an  alliance  between  Great  Britain  and  the 
United  States.  This  led  up  to  the  sale  on  such  favorable 
terms,  and  of  more  territory  than  Mr.  Jefferson  contemplated. 
When  the  sale  was  made  on  April  30,  1803,  for  fifteen  mil- 
lions of  dollars,  Napoleon  remarked  that  "this  accession  of 
territory  strengthens  forever  the  power  of  the  United  States, 
and  I  have  just  given  to  England  a  maritime  rival  that  will 
sooner  or  later  humble  her  pride."2 

Information  reached  Madison  of  a  character  that  he  re- 
garded as  authentic,  that  Great  Britain  was  about  to  pur- 
chase from  Spain  that  strip  of  territory  east  of  the  Perdido 
River,  now  constituting  West  Florida. 

He  accordingly,  in  his  message  of  January  3,  181 1,  directed 
the  attention  of  Congress  to  this  matter,  and  among  other 
things  said: 


o' 


"Taking  into  view  the  tenor  of  these  several  communica- 
tions, the  posture  of  things  with  which  they  are  connected, 
the  intimate  relations  of  the  country  adjoining  the  United 
States  eastward  of  the  Perdido  River  to  their  security  and 
tranquillity,  and  the  peculiar  interest  they  have  in  its  des- 
tiny, I  recommend  to  the  consideration  of  Congress  the 
seasonableness  of  a  declaration  that  the  United  States  could 
not  see  without  serious  inquietude,  any  part  of  a  neighbor- 
ing territory  in  which  they  have,  in  different  respects,  so 
deep  and  so  just  a  concern  pass  from  the  hands  of  Spain 
into  those  of  any  other  foreign  power."3 

In  pursuance  of  this  message,  Congress  immediately  passed 
the  following  joint  resolution  : 

1  "Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  Vol.  I,  pages  350,  351. 

2  Stephen's  "  History  of  the  United  States,"  page  285. 
8  "  Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  Vol.  I,  page  488. 


92  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

"Taking  into  view  the  peculiar  situation  of  Spain,  and  her 
American  provinces,  and  considering  the  influence  which  the 
destiny  of  the  territory  adjoining  the  southern  border  of  the 
United  States  may  have  upon  security,  tranquillity,  and  com- 
merce, therefore 

"  Resolved  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of 
the  United  States  in  Congress  assembled, 

"That  the  United  States,  under  the  peculiar  circumstances 
of  the  existing  crisis,  cannot,  without  serious  inquietude,  see 
any  part  of  the  said  territory  pass  into  the  hands  of  any  for- 
eign power,  and  that  a  due  regard  to  their  own  safety  compels 
them  to  provide,  under  certain  contingencies,  for  the  tempo- 
rary occupation  of  the  said  territory."  1 

The  Senate  and  House  at  the  same  time  declare  that  the 
said  territory  shall,  in  their  hands,  remain  subject  to  future 
negotiations.  The  policy  of  Washington  in  regard  to  neu- 
trality and  the  control  of  the  Mississippi  River;  the  action  of 
this  government  under  Jefferson  in  regard  to  the  Louisiana 
territory;  and  the  action  of  Madison  and  Congress  in  regard 
to  West  Florida,  establish  the  fact  that  the  foreign  policy 
of  this  government  had  become  established  long  before  Mr. 
Monroe  became  president. 

The  term  "  Monroe  Doctrine  "  simply  became  a1  new  name 
for  an  old  policy  of  the  government.  It  was  a  policy  recog- 
nized by  Congress  and  sustained  by  the  Federal  and  Anti- 
federal  parties,  as  it  now  is  by  the  Republican  and  Democratic 
parties. 

One  of  the  debatable  questions  of  the  present  day  is 
whether  James  Monroe  or  John  Quincy  Adams  was  the 
author  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  A  review  of  the  history 
of  this  country  prior  to  Monroe's  administration  shows  that 
neither  of  them  was  its  author.  They  were  mere  driftwood 
which  had  fallen  into  the  stream  and  had  been  swept  along 
in  its  current. 

As  to  the  message  itself,  it  was  the  work  of  many  minds 

1  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  II,  page  666. 


ORIGIN  OF  OUR  FOREIGN  POLICY  93 

which  had  united  into  an  agreement  in  respect  to  its  form 
and  substance,  and  when  this  was  done  it  is  immaterial  what 
scrivener  may  have  reduced  it  to  writing. 

Mr.  Canning,  on  behalf  of  Great  Britain,  had  no  small  part 
in  the  affair  which  led  up  to  the  promulgation  of  this  now 
famous  message.  When  Canning  entered  upon  his  duties  as 
Foreign  Secretary,  he  found  that  Castlereagh  was  swinging 
Great  Britain  around  into  the  Holy  Alliance.  He  deter- 
mined at  once  to  reverse  all  this.  Russia  was  the  most  im- 
portant factor  with  which  he  had  to  deal,  and  he  induced  her, 
in  keeping  with  her  interests  and  predilections,  to  unite  with 
Great  Britain  against  Turkey,  in  favor  of  the  independence  of 
Greece. 

Then  followed  the  Monroe  message,  which  opens  with  the 
grave  situation  of  affairs  in  respect  to  the  Pacific  coast  boun- 
dary with  Russia  and  Great  Britain.  Before  taking  up  the 
matters  of  the  Holy  Alliance  in  his  message,  Monroe  devotes 
quite  a  lengthy  paragraph  to  "the  heroic  struggles  of  the 
Greeks,"  and  expresses  his  hopes  "that  Greece  will  become 
an  independent  nation." 

This  seemingly  unwarranted  interference  in  European 
affairs  was  but  the  subtle  language  of  diplomacy  whereby 
Russia  might  become  detached  from  the  Holy  Alliance 
by  the  combined  efforts  of  Great  Britain  and  the  United 
States. 

Mr.  Canning  doubtless  prompted  this  paragraph  concerning 
Greece,  and  possibly  the  one  in  relation  to  Russia.  Lord 
Byron's  aversion  to  Lord  Castlereagh  grew  out  of  the  lat- 
ter's  opposition  to  the  independence  of  Greece.  Mr.  Can- 
ning secured  a  coalition  between  Great  Britain  and  Russia, 
which  resulted  in  the  independence  of  Greece. 

The  Monroe  message,  if  not  inspired  by  Mr.  Canning  in 
whole  or  part,  was  at  least  in  conformity  with  his  general 
policy  which  secured  such  prestige  for  Great  Britain  at  home 
and  upon  the  Continent,  and  which  gave  her  control  of  the 
commerce  with  Spanish  America. 

The  writers  who   assert  that  "the  Monroe  Doctrine   has 


94  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

always  failed  of  legislative  confirmation"1  are  in  error;  be- 
cause it  has  been  pointed  out  that  Congress  in  1811  very 
promptly  confirmed  it  in  pursuance  of  Madison's  message. 
The  Congressional  reiteration  of  a  fundamental  and  estab- 
lished policy  is  unnecessary. 

1  Tucker's  "  Monore  Doctrine,"  page  123. 


CHAPTER   XI 

COLONIZATION 

In  his  celebrated  message  of  December  2,  1823,  James  Monroe 
did  not  confine  himself  to  the  schemes  of  the  Holy  Alliance 
with  reference  to  the  South  American  republics. 

Shortly  after  the  conclusion  of  a  treaty  of  peace  between 
the  United  States  and  Great  Britain,  in  the  early  part  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  a  controversy  arose  between  Russia  and 
the  United  States  in  regard  to  the  trade  carried  on  by  citizens 
of  the  latter  with  the  natives  of  the  North  Pacific  coast. 

In  1809  a  desire  was  expressed  by  the  Russian  government 
for  a  settlement  of  the  matter,  and  a  correspondence  ensued 
in  which  it  was  made  known  that  the  Russian-American  Com- 
pany claimed  the  entire  coast  from  Behring's  Strait  southward 
to  and  beyond  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  River.  Negotia- 
tions terminated  at  once  when  these  extraordinary  claims  were 
made. 

On  September  16,  182 1,  the  Emperor  of  Russia  issued  a 
ukase  or  edict  interdicting  all  commercial  vessels  other  than 
Russian  within  one  hundred  Italian  miles  of  the  shores  to 
which  the  Russian  government  laid  claim.  The  Russian  gov- 
ernment in  this  document  laid  claim  to  the  entire  coast  south 
to  the  fifty-first  degree  of  north  latitude. 

Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  were  both  very  emphatic 
in  their  expressions  of  dissent.  The  United  States  claimed  up 
to  fifty-four  degrees  and  forty  minutes  of  north  latitude  against 
the  claims  of  both  Great  Britain  and  Russia.  Great  Britain 
claimed  a  wide  extent  of  territory  bordering  on  the  Pacific 
Ocean  as  against  the  claims  both  of  the  United  States  and 
Russia. 

Monroe,  in  his  message  of  December  2,  1823,  in  that  part  of 
it  which  precedes  several  other  subjects,  including  his  message 


96  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

against   the    Holy  Alliance,   announces  his    non-colonization 
policy  in  these  words : 

"  At  the  proposal  of  the  Russian  Imperial  Government, 
made  through  the  minister  of  the  Emperor  residing  here,  a  full 
power  and  instructions  have  been  transmitted  to  the  minister 
of  the  United  States  at  St.  Petersburg  to  arrange  by  amicable 
negotiation  the  respective  rights  and  interests  of  the  two  nations 
on  the  northwest  coast  of  this  continent.  A  similar  proposal 
has  been  made  by  his  Imperial  Majesty  to  the  government  of 
Great  Britain,  which  has  likewise  been  acceded  to.  The  gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  has  been  desirous  by  this  friendly 
proceeding  of  manifesting  the  great  value  which  they  have 
invariably  attached  to  the  friendship  of  the  Emperor,  and  their 
solicitude  to  cultivate  the  best  understanding  with  his  govern- 
ment. In  the  discussions  to  which  this  interest  has  given  rise, 
and  in  the  arrangements  by  which  they  may  terminate,  the 
occasion  has  been  judged  proper  for  asserting,  as  a  principle 
in  which  the  rights  and  interests  of  the  United  States  are  in- 
volved, tliatthe  A  mcrican  continents,  by  the  free  and  independent 
condition  which  they  have  assumed  and  maintain,  are  henceforth 
not  to  be  considered  as  subjects  for  future  colonization  by  any 
European  powers." x 

Polk,  in  his  message  of  December  2,  1845,  quotes  a  portion 
of  the  foregoing  text  with  great  emphasis,  and  says  that  it 
should  be  distinctly  announced  to  the  world,  as  our  settled 
policy,  that  no  future  European  colony  nor  dominion  shall 
with  our  consent  be  planted  or  established  on  any  part  of  the 
North  American  continent. 

This  boundary  dispute  was  settled  between  this  government 
and  Great  Britain  by  the  treaty  of  June  15,  1846,  in  favor  of 
the  contentions  of  Great  Britain,  by  making  the  forty-ninth 
parallel  the  boundary  line,  and  after  this  settlement  the  battle 
cry  of  "  Fifty-four,  forty,  or  fight !  "  was  heard  no  more  in 
political  gatherings. 

1  "  Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  Vol.  II,  page  209. 


COLONIZATION  97 

Nearly  a  quarter  of  a  century  after  Monroe  delivered  his 
famous  message,  Polk  in  his  message  reiterates  and  quotes 
Monroe  literally,  to  the  effect  that  "  the  American  continents 
are  henceforth  not  to  be  considered  as  subjects  for  future 
colonization  by  any  European  powers."  The  colonies  re- 
ferred to  are  colonies  which  when  formed  would  be  under  the 
dominion  of  the  colonizing  power. 

There  is  some  very  respectable  authority  which  holds  that 
Monroe  went  "  altogether  too  far,"  to  use  the  language  of 
President  Woolsey  in  Johnson's  Cyclopedia,  in  his  article  on 
the  "  Monroe  Doctrine." 

Our  foreign  policy  is  such  that  no  European  government 
which  possesses  an  American  colony  can  transfer  it  to  any 
other  European  power.  It  is  equally  important  that  European 
governments  should  no  longer  be  permitted  to  plant  colonies 
in  this  hemisphere.  It  is  a  principle  that  lies  at  the  very  foun- 
dation of  our  policy. 

Germany  is  not  violating  our  policy  by  encouraging  German 
emigration  to  southern  Brazil,  because  these  emigrants  are 
not  under  the  dominion  of  the  German  empire.  They  may 
still  owe  their  allegiance  to  Germany,  but  Brazil  is  a  republic. 
If  southern  Brazil  should  be  placed  under  the  dominion  of  the 
German  empire,  then,  and  not  until  then,  would  our  foreign 
policy  be  contravened. 

Colonization  is  not  dead,  as  some  writers  have  suggested. 
There  are  now  no  unclaimed  nor  derelict  territories  in  the 
Western  Hemisphere  ;  no  territory  which  could  be  claimed  by 
right  of  discovery;  but  colonization  could  take  place  on  terri- 
tory obtained  by  European  powers  by  contract  or  treaty.  Such 
colonization  would  violate  our  foreign  policy. 

This  question  of  suffering  or  permitting  colonization  by 
European  powers  came  up  in  connection  with  the  affairs  of 
Yucatan. 

On  April  29,  1848,  the  president  in  a  special  message  called 
the  attention  of  Congress  to  the  fact  that  the  white  population 
of  Yucatan  had  called  upon  the  United  States  for  help  against 
the  Indians,  who  were  waging  against  them  a  war  of  extermina- 

7 


98  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

tion ;  offering,  if  aid  should  be  granted,  to  transfer  the  "  do- 
minion and  sovereignty  "  of  the  peninsula  to  the  United  States, 
and  stating  that  similar  appeals  had  been  made  "  to  the  Spanish 
and  the  English  governments." 

He  further  stated  that  while  it  was  not  his  purpose  to  recom- 
mend a  policy  of  acquisition,  yet  the  situation  of  the  peninsula 
of  Yucatan  was  such  as  to  render  its  transfer  to  any  European 
power  an  element  of  danger  to  our  peace  and  security;  and 
he  declared  that  he  had  authentic  information,  that  if  the  aid 
were  not  granted  by  the  United  States,  it  would  probably  be 
obtained  from  some  European  power  likely  hereafter  to  assert 
a  claim  to  "  dominion  and  sovereignty  "  over  Yucatan. 

The  United  States  was  at  that  time  at  war  with  Mexico,  and 
the  president  admitted  that  Yucatan  had  never  declared  her 
independence,  but  was  treated  by  this  country  as  a  State  of 
the  Mexican  Republic. 

A  bill  to  enable  the  president  to  take  temporary  military 
occupation  of  Yucatan  was  immediately  introduced  in  the 
Senate.  In  the  discussion  which  followed,  Mr.  Calhoun  took 
an  active  -part,  and  as  his  speech  is  a  limitation,  if  not  a 
denial,  of  the  principles  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  as  generally 
understood,  it  deserves  an  extended  notice. 

Mr.  Calhoun  made  the  following  points : 

i.  The  declaration  of  Monroe  that  the  extension  of  the 
European  political  system  to  this  country  would  be  regarded 
as  dangerous  to  our  peace  and  safety  referred  only  to  the 
Allied  Powers ;  and  the  events  which  called  it  forth  have 
passed  away  forever. 

2.  The  declaration  of  Monroe  that  European  interposition 
in  the  affairs  of  the  new  Spanish-American  republics  would 
be  regarded  as  manifesting  an  unfriendly  disposition  toward 
the  United  States  also  belongs  to  the  history  of  that  day.  But 
suppose  this  not  to  be  the  case,  there  is  no  evidence  of  any 
interposition  in  the  affairs  of  Yucatan  on  the  part  of  England 
or  any  other  European  power  with  the  design  of  oppressing 
her  or  changing  her  destiny.  Should  England  interpose,  it 
would  not  be  as  a  hostile  power,  but  at  the  solicitation  of 


COLONIZA  TION  99 

Yucatan,  and  if  she  should  assert  her  sovereignty,  it  would 
not  bring  the  case  within  the  declaration,  because  it  would  not 
be  an  interposition  to  change  the  government  and  oppress  the 
country. 

3.  President  Polk  plainly  rests  his  recommendation  upon 
the  declaration  of  Monroe  that  the  continents  of  America 
are  not  henceforth  to  be  considered  as  subjects  of  colonization 
by  any  European  power.  "  Colonization  "  means  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  settlement  by  emigrants  from  the  parent  country ; 
this  is  the  case  of  "  surrendered  sovereignty  "  over  a  people 
already  there.  Yucatan  would  thus  become  a  province  or  a 
"possession"  of  Great  Britain,  but  not  a  colony. 

Mr.  Calhoun  then  states  his  impression  that  this  portion  of 
the  message  originated  with  Mr.  Adams,  and  never  became  a 
subject  of  deliberation  in  Mr.  Monroe's  cabinet.  It  was  in- 
accurate in  stating  that  these  continents  have  asserted  and 
maintained  their  freedom,  because  as  a  whole  such  was  not 
the  case;  and  it  was  improper  when  viewed  in  conjunction 
with  the  declaration  which  preceded  it,  because  we  were  acting 
in  concert  with  England  on  a  proposition  coming  from  herself, 
and  hence  the  declaration  should  have  been  in  accordance 
with  British  feeling.  As  it  was,  it  so  offended  her  that  she 
refused  to  co-operate  with  us  in  settling  the  Russian  question.1 

William  Plumer,  who  was  a  member  of  Congress  during  the 
Monroe  administration,  makes  the  following  statement  in  his 
diary: 

"  I  have  strong  reason  to  believe  that  this  part  of  the  mes- 
sage [that  is,  that  relating  to  foreign  affairs]  bears  the  direct 
impress  of  Mr.  Adams's  genius.  The  ground  assumed  and  the 
doctrines  inculcated  are  certainly  his,  and  if  he  did  not  write 
that  part  of  the  message  (as  the  minister  writes  the  king's 
speeches  in  England),  I  have  little  doubt  that  he  submitted  to 
the  president  in  writing  his  views  of  what  the  message  ought 
to  contain  so  far  as  his  department  was  concerned,  and  that 
the  president,  in  preparing  his  message,  followed  very  closely 
not  only  the  views  but  the  language  of  the  secretary. 

1  Tucker's  "  Monroe  Doctrine,"  pages  38  to  41. 


100  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

"  Adams  told  me  that  the  president  had  doubts  about  that 
part  of  it  which  related  to  the  interference  of  the  Holy  Alliance 
with  Spanish  America;  said  he  believed  it  had  better  be 
omitted,  and  asked  him  if  he  did  not  think  so  too? 

"  Adams  replied,  '  You  have  my  sentiments  on  the  subject 
already,  and  I  see  no  reason  to  alter  them.'  '  Well/  said  the 
president,  '  it  is  written,  and  I  will  not  change  it  now.'  This 
was  a  day  or  two  before  Congress  met."  1 

It  will  be  noted  that  Mr.  Calhoun  attributes  the  colonization 
feature  of  Monroe's  message  to  John  Quincy  Adams,  because 
he  says  it  was  never  a  subject  of  deliberation  in  Monroe's 
cabinet,  of  which  Calhoun  and  Adams  were  both  members. 

Mr.  Plumer's  statement  attributes  the  entire  message  relat- 
ing to  Foreign  Affairs  to  John  Quincy  Adams,  but  there  is 
nothing  to  be  found  among  the  papers  of  Mr.  Adams  which 
will  aid  us  much  in  determining  this  question.  He  was  at 
yQuincy,  Mass.,  on  September  n,  1823.  "There  is  no  entry  in 
his  diary  from  September  11  to  November  7,  1823. 

Monroe  in  his  note  to  Adams,  dated  October  11,  1823,  says: 
"  Be  so  good  as  to  send  the  copies  mentioned  in  our  meeting 
to-day  of  the  correspondence  between  Mr.  Rush  and  Mr.  Can- 
ning, since  I  deem  the  subject  of  the  highest  importance." 

The  letter  of  Rush  to  Adams  of  August  19,  1823,  is  marked 
"  Rec'd  9th  October."  Among  all  the  papers  which  can  be 
collected  there  appears  to  be  none  which  was  written  by  Mr. 
Adams  prior  to  October  9. 

The  first  business  which  these  papers  disclose  of  services 
performed  by  Mr.  Adams  relate  to  transactions  which  took 
place  between  him  and  Baron  Tuyll  on  October  16,  1823. 
From  this  date  until  some  time  in  December  following,  Mr. 
Adams  had  been  very  active,  as  shown  by  the  manuscripts. 

Mr.  Calhoun  is  doubtless  correct  about  the  fact  that  the 
colonization  feature  of  the  Monroe  declaration  was  never  dis- 
cussed in  the  cabinet  meetings  which  had  up  for  discussion 
the  Holy  Alliance  and  its  purposes  in  this  hemisphere.     The 

1  Tucker's  "  Monroe  Doctrine,"  page  22. 


COL  ONIZA  TION  I O I 

colonization  feature  did  not  in  any  manner  come  up  in 
that  connection.  It  was  a  separate  and  independent  matter 
altogether. 

Monroe,  in  the  earlier  part  of  his  lengthy  message,  had  under 
discussion  the  boundary  line  between  Russian  America,  now 
Alaska,  and  the  United  States.  Spain  claimed  as  far  north  as 
Nootka  Sound  on  the  western  shore  of  Vancouver's  Island. 
Great  Britain  disputed  this  right,  and  the  differences  of  the 
two  powers  were  adjusted  by  the  treaty  of  October  28,  1790. 
This  treaty  settled  questions  of  trade  with  the  natives,  naviga- 
tion, and  fishing,  but  determined  nothing  with  regard  to  their 
respective  rights  of  sovereignty. 

Spain  ceded  to  the  United  States  all  her  territory  north  of 
the  forty-second  parallel  of  latitude  in  the  Florida  Treaty  of 
February  22,  18 19,  and  thereby  the  United  States  acquired 
whatever  titles  Spain  possessed  on  the  Pacific  Coast  north  of 
this  designated  line. 

The  claims  of  Russia  extended  south  to  the  fifty-first  parallel, 
according  to  the  demands  then  set  up,  although,  as  before 
stated,  in  1809  Russia  had  laid  claim  to  all  the  territory  as  far 
south  as  the  Columbia. 

On  July  2,  1823,  Mr.  Adams  wrote  a  letter  to  Mr.  Rush  on 
the  subject  of  this  boundary  dispute  between  Great  Britain, 
Russia,  and  the  United  States,  from  which  the  following  is  an 
extract : 

"  These  independent  nations  [that  is,  those  of  South  America 
and  Mexico]  will  possess  the  rights  incident  to  that  condition, 
and  their  territories  will  of  course  be  subject  to  no  exclusive 
right  of  navigation  in  their  vicinity,  or  of  access  to  them  by 
any  foreign  nation.  A  necessary  consequence  of  this  state  of 
things  will  be,  that  the  American  continents  henceforth  will  no 
longer  be  subject  to  colonization.  Occupied  by  civilized  na- 
tions they  will  be  accessible  to  Europeans  and  each  other  on 
that  footing  alone ;  and  the  Pacific  Ocean  in  every  part  of  it 
will  remain  open  to  the  navigation  of  all  nations  in  like  manner 
with  the  Atlantic." 1 

1  Tucker's  "  Monroe  Doctrine,"  page  12. 


102  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

This  quotation  is  made  for  the  purpose  of  showing  what  was 
meant  in  the  Monroe  message  by  the  "  free  and  independent 
condition  "  phraseology  in  it,  as  well  as  to  show  that  Adams's 
previous  letter  to  Rush  contained  the  substance  of  the  Mon- 
roe message  in  respect  to  colonization.  In  so  far  as  this 
letter  is  evidence  it  tends  to  show  that  John  Quincy  Adams 
was  in  fact  the  author  of  the  Monroe  declaration  in  respect  to 
colonization. 

The  principles  which  govern  the  rights  of  colonization  are 
laid  down  by  Vattel  in  the  "  Law  of  Nations  "  as  follows : 

"  There  is  another  celebrated  question,  to  which  the  discov- 
ery of  the  New  World  has  principally  given  rise.  It  is  asked 
whether  a  nation  may  lawfully  take  possession  of  some  part  of 
a  vast  country,  in  which  there  are  none  but  erratic  nations 
whose  scanty  population  is  incapable  of  occupying  the  whole. 

"  We  have  already  observed,  in  establishing  the  obligation 
to  cultivate  the  earth,  that  those  nations  cannot  exclusively  ap- 
propriate to  themselves  more  land  than  they  have  occasion  for, 
or  more  than  they  are  able  to  settle  and  cultivate.  Their  un- 
settled habitation  in  those  immense  regions  cannot  be  ac- 
counted a  true  and  legal  possession ;  and  the  people  of  Europe, 
too  closely  pent  up  at  home,  finding  land  of  which  the  savages 
stood  in  no  particular  need,  and  of  which  they  made  no  actual 
and  constant  use,  were  lawfully  entitled  to  take  possession  of  it, 
and  settle  it  with  colonies. 

"  The  earth,  as  we  have  already  observed,  belongs  to  mankind 
in  general,  and  was  designed  to  furnish  them  with  subsistence; 
if  each  nation  had,  from  the  beginning,  resolved  to  appropriate 
to  itself  a  vast  country,  that  the  people  might  live  only  by 
hunting,  fishing,  and  wild  fruits,  our  globe  would  not  be  suffi- 
cient to  maintain  a  tenth  part  of  its  present  inhabitants."  1 

Congress  passed  an  act  which  is  known  as  the  "  guano 
islands  act,"  which  was  afterwards  re-enacted  in  the  revised 
statutes  with  certain  amendments  as  follows  : 

"  Section  5570.  Whenever  any  citizen  of  the  United  States 
discovers  a  deposit  of  guano  on  any  island,  rock,  or  key,  not 

1  Vattel's  "Law  of  Nations,"  Chitty's  edition,  page  101. 


COL  ONIZA  TION  1 03 

within  the  lawful  jurisdiction  of  any  government,  and  not  oc- 
cupied by  the  ^citizens  of  any  other  government,  and  takes 
peaceable  possession  thereof,  and  occupies  the  same,  such 
island,  rock,  or  key  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  president,  be 
considered  as  appertaining  to  the  United  States. 

"  Section  5576.  All  acts  done  and  offenses  or  crimes  com- 
mitted on  any  such  island,  rock,  or  key,  by  persons  who  may 
land  thereon,  or  in  the  waters  adjacent  thereto,  shall  be  deemed 
committed  on  high  seas,  on  board  a  merchant  ship  or  vessel 
belonging  to  the  United  States,  and  shall  be  punished  accord- 
ing to  the  laws  of  the  United  States  relating  to  such  ships  or 
vessels  and  offenses  on  the  high  seas,  which  laws,  for  the  pur- 
pose aforesaid,  are  extended  over  such  islands,  rocks,  or  keys." 

In  1890,  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  in  the  case 
of  Jones  v.  United  States,  137  United  States,  212,  used  the 
following  language : 

"By  the  law  of  nations,  recognized  by  all  the  civilized 
states,  dominion  of  new  territory  may  be  acquired  by  discovery 
and  occupation,  as  well  as  by  cession  or  conquest;  and  when 
citizens  or  subjects  of  one  nation,  in  its  name,  and  by  its  au- 
thority or  with  its  assent,  take  and  hold  actual,  continuous  and 
useful  possession  (although  only  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on 
a  particular  business,  such  as  catching  and  curing  fish,  or 
working  mines)  of  territory  unoccupied  by  any  other  govern- 
ment or  its  citizens,  the  nation  to  which  they  belong  may  ex- 
ercise such  jurisdiction  and  for  such  period  as  it  sees  fit  over 
territory  so  acquired. 

"  This  principle  affords  ample  warrant  for  the  legislation  of 
Congress  concerning  guano  islands." 

The  government  of  the  United  States  permitted  Great  Brit- 
ain to  colonize  New  Zealand  and  the  Fiji  Islands  without 
any  protest  or  objection.  Both  groups  are  in  the  Western 
Hemisphere. 

The  Act  of  Congress  in  regard  to  the  guano  islands  was  con- 
strued by  the  Supreme  Court  to  be  valid  and  in  accordance 
with  the  law  of  nations  as  laid  down  by  Vattel,  Calvo,  and 
other  publicists. 


104  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

This  decision  was  made  in  the  case  of  the  United  States 
against  Henry  Jones  in  the  Circuit  Court  of  the  United  States 
for  the  district  of  Maryland,  where  he  had  been  convicted  of 
murder.  The  crime  was  committed  on  the  island  of  Navassa 
in  the  Caribbean  Sea,  which  lies  to  the  westward  of  Hayti.  A 
jurisdictional  question  in  the  case  was  raised  in  respect  to  the 
validity  of  the  title  of  the  United  States  to  the  island  of  Na- 
vassa, which  had  been  taken  possession  of  under  the  provisions 
of  the  Act  of  Congress  of  1856.  The  Supreme  Court  affirmed 
the  decision  of  the  court  below  and  decided  that  by  the  law  of 
nations,  new  territory  may  be  acquired  by  discovery  and  occu- 
pation as  well  as  by  cession  and  conquest. 

This  much  has  been  said  to  show  that  the  colonization 
feature  of  the  Monroe  message  is  not  in  harmony  with  the  Acts 
of  Congress,  the  decisions  of  the  Supreme  Court,  and  the 
practices  of  the  government  in  its  foreign  relations. 


CHAPTER   XII 

PARTY   PLATFORMS 

There  were  no  party  platforms  in  the  early  history  of  the 
republic.  The  first  and  only  national  platform  was  that 
made  by  the  Democratic  convention  at  Baltimore  in  1832, 
which  nominated  Jackson  for  president  and  Van  Buren  for 
vice-president.  It  was  short  and  would  not  occupy  more 
than  twenty-four  lines  of  space  in  the  columns  of  a 
newspaper. 

Presidential  platforms  have  grown  more  elaborate  each  suc- 
ceeding four  years.  In  the  early  history  of  the  republic,  the 
man  was  the  platform.  Of  late  years,  the  platform  has  sunk 
the  man  into  comparative  insignificance.  Nothing  found  its 
way  into  any  party  platform  on  the  Monroe  Doctrine  until 
the  year  1856,  when  James  Buchanan  was  nominated  for 
president  by  the  Democratic  convention,  at  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 
The  resolution  of  that  convention  is  as  follows: 

"Resolved, — That  our  geographical  and  political  position 
with  reference  to  the  other  states  of  this  continent,  no  less 
than  the  interest  of  our  commerce  and  the  development  of 
our  growing  power,  requires  that  we  should  hold  as  sacred 
the  principles  involved  in  the  Monroe  Doctrine;  their  bear- 
ing and  import  admit  of  no  misconstruction;  they  should  be 
applied  with  unbending  rigidity." 

Nothing  more  was  heard  on  this  subject  until  the  Republi- 
can convention,  convened  at  Baltimore  in  1864,  renominated 
Mr.  Lincoln  for  president.  Maximilian  was  seated  on  the 
throne  of  Mexico  at  the  time.  The  French  army  was  in 
Mexico  sustaining  his  authority.  The  Republican  conven- 
tion passed  the  following  resolution: 


106  THE   MONROE  DOCTRINE 

"  Resolved,  —  That  we  approve  the  position  taken  by  the 
government  that  the  people  of  the  United  States  can  never 
regard  with  indifference  the  attempt  of  any  European  power 
to  overthrow  by  force,  or  to  supplant  by  fraud,  the  institu- 
tions of  any  republican  government  on  the  Western  Conti- 
nent; and  that  they  will  view  with  extreme  jealousy,  as 
menacing  to  the  peace  and  independence  of  their  own  coun- 
try, the  efforts  of  any  such  power  to  obtain  new  footholds 
for  monarchical  governments,  sustained  by  foreign  military 
force,  in  near  proximity  to  the  United  States." 

Nothing  more  is  heard  on  this  subject  until  the  year  1896, 
when  the  Republican  national  convention  inserted  the  fol- 
lowing plank : 

"  We  re-assert  the  Monroe  Doctrine  in  its  full  extent,  and 
we  re-affirm  the  right  of  the  United  States  to  give  the  doc- 
trine effect  by  responding  to  the  appeal  of  any  American 
states  for  friendly  intervention,  in  case  of  European  en- 
croachment. We  have  not  interfered  and  shall  not  interfere 
with  the  existing  possessions  of  any  European  power  in  this 
hemisphere,  but  these  possessions  must  not  on  any  pretext 
be  extended.  We  hopefully  look  forward  to  the  eventual 
withdrawal  of  the  European  powers  from  this  hemisphere, 
and  to  the  ultimate  union  of  all  the  English-speaking  part 
of  the  continent,  by  the  free  consent  of  its  inhabitants." 

The  Democratic  party  in  1896  afterward  put  the  following 
plank  in  its  platform : 

"The  Monroe  Doctrine,  as  originally  declared  and  inter- 
4  preted  by  succeeding  presidents,  is  a  permanent  part  of  the 
foreign  policy  of  the  United  States,  and  must  at  all  times 
be  maintained." 

These  resolutions  followed  immediately  after  the  Venezue- 
lan boundary  affair. 

In  the  year  1900  the  Republican  platform  in  its  plank 
relating  to  the  South  African  war,  contains  but  one  sentence 
on  this  subject :  "  We  assert  our  steadfast  adherence  to  the 
policy  announced  in  the  Monroe  Doctrine." 


PARTY  PLATFORMS  107 

The  declaration  of  the  Democratic  platform  for  1900  reads 
thus : 

"  The  declaration  in  the  Republican  platform  adopted  at 
the  Philadelphia  Convention  held  in  June,  1900,  that  the 
Republican  party  steadfastly  adheres  to  the  policy  announced 
in  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  is  manifestly  insincere  and  decep- 
tive. This  profession  is  contradicted  by  the  avowed  policy 
of  that  party  in  opposition  to  the  spirit  of  the  Monroe 
Doctrine  to  acquire  and  hold  sovereignty  over  large  areas 
of  territory  and  large  numbers  of  people  in  the  Eastern 
Hemisphere. 

"  We  insist  on  the  strict  maintenance  of  the  Monroe  Doc- 
trine in  all  its  integrity,  both  in  letter  and  spirit,  as  neces- 
sary to  prevent  the  extension  of  European  authority  on  this 
continent  and  as  essential  to  our  supremacy  in  American 
affairs.  At  the  same  time  we  declare  that  no  American 
people  shall  ever  be  held  by  force  in  unwilling  subjection 
to  European  authority." 

There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  the  American  people  of  all 
parties  are  in  favor  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  or  a  general  for- 
eign policy  which  has  taken  that  name.  The  political  par- 
ties, however,  have  reached  a  point  where  they  can  no  longer 
pass  resolutions  on  this  subject  for  the  simple  purpose  of 
misleading  the  people,  for  they  now  confront  the  nations  of 
Europe  and  not  simply  the  voters  of  the  United  States.  The 
question  now  passes  from  a  mere  local  political  rallying  cry 
into  one  of  world-wide  diplomacy,  and  henceforth  it  must 
be  considered  and  dealt  with  as  such.1 

1  For  the  quotations  from  platforms  prior  to  1892,  see  Thomas  Hudson. 
McKee's  "  National  Platforms,"  and  for  platforms  of  a  subsequent  date,  see  the 
annual  encyclopedias. 


CHAPTER   XIII 

ISOLATION 

The  failure  of  the  Panama  Congress  to  agree  upon  a  policy 
for  the  Western  Hemisphere  which  would  be  binding  upon 
all  the  republics  left  the  United  States  of  America  to  main- 
tain the  Monroe  Doctrine  alone. 

The  southern  republics  have  been  the  beneficiaries  of  our 
peculiar  system,  while  there  is  no  policy  of  a  reciprocal  char- 
acter which  has  been  adopted  by  any  of  them. 

In  case  the  United  States  should  become  involved  in  war 
with  one  or  more  European  powers  in  defending  one  of  the 
southern  republics  from  conquest  by  a  European  nation, 
there  is  nothing  in  the  existing  treaties  between  this  gov- 
ernment and  the  southern  republics  which  would  make  it 
incumbent  on  them  to  aid  us  in  our  defence  of  the  republic 
that  is  threatened  with  overthrow. 

There  is  nothing  in  the  declared  policies  of  the  southern 
republics  of  a  traditional  or  legislative  character,  or  other- 
wise, which  would  give  the  United  States  the  assurance  that 
any  one  of  these  republics  would  in  any  manner  contribute 
material  aid  or  support  to  the  United  States  in  carrying  on 
a  war  which  had  for  its  object  the  preservation  of  any  republic 
from  overthrow. 

If  the  United  States  were  defending  itself  in  such  a  case 
from  present  or  future  calamity,  its  position  would  appear 
reasonable. 

If  its  purpose  were  entirely  altruistic,  then  it  would  be 
pursuing  a  course  of  conduct  which  for  unselfishness  would 
be  almost,  if  not  entirely,  unknown  among  men  and  nations. 

When  the  Panama  Congress  was  originally  determined 
upon  by  Simon  Bolivar,  it  was  his  purpose  to  form  the 
republics  which  had  secured  their  independence  from  Spain 
into  one  confederation,  of  which  he  was  to  be  the  head. 


ISOLATION  109 

Bolivar  originally  only  invited  the  Spanish  American  re- 
publics to  be  represented  at  the  Panama  Congress,  but,  as 
previously  mentioned,  Santander,  his  vice-president,  at  the 
time  acting-president  of  Colombia,  extended  the  invitation 
to  the  United  States  to  send  delegates.  Coming  as  it  did 
so  soon  after  the  Monroe  declaration,  John  Ouincy  Adams 
and  Henry  Clay  seized  upon  the  opportunity  to  attempt  to 
have  a  secret  treaty  formed  among  all  the  republics  of  this 
hemisphere,  which  would  commit  them,  one  and  all,  to  the 
Monroe  Doctrine. 

The  letter  of  Mr.  Clay  to  Mr.  Poinsett,  our  minister  to 
Mexico  at  that  time,  seemed  to  be  proof  positive  of  Mr. 
Clay's  purposes  referred  to  elsewhere,  for  Mr.  Clay  ex- 
plained that  the  pledge  that  Monroe  made  in  his  declaration 
was  not  a  pledge  to  Mexico,  but  a  pledge  that  this  govern- 
ment made  to  itself. 

Adams  and  Clay  both  disclaimed  any  intention  to  form 
any  alliances  with  the  Spanish  republics  against  European 
aggression,  but  the  bitter  opponents  of  those  statesmen 
heard  their  explanations  with  at  least  apparent  incredulity. 

The  explanation  of  Mr.  Clay  was  unique;  nevertheless  it 
has  ruled  and  governed  this  country  in  its  foreign  policy 
from  that  day  to  this. 

When  we  look  back  over  the  years  that  have  intervened 
since  the  Panama  Congress,  it  appears  to  be  almost  a  provi- 
dential deliverance  that  this  country  escaped  making  a  direct 
league  offensive  and  defensive  with  the  Spanish  American 
republics  at  Panama,  as  was  contemplated  by  the  friends  of 
the  measure,  for,  without  arguing  the  question,  it  must  ap- 
pear obvious  that  no  advantages  could  have  accrued  to  this 
government  from  such  a  union.  The  Spanish  American 
republics,  too,  would  probably  have  reaped  no  substantial 
advantages  from  such  a  compact.  On  the  other  hand,  if 
the  Monroe  Doctrine  is  approved  by  the  Spanish  American 
republics  as  a  good  policy  for  the  United  States  of  America 
to  pursue,  it  is  much  better  for  them  to  follow  the  same 
policy. 


110  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

As  Mr.  Clay  said  of  this  government,  each  of  those  repub- 
lics can  make  pledges  to  itself  that  it  will  adhere  to  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  and  that  it  will  make  those 
principles  its  rule  of  conduct  in  respect  to  its  foreign  policy. 

For  years  murmurings  have  reached  us  from  the  continent 
of  Europe  in  regard  to  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  While  it  is 
true  that  these  murmurings  have  mostly  originated  in  the 
cafes  and  clubs  of  Paris,  Berlin,  and  Vienna,  yet  they  may 
some  day  originate  in  the  courts  of  Europe  and  leave  this 
government  to  fight  the  combined  armies  and  navies  of 
Europe,  single-handed  and  alone,  in  the  maintenance  of  the 
Monroe  Doctrine. 

The  policy  of  this  government  should  be  to  induce  the 
Spanish  American  republics  to  adopt  the  Monroe  Doctrine 
each  for  itself.  This  could  be  done  by  each  of  these  repub- 
lics by  act  or  joint  resolution  of  its  congress. 

An  influence  could  be  brought  to  bear  on  these  republics 
by  our  ministers  to  them  under  authority  conferred  by  this 
government,  and  as  a  penalty  for  refusal  this  government 
could  withdraw  the  protection  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  from 
such  recalcitrant  republics.  Thus,  by  a  little  effort  on  the 
part  of  this  government,  the  Monroe  Doctrine  could  be  made 
the  doctrine  of  all  the  Spanish  American  republics  without 
the  existence  of  any  treaty  between  them.  This  would  leave 
each  republic  an  individual  responsibility  to  all  European 
powers  in  respect  to  causes  of  war  and  resort  to  war,  without 
making  the  other  republics  allies.  They  would  only  become 
allies  when  one  or  more  of  these  republics  had  been  over- 
thrown and  a  European  monarchy  erected  on  its  ruins. 

The  opposition  in  Congress  to  Mr.  Clay's  supposed  pur- 
pose to  have  a  treaty  made  at  Panama  which  would  be  offen- 
sive and  defensive  in  its  character,  when  viewed  in  the  light 
of  to-day,  seems  like  the  very  highest  form  of  statesman- 
ship, while  his  explanation  has  furnished  the  key-note  of 
the  method  whereby  co-operation  can  be  secured. 


CHAPTER   XIV 

COALING  AND   SUPPLY   STATIONS 

When  this  republic  was  founded,  war  ships  were  sailing- 
vessels.  The  invention  of  steam  motive-power  has  changed 
all  this,  and  war  vessels  are  now  propelled  principally  by 
steam. 

This  change  to  steam  power  has  created  new  conditions 
which  were  not  dreamed  of  by  the  old  publicists. 

"The  supply  of  a  belligerent  ship  by  a  neutral  power  of 
coal  in  quantity  greater  than  that  necessary  to  carry  it  to  its 
nearest  home  port  is  now  generally  expressly  prohibited, 
since  this  article  may,  under  modern  conditions,  be  consid- 
ered a  means  of  aggressive  action."1 

"  Such  a  rule  was  first  made  by  Great  Britain  during  the 
Civil  War  in  the  United  States,  it  being  provided  further 
that  the  same  vessel  should  not  obtain  more  than  one  supply 
of  coal  in  British  waters  within  three  months. " 2 

During  the  Franco-Prussian  War  the  United  States  pro- 
hibited the  belligerent  steam-vessels  from  taking  on  more 
coal  than  was  sufficient  to  carry  them  to  the  nearest  European 
port  of  their  own  country,  and  where  the  vessel  was  rigged  to 
go  under  either  sail  or  steam  power,  she  was  permitted  to 
take  on  a  half  supply  of  coal,  which  was  needed  to  carry  her 
to  the  nearest  European  port.3 

Great  Britain  enforced  the  same  rule  during  the  war  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  Spain.4 

»  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.  XVI, 
page  1165. 

2  Hall  on  International  Law,  fourth  edition,  page  221. 

8  See  the  proclamation  of  President  U.  S.  Grant,  dated  October  8,  1870. 

4  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.  XVI, 
page  1 165,  note  3. 


112  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Great  Britain  is  well  supplied  with  coaling  stations  in 
all  quarters  of  the  world.  Not  so,  however,  are  the  other 
European  powers. 

This  country  has  so  expanded  recently  that  the  Pacific 
Ocean  itself  is  practically  an  inland  sea  within  the  boun- 
daries of  the  United  States. 

The  other  European  powers  except  Great  Britain  are  pro- 
foundly interested  in  the  matter  of  coaling  stations  in  the 
waters  of  the  Pacific,  the  West  Indies,  and  along  the  coast 
of  South  America.  They  are  confronted  by  the  precedents 
of  Jefferson  and  Madison,  and  by  the  construction  of  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  which  Grant  gave  in  his  message  of  May 
31,  1870,  in  these  words: 

"The  doctrine  promulgated  by  President  Monroe  has  been 
adhered  to  by  all  political  parties,  and  I  now  deem  it  proper 
to  assert  the  equally  important  principle  that  hereafter  no 
territory  on  this  continent  shall  be  regarded  as  subject  of 
transfer  to  a  European  power." 

The  subject  of  coaling  stations  is  as  important  to  the 
United  States  as  it  is  to  Germany,  France,  Austria,  or  any 
other  European  power. 

The  United  States  needs  coaling  stations  in  various  parts 
of  Europe,  Africa,  and  Asia,  and  in  the  South  Pacific  and 
South  Atlantic  oceans  and  in  the  Indian  ocean.  Some 
friendly  and  reciprocal  policy  should  be  entered  into  that 
will  enable  the  United  States  and  all  the  European  powers 
to  purchase  the  fuel  and  supplies  needed  for  their  commerce 
or  their  navies  in  any  and  all  quarters  of  the  world. 

William  E.  Curtis,  the  able  correspondent  of  "The  Chicago 
Record-Herald,"  in  a  recent  article  has  summed  up  the  situ- 
ation of  the  United  States  with  respect  to  the  leading  Euro- 
pean powers  thus: 

"  If  we  should  have  a  war  with  a  European  power  our  navy 
would  be  seriously  embarrassed  by  the  difficulty  of  obtaining 
coal.  A  ship  can  carry  only  so  much  coal,  and,  according  to 
the  laws  of  war,  a  neutral  nation  cannot  permit  a  belligerent 


COALING  AND  SUPPLY  STATIONS  113 

to  secure  a  greater  supply  than  is  necessary  to  carry  it  to  the 
nearest  home  port. 

"  Thus,  if  we  conducted  an  offensive  warfare  and  sent  our 
fleets  of  battle-ships  across  the  Atlantic,  they  must  be  ac- 
companied by  colliers  and  take  on  coal,  as  opportunity  offered, 
in  the  open  sea;  and  the  colliers  would  have  to  be  protected 
by  strong  convoys  from  privateers  and  ships  of  the  enemy. 
None  of  our  battle-ships  can  carry  enough  coal  to  make  a 
round  trip  across  the  Atlantic  and  back. 

"You  will  remember  that  the  Oregon  was  compelled  to 
coal  twice  coming  around  from  San  Francisco  during  the 
Spanish  war,  and  in  case  of  trouble  in  Europe,  if  our  fleets 
should  cross  the  Atlantic  and  lose  their  colliers,  as  is  likely 
to  occur  from  several  causes,  they  would  be  absolutely 
helpless. 

"For  this  reason  Admiral  Bradford  of  the  bureau  of  equip- 
ment of  the  Navy  Department  and  other  far-sighted  men  have 
been  trying  to  persuade  Congress  to  accept  an  offer  made  by 
the  government  of  Liberia,  through  Bishop  Hartzell,  immedi- 
ately after  the  Spanish  War.  We  were  offered  our  choice  of 
all  the  harbors  on  the  Liberian  coast  for  a  coaling  supply, 
and  repair  station,  and  a  survey  was  immediately  made.  The 
estimates  for  putting  the  harbor  in  order  —  dredging,  build- 
ing docks,  coal  sheds,  machine-shops,  quarters  for  the  men  and 
warehouses  for  the  storage  of  supplies  and  fortifications  suf- 
ficient to  protect  them  —  amounted  to  less  than  $3,000,000, 
but  the  matter  was  dropped,  and  it  seems  to  be  difficult  to 
revive  the  interest  of  the  committees  of  the  House  and 
Senate.   .   .   . 

"The  United  States  has  no  coaling  stations  on  the  conti- 
nents of  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  Central  America,  or  South 
America. 

"  In  addition  to  her  home  ports  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  the 
English  Channel,  and  the  Mediterranean,  France  has  sev- 
eral coaling  stations  on  the  North,  East,  and  West  coasts  of 
Africa,  at  Madagascar,  in  India,  China,  and  the  South  Pacific 
Ocean. 

"  Omitting  the  home  and  colonial  ports  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  which  would  all  be  open  to  vessels  of  His  Maj- 

8 


114  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

esty's  navy  for  coaling  purposes  during  war,  England  has 
about  seventy-five  coaling  stations  distributed  throughout 
the  world.  She  possesses  a  large  part  of  the  coal  producing 
territory  of  the  world,  notably  the  British  Isles,  Australia, 
Borneo,  and  New  Zealand.  In  the  Western  Hemisphere  she 
has  naval  stations  at  Victoria,  British  Columbia,  Halifax, 
Bermuda,  and  Kingston,  Jamaica.  Besides  these  places  she 
has  coal  at  Toronto,  Quebec,  Bonne  Bay,  Newfoundland, 
St.  Lucia,  Barbadoes,  Trinidad,  Georgetown,  British  Guiana, 
and  Port  Stanley,  Falkland  Islands.  In  addition,  coal  can 
be  obtained  at  most  of  the  small  British  Islands  in  the  West 
Indies.  Coal  is  also  kept  stored  on  shore  at  Coquimbo,  Chile. 
She  has  a  line  of  coaling  stations  through  the  Mediterranean 
and  Red  Seas,  viz.,  Gibraltar,  Malta,  Port  Said,  Suez,  Perim, 
and  Aden.  Also  all  through  India,  and  no  less  than  ten  on 
the  eastern  and  western  coasts  of   Africa. 

"In  the  China  Sea  the  British  have  stations  at  Wei-Hai- 
Wei,  Chee  Foo,  and  Hongkong,  also  on  the  coast  of  Borneo, 
at  Singapore,  and  at  the  various  ports  in  Australia  and  New 
Zealand.  Their  coaling  station  at  the  Falkland  Islands  is  of 
great  importance,  since  it  is  in  close  proximity  to  the  Magel- 
lan Straits.  These  stations  are  all  for  war  purposes.  She 
has  contracts  for  coal  during  peace  times  in  most  of  the 
great  commercial  centres  of  the  world. 

"Germany  has  one  coaling  station  on  the  East  and  one  on 
the  West  coast  of  Africa,  one  at  Kiao  Chu,  China,  and  five 
insular  stations  in  the  North  and  South  Pacific.  In  addi- 
tion to  her  home  ports  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  Black  Sea, 
Russia  has  four  coaling  stations  on  the  Okhotsk  and  China 
Seas." 

In  case  the  recent  demonstrations  of  Great  Britain,  Ger- 
many, and  Italy  against  Venezuela  had  culminated  in  a  war 
between  the  United  States  and  these  allies,  the  United  States 
would  have  been  in  a  most  deplorable  condition  for  aggres- 
sive action  upon  the  ocean  for  want  of  coaling  and  supply 
stations  in  the  Eastern  Hemisphere. 

Germany,  Italy,  France,  and  Russia,  and  all  the  other  Con- 
tinental powers,  and  possibly  Great  Britain  as  well,  might, 


COALING  AND  SUPPLY  STATIONS  115 

and  probably  would,  concur  in  such  a  modification  of  inter- 
national law  as  would  confer  the  right  on  neutral  nations  to 
sell  to  both  belligerents  all  the  coal  and  other  fuel,  as  well 
as  all  the  commissary  supplies  which  they  might  need.  An 
arrangement  like  this  would  give  to  Germany,  Russia,  France, 
Italy,  Austria,  and  other  European  powers  such  an  equivalent 
for  coaling  stations  in  this  hemisphere  as  to  reconcile  to  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  those  which  now  oppose  it. 

It  would  be  one  of  the  greatest  advantages  to  the  United 
States  to  be  able  to  purchase  coal  and  commissary  supplies 
at  all  times  and  under  all  circumstances  of  warfare  in  almost 
any  portion  of  the  Eastern  Hemisphere.  Under  such  arrange- 
ments as  these,  coaling  and  supply  stations  become  a  matter 
of  insignificant  worth  or  importance  except  in  so  far  as  such 
stations  have  docks  for  the  repair  of  vessels.  Our  vessels  are 
so  constructed  and  equipped  that  a  very  large  amount  of  the 
repairs  can  be  made  on  shipboard. 

In  time  of  war,  where  docks  are  scattered  over  the  world, 
they  would  become  just  so  many  more  isolated,  vulnerable, 
and  weak  points  to  be  defended. 

It  would  be  a  sound  international  policy  for  the  United 
States  to  take  the  initiative  in  this  matter. 

Great  Britain  has  been  favored  with  able  diplomatists  like 
George  Canning,  who  have  made  her  great  by  their  wise  and 
far-seeing  policy.  The  United  States,  on  the  other  hand,  has 
deferred  too  much  to  Great  Britain  and  other  leading  European 
powers  in  regard  to  matters  of  our  foreign  diplomacy.  The 
press  of  Germany  and  sometimes  of  England  falls  into  error, 
and  charges  that  the  defects  in  the  principles  of  international 
law,  which  oppress  European  governments,  are  owing  to  the 
harsh  operation  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine. 

The  press  of  England,  like  the  press  of  America,  wields  a 
free  lance,  and  its  opinions  are  sometimes  based  on  the  most 
superficial  reasoning  and  the  most  inadequate  knowledge. 
The  government  of  Great  Britain,  which  knows  the  facts, 
would  not  make  such  a  charge,  because  it  would  not  be 
guilty  of  such  duplicity. 


Il6  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

If  the  king  of  the  forest  were  permitted  to  make  rules  for 
the  government  of  the  smaller  animals,  he  would  probably  do 
no  worse  for  them  than  the  mistress  of  the  seas  has  done  for 
the  smaller  maritime  powers. 

The  United  States  is  totally  unconscious  of  the  fact  that 
it  maintains  any  foreign  policy  which  embarrasses  the  navies 
of  the  world  on  the  high  seas. 

The  disciples  of  Vattel  and  Bynkershoek  will  be  surprised 
to  learn  that  the  great  bulk  of  what  passes  for  international 
law  is  of  very  recent  origin.  These  combinations  of  two  or 
more  powers,  which  are  known  as  "spheres  of  influence,"  are 
of  such  recent  origin  as  not  to  be  mentioned  in  any  text-book 
of  ten  or  fifteen  years  ago.  It  will  be  found,  too,  that  much 
that  passes  now  for  international  law,  under  the  general  pre- 
sumption that  it  is  as  old  as  the  seas,  is  of  very  recent  origin, 
while  the  most  remarkable  thing  of  all  is  that  much  that 
now  passes  for  international  law  in  respect  to  belligerent 
vessels  has  been  arbitrarily  made  by  Great  Britain  within  the 
last  half-century. 

Among  other  things,  Great  Britain  laid  down  the  rule  dur- 
ing the  American  Civil  War  that  a  belligerent  vessel  was 
restricted  to  twenty-four  hours  in  a  neutral  port,  —  a  rule 
which  she  enforced  in  the  war  between  the  United  States 
and  Spain.1 

The  principles  of  international  law  are  not  settled.  In 
1859  and  1870  France,  when  engaged  in  war,  declared  coal 
not  to  be  contraband,  and  Russia  has  taken  the  same  posi- 
tion. England  and  the  United  States  have  been  disposed  to 
treat  coal  as  a  contraband  article,  when  it  is  destined  to  a 
base  of  naval  operations. 

The  Congress  of  Paris  of  1856,  to  which  Great  Britain, 
France,  Russia,  Prussia,  Sardinia,  and  Turkey  were  parties, 
declared  that  "the  neutral  flag  covers  the  enemy's  goods, 
with  the  exception  of  contraband  of  war,  and  they  are  not 
liable  to  capture,"  —  a  declaration  which  has  been  accepted 

1  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.'  XVI, 
page  1165. 


COALING  AND  SUPPLY  STATIONS  WJ 

by  all  civilized  nations  with  the  exception  of  the  United 
States,  Spain,  Mexico,  and  Venezuela.  But  while  the  United 
States  never  adopted  the  declaration  of  the  Congress  of  Paris, 
it  acted  on  it  in  the  Civil  War  and  in  the  war  with  Spain.1 

When  a  great  maritime  power  lays  down  rules  for  bellig- 
erents, and  these  rules  are  followed  by  other  nations  for  a 
long  time,  what  thus  becomes  a  custom  later  on  takes  on  the 
force  and  quality  of  established  international  law,  and  the 
circumstances  of  its  origin  are  overlooked  or  forgotten. 

The  existing  rules  of  international  law  are  largely  derived 
from  the  writings  of  eminent  publicists  of  recognized  stand- 
ing. When  they  agree  upon  a  rule  it  is  generally  taken  by 
the  courts  to  be  the  established  law.  Among  those  pub- 
licists of  standing  may  be  named  Grotius,  Vattel,  Bynker- 
shoek,  and  Puffendorf.  General  treaties  or  conventions,  like 
the  Congress  of  Vienna  of  1815,  the  Geneva  Convention  of 
1864,  and  the  convention  at  the  Hague  in  1899,  have  done 
much  to  declare  and  prescribe  rules  of  international  law. 

A  treaty  which  is  intended  to  change  or  fix  such  rules,  if 
signed  by  practically  all  the  civilized  powers  likely  to  be 
affected  by  it,  is  of  such  great  authority  that  the  rules  de- 
clared thereby  may  be  considered  as  thereafter  a  part  of 
international  law.2 

The  position  of  the  United  States  with  reference  to  in- 
ternational questions  is  unique.  This  government  is  not 
interested  in  the  questions  which  embroil  European  govern- 
ments among  themselves,  and  yet  it  sometimes  stands  in  the 
relation  of  an  arbiter  among  them,  and  by  reason  of  its  dis- 
interestedness and  fairness,  it  is  the  instrumentality  whereby 
many  serious  wars  are  avoided  and  the  difficulties  amicably 
settled.  It  requires  no  gifts  of  prophecy  to  predict  that  in 
the  future  the  United  States  will  sometimes  command  the 
peace  of  the  world. 

A  revision  of  international  laws  which  would  permit  neu- 

1  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.  XVI, 
page  1 1 69. 

2  Ibid.,  page  11 26. 


Il8  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

trals  to  lease  coaling  stations  to  other  nations  without  sur- 
rendering their  sovereignty  over  them  would  probably  be 
adequate  for  the  necessities  of  the  various  maritime  powers. 
A  revision  could  be  made  so  as  to  permit  neutrals  at  all 
times  without  limit  to  sell  coal  or  other  fuel  and  supplies 
to  belligerent  vessels.  If  this  were  permitted  but  few  coal- 
ing stations  would  be  needed,  while  no  surrender  nor  modi- 
fication of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  is  required  in  order  to  effect 
these  revisions  of  international  law. 

If  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  had  adopted  the 
broad  and  liberal  policy  of  France  and  Russia,  the  subject 
of  coaling  stations  would  not  have  been  so  important,  and 
the  opposition  to  the  Monroe  Doctrine  in  Europe  would  not 
have  reached  such  an  acute  stage. 

It  is  a  principle  of  international  law  that  a  neutral  nation, 
though  it  cannot  itself  loan  money  to  one  of  the  belligerents, 
is  under  no  obligations  to  restrain  its  subjects  from  doing  so.1 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  in  almost  every  war  one  or  both  parties 
rely  on  loans  made  by  subjects  of  foreign  nations.  During 
the  Franco-Prussian  war  both  belligerents  borrowed  money 
in  England.2 

A  similar  rule  in  regard  to  furnishing  coal  or  fuel  for  a 
ship  would  probably  meet  all  the  requirements  of  belligerents 
on  the  high  seas.  It  certainly  would  do  so  if  the  rule  were 
extended  so  as  to  permit  the  subjects  of  a  neutral  nation  to 
sell  ordinary  supplies  of  provisions  to  belligerent  vessels. 

Upon  ethical  grounds,  no  distinction  can  be  drawn  between 
the  right  of  subjects  of  neutral  powers  to  loan  money  to  bel- 
ligerents to  carry  on  the  war  on  the  one  hand,  and  their  right 
to  sell  fuel  and  food  to  a  belligerent  vessel  on  the  other. 

If  the  United  States  is  to  maintain  a  policy  of  its  own  for 
the  Western  Hemisphere,  everything  in  its  power  should  be 
done  to  mitigate  its  asperity  with  respect  to  the  nations  of 
the  Eastern  Hemisphere. 

1  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.  XVI, 
page  1161.     Hall  on  International  Law,  fourth  edition,  section  217. 

2  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.  XVI, 
page  1 161. 


CHAPTER   XV 

THE   EMPIRE   OF   MAXIMILIAN 

Mexico  became  independent  of  Spain  in  1821,  and  shortly 
thereafter  organized  a  republican  form  of  government.  Gen- 
eral Comonfort  was  chosen  president  for  four  years  at  the 
July  election  in  1857,  under  the  provisions  of  the  new  con- 
stitution, and  the  presidential  term  was  to  begin  on  the  first 
day  of  December,  1857,  and  continue  for  four  years. 

General  Comonfort  was  duly  inaugurated  on  that  day,  and 
within  a  month  he  was  driven  from  the  capital,  and  the 
leaders  of  the  military  rebellion  assigned  the  supreme  power 
of  the  republic  to  General  Zuloaga. 

The  constitution  provided  that  in  the  absence  of  the  presi- 
dent his  office  should  devolve  upon  the  Chief  Justice  of  the 
Supreme  Court.  General  Comonfort  having  left  the  country, 
Benito  Juarez,  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court,  organized 
a  constitutional  government  at  Guanayuato.  Before  this  was 
officially  known,  however,  at  the  capital,  the  government  of 
Zuloaga  had  been  recognized  by  the  entire  diplomatic  corps, 
including  the  minister  of  the  United  States,  as  the  de  facto 
government  of  Mexico.  Juarez,  however,  was  soon  estab- 
lished with  his  cabinet  at  Vera  Cruz. 

The  government  of  Zuloaga  having  met  with  earnest  resist- 
ance in  many  parts  of  the  republic,  and  at  the  capital,  and  a 
portion  of  the  army  having  pronounced  against  it,  its  func- 
tions were  declared  terminated,  and  an  assembly  of  citizens 
elected  General  Miramon,  who  represented  the  church  party. 
President  Miramon  repudiated  the  plan  under  which  he  was 
chosen,  and  Zuloaga  was  thus  restored  to  his  position.  The 
latter  appointed  Miramon  president  as  his  substitute,  and 
Miramon  assumed  the  duties   of  president   for   the   revolu- 


120  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

tionary  party.     Defeat  attended  Miramon,  and  he  retired  to 
Spain  to  work  up  an  active  interest  in  his  cause. 

The  church  had  acquired  about  $300,000,000  worth  of 
landed  property  in  Mexico,  which  was  about  one  half  of  the 
real  property  of  the  republic.  On  July  12,  1859,  Juarez 
published  a  law  confiscating  all  the  church  property,  except 
the  churches  and  their  contents,  and  separated  the  Church 
from  the  State. 

During  all  these  years  of  revolution  and  anarchy  many 
outrages  had  been  committed  on  the  persons  and  property 
of  foreign  subjects,  and  especially  European  subjects.  More- 
over, when  the  church  property  was  confiscated,  no  provision 
was  made  for  the  payment  of  the  principal  and  interest  on 
that  portion  of  the  property  which  had  been  mortgaged. 
Nearly  all  the  mortgagees  resided  in  Europe.  Besides, 
Mexico  had  defaulted  in  its  payment  of  the  interest  upon 
the  public  debt,  which  was  principally  owed  to  English 
bondholders.  The  principal  claims  of  Spain  and  France 
stood  on  peculiar  and  doubtful  grounds. 

In  September,  1859,  the  insurrectionary  party  made  a  treaty 
with  Spain,  which  recognized  the  validity  of  certain  claims 
which  were  denied  by  the  Juarez  government. 

The  claim  of  France  grew  out  of  a  decree  by  Miramon, 
dated  October  29,  1859,  whereby  Mexican  bonds  amounting 
to  $15,000,000  were  issued.  It  was  charged  that  this  decree 
of  Miramon  was  published  in  collusion  with  one  Jecker,  an 
embarrassed  Swiss  banker,  as  a  means  of  mutual  profit  be- 
tween them. 

The  sum  expected  to  have  been  raised  by  this  issue  was 
$750,000.  Jecker  failed  in  May,  i860,  and  this  $15,000,000 
of  bonds  passed  into  the  hands  of  his  creditors. 

France  set  up  a  claim  of  $12,000,000  on  account  of  certain 
wrongs  done  by  Mexico  up  to  the  year  1861.  Although  the 
alleged  wrongs  had  been  committed  for  the  most  part,  it  was 
contended,  on  French  subjects  in  Mexico,  the  claim  was  an 
extravagant  one.  The  constitutional  party  conceded  that  all 
the  international  obligations  must  be  assumed  by  the  succes- 


THE  EMPIRE   OF  MAXIMILIAN  121 

sive  governments  of  the  State,  yet  it  claimed  that  the  admin- 
istration of  Miramon  was  in  no  sense  a  government,  but  that 
it  was  only  an  unsuccessful  revolution,  and  that  therefore  the 
obligations  created  by  it  were  not  binding  upon  the  republic 
of  Mexico. 

Great  Britain,  France,  and  Spain,  on  October  31,  1861, 
entered  into  a  convention  at  London,  consisting  of  five 
articles. 

The  only  one  which  is  important  here  is  the  second  article, 
which  reads  as  follows: 

"The  high  contracting  parties  engage  not  to  seek  for 
themselves,  in  the  employment  of  the  coercive  measures 
contemplated  by  the  present  Convention,  any  acquisition  of 
territory,  nor  any  special  advantage,  and  not  to  exercise 
in  the  internal  affairs  of  Mexico  any  influence  of  a  nature 
to  prejudice  the  right  of  the  Mexican  nation  to  choose  and  to 
constitute  freely  the  form  of  its  government."1 

The  mode  of  redress  which  the  three  powers  had  ostensibly 
agreed  upon  was  to  seize  Vera  Cruz,  Tampico,  and  other 
Mexican  ports  of  entry  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  seques- 
trate the  custom  revenues  at  the  Mexican  ports.  All  pur- 
poses of  conquest  or  of  territorial  acquisition  were  explicitly 
disclaimed  and  reiterated  for  a  long  period  after  the  expedi- 
tion set  out. 

In  December,  1861,  the  allied  armies  of  Spain,  Great 
Britain,  and  France  took  possession  of  Vera  Cruz,  for  the 
alleged  purpose  of  protecting  their  citizens  who  were  bond- 
holders and  mortgagees  of  the  church  property  which  had 
been  confiscated    by  the  Mexican  government. 

Great  Britain  and  Spain  soon  adjusted  their  affairs  and  left 
Mexico.  The  French,  who  were  really  acting  in  concert  with 
a  powerful  organization  in  Mexico,  remained  and  took  pos- 
session of  the  city  of  Mexico,  and  put  Maximilian  on  the 
throne  as  emperor. 

Maximilian  to  all  outward  appearances  was  firmly  seated 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1861,  page  467. 


122  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

on  the  throne  of  Mexico  by  the  close  of  the  year  1864,  except 
that  guerilla  bands  roamed  everywhere  over  the  country.  No 
suggestion  was  made  up  to  this  time  by  the  government  of 
the  United  States  that  we  had  a  foreign  policy  that  forbade 
the  overthrow  of  a  sister  republic,  and  which  would  not  per- 
mit a  European  to  reign  as  emperor. 

It  is  true,  Mr.  Seward,  our  Secretary  of  State,  refused  to 
acknowledge  the  Maximilian  government,  but  he  explained 
his  refusal  by  pointing  out  that  the  new  government  had  not 
yet  obtained  full  control  of  Mexico,  as  the  Juarez  government 
still  held  a  footing  on  Mexican  soil  and  had  its  regularly 
accredited  agents  in  this  country.      Moreover,    on  April  4, 

1864,  the  House  of  Representatives,  by  unanimous  vote, 
passed  a  resolution  declaring  the  opposition  of  that  body  to 
a  recognition  of  a  monarchy  in  Mexico. 

On  April  7  Mr.  Seward  wrote  to  Mr.  Dayton,  our  minister 
to  France,  explaining  that  any  action  of  the  House  was  un- 
constitutional, and  that  it  was  a  decision  which  did  not 
belong  to  the  House,  nor  to  Congress,  but  to  the  president. 
He  further  stated  that  the  president  directed  him  to  say  that 
he  did  not  at  present  contemplate  any  change  of  policy  from 
that  which  this  government  had  hitherto  pursued. 

Our  civil  war  having  ended,  Mr.  Seward,  on  September  6, 

1865,  wrote  a  letter  to  Mr.  Bigelow,  then  minister  to  France, 
mildly  suggesting  dissatisfaction  with  the  conduct  of  France 
in  Mexico. 

Mr.  Seward  in  his  letter  to  Mr.  Bigelow  of  December  16, 
1865,  says: 

First :  That  the  United  States  earnestly  desire  to  cultivate 
sincere  friendship  with  France. 

Second:  That  this  policy  would  be  brought  into  imminent 
jeopardy  unless  France  could  deem  it  consistent  with  her 
interest  and  honor  to  desist  from  the  prosecution  of  armed 
intervention  in  Mexico.  He  closes  this  letter  by  saying 
that  "the  United  States  will  not  recognize  Maximilian,  even 
if  the  French  troops  should  be  withdrawn  from  Mexico."  1 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1865,  page  321. 


THE  EMPIRE   OF  MAXIMILIAN  1 23 

This  diplomatic  correspondence  was  kept  up  for  nearly  two 
years. 

In  the  early  part  of  1864  a  deputation  of  Mexicans  which 
had  in  the  preceding  year  tendered  the  imperial  crown  to 
Maximilian  returned  to  Europe  on  a  similar  errand.  On 
April  10  he  received  the  deputation  at  his  palace  of  Mira- 
mar.  Giuterrez  de  Estrada  addressed  the  Duke  on  behalf 
of  the  deputation,  as  he  had  done  a  year  previously.  Maxi- 
milian had  declined  the  first  offer  of  the  crown,  and  required 
that  he  should  be  elected  to  the  throne  by  the  votes  of  the 
people  of  Mexico,  and  that  he  should  have  certain  guarantees 
as  well  as  the  approval  of  his  brother,  the  Emperor  of  Aus- 
tria. This  was  all  in  accordance  with  the  French  programme. 
A  farce  of  an  election  took  place  in  some  sections,  and  the 
result  was  declared  to  be  in  favor  of  Maximilian  as  emperor 
by  "an  immense  majority." 

Estrada  in  his  address  not  only  stated  this  fact,  but  as- 
serted that  the  notables  of  Mexico,  the  municipal  authorities, 
and  the  popular  corporations  were  unanimously  for  him.  To 
this  flattering  speech,  concerning  the  action  of  a  great  people 
with  respect  to  a  man  they  had  never  seen  and  never  heard  of 
before,  Maximilian  replied  at  some  length,  in  part  as  follows: 
"I  may  of  good  right  consider  myself  the  legitimate  elect 
of  the  Mexican  people;  the  first  condition  in  my  reply  of 
October  3  is  therefore  fulfilled.  The  guarantees  which  the 
future  empire  require  are  now  secured,  thanks  to  the  Emperor 
of  the  French.  The  august  head  of  my  family,  upon  his  part, 
has  given  his  consent  to  my  taking  possession  of  the  throne 
offered  me.  Mexico  has  placed  her  confidence  in  a  descend- 
ant of  the  House  of  Hapsburg,  which  three  centuries  ago 
planted  a  Christian  monarchy  upon  her  soil.  This  confi- 
dence touches  me,   and  I  shall  not  betray  it."1 

At  the  end  of  this  interview  the  new  sovereign  was 
greeted  by  shouts  of  "God  save  the  Emperor  Maximilian 
I!"  and  by  salvos  of  artillery  from  the  castle  and  the  city 
of  Trieste. 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1864,  page  519. 


124  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  deputation  knelt  and  kissed  the  hand  of  the  emperor, 
and  immediately  afterward  the  transaction  was  put  into  the 
form  of  a  proces-verbal  and  signed  by  the  parties.  Thus 
was  an  emperor  made  and  an  empire  formed  on  the  ruins  of 
a  republic. 

The  emperor  arrived  at  Vera  Cruz  May  28,  1864,  and  the 
imperial  entry  into  the  capital,  the  city  of  Mexico,  took 
place  on  June  12  following.  This  entry  was  attended  with 
a  degree  of  pomp  and  circumstance  such  as  has  never  before 
nor  since  been  witnessed  in  Mexico. 

The  government  of  Maximilian  was  never  in  any  manner 
recognized  by  the  United  States.  The  ambassadors  and 
consuls  of  the  empire  were  treated  simply  as  private  per- 
sons, and  were  not  permitted  to  perform  official  acts.  The 
ministers,  consuls,  and  other  officials  of  the  Juarez  govern- 
ment were  uniformly  recognized  as  the  duly  accredited  offi- 
cials of  the  Mexican  government.  While  the  diplomatic 
correspondence  between  Mr.  Seward  and  the  French  govern- 
ment was  being  carried  on,  the  United  States  sent  a  large 
army  under  Sheridan  into  Texas,  which  was  located  on  the 
borders  of  Mexico.  The  ostensible  object  of  this  large  force 
was  to  preserve  neutrality  between  this  government  and  the 
Mexican  authorities,  and  to  maintain  peace  and  quietude  in 
Texas.  One  of  the  real  objects  was  that  in  case  the  pending 
negotiations  with  France  should  fail,  this  government  would 
have  a  large  force  on  the  borders  of  Mexico,  which  could  be 
moved  with  great  celerity  across  the  line,  join  with  the  forces 
of  Juarez,  and  crush  the  French  and  the  adherents  of  Maxi- 
milian by  a  sudden  and  decisive  blow. 

This  condition  of  things  filled  the  Liberal  party  of  Mexico 
with  fresh  inspiration,  and  the  hearts  of  the  Imperial  party 
with  dismay.  The  diplomatic  correspondence  between  Mr. 
Seward  and  the  French  government  resulted  in  an  agreement 
that  the  French  troops  should  evacuate  Mexico  in  three  de- 
tachments, respectively  in  November,  1866,  March,  1867,  and 
November,  1867. 

The  French  government,   instead   of  following  this  plan, 


THE  EMPIRE   OF  MAXIMILIAN  1 25 

began   evacuating   in   January,    1S67,  and   by  the   following 
February  5  the  French  had  left  Mexico. 

By  March  1,  1867,  Maximilian  was  left  at  the  head  of  the 
Mexican  native  troops  and  a  small  force  of  Austrian  auxil- 
iaries, with  all  the  interior  of  -the  country,  save  a  few 
isolated  points,  in  the  hands  of  the  Liberals.  It  was  a 
noteworthy  fact  in  connection  with  the  agreement  between 
the  United  States  and  France  that  this  government  would 
not  intervene  in  the  affairs  of  Mexico  after  the  evacuation 
by  the  French  troops. 

Mr.  Bigelow,  our  minister  to  France,  had  proposed  on  his 
own  responsibility  to  have  the  United  States  recognize  the 
empire  of  Maximilian  after  the  departure  of  the  French,  but 
the  president  disapproved  of  this  tender  of  recognition.  The 
agreement  of  non-intervention  was  in  violation  of  the  Monroe 
Doctrine.  It  was  an  agreement  which  was  known  at  the  time 
to  possess  no  practical  value  because  the  empire  of  Maxi- 
milian was  in  a  state  of  collapse,  long  prior  to  the  French 
evacuation.  The  Empress  Carlotta  went  to  Europe  to  seek 
aid  in  strengthening  existing  alliances,  and  for  the  purpose 
of  making  new  ones,  which  would  come  to  the  rescue  and 
sustain  the  tottering  empire  of  Maximilian  in  Mexico.  She 
had  an  interview  with  the  French  emperor.  On  August  9, 
1866,  in  answer  to  the  inquiries  of  the  American  minister 
concerning  certain  rumors,  the  French  Minister  of  Foreign 
Affairs  replied :  "  We  have  received  the  empress  with  cor- 
diality and  courtesy,  but  the  plan  heretofore  determined  upon 
by  the  emperor  will  be  executed  in  the  way  announced."1 
From  Paris  the  empress  went  to  Rome  and  had  an  inter- 
view with  the  Pope,  and  failed  entirely  in  the  object  of  her 
mission.  She  made  a  second  visit  to  the  Vatican,  and  on 
this  occasion  exhibited  undoubted  symptoms  of  impaired 
intellect,  which  soon  developed  into  confirmed  insanity.  In 
this  condition  she  was  taken  back  to  her  palace  of  Miramar. 
The  sad  story  of  the  continued  lunacy  of  this  charming  princess 
and  empress  has  called  forth  the  sympathy  of  all  mankind. 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1866,  page  501. 


126  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  history  of  Maximilian  and  the  empire  after  the  evacua- 
tion of  Mexico  by  the  French  was  short  and  bloody,  and  need 
not  be  recited  in  detail. 

On  May  15,  1867,  the  Liberal  forces  entered  Queretaro 
and  took  prisoner  the  entire  Imperialist  forces,  including 
the  Emperor  Maximilian  and  his  leading  generals  Miramon 
and  Mejia. 

The  emperor  had  a  force  of  eight  thousand  men,  while  the 
besieging  force  numbered  eighteen  thousand.  The  besiegers 
were  aided  in  this  capture  by  the  treachery  of  General  Lopez, 
an  officer  on  Maximilian's  staff.  He  was  the  bosom  friend 
of  Maximilian,  and  is  said  to  have  received  $48,000  as  the 
reward  of  his  treachery.  Maximilian,  Miramon,  and  Mejia 
were  tried  by  court-martial  and  sentenced  to  be  shot  on 
June  16,  1867. 

When  intelligence  reached  Maximilian's  brother,  the  Em- 
peror of  Austria,  that  the  former  was  besieged  in  the  town 
of  Queretaro,  that  monarch  appealed  through  his  minister  at 
Washington  to  the  United  States  government  to  interfere  in 
behalf  of  the  unfortunate  prince.  Secretary  Seward  im- 
mediately directed  Mr.  Campbell,  our  minister  to  Mexico, 
to  communicate  to  Juarez  "the  desire  of  this  government 
that,  in  case  of  capture  the  prince  and  his  supporters  may 
receive  the  humane  treatment  awarded  by  civilized  nations 
to  prisoners  of  war."1 

Baron  Magnas,  the  Prussian  minister  in  Mexico,  gave 
Juarez  the  assurance  of  his  own  sovereign  and  "all  the 
crowned  heads  of  Europe,  united  by  ties  of  blood  to  the 
prince  prisoner,  that  they  would  give  all  security  that  none 
of  the  prisoners  shall  again  tread  Mexican  soil."  2  All  these 
importunities  were  met  with  the  same  unrelenting  firmness, 
and  on  June  19,  after  a  respite  of  three  days,  Maximilian  was 
shot  by  a  platoon  of  Mexican  soldiers,  Miramon  and  Mejia 
were  reduced  from  their  rank  as  Mexican  officers,  stripped  of 
all  insignia  of  honor,  and  shot  in  the  back  as  traitors  to  their 
country. 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1867,  pages  498,  499.  2  Ibid.,  page  500. 


THE  EMPIRE   OF  MAXIMILIAN  1 27 

When  Maximilian  found  that  his  French  support  was  to  be 
withdrawn,  and  that  his  empire  was  in  a  state  of  collapse,  he 
could  have  abdicated  and  returned  to  Austria.  He  preferred, 
however,  to  remain  and  share  the  fate  of  the  party  of  Mexi- 
cans who  placed  him  on  the  throne. 

Benito  Juarez,  president  of  the  Republic  of  Mexico,  was 
a  full-blooded  Indian,  born  and  reared  in  poverty,  who  had 
been  educated  by  a  charitable  friar,  and  who  dispensed  jus- 
tice and  mercy  in  accordance  with  the  instincts  of  his  race. 

The  difference  between  the  instincts  of  the  Indian  and  the 
culture  of  the  white  man  was  seen  in  the  treatment  of  these 
prisoners.  If  Juarez  had  been  a  white  man  he  would  have 
sent  Maximilian  home  to  Austria,  where  the  wit,  culture, 
beauty,  and  nobility  of  that  empire  would  have  visited  his 
castle  at  Miramar  as  formerly,  with  music  and  song,  in  gon- 
dolas from  Trieste;  and  where,  as  in  the  past,  the  merry 
laugh  of  childhood  would  have  been  again  heard  among  the 
trees  and  winding  avenues. 

He  should  have  pardoned  Miramon  and  Mejia  and  exiled 
them,  or  permitted  them  to  have  lived  among  their  country- 
men whom  they  had  betrayed,  as  objects  of  scorn  and  detes- 
tation. As  it  was,  however,  he  added  a  long  catalogue  of 
executions  to  that  of  these  three  distinguished  personages, 
and  made  the  history  of  the  empire  of  Maximilian  a  chapter 
of  horrors. 

Juarez  was  the  greatest  statesman  that  Mexico  had  pro- 
duced up  to  his  time.  He  was  an  ardent  patriot,  and  honest 
as  well,  but  there  is  no  excuse  for  his  want  of  consideration 
and  kindness  in  dealing  with  his  fallen  foes. 

Sentiment  and  respect  for  conditions  are  the  jewels  of  a 
truly  great  and  noble  mind.  The  iconoclast  is  a  brute,  and 
his  creed  is  the  essence  of  brutality. 


CHAPTER  XVI 

THE   VENEZUELAN  BOUNDARY 

THE  Dutch  formed  a  colony  on  the  Atlantic  coast  of  South 
America,  east  of  the  Essequibo  River,  during  their  war  for 
independence;  and  at  the  treaty  of  Munster,  in  1648,  this  was 
recognized  as  a  colony  of  Holland. 

The  Spanish  colonies,  of  which  Venezuela  was  a  part,  re- 
volted in  1 8 10,  and  in  1845  the  independence  of  Venezuela, 
which  had  seceded  from  the  United  States  of  Colombia  in 
1830,  was  recognized  by  Spain. 

Upon  the  organization  of  the  Republic  of  Venezuela  the 
Essequibo  River  was  recognized  in  the  constitution  and  laws 
of  Venezuela  as  the  boundary  line.  Spain  had  considered  the 
Essequibo  River  the  boundary,  and  she  reaffirmed  this  view  in 
her  treaty  with  Venezuela  in  1845,  and  there  can  be  but  little 
doubt  that  this  river  was  the  recognized  line  of  division  be- 
tween the  Dutch  and  Spanish  possessions. 

In  1 8 14,  Holland  ceded  to  Great  Britain  the  territories  of 
Demarara,  Essequibo,  and  Berbice.  Great  Britain  acquired 
the  rights  of  Holland,  and  Venezuela  acquired  the  rights  of 
Spain.  The  Dutch  had  taken  some  additional  territory  near 
the  coast,  west  of  the  Essequibo  River,  but  they  did  not  go 
beyond  the  Parana  and  Moroco  rivers. 

In  1836,  Great  Britain  sought  to  establish  a  lighthouse  at 
Punta  Barima,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco  River.  Vene- 
zuelan jurisdiction  had  been  previously  acknowledged  by  the 
British  authorities  at  Demarara  over  that  portion  of  the  terri- 
tory west  of  the  Moroco  River. 

The  claim  of  Great  Britain  that  her  territory  extended  as 
far  west  as  Punta  Barima  on  the  Orinoco  was  first  made  in 
1841,  by  an  English  engineer  named  Schomburhk,  who  sur- 
veyed the  line  and  planted  posts  to  mark  it  far  west  of  the 


THE    VENEZUELAN  BOUNDARY  1 29 

Essequibo  River,  and  not  far  distant  from  the  Orinoco  and 
touching  its  mouth  at  Punta  Barima.  Lord  Aberdeen,  in  pur- 
suance of  the  protests  of  Venezuela,  ordered  Schomburhk's 
posts  removed,  and  explained  that  they  were  not  intended  to 
indicate  possession. 

In  1844,  negotiations  were  opened;  Venezuela  proposed  the 
Essequibo  River  and  Lord  Aberdeen  proposed  the  Moroco 
River  west  of  the  Essequibo,  and  he  asserted  that  Great  Britain 
was  willing  to  cede  all  the  territory  between  the  Moroco  and 
Amacuro  rivers,  and  that  she  claimed  none  of  this  territory. 

Venezuela  declined  Lord  Aberdeen's  proposition,  but  when 
negotiations  were  resumed  in  1876,  she  accepted  it;  then  Lord 
Granville  declined  to  agree  to  it,  and  proposed  a  line  of  his 
own  which  embraced  a  large  tract  of  territory  on  the  coast, 
but  was  identical  with  Lord  Aberdeen's  line  in  the  interior. 
Venezuela  protested  against  Lord  Granville's  line,  and  invoked 
the  aid  of  the  United  States  in  the  settlement  of  the  question. 
Later  on,  a  treaty  with  an  arbitration  clause  in  it  was  proposed 
by  Lord  Salisbury,  when  a  change  occurred  in  the  ministry. 

In  1886,  negotiations  were  resumed  with  Lord  Rosebery 
as  successor  to  Salisbury,  who  proposed  a  new  line  not  so  far 
west  as  Lord  Granville's,  but  made  a  demand  for  the  free  navi- 
gation of  the  Orinoco,  which  was  rejected  by  Venezuela. 

Great  Britain  took  possession  of  the  Yuruari  territory  far 
into  the  interior,  to  which  she  had  no  shadow  of  a  claim,  and 
which  the  Dutch  had  never  occupied.  This  was  found  to  be  a 
rich  mining  territory. 

Venezuela  severed  diplomatic  relations  with  Great  Britain. 
In  December,  1889,  the  latter  took  possession  of  the  main 
mouth  of  the  Orinoco  River,  and  declared  Barima  a  British 
port.  In  1890,  Lord  Salisbury  announced  that  Great  Britain 
would  not  arbitrate  in  regard  to  anything  east  of  the  Schom- 
burhk  line,  and  set  up  a  new  claim  to  territory  beyond  it. 

On  February  17,  1888,  Mr.  Bayard,  then  Secretary  of  State, 
and  who  had  always  been  considered  a  great  friend  of  England, 
wrote  to  Mr.  Phelps,  the  American  minister  in  London,  a 
letter  in  which  he  laid  bare  in  some  degree  the  invalidity  of  the 

9 


130  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

claims  of  Great  Britain,  and  suggested  that  our  good  disposi- 
tion to  aid  in  a  settlement  might  not  only  be  defeated,  but  be 
obliged  to  give  place  to  a  feeling  of  grave  concern. 

On  July  20,  1895,  Mr.  Olney,  Secretary  of  State,  sent  a  letter 
to  our  ambassador  at  London,  in  which  he  asserted  that  dis- 
tinctive American  policy  which  was  announced  by  Monroe. 

Lord  Salisbury  did  not  answer  Mr.  Olney's  letter  until  the 
points  raised  had  been  carefully  considered  by  the  law  officers 
of  the  Crown. 

In  two  notes,  both  dated  November  26,  1895,  ne  stated  his 
belief  that  the  Monroe  Doctrine  had  never  before  been  ad- 
vanced in  a  written  communication  addressed  to  another 
government,  and  that  it  had  undergone  a  notable  develop- 
ment since  1823. 

He  referred  to  the  Holy  Alliance  as  a  system  which  Monroe 
was  combating,  and  maintained  that  he  was  supported  in  his 
position  by  his  own  countrymen,  adding,  "  but  the  dangers 
apprehended  by  President  Monroe  have  no  relation  to  the 
state  of  things  in  which  we  live  at  the  present  day.  Great 
Britain  is  imposing  no  system  upon  Venezuela,  but  the  British 
Empire  and  the  Republic  of  Venezuela  are  neighbors,  having 
a  controversy  about  boundaries,  with  which  the  United  States 
have  no  apparent  concern."  * 

He  disclaimed  any  acceptance  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  and 
said  it  was  a  novel  principle,  forming  no  part  of  international 
law,  having  never  been  recognized  by  the  government  of  any 
other  country. 

It  has  been  stated  that  Lord  Salisbury  further  said  that  "  no 
statesman,  however  eminent,  and  no  nation,  however  powerful, 
are  competent  to  insert  into  the  code  of  international  law  a 
novel  principle  which  has  never  been  recognized  by  the  gov- 
ernment of  any  other  country." 

Upon  the  refusal  of  Great  Britain  to  arbitrate  the  question 
of  the  Venezuelan  boundary  line,  Cleveland,  in  his  message  of 
December  17,  1895,  laid  before  Congress  the  fact  of  his  failure 
to  induce  Great  Britain  to  arbitrate  the   boundary  question, 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1895,  pages  748,  749. 


THE    VENEZUELAN  BOUNDARY  13 1 

reasserted  the  Monroe  Doctrine  with  emphasis,  and  recom- 
mended that  Congress  should  authorize  the  appointment  of 
commissioners  to  report  on  the  true  boundary  line.  Congress 
thereupon  unanimously  authorized  the  appointment  of  com- 
missioners, and  the  president  appointed  Justice  David  J. 
Brewer  and  four  others  as  a  commission  to  report  on  the  true 
boundary  line,  which,  however,  they  never  did.  This  appoint- 
ment led  to  further  diplomatic  correspondence  between  the 
United  States,  Great  Britain,  and  Venezuela,  and  resulted  in 
the  appointment  of  a  joint  commission  by  Great  Britain  and 
Venezuela,  which  convened  and  settled  the  disputed  boundary 
controversy. 

Venezuela  selected  Chief  Justice  Fuller  and  Justice  Brewer, 
both  members  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States. 
Great  Britain  appointed  Lord  Chief  Justice  Russell  and  Justice 
Collins. 

Professor  Martens  of  Russia,  a  learned  commentator  on 
international  law,  acted  as  presiding  officer  and  umpire  for 
this  commission  of  arbitration,  which  met  at  Paris  and,  after 
hearing  the  evidence  and  the  arguments  of  counsel,  announced 
its  decision  on  October  3,  1899.  It  gave  back  to  Venezuela 
the  rich  mining  territory  of  Yuruari,  and  extended  the  British 
coast  line  very  far  to  the  west,  but  not  so  far  west  as  Punta 
Barima.  British  possession  does  not  now  extend  so  far  west 
as  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco  River. 

The  commission  in  making  up  its  award  considered  not 
only  the  early  history  of  the  boundaries,  but  also  the  more 
recent  facts  of  colonization  and  development.  It  was  unani- 
mous in  its  decision. 

This  coercion  of  Great  Britain  into  an  arbitration  of  the 
boundary  line  was  rather  a  novel  application  of  the  Monroe 
Doctrine,  and  startled  the  nations  of  Europe  into  contemplat- 
ing not  only  the  sources  of  authority  for  such  action,  but 
into  considering  what  might  be  its  future  possibilities  and 
applications. 

Lord  Salisbury  in  his  correspondence  took  the  same  view 
that  many  American  statesmen  did,  that  the  Monroe  Doctrine 


132  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

could  have  no  application  except  as  against  the  Holy  Alliance, 
or  other  alliances  of  European  powers  of  a  similar  character. 

Mr.  Seward  had  not  mentioned  the  Monroe  Doctrine  in  his 
correspondence  with  France  in  regard  to  the  empire  of  Maxi- 
milian in  Mexico,  and  European  nations  were  not  formally- 
made  acquainted  with  the  fact  that  we  had  a  foreign  policy 
known  as  the  Monroe  Doctrine. 


CHAPTER   XVII 

GERMANY   AND   BRAZIL 

THE  comments  of  the  German  press  at  the  outbreak  of  the 
war  with  Spain,  as  quoted  in  American  journals,  indicated 
that  the  government  as  well  as  the  people  of  Germany  were 
laboring  under  the  misapprehension  that  the  war  grew  out  of 
the  application  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  to  Spanish  affairs  in 
the  Island  of  Cuba. 

These  press  comments  further  tended  to  show  that  this 
misapprehension  was  more  or  less  shared  in  by  nearly  all 
the  European  governments  except  Great  Britain.  They  gave 
forth  the  impression  that  there  was  serious  danger  of  an  alliance 
of  a  number  of  the  leading  powers  of  Europe  with  Spain 
against  the  United  States,  with  a  view  of  breaking  down  the 
Monroe  Doctrine.  This  apprehension  of  a  war  with  Europe 
happily  passed  away. 

Later  on,  in  May,  1900,  Mr.  Lodge  of  Massachusetts,  speak- 
ing in  the  Senate  of  the  United  States  in  favor  of  more  ships 
for  the  navy,  said : 

"  I  am  by  no  means  sure  that  some  European  nation  (per- 
haps one  whose  navy  is  now  receiving  rapid  increase)  may 
not  test  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  and  we  may  be  called  upon  to 
protect  the  doctrine  in  Brazil  or  in  some  other  South  American 
country.  I  am  not  conjuring  up  fancies,  but  I  believe  the 
way  to  preserve  peace  is  to  provide  such  a  navy  as  no  power 
in  the  world  would  care  to  encounter." 

The  distinguished  senator  palpably  referred  to  Germany, 
for,  prior  to  this  note  of  warning  from  him,  Admiral  Dewey 
had  become  embroiled  in  a  controversy  with  the  German  naval 
commander  at  Manila,  which  well-nigh  brought  on  a  war. 

Since  that  date  events  have  followed  each  other  with  con- 
siderable rapidity,  all  tending  to  show  that  Germany  is  seeking 


134  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE  ; 

to  bring  on  a  war  with  this  country,  while  the  German  press 
has  been  outspoken  and  violent  in  its  denunciations  of  the 
United  States.  This  conduct  of  Germany  will  not  be  dwelt 
upon  here,  as  the  subject  now  under  discussion  is  Germany 
and  Brazil. 

German  colonization  of  southern  Brazil  is  going  on  at  a 
rapid  rate.  There  are  now  about  three  hundred  thousand 
Germans,  or  persons  classed  as  Germans,  in  Brazil.  At  least 
two  hundred  and  thirty  thousand  of  them  are  in  the  States  of 
Parana,  Santa  Catharina,  and  Rio  Grand  Do  Sul.  A  large 
portion  of  the  remaining  seventy  thousand  are  located  in  the 
States  of  San  Paulo  and  Minas-Geraes.  These  five  States  all 
lie  in  one  body  and  together  constitute  the  southern  portion 
of  Brazil. 

There  are  apprehensions  that  the  German  government  has 
some  colonization  policy  which  it  is  seeking  to  work  out  in 
southern  Brazil. 

Dom  Pedro  II  in  1841  was  crowned  Emperor  of  Brazil, 
which  is  about  as  large  as  the  United  States,  exclusive  of  the 
recent  insular  accessions  from  Spain.  He  was  a  very  enter- 
prising ruler  and  early  in  his  reign  the  Brazilian  government 
made  large  donations  of  lands  to  immigrants  upon  condition 
that  one  hundred  thousand  of  them  should  settle  on  the 
donated   lands  before  the  year  1862. 

Such  arrangements  were  made  as  gave  these  European 
immigrants  free  transportation  from  Europe  to  Brazil.  The 
great  bulk  of  this  immigration  was  German,  and  while  the 
tide  of  immigration  thus  originated  has  met  with  checks  and 
drawbacks,  it  has  never  entirely  ceased  to  flow  from  Germany. 

New  postal  arrangements  and  new  commercial  relations  have 
sprung  up  between  Germany  and  Brazil,  and  the  relations 
between  Germany  and  these  Brazilian  colonies  are  quite  in- 
timate. Germany  can  do  almost  anything  for  the  Germans  of 
Brazil  without  violating  the  foreign  policy  of  the  United  States, 
except  that  of  overthrowing  the  republic  and  erecting  a  mon- 
archy on  its  ruins. 

In  case  of  civil  war,  Germany   could    actively  co-operate 


GERMANY  AND  BRAZIL  135 

with  either  side  in  the  conflict.  If  war  should  occur  between 
the  Germans  of  Brazil  and  the  other  race  elements,  Germany 
presumably  would  be  on  the  side  of  the  former,  and  could  so 
far  aid  the  Germans  of  Brazil  as  to  place  the  entire  political 
power  of  the  republic  in  their  hands.  All  this  and  much 
more  could  be  done  without  violating  the  Monroe  Doctrine. 

The  five  States  of  Brazil  which  we  have  referred  to  as  beine 
colonized  by  Germans,  together  are  two  and  one-third  times 
the  size  of  Texas,  over  ten  times  the  size  of  New  York  State 
and  about  eight  and  one-half  times  the  size  of  New  England. 

The  Republic  of  Brazil  doubtless  has  times  of  sore  trial  not 
far  ahead,  for  although  the  change  from  an  empire  to  a  re- 
public in  the  year  1889  was  a  bloodless  one,  its  baptism  of 
blood  has  yet  to  come.  Never  did  a  monarchy  give  way  to  a 
republic  under  such  remarkable  conditions  as  occurred  in 
Brazil.  The  revolution  was  brought  about  by  the  debating 
societies  which  were  scattered  in  great  profusion  over  the 
empire,  and  men  were  appointed  and  measures  were  adopted 
to  work  out  the  details. 

The  emperor,  Dom  Pedro  II,  was  granted  a  pension  and 
sent  to  Portugal  where  he  could  spend  the  remainder  of  his 
days  in  peace  and  quietude  among  his  kins-people. 

We  can  only  wait  to  see  what  will  be  the  fate  of  a  republic 
which  has  no  sacred  memories  of  heroism  and  self-sacrifice  at 
its  birth;  a  republic  which  has  no  Bunker  Hill,  no  Valley 
Forge,  no  Yorktown. 

The  German  government  originally  had  nothing  to  do  with 
the  colonization  of  Brazil.  It  was  a  Brazilian  policy  in  its 
inception  exclusively. 

Emperor  William  of  Germany  was  born  and  baptized  in 
this  state  of  affairs,  and  his  able  and  superb  statesmanship  is 
simply  directed  to  considering  and  doing  those  things  which 
appear  to  him  to  be  the  best  for  Germany  and  the  German 
people. 

This  colonization  of  Brazil  by  Germans,  like  all  forms  of 
emigration,  met  with  the  stern  opposition  of  Bismarck.  Until 
the   year    1896,   indeed,    emigration    to    Brazil    met   with    far 


136  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

greater  opposition  from  the  German  government  than  emigra- 
tion to  the  United  States. 

When  Dora  Pedro's  magnificent  offer  of  lands  to  European 
settlers  was  published,  the  whole  scheme  thereupon  took  the 
form  of  a  commercial  enterprise,  in  which  the  Hanse  cities  of 
Germany  became  financially  and  commercially  interested. 
The  Confederacy  of  the  Hanse  cities  for  centuries  commanded 
the  respect  and  defied  the  power  of  kings.  While  their  league 
has  long  since  been  broken,  yet  in  a  financial  and  commercial 
way,  some  of  their  old-time  power  is  still  felt.  It  enabled 
Dom  Pedro  to  carry  out  his  plans  over  the  protests  and  opposi- 
tion of  the  German  government. 

The  natural  increase  of  the  German  population  in  southern 
Brazil  is  marvellous.  As  a  rule  they  rear  from  ten  to  fifteen 
children  in  each  family.  Blumenau,  a  colony  which  was 
settled  by  the  Germans  over  fifty  years  ago,  more  than  doubles 
itself  every  ten  years.  Southern  Brazil  is  now  called  "  Greater 
Germany,"  and  the  Germans  exercise  there  a  commercial  and 
financial  supremacy. 

The  German  immigrants  retain  their  allegiance  to  Germany 
and  the  customs  of  the  fatherland,  and  those  born  in  Brazil, 
though  citizens  of  Brazil  by  law,  consider  Germany  as  their 
fatherland,  celebrate  all  the  German  national  festivals  and 
anniversaries,  and,  as  a  general  rule,  speak  the  German  language. 

The  native  Brazilians  are  a  heterogeneous  population  of 
mixed  races,  with  but  little,  if  any,  of  the  sentiments  of  patriot- 
ism. They  look  upon  the  foreigners  who  migrate  there  as 
beings  far  superior  to  themselves,  and  indeed  view  them  with 
inspirations  of  awe  somewhat  akin  to  those  which  the  native 
Mexicans  felt  for  Cortez  when  they  heard  his  cannon  thunder- 
ing over  their  hills  and  through  their  valleys. 

As  a  result  of  this  condition  of  things  the  native  population 
of  Brazil  possesses  no  power  of  assimilation  and  absorption  of 
the  immigrants  who  come  to  its  shores. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Germans  have  the  power  of  assimi- 
lation and  absorption,  which  goes  on  slowly,  but  nevertheless 
goes  on  as  irresistibly  as  any  other  of  the  processes  affecting 


GERMANY  AND  BRAZIL  1 37 

mankind  which  have  been  irrevocably  settled  by  the  registered 
decrees  of  fate.  As  the  ages  roll  away  and  as  these  conditions 
obtain  their  fuller  development,  it  may  be  found  that  German 
colonization  of  "  Greater  Germany"  is  the  "stone  cut  without 
hands  "  which  afterwards  became  a  great  mountain  and  filled 
the  whole  earth. 

These  conditions  have  quietly  wrought  a  great  change  in 
German  hopes  and  aspirations.  Their  numerous  exploring 
expeditions  have  traversed  the  length  and  breadth  of  southern 
Brazil,  but  the  result  of  their  researches  has  never  been  pro- 
claimed to  the  world  to  any  great  extent. 

Dr.  Leyser,  a  German  traveller,  in  his  book  recently  pub- 
lished concerning  Santa  Catharina,  says : 

"  Nowhere  are  our  colonies,  those  loyal  offshoots  from  the 
mother  root,  so  promising  as  here.  To-day  in  these  provinces, 
over  thirty  per  cent  of  the  inhabitants  are  Germans,  or  of 
German  descent,  and  the  ratio  of  their  natural  increase  far 
exceeds  that  of  the  Portuguese.  Surely  to  us  belongs  this  part 
of  the  world,  and  the  key  to  it  all  is  Santa  Catharina,  stretch- 
ing from  the  harbor  of  San  Francisco  far  into  the  interior 
with  its  hitherto  undeveloped,  hardly  suspected  wealth.  Here 
indeed,  in  southern  Brazil,  is  a  rich  and  healthy  land,  where 
the  German  emigrant  may  retain  his  nationality,  where  for  all 
that  is  comprised  in  the  word  '  Germanismus,'  a  glorious 
future  smiles."  1 

Dr.  Herman  Meyer,  in  a  recent  number  of  the  "  Kolonial 
Zeitschrift "  writes :  "  The  German  spirit  is  ineradicably 
grounded  in  the  hearts  of  these  colonists,  and  it  will  undoubt- 
edly bear  fruit,  perhaps  a  rich  harvest,  which  will  not  only 
prove  a  blessing  to  the  colonies,  but  to  the  Fatherland."  2 

The  condition  of  things  here  mentioned  has  not  escaped 
the  attention  of  the  Brazilians.  It  has  become  to  them  a 
source  of  continual  and  accumulating  anxiety,  for  they  see 
what  appears  to  them  to  be  a  "  handwriting  on  the  wall " 
which  foretells  the  destruction  of  their  nationality. 

1  North  American  Review,  Vol.  CLXXVI,  page  64. 

2  Ibid.,  page  65. 


138  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Dr.  Murtinho  of  Brazil,  one  of  the  most  eminent  publicists 
in  South  America,  in  a  recent  speech  admits  that  the  native- 
born  population  is  incapable  of  assimilating  the  large  number 
of  European  emigrants  who  are  pouring  into  Brazil,  and  he 
has  sounded  a  note  of  alarm  which  has  created  a  profound 
sensation  in  southern  Brazil. 

The  processes  of  German  assimilation  in  the  five  States  of 
southern  Brazil,  or  other  causes,  may  at  some  time  result  in 
the  organization  of  a  separate  government  for  them.  If  a 
majority  of  the  people  of  the  republic  of  Brazil,  or  of  "  Greater 
Germany,"  as  the  case  may  be,  should  voluntarily  decide  that 
they  would  become  a  part  of  the  Empire  of  Germany,  there 
would  be  nothing  in  the  Monroe  Doctrine  to  prevent  it. 

On  October  23,  1863,  Mr.  Seward  wrote  to  Mr.  Dayton,  our 
minister  to  France,  as  follows  : 

"  Happily  the  French  government  has  not  been  left  unin- 
formed, that  in  the  opinion  of  the  United  States  the  permanent 
establishment  of  a  foreign  and  monarchical  government  in 
Mexico  will  be  found  neither  easy  nor  desirable. 

"  You  will  inform  M.  Drouyn  de  l'Huys,  that  this  opinion 
remains  unchanged.  On  the  other  hand,  the  United  States 
cannot  anticipate  the  action  of  the  people  of  Mexico,  nor 
have  they  the  least  purpose  nor  desire  to  interfere  with  their 
proceedings,  or  control  or  interfere  with  their  free  choice,  or 
disturb  them  in  the  enjoyment  of  whatever  institutions  of 
government  they  may  in  the  exercise  of  an  absolute  freedom 
establish.  .  .  . 

"The  United  States  consistently  with  their  principles  can  do 
no  otherwise  than  leave  the  destinies  of  Mexico  in  the  keeping 
of  her  own  people,  and  recognize  their  sovereignty  and  inde- 
pendence in  whatever  form  they  themselves  shall  choose  that 
this  sovereignty  and  independence  shall  be  manifested."  x 

The  subsequent  election  of  Maximilian  by  the  Mexican 
people  to  the  office  of  Emperor  of  Mexico  was  reported  to 
him   by   the    Mexican    deputation   which    tendered    him    the 

1  Annual  Cyclopedia  for  1863,  pages  644,  645. 


GERMANY  AND  BRAZIL  139 

crown,  as  having  been  carried  "  by  an  immense  majority  of 
the  country,  and  the  unanimous  acclamation  of  the  notables 
of  Mexico."  It  was  known  in  the  United  States  that  this 
election  was  a  fraud  and  a  farce,  and  it  was  so  acted  upon  by 
the  government. 

According  to  Mr.  Seward,  the  greatest  expounder  of  our 
foreign  policy,  Brazil,  like  Mexico,  could  by  the  free  choice 
of  her  people,  adopt  any  form  of  government  which  they 
might  choose,  or  they  might  become  the  subjects  of  any 
power,  whether  American  or  European. 

It  has  been  pointed  out  elsewhere  that  since  the  Monroe 
declaration  New  Zealand  and  the  Fiji  Islands  have  been  colo- 
nized by  Great  Britain,  and  that  since  that  time  Great  Britain 
has  changed  from  a  tenant  of  Spain  to  a  position  of  sovereign 
in  British  Honduras. 

While  there  is  no  statute  of  limitations  which  bars  the  right 
of  the  government,  yet  no  American  statesman  would  now 
seek  to  question  the  right  and  title  of  Great  Britain  in  any  one 
of  these  three  acquisitions.  The  two  insular  acquisitions  were 
so  distant  from  the  United  States  that  the  subject  never  at- 
tracted public  attention,  while  in  the  case  of  Honduras,  the 
whole  matter  went  by  default,  and  no  question  has  ever  been 
raised  concerning  Great  Britain's  right  to  that  country,  and  it 
has  been  implied  that  her  title  is  good,  and  not  an  invasion  of 
our   foreign  policy. 

Southern  Brazil  is  a  remote  part  of  this  hemisphere,  and  it 
would  be  no  violation  of  precedent  to  accord  to  Germany  any 
rights  there  which  she  might  see  fit  to  assert  under  the  mild 
and  gentle  forms  of  friendly  diplomacy. 

The  first  hundred  years  of  the  republic  of  the  United  States 
was  made  illustrious  by  the  services  of  its  constructive  states- 
men, such  as  Washington,  Hamilton,  Jefferson,  and  Marshall, 
and  later  on  by  the  prowess  and  patriotism  of  its  citizen 
soldiery. 

If  the  republic  is  to  be  carried  through  the  second  hundred 
years  as  successfully  and  as  grandly  as  through  the  first,  it  will 
depend  largely  on  its  tactfulness  and  skill  in  the  world-wide 


140  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

field  of  diplomacy,  and  upon  the  strength  and  effectiveness  of 
its  navy. 

This  "  stone  cut  without  hands  "  from  the  quarries  on  the 
Rhine  may  roll  over  the  Latin-American  republics  and  crush 
them.  These  republics  may  have  been  the  image  which 
Nebuchadnezzar  dreamed  about,  —  its  head  of  gold,  breast  and 
arms  of  silver,  belly  and  thighs  of  brass,  representing  the  three 
co-ordinate  branches  of  government;  its  legs  of  iron,  and  feet 
part  of  iron  and  part  of  clay,  representing  the  people  on  which 
their  governments  rest,  made  up  of  whites,  Indians,  and  negroes, 
the  last  two  furnishing  the  clay  for  the  feet.  Daniel,  in  inter- 
preting this  dream,  evidently  told  Nebuchadnezzar  only  that 
portion  which  was  needful  for  him  to  know,  in  order  to  quiet 
his  nervousness,  leaving  time  itself  to  reveal  the  balance  to 
men  of  ordinary  understanding.  It  was  a  matter  of  no  concern 
to  him  how  history  might  repeat  itself  in  the  rise  and  fall  of 
other  empires. 

Whenever  the  various  causes  of  agitation  between  the  United 
States  and  Germany  have  taken  the  form  of  diplomatic  cor- 
respondence, Germany  has  shown  a  friendly  regard  and  con- 
sideration for  the  former  which  is  not  in  keeping  with  the 
denunciations  of  the  German  press.  The  present  Emperor 
of  Germany  has  been  undertaking  to  inform  himself  concern- 
ing the  nature  and  extent  of  our  foreign  policy,  rather  than  to 
make  any  direct  assault  upon  it. 


CHAPTER   XVIII 

GERMANY  AND   DENMARK 

The  United  States  and  Denmark  had  entered  into  an  agree- 
ment whereby  the  latter  conveyed  to  the  United  States  the 
Danish  West  Indian  Islands  for  the  consideration  of  three 
millions  of  dollars.  Denmark  seemed  to  be  more  than  glad 
to  rid  herself  of  these  islands,  which  she  regarded  as  an 
incumbrance,  while  the  islands  themselves  were  more  than 
pleased  with  the  change  and  voted  for  it. 

All  that  was  necessary  to  be  done  to  make  the  transaction 
complete  was  to  have  the  treaty  of  cession  ratified  by  the 
Landsthing  of  Denmark.  No  doubt  seemed  to  exist  in  the 
mind  of  any  one  in  this  country  that  the  Landsthing  would 
ratify  what  the  government  had  done  in  ceding  the  islands 
to  the  United  States.  The  treaty  came  up  for  ratification 
in  that  body  in  October,  1902,  and  was  rejected  by  a  majority 
of  one  vote.  This  action  of  the  Landsthing  came  as  a  sur- 
prise to  the  governments  and  people,  both  of  Denmark  and 
of  the  United  States. 

Germany  has  been  for  years  devising  ways  and  means  to 
obtain  coaling  stations  and  harbors  for  her  vessels  in  the 
Caribbean  Sea.  A  constant  and  all-absorbing  topic  of  in- 
terest and  speculation  with  her  has  been  as  to  the  best 
methods  of  accomplishing  that  object.  She  has  investi- 
gated the  nature  of  our  foreign  policy,  and  finds  that  as 
matters  stand  at  present  she  could  not  peaceably  acquire 
any  islands  or  territory  in  this  hemisphere.  The  eyes  of 
Germany  have  been  fixed  upon  the  Danish  West  Indian 
Islands  as  being  the  most  feasible  investment  for  her  if  the 
conditions  should  so  change  as  to  enable  her  to  acquire 
them  peaceably. 


142  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Under  these  circumstances,  and  inspired  by  these  hopes, 
it  is  believed  in  America  that  Germany  exerted  her  influence 
upon  the  Landsthing,  and  thereby  defeated  the  treaty  of  ces- 
sion of  the  islands  by  Denmark  to  the  United  States.  The 
German  press  was  decided  in  its  opposition  to  this  cession. 

German  expectations  had  three  foundations  to  rest  upon : 

First:  The  abrogation  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  as  the  result 
of  a  war  between  the  United  States  and  certain  European 
powers. 

Second:  The  voluntary  abandonment  of  "this  traditional 
foreign  policy"  by  the  United  States,  or  the  negligent  as- 
sertion of  it  by  some  weak,  vacillating,  and  pusillanimous 
administration. 

Third:  The  Franco-Prussian  war  and  the  consolidation  of 
the  German  Empire  which  followed,  and  which  gave  a  new 
impulse  to  German  unity  and  aggressiveness. 

From  the  time  of  Napoleon  to  that  of  the  old  Emperor 
Wilhelm,  Germans  had  but  little  to  do  except  emigrate  and 
scatter  and  lose  their  identity  among  the  nations  of  the 
western  world.  It  would  not  be  beyond  the  bounds  of  pos- 
sibility for  United  Germany  some  day  to  extend  her  Euro- 
pean borders  coincident  with,  or  even  beyond,  the  former 
empire  of  Charlemagne. 

Denmark,  geographically,  rests  upon  the  face  of  Germany 
like  the  tip  end  of  the  tusk  upon  the  nose  of  a  rhinoceros. 
While  the  hatred  of  the  Danes  by  the  Germans  is  a  factor  to 
be  considered,  yet  it  would  not  be  sufficient  to  prevent  the 
absorption  and  consolidation  of  Denmark  with  the  German 
empire. 

The  duchies  of  Schleswig  and  Holstein  were  wrested  from 
Denmark  by  the  peace  treaty  of  Vienna  in  October,  1864. 
These  two  duchies,  which  formed  no  inconsiderable  portion 
of  the  little  kingdom  of  Denmark,  now  constitute  a  part  of 
the  Empire  of  Germany.  It  is  within  the  bounds  of  proba- 
bility that  what  remains  of  Denmark  will  some  day  be 
absorbed  by  Germany.  These  facts,  coupled  with  the  needs 
of  Germany's   large  and   increasing  navy,  furnish  a  key  to 


GERMANY  AND  DENMARK  143 

Germany's  opposition  to  the  cession  of  the  Danish  West 
Indies  to  the  United  States. 

In  case  Denmark  and  her  insular  possessions  should  be- 
come a  part  of  Germany,  a  very  complicated  question  would 
arise  concerning  the  application  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  to 
the  transfer,  for  the  doctrine  as  now  expounded  would  pro- 
hibit Denmark  from  ceding  the  islands  to  Germany;  but 
they  would  pass  incidentally  to  the  latter,  not  by  cession 
but  by  the  absorption  of  Denmark  itself. 

This  would  present  the  question  in  a  form  which  has  never 
as  yet  been  considered.  If  Denmark  should  voluntarily  at- 
tach herself  to  Germany,  and  if  the  islands  by  a  free  and  fair 
vote  should  decide  to  follow  the  lead  of  Denmark  into  the 
German  Empire,  then  the  case  would  come  within  the  rule, 
as  stated  by  the  Lincoln  administration  to  France,  when  it 
informed  France  that  the  United  States  would  not  oppose 
any  form  of  government  for  Mexico  which  was  decided  upon 
by  the  free  and  voluntary  choice  of  the  people  of  Mexico. 

The  United  States  would,  no  doubt,  construe  the  Monroe 
Doctrine  as  forbidding  any  form  of  transfer  of  any  islands  or 
territory  in  this  hemisphere  to  a  European  power,  unless  it 
took  place  by  the  free  choice  of  the  people.  The  United 
States  would  be  the  sole  judge  of  the  regularity  and  fairness 
of  the  election,  as  it  was  in  the  case  when  Maximilian  was 
unanimously  elected  Emperor  of  Mexico  by  the  vote  of  the 
Mexican  people. 

Our  foreign  policy  is  an  unwritten  law,  and  the  United 
States  will  never  be  embarrassed  by  any  technical  rules  in 
its  construction  and  elucidation. 


CHAPTER   XIX 

THE   ISTHMIAN   CANAL 

A  CANAL  across  the  Isthmus  became  a  subject  of  interest  and 
agitation  soon  after  the  discovery  of  America.  Cortez  had 
a  survey  made  for  that  purpose  about  the  time  of  his  conquest 
of  Mexico.  Philip  II,  King  of  Spain,  employed  two  Flemish 
engineers  to  survey  a  route  near  where  the  present  Panama 
canal  route  is  located.  Owing  to  the  insuperable  difficulties 
and  the  great  expense,  and  to  political  reasons  as  well,  after 
hearing  the  report  of  the  engineers,  he  ordered  that  no  one 
should  revive  the  subject  or  make  any  propositions  concern- 
ing it,  under  penalty  of  death. 

The  idea  of  constructing  a  canal  across  the  Isthmus  was 
entertained  by  the  people  of  the  United  States  at  a  very  early 
date.  On  March  3,  1835,  the  Senate  adopted  a  resolution 
requesting  the  president  to  consider  the  expediency  of  open- 
ing negotiations  with  Central  America,  New  Granada,  and 
other  nations  with  reference  to  the  construction  of  a  ship 
canal  across  the  Isthmus. 

Polk,  in  his  message  of  February  10,  1847,  transmitting 
the  treaty  of  1846  with  New  Granada  to  the  Senate,  says 
that  the  interest  on  the  part  of  the  government  of  the  United 
States  for  a  canal  across  the  Isthmus  was  awakened  when  the 
Spanish-American  republics  achieved  their  independence  of 
Spain. 

Ferdinand  de  Lesseps,  who  had  built  the  Suez  Canal,  or- 
ganized a  French  company  in  1881.  His  plan  was  to  dig  a 
canal  seventy-two  feet  wide  at  the  bottom,  and  twenty-eight 
feet  deep  below  the  sea  level,  from  ocean  to  ocean,  a  distance 
of  forty-six  miles. 

He  began  operations  on  the  canal  in  the  fall  of  1881,  and 
had  raised  and  expended,  up  to  June  30,    1886,  772,545,412 


THE  ISTHMIAN  CANAL  1 45 

francs  in  its  construction.  The  expenditures  far  exceeded 
the  estimates,  and  French  pride  having  become  enlisted  in 
the  enterprise,  the  French  government  authorized  the  issu- 
ance of  lottery  bonds  amounting  to  600,000,000  francs,  which 
it  did  not  guarantee,  but  on  which  it  guaranteed  certain  prizes 
to  the  winners.  The  bonds  were  known  as  the  Canal  Lottery 
Bonds,  and  were  drawn  like  any  other  prizes  in  a  lottery. 
Only  a  part  of  these  bonds  were  sold. 

The  Canal  Company  suspended  operations  in  March,  1889, 
in  a  hopelessly  insolvent  condition.  Concerning  the  scandals 
which  ensued  in  government  circles  in  France,  we  have  noth- 
ing to  do  except  to  point  them  out  as  being  instructive  to  any 
government  which  contemplates  lending  its  aid  to  a  private 
enterprise. 

The  work  of  the  French  company  was  not  wholly  barren 
of  substantial  results.  M.  de  Lesseps,  at  the  meeting  of  his 
Board  of  Directors  in  Paris  on  July  21,  1887,  recommended 
that  the  plan  of  the  canal  be  changed  so  as  to  make  it  a  canal 
whereby  vessels  were  elevated  by  means  of  locks.  His  re- 
commendation was  adopted.  He  had,  however,  in  a  lecture 
delivered  in  Paris  a  few  years  before,  advocated  the  digging 
of  a  canal  deep  enough  below  the  sea  level  to  admit  of  the 
passage  of  the  largest  ships  without  locks.  His  change  of 
views  was  no  doubt  brought  about,  in  part  at  least,  by  the 
difficulties  he  had  to  encounter  at  the  Culebra  Mountain. 

According  to  the  survey  and  report  of  Lieutenant  Rogers 
of  the  United  States  navy,  made  in  March,  1887,  Culebra  is 
a  mountain  of  sand,  alluvium,  conglomerated  and  schistous 
shale,  which  becomes  saturated  by  the  excessive  rains  of  that 
latitude,  that  cause  its  material  to  slide  toward  the  lower 
level  of  the  canal.  The  dry  weather  causes  this  land  to 
crack  open,  and  deep  fissures  are  formed,  which  also  result 
in  land  slides  into  the  canal. 

The  difference  between  high  and  low  water  mark  at 
Colon,  on  the  Atlantic  side,  is  not  more  than  twenty-three 
inches.  At  Panama,  on  the  Pacific  side,  the  difference  is 
generally  thirteen  feet,   but  sometimes   it    is  nineteen   and 

10 


146  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

one-half  feet.  This  may  be  another  reason  in  favor  of  a 
lock  canal. 

Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  abrogated  the  Clayton- 
Bulwer  treaty.  They  submitted  a  new  treaty  known  as  the 
Hay-Pauncefote  treaty,  dated  November  18,  1901,  which  the 
Senate  afterwards  ratified.  By  this  repeal  and  the  formation 
of  this  new  treaty  the  foreign  policy  of  this  government,  in 
respect  to  the  Western  Hemisphere,  becomes  re-established. 

Accordingly,  in  the  year  1902,  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States  passed  an  Act  for  the  construction  of  a  canal  across  the 
Isthmus  from  Colon  to  Panama  on  the  same  line  which  Count 
de  Lesseps  had  followed. 

The  importance  of  this  canal  in  enabling  this  government 
to  sustain  its  foreign  policy  in  this  hemisphere  cannot  be 
over-estimated. 

The  effect  of  choosing  this  particular  route  for  the  canal 
instead  of  the  Nicaragua  route  is  to  forever  deter  or  prevent 
European  capitalists  from  building  any  other  canal  across  the 
Isthmus;  for  if  the  Nicaragua  route  had  been  selected  instead 
of  the  Panama  route,  private  enterprise,  fostered  and  encour- 
aged by  European  governments,  would  doubtless  at  no  distant 
day  have  completed  the  construction  of  the  Panama  Canal. 

This  would  have  been  a  constant  and  an  all-pervading 
menace  to  the  United  States  in  its  attempt  to  enforce  its 
policy.  It  would  likewise  have  been  a  source  of  weakness 
and  insecurity  to  the  government  in  all  its  relations  and 
dealings  with  foreign  governments. 

Senator  M.  A.  Hanna  of  Ohio,  in  his  speech  in  the  Senate 
June  6,  1902,  in  favor  of  the  then  pending  Panama  Canal  bill, 
said:  "If,  as  I  claim,  the  route  of  the  Panama  Canal  is  the 
best  for  the  canal ;  and  if  for  any  cause  we  should  decide  to 
construct  a  canal  along  the  Nicaragua  route,  what  assurance 
and  what  guaranty  have  we  that  some  other  nation  or  par- 
ties may  not  decide  to  finish  the  Panama  Canal  upon  its  own 
responsibility?  " x 

The  geographical  position  of  the  Panama  Canal   is  such 

1  Tamphlet  copy  of  speech  furnished  by  Senator  Hanna. 


THE  ISTHMIAN  CANAL  1 47 

that  the  selection  of  this  route  by  the  United  States  renders 
it  improbable  that  any  other  canal  will  ever  be  built,  either 
as  a  public  or  private  enterprise.  Thus  the  government  is 
strengthened  in  the  maintenance  of  its  foreign  policy  by  the 
canal  route  which  has  been  selected. 

It  is  remarkable  what  good-will  the  United  States  has  met 
with  on  the  part  of  the  other  American  republics  in  its  pur- 
pose to  construct  a  canal  across  the  Isthmus. 

The  International  Conference  of  the  American  States  in 
January,  1902,  unanimously  adopted  the  following  resolution  : 

"The  Republics  assembled  at  the  International  Conference 
of  Mexico  applaud  the  purpose  of  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment to  construct  an  interoceanic  canal,  and  acknowledge  that 
this  work  will  not  only  be  worthy  of  the  American  people, 
but  also  in  the  highest  sense  a  work  of  civilization  and  to  the 
greatest  degree  beneficial  to  the  development  of  commerce 
between  the  American  states  and  the  other  countries  of  the 
world."1 

The  following  is  the  first  article  of  the  Clayton-Bulvver 
treaty  of  April   19,  1850. 

"Article  1.  Neither  government  will  ever  obtain  or  main- 
tain for  itself  any  exclusive  control  over  the  said  ship  canal, 
nor  erect  nor  maintain  any  fortifications,  or  occupy,  or  fortify, 
or  colonize,  or  assume  or  exercise  any  dominion  over  Nica- 
ragua, Costa  Rica,  the  Mosquito  Coast,  or  any  part  of  Central 
America;  nor  make  use  of  any  protection  which  either  affords 
or  may  afford,  or  any  alliance  which  either  has  or  may  have 
to  or  with  any  state  or  people,  for  any  of  the  above  purposes, 
nor  use  any  alliance  or  influence  that  either  may  possess 
with  any  state  or  government  through  whose  territory  the 
canal  may  pass,  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  for  the  citizens 
or  subjects  of  the  one  any  rights  of  commerce  or  navigation 
which  shall  not  be  offered  on  the  same  terms  to  the  citizens 
or  subjects  of  the  other."  2 

1  Senate  Document  330,  page  57. 

2  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IX,  page  995. 


148  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Dissatisfaction  sprang  up  in  the  United  States  with  the 
Clayton-Bulwer  treaty  as  soon  as  it  had  been  ratified.  Octo- 
ber 17,  1856,  the  Clarendon-Dallas  treaty,  which  amended  it 
materially,  was  ratified  by  the  Senate,  but  the  British  govern- 
ment declined  to  concur.  On  February  12,  1856,  Senator 
Wilson  of  Massachusetts  in  a  speech  recommended  that  this 
government  should  declare  the  Clayton-Bulwer  treaty  null 
and  void.  In  so  doing  Mr.  Wilson  voiced  the  opinions  and 
sentiments  of  the  great  body  of  American  statesmen  from 
that  day  to  this.  The  abrogation  of  the  Clayton-Bulwer 
treaty  was  agitated  during  Hayes's  administration.  When 
Garfield  was  elected,  Mr.  Blaine,  Secretary  of  State,  tried 
his  hand  at  it  with  Earl  Granville,   but  failed. 

Mr.  Frelinghuysen,  who  succeeded  Mr.  Blaine  as  Secre- 
tary of  State,  took  the  matter  up  with  Lord  Granville,  but 
met  with  no  better  success  than  Mr.  Blaine.  The  United 
States  was  becoming  embittered  toward  Great  Britain  in 
consequence  of  the  treaty  and  in  consequence  of  Great 
Britain's  continued  refusal  to  consent  to  its  abrogation.  Its 
recent  abrogation  by  the  Hay-Pauncefote  treaty  has  im- 
proved the  attitude  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  toward 
Great  Britain  more  than  any  other  circumstance  which  has 
arisen  in  the  last  fifty  years.  During  all  this  correspond- 
ence, which,  happily  for  both  countries,  terminated  with  the 
abrogation  of  the  Clayton-Bulwer  treaty,  the  United  States 
steadfastly  claimed  that  any  canal  that  should  be  built  must 
be  under  the  political  control  of  the  United  States.  The  new 
treaty  concedes  this  claim  and  much  more,  and  the  United 
States  government  will  build  and  control  the  canal. 

New  and  serious  obstacles  to  the  conclusion  of  the  Panama 
Canal  treaty  between  this  government  and  Colombia  sprang 
up  in  the  autumn  of  1902.  While  the  civil  war  was  raging 
on  the  Isthmus,  Admiral  Casey  of  the  United  States  navy 
refused  to  permit  Colombia  to  transport  her  troops  and  muni- 
tions of  war  on  the  Panama  railroad.  He  was  constrained 
to  do  this  because  he  feared  that  this  action  would  cause  the 
revolutionary  army  on  the  Isthmus  to  attack  the  railroad. 


THE  ISTHMIAN  CANAL  1 49 

Our  government  explained  and  directed  Admiral  Casey  not 
to  prohibit  the  transportation  of  government  troops,  unless 
he  was  absolutely  certain  that  their  presence  would  invite 
attack.  Colombia  in  consequence  demanded  a  revision  of 
the  treaty  of  1846. 

The  presence  of  a  large  naval  force  of  the  United  States  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  Panama  Canal,  and  the  action  of  Admiral 
Casey  in  prohibiting  the  transportation  of  troops  inspired 
the  Colombian  government  and  people  with  the  fear  that  the 
United  States  contemplated  a  permanent  occupation  of  the 
Isthmus.  As  a  result  of  this  condition  of  things,  the  build- 
ing of  the  Nicaragua  Canal  again  came  up  for  discussion  in 
the  United  States. 

After  the  passage  of  the  Act  for  the  construction  of  the 
Panama  Canal  by  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  a  treaty 
was  made  between  the  United  States  and  the  Republic  of 
Colombia  for  the  construction  of  the  canal.  This  treaty  is 
known  as  the  Hay-Herran  treaty.  It  required  the  ratifica- 
tion of  the  government  of  Colombia  before  it  could  take 
effect. 

The  Colombian  Congress  was  convened  by  President  Mar- 
roquin  in  the  summer  of  1903,  for  the  sole  purpose  of  taking 
action  upon  the  treaty.  The  session  of  this  congress  was 
quite  protracted,  and  the  reports  which  reached  the  United 
States  concerning  its  deliberations  were  vague,  conflicting, 
and  unsatisfactory.  When  the  congress  came  to  vote  on 
the  measure  it  was  unanimous  against  the  ratification  of  the 
treaty. 

A  few  weeks  followed,  in  which  the  people  and  the  press 
of  the  country  were  asking  the  question:  What  step  will  our 
government  now  take?  Will  it  now  turn  to  the  Nicaragua 
route,  or  will  it  negotiate  further  with  Colombia?  This 
question  remained  unanswered  until  the  early  days  of  Novem- 
ber, 1903,  when  rumors  reached  this  country  that  the  people 
of  Panama  had  risen  in  revolution  against  the  Colombian 
government,  and  had  declared  their  independence.  This 
information  was  immediately  followed   by  a  recognition  by 


150  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

this  government  of  the  Republic  of  Panama,  and  diplomatic 
relations  were  at  once  established  with  it.  Orders  were 
issued  to  our  navy  in  the  vicinity  of  Colon  and  Panama, 
directing  that  Colombia  should  not  be  permitted  to  land 
troops  within  fifty  miles  on  either  side  of  the  canal. 

There  are  two  forms  of  recognition  by  neutral  powers 
which  are  governed  by  principles  which  are  more  or  less  well 
settled  by  the  rules  of  international  law.  The  one  is  a  recog- 
nition of  belligerency;  the  other  is  the  recognition  of  the 
new  State.  The  recognition  of  belligerent  rights  of  the 
insurrectionary  state  by  a  neutral  power  naturally  precedes 
the  recognition  of  the  new  State  as  a  sovereign  and  inde- 
pendent nation.  Both  these  forms  of  recognition  have  been 
made  at  one  and  the  same  time  in  the  case  of  Panama.  The 
greater  includes  the  less,  and  its  recognition  as  an  inde- 
pendent republic  carries  with  it  by  implication  the  exercise 
of  belligerent  rights.  The  doctrine  concerning  the  recogni- 
tion of  belligerency  is  stated  by  a  text-writer  in  these  words: 

"When  a  civil  conflict  exists  within  a  state,  the  question 
arises  whether  the  state  of  war  shall  be  recognized  by  other 
nations  as  existing.  Such  recognition  by  a  foreign  govern- 
ment is  justifiable  only  when  necessary  for  the  protection  of 
its  own  interests,  and  if  prematurely  given  can  be  regarded 
as  a  demonstration  of  sympathy  with  the  rebellion.  When 
the  contest  is  of  a  purely  internal  character,  entirely  within 
the  territory  of  the  state,  it  is  not  the  practice,  nor  is  it  justi- 
fiable, to  recognize  the  insurgents  as  belligerents.  A  for- 
eign state  which  is  adjacent  to  the  seat  of  insurrection  may, 
however,  be  justified  in  such  recognition  when  states  not 
similarly  situated  would  not  be  so  justified.  When  the  in- 
surrection assumes  such  a  form  as  to  raise  a  reasonable 
expectation  of  maritime  hostilities,  or  when  acts  are  done 
at  sea  by  one  party  or  the  other,  which  would  be  acts  of 
war  if  done  between  states,  recognition  of  belligerency  is 
fully  justified.  The  state  of  things  between  the  insurgents 
and  the  parent  state  must,  however,  amount  to  a  war,  since 
the  recognition  is  supposed  to  be  purely  of  the  war  as  a  fact, 


THE  ISTHMIAN  CANAL  151 

and  the  recognition  should  not  be  given  unless  the  insurgents 
have  a  de  facto  political  organization  which  is  in  control  of 
a  definite  territory."  * 

The  doctrine  concerning  the  recognition  of  a  new  State  is, 
given  by  the  same  text-writer  as  follows : 

"Apart  from  the  rare  instances  in  which  a  state  is  formed 
upon  territory  not  previously  belonging  to  a  civilized  power, 
or  in  which  a  state  is  brought  by  increase  in  its  civilization 
within  the  realm  of  international  law,  new  states  generally 
come  into  existence  by  breaking  off  from  an  existing  state. 
In  this  latter  case,  the  question  of  recognition  of  the  inde- 
pendence of  the  new  state,  either  by  the  parent  country  or 
by  a  third  power,  arises.  A  third  power  is  not  justified  in 
giving  such  recognition  until  independence  is  actually  estab- 
lished, or  while  a  substantial  struggle  to  subdue  the  new 
state  is  being  made  by  the  parent  country,  but  recognition 
is  proper  when  the  efforts  to  recover  authority  are  so  inade- 
quate as  to  offer  no  reasonable  ground  for  supposing  that 
success  may  ultimately  be  obtained.  Premature  recognition 
is  considered  as  equivalent  to  intervention,  and  may  on  occa- 
sion be  cause  for  war  on  the  part  of  the  parent  state  against 
that  giving  the  recognition.  Such  recognition  of  a  new  state 
as  an  independent  nation  may  be  by  express  declaration  ad- 
dressed to  the  new  state,  by  negotiation  of  a  treaty  with  it, 
by  reception  of  its  diplomatic  agents  or  sending  a  minister 
to  it,  and  in  general  by  any  act  fairly  indicating  an  intention 
to  recognize  it."2 


'&' 


John  Quincy  Adams,  Secretary  of  State,  writing  to  Presi- 
dent Monroe  in  1816,  pointed  out  admirably  the  consider- 
ations of  law,  of  morals,  and  of  expediency  which  are 
involved  in  recognition.     Mr.   Adams  said: 


'o' 


"There  is  a  stage  in  such  [revolutionary]  contests  when 
the  party  struggling  for  independence  has,  as  I  conceive,  a 
right  to  demand  its  acknowledgment  by  neutral  parties,  and 

1  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.  XVI, 
page  1 141. 

2  Ibid.,  page  11 29. 


152  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

when  the  acknowledgment  may  be  granted  without  departure 
from  the  obligations  of  neutrality.  It  is  the  stage  when  the 
independence  is  established  as  a  matter  of  fact,  so  as  to  leave 
the  chance  of  the  opposite  party  to  recover  their  dominion 
utterly  desperate.  The  neutral  nation  must,  of  course,  judge 
for  itself  when  this  period  has  arrived;  and  as  the  belligerent 
nation  has  the  same  right  to  judge  for  itself,  it  is  very  likely 
to  judge  differently  from  the  neutral,  and  to  make  it  a  cause 
or  pretext  for  war,  as  Great  Britain  did  expressly  against 
France  in  our  Revolution,  and  substantially  against  Hol- 
land. If  war  thus  results,  in  point  of  fact,  from  the  measure 
of  recognizing  a  contested  independence,  the  moral  right  or 
wrong  of  the  war  depends  upon  the  justice  and  sincerity  and 
prudence  with  which  the  recognizing  nation  took  the  step. 
I  am  satisfied  that  the  cause  of  the  South  Americans,  so  far 
as  it  consists  in  the  assertion  of  independence  against  Spain, 
is  just.  But  the  justice  of  a  cause,  however  it  may  enlist 
individual  feelings  in  its  favor,  is  not  sufficient  to  justify 
third  parties  in  siding  with  it.  The  fact  and  the  right  com- 
bined can  alone  authorize  a  neutral  to  acknowledge  a  new 
and  disputed  sovereignty."1 

In  delivering  the  opinion  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
United  States  Mr.  Justice  Grier  said:  "A  civil  war  is  never 
solemnly  declared.  It  becomes  such  by  its  accidents.  "a  In 
the  same  opinion  he  says:  "War  has  been  well  defined  to 
be  'that  state  in  which  a  nation  prosecutes  its  right  by 
force.'"3  The  same  opinion  continues  in  this  language: 
"  If  a  war  be  made  by  invasion  of  a  foreign  nation  the 
president  is  not  only  authorized  but  bound  to  resist  force 
by  force.  He  does  not  initiate  the  war,  but  is  bound  to  ac- 
cept the  challenge  without  waiting  for  any  special  legislative 
authority."4 

There  is  a  popular  misapprehension  concerning  the  com- 
mencement of  a  war  between  nations  by  supposing  that  it 

1  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.  XVI,  page 
1 129,  and  note  1. 

2  Prize  Cases,  Black,  Vol.  II,  page  666. 

8  Ibid.  *  Ibid.,  page  668. 


THE  ISTHMIAN  CANAL  1 53 

must  be  preceded  by  a  declaration.  "Though  it  is  some- 
times stated  that  war  should  be  preceded  by  a  declaration 
or  notice  to  the  enemy,  and  such  was  the  practice  until  the 
last  century,  this  formality  is  not  now  regarded  as  essential, 
and  in  practice  it  is  usually  omitted.  There  have  been  only 
eleven  formal  declarations  of  war  since  1700,  and  during  this 
century,  since  1870,  over  sixty  wars  or  acts  of  reprisal  have 
been  begun  without  formal  notice."  2 

On  November  6,  1903,  John  Hay,  Secretary  of  State,  issued 
a  statement  of  considerable  length,  setting  out  the  reasons 
why  the  administration  intervened  and  recognized  the  Repub- 
lic of  Panama.  Among  other  things,  it  was  asserted  that  it 
was  done  in  order  to  comply  with  our  treaty  obligations  of 
1846  with  New  Granada,  and  because  the  obligation  of  that 
treaty  is  a  covenant  which  runs  with  the  land. 

This  act  of  intervention  could  not  be  justified  on  the 
ground  that  the  obligations  of  the  treaty  ran  with  the  land. 
Covenants  which  run  with  the  land  run  in  favor  of  the 
grantee,  his  heirs  or  assigns.  They  do  not  run  in  favor  of 
a  stranger  to  the  title. 

Events  followed  each  other  in  rapid  succession.  On 
November  9,  1903,  Congress  convened.  On  November  13 
the  president  received  Senor  Philipe  Bunau-Varilla  as  the 
accredited  representative  of  the  Republic  of  Panama.  On 
November  18  the  Hay-Bunau-Varilla  treaty  was  signed. 
On  December  2  this  treaty  was  ratified  by  the  Republic  of 
Panama  by  being  signed  by  J.  A.  Arango,  Thomas  Arias,  and 
M.  Espinosa,  members  of  the  Junta. 

People  may  continue  to  ask  themselves  the  question,  What 
constitutes  a  State?  The  question,  What  constitutes  a  repub- 
lic? is  easily  answered.  It  takes  three  persons  to  constitute 
a  republic,  the  same  number  that  is  required  to  constitute 
a  riot.  Inasmuch  as  the  Republic  of  Panama  had  no  consti- 
tution, no  legislature,  no  statutes,  no  judiciary,  and  no  con- 
stabulary, when  it  made  this  treaty,  the  difference  between 

1  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.  XVI, 
pages  1 140,  1 141. 


154  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

it  and  a  riot  was  not  great.  On  December  7,  1903,  President 
Roosevelt's  message  was  placed  before  Congress,  embracing 
a  copy  of  the  treaty  with  Panama  for  ratification  by  the 
Senate. 

This  treaty  contains  the  canal  concessions  by  Panama,  and 
it  embodies  a  guaranty  on  the  part  of  the  United  States  of 
the  sovereignty  and  independence  of  Panama.  It  stipulates 
for  the  payment  of  ten  million  dollars  cash  to  the  Republic 
of  Panama.  The  ratification  of  this  treaty  was  opposed  by 
Senators  Gorman  of  Maryland,  Teller  of  Colorado,  Carmack 
of  Tennessee,  Morgan  of  Alabama,  Bailey  of  Texas,  Till- 
man of  South  Carolina,  and  others.  Their  principal  objections 
to  the  treaty  and  to  the  course  of  the  president  in  the  matter 
can  be  briefly  epitomized  thus:  that  the  act  of  the  president 
in  so  hastily  recognizing  the  independence  of  Panama  was 
unjustifiable,  and  would  justify  Colombia  in  declaring  war 
upon  the  United  States. 

Another  contention  of  these  senators  was  that  Congress 
alone  had  the  power  to  commence  a  war  upon  another 
nation.1 

A  further  contention  was  that  the  action  of  the  president 
in  using  the  navy  to  prevent  Colombia  from  landing  troops 
within  fifty  miles  of  Colon  and  Panama  was  not  only  a 
violation  of  our  neutrality  laws,  and  a  violation  of  the 
treaty  of  1846  with  New  Granada,  but  a  violation  of  the 
Constitution. 

The  Act  of  Congress  of  April  20,  1818,  prohibits  any  citi- 
zen of  the  United  States  from  fitting  out  any  vessel  to  be 
employed  in  the  service  of  any  foreign  State  against  any  State 
with  which  the  United  States  is  at  peace.  This  Act  also  pro- 
hibits any  person  to  set  on  foot  or  provide  for,  or  prepare  any 
military  or  naval  expedition  or  enterprise  against  any  foreign 
State  or  people  with  whom  the  United  States  is  at  peace.2 

1  Constitution  of  the  United  States,  article  1,  section  8,  sub-sections  11,  12, 

2  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  447  to  450;  United  States  Revised  Code 
(1875),  Sections  5281  to  5291. 


THE  ISTHMIAN  CANAL  155 

The  material  portion  of  the  treaty  of  1846  reads  thus: 

"  The  government  of  New  Granada  guarantees  to  the  gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  that  the  right  of  way  or  transit 
across  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  upon  any  modes  of  communi- 
cation that  now  exist,  or  that  may  be  hereafter  constructed, 
shall  be  open  and  free  to  the  government  and  citizens  of  the 
United  States.  .  .  .  And,  in  order  to  secure  to  themselves 
the  tranquil  and  constant  enjoyment  of  these  advantages,  and 
as  an  especial  compensation  for  the  said  advantages,  and  for 
the  favors  they  have  acquired  by  the  4th,  5th,  and  6th  articles 
of  this  treaty,  the  United  States  guaranty  positively  and  effi- 
caciously to  New  Granada,  by  the  present  stipulation,  the 
perfect  neutrality  of  the  before-mentioned  Isthmus,  with  the 
view  that  the  free  transit  from  the  one  to  the  other  sea  may 
not  be  interrupted  or  embarrassed  in  any  future  time  while 
this  treaty  exists;  and  in  consequence,  the  United  States 
also  guaranty,  in  the  same  manner,  the  rights  of  sovereignty 
and  property  which  New  Granada  has  and  possesses  over  the 
said  territory."1 

In  his  messages  to  Congress  President  Roosevelt  made  a 
very  forcible  and  manly  statement  of  the  entire  matter.  He 
was  defended  in  the  Senate  by  Senators  Lodge  of  Massachu- 
setts, Depew  of  New  York,  Piatt  of  Connecticut,  Foraker  of 
Ohio,  and  Fairbanks  of  Indiana.  They  contended  that  the 
action  of  the  president  in  the  matter  was  correct ;  that  the 
recognition  of  a  new  State  was  a  prerogative  of  the  executive, 
and  that  President  Roosevelt's  instructions  to  the  navy  to 
prevent  Colombia  from  landing  troops  was  justified  by  the 
circumstances  and  was  not  more  extraordinary  than  the  con- 
duct of  Thomas  Jefferson  in  the  Louisiana  purchase,  when 
he  conceded  that  he  did  not  possess  the  constitutional 
authority  to  make  the  purchase. 

They  contended  that  the  conditions  of  anarchy  existing  in 
Colombia  were  such  as  to  render  the  usual  principles  of  inter- 
national law  to  a  very  large  extent  inapplicable  to  a  situation 
such  as  was  presented  by  this  affair;  and  that  the  action  of 

1  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IX,  page  8S1. 


156  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

President  Roosevelt  should  be  viewed  with  reference  to  these 
anomalous  conditions.  Senator  Depew  contended  that  a  fail- 
ure to  ratify  the  treaty  under  existing  circumstances  would 
be  to  make  the  United  States  particeps  criminis  in  defrauding 
the  New  Panama  Canal  Company  of  France  out  of  its  prop- 
erty rights,  because  of  the  fact  that  in  consequence  of  the 
existing  negotiations  with  it  the  company's  property  rights 
and  franchises  would  soon  expire  by  limitation. 

The  Democratic  party  in  the  Senate  did  not  unite  in  oppo- 
sition to  the  treaty.  Several  Democratic  senators  favored 
it,  among  whom  were  Senators  Bacon  of  Georgia,  Clarke  of 
Arkansas,  and  Simmons  of  North  Carolina.  Moreover,  the 
legislatures  of  Louisiana  and  Mississippi,  which  are  Demo- 
cratic bodies,  passed  resolutions  requesting  their  senators  to 
vote  for  the  ratification  of  the  treaty  with  Panama.  Senator 
Clarke  of  Arkansas  made  a  very  able  speech  in  the  Senate,  in 
which  he  defended  the  administration  and  favored  the  ratifi- 
cation of  the  treaty.  Senator  Money  of  Mississippi  made  a 
speech  in  favor  of  ratification,  but  offered  some  criticisms. 

The  position  of  the  Democratic  party  with  reference  to  a 
canal  across  the  Isthmus  is  announced  in  its  national  plat- 
form of  1856  thus: 

"Resolved,  That  the  great  highway  which  nature,  as  well 
as  the  assent  of  the  states  most  immediately  interested  in  its 
maintenance,  has  marked  out  for  a  free  communication  be- 
tween the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans  constitutes  one  of  the 
most  important  achievements  realized  by  the  spirit  of  modern 
times  and  the  unconquerable  energy  of  our  people.  That 
result  should  be  secured  by  a  timely  and  efficient  exertion 
of  the  control  which  we  have  the  right  to  claim  over  it,  and 
no  power  on  earth  should  be  suffered  to  impede  or  clog  its 
progress  by  any  interference  with  the  relations  it  may  suit 
our  policy  to  establish  between  our  government  and  the  gov- 
ernments of  the  states  within  whose  dominions  it  lies.  We 
can  under  no  circumstances  surrender  our  preponderance  in 
the  adjustment  of  all  questions  arising  out  of  it."1 

1  "  National  Platforms,"  by  McKee,  page  54. 


THE  ISTHMIAN  CANAL  157 

The  wisdom  of  guaranteeing  the  independence  and  sover- 
eignty of  Panama  against  all  the  powers  of  the  earth  may 
fairly  be  questioned  if  it  is  contemplated  that  these  relations 
are  to  continue  for  any  great  length  of  time.  This  impudent 
little  republic  would  be  constantly  coming  in  conflict  with 
the  various  powers  as  it  hisses  and  shakes  its  rattles,  coiled 
up  across  the  pathway  of  the  world.  It  could  not  give  pro- 
tection to  the  life,  liberty,  or  property  of  its  own  citizens; 
much  less  could  it  afford  any  protection  to  foreigners. 

Its  revolutionary  elements  could  not  be  expected  to  become 
law  abiding  under  a  weaker  government  than  Colombia.  If 
commerce  is  to  flow  through  the  canal  in  an  unbroken  stream, 
sanitary  improvements  will  be  required  in  its  vicinity  on  an 
extensive  scale.  The  sooner  that  Panama  becomes  a  territory 
of  the  United  States,  the  better  for  all  the  nations  and  peoples 
concerned. 

The  country  is  indebted  to  the  late  Senator  Hanna  of  Ohio 
for  the  legislation  which  thrust  aside  the  Nicaragua  route 
and  substituted  the  Panama  route.  In  this  canal  matter  alone 
he  has  builded  for  himself  a  monument  which  any  statesman 
could  well  view  with  pride.  Senator  Hanna  in  his  brief 
political  career  placed  himself  in  the  front  rank  of  Ameri- 
can statesmen.  He  changed,  as  if  by  magic,  both  houses  of 
Congress  from  the  support  of  the  Nicaragua  route  to  the 
Panama  route.  His  speech  was  masterly  and  convincing, 
but  his  commanding  and  forceful  personality,  rather  than  the 
speech  was  the  prime  cause  in  producing  the  change  of  views 
among  the  members  of  Congress. 

On  February  23,  1904,  the  treaty  with  Panama  was  rati- 
fied without  amendment  by  the  Senate  by  a  vote  of  sixty-six 
senators  for  it  to  fourteen  against  it. 

The  detailed  vote  by  which  the  treaty  was  ratified  shows 
that  all  the  Republicans  present  voted  for  it,  while  the 
Democrats  were  divided,  as  follows: 

Ayes:  Bacon,  Berry,  Clarke  of  Arkansas,  Clay,  Cockrell, 
Foster  of  Louisiana,  Gibson,  Latimer,  McCreary,  McEnery, 
Mallory,  Money,  Simmons,  and  Taliaferro. 


158  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Nays:  Bailey, Bate,  Blackburn, Carmack, Culberson,  Daniel, 
Dubois,  Gorman,  Morgan,  Nevvlands,  Patterson,  Pettus,  Teller, 
and  Tillman. 

There  were  six  senators  absent  and  paired  for  the  treaty, 
and  three  absentees  paired  against  the  treaty.  If  a  full 
Senate  had  been  present  and  voting,  the  final  vote  would 
have  been  72  for  and  17  against. 

The  pairs  were :  Quay  of  Pennsylvania  and  Clark  of  Montana 
with  Overman  of  North  Carolina;  Foster  of  Washington  and 
Hawley  of  Connecticut  with  McLaurin  of  Mississippi;  Burton 
of  Kansas  and  Stone  of  Missouri  with  Martin  of  Virginia. 
The  pairs  were  two  to  one,  as  a  two-thirds  vote  was  necessary. 

The  small  but  able  body  of  senators  who  voted  against  the 
ratification  of  the  treaty  was  not  opposed  to  the  construction 
of  a  canal.  These  senators  were  opposed  to  the  treaty  not 
only  on  account  of  the  considerations  heretofore  named,  but 
on  account  of  the  fact  that  they,  or  most  of  them,  believed 
that  the  Nicaragua  route  was  preferable.  The  canal  bill, 
which  was  approved  June  28,  1902,  contained  a  provision  in 
section  four,  popularly  known  as  the  Spooner  Amendment, 
which  provided  that  should  the  president  be  unable  to  obtain 
a  satisfactory  title  and  the  control  of  the  necessary  territory 
for  the  Panama  route  within  a  reasonable  time  and  upon 
reasonable  terms,  efforts  should  be  made  to  secure  a  route 
from  Costa  Rica  and  Nicaragua.  The  minority  contended 
that  upon  the  refusal  of  Colombia  to  ratify  the  Hay-Herran 
treaty  the  law  became  mandatory  upon  the  president  to 
abandon  the  Panama  for  the  Nicaragua  route. 

These  honest  differences  of  opinion  have  become  simply 
a  matter  of  history,  while  both  the  great  political  parties  of 
the  country  will  now  most  cordially  unite  in  pushing  the 
work  to  a  successful  completion  on  the  Panama  route. 

This  stupendous  work  is  to  be  performed  by  the  United 
States.  It  is  needful  that  the  people  of  this  country  should 
be  prepared  to  meet  the  new  responsibilities  which  are 
imposed  upon  them  by  these  new  relations  with  South  and 
Central  America. 


CHAPTER  XX 

THE  RECRUDESCENCE  OF  REVOLUTIONS 

The  condition  of  revolution,  anarchy,  and  military  despot- 
ism which  has  prevailed  and  which  still  prevails  among  the 
Spanish  republics  necessarily  forces  upon  the  United  States 
a  consideration  of  the  question  as  to  what  this  government 
can  do  or  ought  to  do  to  aid  these  republics  to  lift  themselves 
up  and  out  of  these  conditions  and  give  them  well  ordered 
governments. 

The  maintenance  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  itself  begets  a 
responsibility  on  the  part  of  the  United  States  to  see  that  its 
foreign  policy  is  not  a  shield  to  protect  the  continued  exist- 
ence of  revolution,  anarchy,  and  military  despotism. 

The  following  is  a  brief  sketch  of  these  revolutionary  con- 
ditions, beginning  with  the  Republic  of  Mexico.  A  national 
Congress  convened  September  13,  1813,  and  this  body  de- 
clared Mexico  independent  on  October  13  following,  and  a 
constitution  was  promulgated  on  October  22,  18 14.  For 
several  years  subsequently  a  merely  partisan  warfare  among 
the  patriot  leaders  took  place,  who  were  gradually  driven 
from  the  field,  killed,  imprisoned,  or  obliged,  like  wild 
beasts,  to  hide  in  the  mountains,  until,  in  1820,  the  author- 
ity of  Spain  appeared  to  be  fully  re-established  in  Mexico. 
Another  revolution  began  by  proclaiming  Mexico  independ- 
ent on  February  24,  1821.  An  executive  junta  of  five  persons 
was  formed,  one  of  whom,  Don  Augustin  Iturbide,  was  chosen 
president.  On  May  19,  1822,  Iturbide  was  elected  Emperor 
of  Mexico  by  the  Mexican  Congress,  by  a  vote  of  sixty-seven 
in  favor  to  fifteen  against.  The  decision  was  not  a  valid 
one,  because  the  law  required  one  hundred  and  two  mem- 
bers to  be  present.  Only  ninety-four  were  present.  He 
ascended  the  throne  under  the  title  of  Augustin  I,  Emperor 


l6o  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

of  Mexico.  A  revolution  followed,  of  which  Santa  Anna 
was  the  leader,  resulting  in  the  abdication  of  the  throne  by 
Iturbide  on  March  19,  1823.  The  latter  was  sent  into  exile 
in  Italy  upon  an  annuity  of  $25,000,  and  there  he  took  up  his 
residence,  with  his  family.  He  secretly,  however,  returned 
to  Mexico,  where  he  was  tried  and  convicted,  and  shot  as  a 
traitor.  A  few  months  after  his  abdication  of  the  throne  the 
Mexican  Congress  conferred  the  executive  power  of  the 
government  upon  a  military  triumvirate  composed  of  Gen- 
erals Nicolas  Bravo,  Guadalupe  Victoria,  and  Pedio  Celestrio 
Negrete. 

A  constitution  modeled  after  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States  was  adopted,  and  on  October  10,  1824,  Vic- 
toria became  president  and  Bravo  vice-president  for  a  term 
of  four  years.  Bravo  joined  an  armed  rebellion  against  the 
government,  of  which  Santa  Anna  was  the  leader,  was  im- 
peached and  sent  into  exile,  but  later  was  allowed  to  return. 
Gomez  Pedraza  was  constitutionally  elected  to  succeed 
Victoria  by  a  vote  of  eleven  States  for  him  to  seven  States 
for  Guerrero.  A  revolution  followed,  which  resulted  in 
Pedraza  secreting  himself  and  fleeing  the  country  from  the 
successful  and  infuriated  revolutionists. 

The  Mexican  Congress  assembled  on  January  1,  1829,  and 
annulled  the  election  of  Pedraza  and  chose  Guerrero  as  presi- 
dent to  succeed  Victoria,  who  was  the  first  president  under 
the  constitution.  Thus  the  constitution  itself  was  ignored 
and  trampled  upon  by  Congress  before  the  end  of  the  term 
of  the  first  president.  Victoria's  term  ended  on  April  1, 
1829.  Guerrero  was  elected  and  took  the  office  as  presi- 
dent. Yucatan  seceded,  a  new  revolution  was  started  among 
the  people,  and  Guerrero  was  seized,  tried,  and  condemned 
to  death.  He  was  shot  on  February  14,  183 1,  before  the 
second  year  of  his  presidential  term  had  expired.  The  ac- 
tion of  Congress  in  electing  him  was  a  gross  violation  of  the 
constitution.  There  was  no  provision  of  the  Mexican  consti- 
tution which  conferred  on  Congress  the  right  or  power  to  set 
aside  a  regular  and  valid  election  of  a  president  and  substi- 


THE  RECRUDESCENCE   OF  REVOLUTIONS  l6l 

tute  a  president  of  its  own  instead.  The  execution  of  Guer- 
rero placed  Bustamente,  the  vice-president,  at  the  head  of  the 
government  as  president.  Bustamente's  title  to  the  vice- 
presidency  was  good.  He  had  been  elected  vice-president 
at  the  same  time  Pedraza  was  elected  president,  and  was 
also  elected  vice-president  by  Congress  when  it  elected 
Guerrero. 

Revolutions  now  followed  each  other  in  rapid  succession 
until,  in  1833,  Santa  Anna  became  president  and  Bustamente 
and  his  principal  adherents  were  sent  into  exile.  Texas 
seceded,  and  Santa  Anna  was  defeated  and  taken  prisoner 
at  the  battle  of  San  Jacinto. 

Bustamente  became  president  April  19,  1837,  but  was  suc- 
ceeded by  Santa  Anna,  who  after  a  visit  to  President  Jack- 
son at  Washington  had  been  sent  back  to  Mexico  in  a  United 
States  ship-of-war.  He  held  the  office  of  president  till  July 
10,  1839,  when  Nicolas  Bravo  became  president  for  a  week. 
A  long  period  of  confusion  followed  during  which  the  con- 
stitution was  suspended  and  the  government  became  a  dicta- 
torship, at  the  head  of  which  were  Santa  Anna,  Bravo,  and 
Canalizo,  from  October  10,  1841,  to  June  4,  1844.  Consti- 
tutional government  was  resumed  in  1844,  with  Santa  Anna 
as  president,  under  a  constitution  promulgated  June  12,  1843. 
Santa  Anna  was  deposed  and  banished  by  a  revolution,  and 
was  succeeded,  September  20,  1844,  by  Canalizo,  who  was 
himself  deposed  by  a  revolution  December  6  of  the  same 
year.  His  successor,  Herrera,  was  driven  from  office  by  a 
revolution  in  December,  1845,  when  he  was  succeeded  by 
General  Ampudia,  under  whose  administration  the  war  with 
the  United  States  was  commenced. 

Santa  Anna  returned  from  banishment  and  took  command 
of  the  Mexican  army,  and  fought  the  United  States  with 
vigor.  He  gained  supreme  power,  but  at  the  close  of  the 
war  he  was  forced  to  leave  the  country  and  go  to  Jamaica, 
and  Herrera  resumed  the  presidency  from  which  he  had  been 
driven.  Herrera  was  succeeded  by  General  Arista  as  presi- 
dent in  January,  1853.     Santa  Anna  was  recalled  from  banish- 

11 


1 62  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

merit  by  a  decree  issued  in  March,  1853,  and  for  the  fifth  time 
he  was  placed  at  the  head  of  the  government  with  the  title 
of  president  on  April  20,  1853.  He  was  suspected  of  a  de- 
sign to  convert  the  republic  into  a  monarchy.  A  revolution 
ensued  resulting  in  the  flight  of  Santa  Anna,  in  August, 
1853.  General  Carrera  thereupon  became  president,  which 
position  he  held  for  twenty-seven  days,  when  he  was  com- 
pelled to  retire,  September  12.  After  three  weeks  of  anarchy 
Alvarez  was  made  president  by  a  junta,  and  held  the  office 
from  October  to  December,  when  he  retired  and  delegated 
his  authority  to  Comonfort. 

The  new  constitution  of  1857  was  adopted,  which  prohib- 
ited the  president  from  holding  the  office  for  a  longer  period 
than  one  term  of  four  years,  but  it  permitted  him  to  serve 
longer,  provided  the  term  of  another  incumbent  intervened. 
In  other  words,  he  could  not  succeed  himself.  A  sketch  of 
the  revolution  under  which  Comonfort  was  deposed  and  the 
empire  formed  is  found  in  another  place  under  the  title  of 
"The  Empire  of  Maximilian." 

Juarez  died  July  18,  1872,  while  still  holding  the  office  of 
president.  Lerdo  was  at  the  time  president  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Mexico,  and  under  the  constitution  became  president 
upon  the  death  of  Juarez.  He  was  elected  president  in  1876, 
according  to  the  Acts  of  Congress,  but  his  opponents  declared 
his  election  fraudulent  and  void,  and  Iglesias,  president  of 
the  Supreme  Court,  assumed  the  presidency  of  the  republic 
in  Guanajuato.  Porfirio  Diaz,  who  had  long  been  in  revolt, 
advanced  on  the  City  of  Mexico.  Lerdo' s  army  was  de- 
feated in  the  following  November,  and  Lerdo  himself  fled 
to  Acapulco  and  thence  to  the  United  States.  This  left 
Iglesias  the  constitutional  president  by  virtue  of  his  presi- 
dency of  the  Supreme  Court. 

Diaz  soon  put  to  flight  the  few  troops  which  remained 
faithful  to  the  cause  of  Iglesias,  while  the  other  troops  re- 
maining under  arms  went  over  to  the  side  of  Diaz.  On  Feb- 
ruary 11,  1877,  ne  returned  to  the  capital  and  took  charge 
of   the  presidency.     The   Mexican   Congress  assembled   the 


THE  RECRUDESCENCE   OF  REVOLUTIONS         1 63 

following  April,  and  on  May  6,  1877,  he  took  the  oath  of 
office.  Soon  after  Mexico  became  agitated  by  a  false  and 
preposterous  rumor  that  the  United  States  contemplated  re- 
instating Lerdo,  as  well  as  annexing  Mexico.  This  rumor 
was  circulated  throughout  the  length  and  breadth  of  the 
Mexican  Republic,  and  was  generally  credited  by  the  masses 
of  the  people.  The  purpose  here  is  not  to  charge  that  Diaz 
himself  originated  and  propagated  the  rumor,  but  whether 
he  did  or  not,  he  used  it  with  great  tact  and  skill  as  a  means 
of  acquiring  new  increments  of  power  and  of  allaying  and 
quieting  the  spirit  of  faction  and  opposition  to  him. 

Diaz,  being  then  ineligible  to  hold  a  second  term  without 
an  interval  of  one  term,  permitted  his  friend  Manuel  Gonzalez 
to  hold  the  presidential  office  during  the  next  four  years, 
beginning  December  1,  1880.  Diaz,  however,  had  the  con- 
stitution of  Mexico  amended  so  as  to  permit  the  president 
to  hold  office  for  an  unlimited  period,  through  the  instru- 
mentality of  successive  elections  every  four  years.  Under 
the  provisions  of  this  amendment  Diaz  has  held  the  office  of 
president  of  the  Republic  of  Mexico  ever  since  the  expiration 
of  the  term  of  Gonzalez  in  1884.  He  still  holds  the  office,  and 
in  all  probability  will  hold  it  for  life.  He  has  brought  great 
peace  and  order  out  of  all  this  chaos  and  revolution,  and 
Mexico  has  attained  to  a  condition  of  great  prosperity  under 
his  administrations.  An  election  takes  place  every  four  years, 
but  the  proceedings  seem  to  be  purely  perfunctory. 

The  ability  and  will  of  a  people  to  change  presidents,  after 
a  reasonable  time  in  office,  no  matter  how  able  or  valuable 
they  may  be,  are  essential  elements  of  a  free  government. 

The  Republic  of  Colombia,  composing  New  Granada,  Vene- 
zuela, and  Ecuador,  was  proclaimed  by  Simon  Bolivar  in 
18 19.  The  Colombian  Congress  assembled  in  January,  1821, 
and  promulgated  a  federal  constitution  August  30  of  the 
same  year.  The  republic  was  rent  by  intestine  factions  and 
revolutions,  and  in  the  year  1830  Venezuela  seceded  and  set 
up  a  republican  government  of  its  own.  In  1831  Ecuador 
seceded   and   formed   an    independent   republic.     The  three 


1 64  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

republics  thereupon  were  known  as  the  republics  of  Vene- 
zuela, Ecuador,  and  New  Granada. 

In  recent  years  the  Republic  of  New  Granada  has  resumed 
the  name  of  the  Republic  of  Colombia,  by  which  it  was 
known  prior  to  the  secession  of  Venezuela  and  Ecuador.  It 
formed  a  new  constitution  in  1832,  with  Santander  as  presi- 
dent. One  of  Santander's  measures,  whereby  New  Granada 
assumed  the  payment  of  one-half  the  debt  of  the  defunct  re- 
public, rendered  him  unpopular,  and  he  was  succeeded  by 
his  political  enemy  Marquez  as  president.  This  resulted  in 
a  civil  war,  which  lasted  until  1841,  and  left  the  country  in 
a  weak  and  miserable  condition.  The  civil  strife  terminated 
in  favor  of  Marquez.  In  1840  the  province  of  Cartagena  had 
seceded,  and  shortly  thereafter  the  provinces  of  Panama  and 
Veragua  declared  themselves  independent  under  the  title  of 
the  State  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama.  A  reconciliation  was 
soon  effected,  and  the  new  constitution  of  1843  was  framed. 
In  1853  another  constitution  was  adopted,  which  expressly 
conferred  on  every  province  the  right  to  declare  itself  inde- 
pendent and  to  enter  into  merely  federal  relations  with  the 
central  republic.  In  1856  and  1857  the  provinces  of  Antio- 
quia  and  Panama  took  advantage  of  the  permission.  An 
insurrection  broke  out  in  1859  which  was  fostered  by  ex- 
president  Mosquera,  and  later  a  regular  civil  war  ensued,  in 
which  Bogota  was  captured  and  Mosquera  assumed  the  chief 
power.  A  congress  convened  at  Bogota  thereupon  estab- 
lished the  government  under  the  name  of  United  States  of 
Colombia,  and  adopted  a  new  constitution  and  made  Mosquera 
dictator.  Manuel  Murillo  Toro  was  president  from  1864  to 
1866.  His  term  was  disturbed  by  various  rebellions,  and 
when  Mosquera  succeeded  him  he  found  matters  in  such  a 
disorganized  condition  that  he  offered  to  retire.  Mosquera 
was  impeached  after  the  tender  of  his  resignation  had  been 
refused  by  Congress,  and  condemned  to  two  years'  imprison- 
ment, but  this  sentence  was  afterwards  commuted  to  two 
years'  exile.  Santos  Guitterez  was  president  from  1868  to 
1870.     His  administration  was  disturbed   by  revolutions  in 


THE  RECRUDESCENCE   OF  REVOLUTIONS         1 65 

different  parts  of  the  republic,  the  most  important  of  which 
was  that  in  Panama,  where  absolute  disorganization  pre- 
vailed. During  several  years,  beginning  with  the  year 
1872,  peace  prevailed  in  the  Republic  of  Colombia,  and 
the  people  began  to  turn  their  attention  to  the  develop- 
ment of  its  matchless  resources.  A  revolution  occurred  in 
1901,  which  near  the  end  of  the  year  1902  was  carried  on 
with  great  vigor,  but  resulted  in  the  ultimate  triumph  of 
the  government. 

The  relations  of  Panama  to  Colombia  merit  a  brief  synopsis. 
Panama  and  Veragua  seceded  from  New  Granada  in  1841  and 
afterwards  became  pacified.  Panama  and  Antioquia  seceded 
under  the  provision  of  the  constitution  of  1853,  which  per- 
mitted them  to  declare  themselves  independent  and  maintain 
only  federal  relations.  In  1868  to  1870  Panama  organized  an 
independent  government  which  succumbed  to  superior  force. 
Once  more  driven  to  desperation  the  people  of  Panama  at- 
tempted secession  in  1885,  resulting  in  the  burning  of  Colon 
and  the  protection  of  Panama  by  American  and  British  war- 
vessels.  In  November,  1903,  Panama  again  seceded  and  set 
up  a  republic  of  its  own,  and  maintains  it  under  the  protec- 
tion of  the  United  States. 

In  his  message  of  December  7,  1903,  President  Roosevelt 
enumerated  fifty-three  revolutions  and  insurrections  which 
had  taken  place  in  Panama  during  the  last  fifty-seven  years ; 
and  he  stated  further  that  the  list  is  but  a  partial  one. 

Venezuela  adopted  a  constitution  in  the  year  183 1.  For 
the  first  fifteen  years  peace  and  quiet  reigned  in  that  country. 
In  1864  there  began  a  series  of  civil  wars  and  revolutions 
which  continued,  with  but  short  periods  of  rest,  down  to  the 
clcse  of  1870.  The  chief  rival  parties  in  these  internal  dis- 
sensions were  the  Unionists  and  the  Federalists ;  the  former 
aimed  at  securing  a  strong  central  government,  while  the 
latter,  who  were  ultimately  victorious,  desired  to  obtain  a 
measure  of  independence  for  the  separate  States.  Don  Guz- 
man Blanco,  a  Federalist,  was  declared  provisional  president, 
and   continued  as  dictator  until    1873,   after  which    he  was 


1 66  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

elected  constitutional  president   for  four  years.     Under  his 
administration  the  republic  prospered. 

Ignacio  Andrade,  the  candidate  of  the  liberal  party,  was 
elected  president  of  Venezuela,  and  was  regularly  inaugurated 
March  4,1898,  for  a  term  of  four  years,  as  the  successor  to 
Crespo.  He  was  a  timid  man  and  possessed  no  military 
qualifications  whatsoever.  He  had  just  fairly  entered  upon 
the  administration  of  the  government  when  Cipriano  Castro, 
who  had  failed  to  secure  an  appointment  to  an  office,  entered 
into  a  conspiracy  against  the  government  in  August,  1899,  at 
his  home  in  the  Andes  Mountains  in  western  Venezuela.  He 
started  out  with  but  sixty  of  his  barefoot  neighbors,  and 
called  Andinos  "to  liberate  Venezuela,"  to  use  his  own 
phrase.  As  he  went,  the  new  accessions  to  his  ranks  swelled 
to  the  number  of  ten  thousand.  When  he  appeared  before 
Caracas,  Andrade  fled  to  Jamaica  with  enough  of  the  govern- 
ment funds  to  support  him  in  a  prolonged  exile,  while  the 
army  of  the  government  went  over  in  a  body  to  Castro  and 
hailed  him  as  the  liberator  of  Venezuela.  The  only  thing 
Venezuela  was  getting  liberated  from  was  the  result  of  the 
presidential  election  which  had  taken  place  about  a  year  pre- 
vious, and  which  entitled  Andrade  to  hold  the  office  for 
four  years.  Castro  entered  Caracas  at  the  head  of  his  army 
thus  augmented  by  the  national  troops  on  October  20,  1899, 
and  was  proclaimed  president  of  Venezuela  by  the  people. 
At  a  subsequent  period  the  national  Congress  declared  him 
president.  Matos,  a  member  of  Andrade's  cabinet,  and 
others  organized  a  bloody  revolution  against  Castro.  The 
decisive  battle  of  La  Victoria  near  Caracas  in  the  autumn 
of  1902  resulted  in  favor  of  Castro.  His  complications  after- 
ward with  the  European  allies  are  familiar  history. 

In  Venezuela  and  in  many  of  the  other  republics,  when  a 
man  is  prominent  enough  to  wear  shoes  every  day,  and  finds 
himself  among  the  "outs"  in  politics,  he  at  once  becomes  a 
"liberator,"  waxes  enthusiastic  on  the  subject  of  liberty,  or- 
ganizes a  riot,  buys  shoes  for  the  leaders,  and  makes  generals 
of   them.     They  proceed    on  their  all-conquering  way  until 


THE  RECRUDESCENCE   OF  REVOLUTIONS         1 67 

they  approach  within  a  day's  march  of  the  national  capital.. 
This  is  defended  by  the  national  forces,  which  go  over  to 
the  liberator,  and  they  all  enter  the  capital  together  amid 
bonfires  and  the  acclamations  of  the  multitude,  who  have 
been  so  providentially  set  free. 

Peru,  which  was  nearly  ruined  by  its  disastrous  war  with 
Chile,  has  had  its  full  share  of  revolutions,  which  will  not 
be  dwelt  upon.  Aguero  was  elected  first  president  of  Peru 
February  26,  1823,  but  was  deposed  before  the  end  of  his 
term,  although  he  was  an  able  and  capable  official.  General 
Lamar,  the  second  president,  was  elected  in  1827  for  a  term 
of  four  years,  but  he  was  deposed  before  two  years  of  his  term 
had  expired.  Salavery  seized  the  supreme  power  in  1836. 
Peru  was  in  a  revolutionary  condition  until  1844.  From 
1844  t0  1875  it  had  two  revolutions.  In  1879  the  disastrous 
war  with  Chile  began. 

Bolivia  elected  General  Sucre,  the  first  president,  for  life 
in  1826.  He  accepted  the  office  for  two  years.  Santa  Cruz 
was  elected  president  in  1828,  but  a  year  later  the  government 
was  overturned  for  a  time  by  a  revolution  led  by  General 
Blanco.  In  1839  Bolivia  came  under  the  dominion  of  Peru, 
but  a  successful  revolution  was  soon  started,  which  resulted  in 
installing  General  Ballivian  as  ruler.  In  1848  Belzu  headed 
a  successful  military  revolution,  and  became  president.  Gen- 
eral Cordova  succeeded  him,  when  a  new  revolution  occurred 
in  1859,  which  compelled  him  to  flee  the  country.  Linares, 
the  originator  of  the  revolution,  took  his  place  as  president, 
but  was  deposed  in  1861,  and  Dr.  Acha  became  president  by 
election.  A  new  military  revolution  led  by  Melgarejo  broke 
out  in  February,  1865.  He  defeated  Dr.  Acha,  and  assumed 
the  government  of  the  country.  He  overcame  two  revolu- 
tions against  his  own  sway,  declared  a  political  amnesty,  be- 
came dictator  in  1 871,  and  loaded  Bolivia  with  an  enormous 
foreign  debt.  President  Alonzo,  early  in  1899,  went  at  the 
head  of  a  body  of  troops  to  the  frontiers  to  suppress  a  revolu- 
tion. His  enemies  at  the  capital  proclaimed  a  board  of  gov- 
ernment   and   barricaded    the  streets.     This    revolution  was 


1 68  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

successful,  and  Alonzo  and  his  ministry  fled  to  Chile.1  Ac- 
cording to  newspaper  reports,  General  Pando,  the  leader  of 
the  revolutionists,  took  charge  as  president.  The  closing 
days  of  the  year  1902  found  Bolivia  engaged  in  a  new  revo- 
lution against  General  Pando  as  president,  who  acquired  his 
title  and  position  through  a  preceding  revolution. 

From  the  date  of  the  secession  of  Ecuador,  in  183 1,  until 
the  year  1852,  the  history  of  the  Republic  of  Ecuador  was 
little  else  than  a  series  of  pronunciamentos  and  attempted 
revolutions.  Diego  Noboa  was  elected  president  in  1850, 
but  soon  after  was  deposed  and  exiled.  Urbina  thereupon 
became  practically  dictator  and  was  succeeded  in  1856  by 
General  Francisco  Robles.  Robles  abdicated  and  left  the 
country  in  1859.  Dr.  Gabriel  Garcia  was  elected  president 
by  the  national  convention  of  1861.  He  favored  a  French 
protectorate  and  fell  into  disrepute,  tendered  his  resignation 
in  1864,  and  owing  to  his  despotic  acts  in  attempting  to 
establish  a  dictatorship,  retired  from  office  in  September, 
1865.  In  1869  a  revolution  broke  out  in  Quito  under  Moreno 
which  brought  the  administration  of  the  office  of  the  presi- 
dent by  Espinoza  to  a  close,  and  though  the  national  con- 
vention appointed  Carvajal  to  the  vacant  office,  yet  Moreno 
succeeded  in  securing  his  own  election  in  1870  for  a  term  of 
six  years.  He  was  assassinated  on  August  14,  1875.  Dr. 
Borneo  succeeded  to  the  presidency,  and  an  insurrection 
followed  in  the  next  December  in  which  the  government 
forces  were  completely  routed  at  Golte.  This  will  suffice 
for  Ecuador  without  pursuing  the  matter  down  to  date. 

The  government  of  Chile  is  professedly  republican,  and  its 
offices  elective,  but  practically  it  has  been  little  more  than 
a  dictatorship,  in  which  the  forms  of  the  constitution  have 
been  tolerably  well  preserved.  It  has,  however,  been  the 
least  revolutionary  of  all  the  Spanish  republics.  In  Chile 
there  has  been  an  evolution  from  its  original  feudal  and 
oligarchical  condition  toward  a  more  popular  government  in 
which  the  right  of  suffrage  has  been  made  almost  universal. 

1  "  New  York  Independent,"  January  5,  1S99,  and  April  20,  1S99. 


THE  RECRUDESCENCE   OF  REVOLUTIONS         1 69 

Balmaceda,  the  leader  of  this  movement,  became  president 
in  1885,  and  near  the  end  of  his  official  term  began  to  plot, 
like  all  other  one-term  constitutional  presidents,  to  so  shape 
affairs  that  his  favorite  Senor  Sanfuentes  should  succeed 
him.  This  resulted  in  a  conflict  between  the  executive  and 
legislative  branches  of  the  government.  After  some  months 
of  agitation  Congress  declared  war  on  the  executive  branch  of 
the  government,  and  after  a  bloody  strife  defeated  the  presi- 
dent, who,  rather  than  be  taken  prisoner,  committed  suicide 
December  19,  1891,  in  his  place  of  concealment  in  the  Argen- 
tine legation,  at  the  capital  of  Chile.  Balmaceda  had  practi- 
cally assumed  dictatorial  powers  before  the  war  began.  The 
conclusion  of  the  war  left  the  legislative  branch  of  the  gov- 
ernment almost  omnipotent,  with  the  president  shorn  of  his 
former  power,  and  but  little  more  than  a  mere  figurehead. 

The  Argentine  Republic  has  had  its  revolutions  and  seces- 
sions. The  loss  of  Uruguay  and  Paraguay,  which  had  formed 
a  part  of  one  viceroyalty  under  Spain,  were  trivial  circum- 
stances compared  with  the  secession  of  Buenos  Ayres,  which 
returned  and  resumed  its  federal  relations  a  few  years  later. 
The  Argentine  Republic  is  not  in  fact  a  republic,  but  an 
oligarchy  composed  of  men  who,  with  very  few  exceptions, 
are  corrupt,  who  make  politics  a. species  of  commerce,  and 
who  in  the  absence  of  shame  make  no  concealment  of  their 
venality.  Politics  is  a  regular  business  which  is  controlled 
by  a  ring  of  adventurers.  From  the  year  1852  to  1880  the 
Argentines  passed  through  a  long  period  of  revolutions, 
when  a  pacific  condition  was  reached.  In  a  time  of  profound 
peace  during  the  financial  crisis  of  1890  gold  went  to  a  pre- 
mium of  230  in  the  Argentine  Republic,  revealing  not  only 
the  wretchedness  of  the  financial  system,  but  exposing  the 
complicity  of  the  government  in  the  issue  of  spurious  notes 
in  the  sum  of  $15,000,000  by  the  Bank  of  Cordoba.  The 
immense  national,  provincial,  and  municipal  debts  of  the 
country  are  the  legacies  of  its  rule  of  rapine  and  plunder. 
When  its  John  Law  system  of  finances  exploded  like  the 
"Mississippi  Bubble,"  the  fraudulent    character  of   its  gov- 


170  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

ernmental  acts  and  agencies  became  conspicuous  through- 
out all  the  ramifications  of  authority.  General  Roca  became 
president  in  1880,  and  used  his  power  and  patronage  to  make 
his  brother-in-law  Juarez  Celman  his  successor,  who  is  re- 
puted to  have  amassed  a  fortune  during  his  tenure  of  office. 
Paper  money  had  been  for  years,  up  to  1885,  at  par  with  gold. 
In  1890  gold  fluctuated  between  two  hundred  and  three  hun- 
dred. Real-property  mortgages  called  cedulas,  payable  to  the 
bearer,  were  issued  on  the  real  property  of  the  capital,  prov- 
inces, and  territories  which  passed  current  as  money.  A 
national  banking  law  was  enacted  which  issued  a  large  amount 
of  paper  currency.  Then  came  a  free  banking  law  which  per- 
mitted the  issuance  of  $190,000,000,  which  was  increased  in 
a  clandestine  manner  to  $255,000,000  and  legalized  by  the 
government.  When  the  revolution  of  July,  1890,  broke  out, 
it  was  found  that  the  national  treasury  had  been  robbed  of 
$500,000,000.  The  national  and  provincial  banks  were  left 
insolvent,  having  lent  the  money  of  their  depositors  on  worth- 
less security  to  politicians  and  their  friends.  The  revolution 
resulted  in  the  resignation  of  Celman  and  certain  efforts  at 
reform.  These  amounted  to  little,  however, as  a  new  revolu- 
tion broke  out  consequent  upon  the  election  of  Luis  Sanez 
Pana  as  president.  Beginning  in  the  province  of  Corrientes, 
it  spread  until  the  entire  country  was  convulsed  by  insur- 
rectionary movements. 

In  theory  the  government  of  Uruguay  resembles  that  of  the 
United  States,  but  in  practice  it  has  degenerated  into  a  mili- 
tary despotism. 

Paraguay  has  never  been  entitled  to  the  name  of  a  republic. 
It  has  been  since  1814  a  dictatorship,  although  in  form  it  is 
a  constitutional  republic.  "  Marriage  has  fallen  so  completely 
out  of  fashion  in  Paraguay  that  only  three  per  cent  of  the 
births  are  legitimate."1 

Any  further  discussion  of  the  success  and  failure  of  a  re- 
publican form  of  government  in  these  remote  and  distant 
countries  must  be  laid  aside  for  a  brief  synopsis  of  such  mat- 

1  Encyclopedia  Britannica,  ninth  edition,  Vol.  XVIII,  page  244. 


THE  RECRUDESCENCE   OF  REVOLUTIONS        171 

ters  in  other  republics  which  are  nearer  home.  The  Republic 
of  Central  America  was  formed  in  1823.  It  had  formerly 
been  a  part  of  Mexico,  and  its  representatives  sat  in  the  Con- 
gress of  Iturbide.  It  was  composed  of  Guatemala,  Salvador, 
Honduras,  Nicaragua,  and  Costa  Rica,  which  had  seceded 
from  Mexico.  In  1839  Nicaragua  and  Honduras  seceded 
from  Central  America  and  set  up  separate  republics  of  their 
own.  During  the  following  year  Costa  Rica  seceded.  In 
1847  Guatemala  succeeded  in  becoming  independent  of  Sal- 
vador. Thus  from  one  nest  five  little  bantam  republics  were 
hatched,  and  all  with  spurs  on.  No  attempt  will  be  made 
to  give  any  account  of  their  insurrections,  revolutions,  and 
fights  among  themselves.  They  had  a  history  before  they 
separated.  "  During  the  brief  existence  of  the  federal  union, 
no  fewer  than  three  hundred  and  ninety-six  persons  exercised 
the  supreme  power  of  the  republic  and  the  different  States."1 
Since  then  each  of  the  five  several  independent  governments, 
and  especially  Nicaragua,  has  been  "the  scene  of  an  almost 
uninterrupted  series  of  military  pronunciamentos,  popular 
revolts,  partial  or  general  revolutions  by  which  the  lands  have 
been  wasted,  its  powers  and  industries  destroyed,  and  the 
whole  people  reduced  to  a  state  of  moral  debasement,  scarcely 
elsewhere  paralleled  in  Christendom."2 

The  Republic  of  Hayti  has  a  record  for  revolution  and  in- 
stability which  transcends  all  other  republics.  The  great 
majority  of  its  rulers  have  not  been  permitted  to  hold  office 
for  their  full  official  terms.  Many,  if  not  a  majority  of  them, 
have  met  a  violent  death  while  in  office.  Sanloque,  an  ex- 
slave  and  full-blooded  negro,  was  elected  president  in  1846. 
In  1849  ne  assumed  the  imperial  title,  and  the  following  year 
he  was  crowned  Faustin  I,  Emperor.  Civil  war  has  been  the 
order  of  the  day  in  the  Republic  of  Hayti.  Its  bloody  and 
revolutionary  history  is  a  shame  and  a  reproach  to  republican 
institutions.  Even  so  late  as  August,  1902,  a  formidable 
bloody  revolution  was  inaugurated,  but  the  insurgent  forces 

1  Encyclopedia  Britannica,  ninth  edition,  Vol.  XVII,  page  479. 

2  Ibid. 


172  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

were  finally  defeated.  Since  1902  other  revolutions  have 
taken  place  in  Hayti  and  San  Domingo,  seemingly  with  as 
much  frequency  as  the  moon's  changes.  During  the  revolu- 
tion in  San  Domingo  in  the  early  part  of  the  year  1904  it 
transpired  that  she  had  defaulted  in  the  payment  of  the  in- 
terest on  her  public  debt,  which  was  owed  principally  in 
Europe,  and  that  a  large  element  of  her  people  were  looking 
to  the  operation  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  as  a  means  of  escap- 
ing from  the  demands  of  her  creditors. 

The  interests  of  our  common  humanity  are  not  alone  the 
grounds  on  which  the  Monroe  Doctrine  has  fixed  a  great  re- 
sponsibility upon  the  United  States.  These  revolutionary 
republics  are  piling  up  their  public  debts  mountain  high. 
These  debts  are  owed  almost  exclusively  in  Europe.  Euro- 
peans are  doing  business  in  nearly  all  the  leading  cities  of 
these  republics.  Their  property  is  often  taken  or  destroyed, 
for  which  reparation  by  the  respective  governments  of  these 
European  subjects  is  constantly  demanded,  as  well  as  repara- 
tion for  other  wrongs.  While  the  redress  which  these  gov- 
ernments are  seeking  and  will  continue  to  seek  may  not  be 
in  conflict  with  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  yet  the  retention  for 
a  long  period  of  any  portion  of  the  territory  of  these  republics 
would  be  a  violation  of  it.  Hence  each  case  will  stand  upon 
its  own  footing,  and  the  questions  growing  out  of  such  efforts 
by  European  governments  will  at  times  become  questions  of 
great  nicety  and  perplexity. 

The  immense  national  debts  and  the  instability  of  these 
governments  have  reduced  the  national  credit.  Argentine 
has  a  per  capita  indebtedness  of  $128.85,  Uruguay  of  $148.06, 
Honduras  of  $219.60.  The  per  capita  indebtedness  of  the 
United  States  is  $14.52,  of  Mexico  $13.36.  The  United 
States  pays  forty-four  cents  per  annum  interest  per  capita, 
while  Mexico  pays  eighty-four  cents  per  capita. 

The  relations  of  Church  and  State,  the  right  of  secession, 
and  the  race  question  as  factors  in  producing  these  revolu- 
tionary conditions  in  the  Spanish  republics  have  been  re- 
ferred to  elsewhere. 


THE  RECRUDESCENCE   OF  REVOLUTIONS  1 73 

It  is  not  the  purpose  to  go  into  these  questions  here,  but  it 
may  be  said  in  passing  that  the  character  and  condition  of 
the  people  are  also  powerful  factors.  In  the  United  States 
of  America  the  initiative  in  nearly  all  public  matters  is  with 
the  people;  in  the  Spanish-American  republics  it  is  with  the 
politicians.  As  an  exception  to  this  rule  it  should  be  stated 
that  in  selecting  candidates  for  president  and  vice-president 
the  initiative  is  with  the  politicians  in  the  United  States. 
These  candidates  are  usually  chosen  from  among  the  politi- 
cians, by  the  politicians,  and  for  the  politicians.  They  have 
dealt  fairly  well  with  the  people,  however,  and  the  candi- 
dates have  generally  been  able,  honest,  and  patriotic.  Occa- 
sionally such  candidates  have  entered  the  arena  with  the  odor 
upon  them  of  the  crooked  and  underground  passages  through 
which  they  have  travelled,  and  sometimes  they  have  been  tat- 
tooed from  head  to  foot  with  the  multiform  and  variegated 
emblems  of  their  venality. 

The  provision  in  many  of  the  constitutions  of  the  Spanish- 
American  republics,  which  prohibits  the  incumbent  in  the 
office  of  president  from  holding  his  office  for  more  than  one 
successive  term,  has  worked  disastrously,  resulting  in  the 
incumbent  using  the  vast  machinery  of  his  power  to  put  some 
friend  in  office  as  his  successor.  Some  of  the  revolutions  or 
outbreaks  are  merely  colorable  and  pretended  ones,  in  order 
to  enable  the  general  governments  to  interfere  in  the  prov- 
inces ostensibly  to  suppress  insurrections,  but  really  to 
thwart  the  will  of  the  people  at  the  polls. 

An  interference  on  the  part  of  the  general  governments 
with  the  rights  of  the  States  is  a  fruitful  source  of  discontent 
and  revolution.  These  Spanish-Americans  have  copied  our 
federal  constitution,  but  they  have  never  been  able  to  master 
our  dual  form  of  government.  Its  imperium  in  imperio  form 
and  spirit  is  a  snare  and  a  stumbling-block  to  them.  No  ac- 
count is  here  made  of  the  numerous  wars  which  have  taken 
place  between  these  republics.  Most  of  these  wars  could 
readily  and  easily  have  been  settled  by  arbitration.  These 
republics  are  taking  great  interest  in  the  subject  of  arbitra- 


174  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

tion  as  a  means  of  settling  international  disputes,  and  good 
results  may  well  be  expected  in  such  matters.  The  serious 
problem  relates  to  civil  wars,  insurrections,  and  revolutions, 
for  the  settlement  of  these  questions  by  arbitration  would  be 
difficult,  if  not  impossible.  Such  questions  as  the  validity 
of  an  election  to  the  office  of  president  and  vice-president, 
and  indeed  of  the  validity  of  the  election  of  state  or  provin- 
cial governors  and  matters  of  that  character,  could  be  sub- 
mitted to  arbitration. 

It  has  been  charged,  and  no  doubt  truthfully,  that  some 
of  the  European  governments  have  sided  with  the  revolu- 
tionists. President  Castro  of  Venezuela  is  reported  to  have 
asserted  that  Great  Britain  took  sides  with  the  revolutionists 
in  1902.  In  this  he  was  evidently  mistaken.  There  is  noth- 
ing in  the  Monroe  Doctrine  which  questions  the  right  of  any 
European  government  to  take  sides  with  either  the  govern- 
ment or  the  revolutionists  in  any  civil  war.  The  revolutionary 
character  of  these  Spanish  republics  renders  the  position  of 
the  United  States  one  of  extreme  delicacy  in  its  assertion  of 
the  Monroe  Doctrine,  and  it  is  possible  that  European  gov- 
ernments might,  when  the  occasion  presents  itself,  lend  their 
aid  toward  making  them  still  more  revolutionary. 

The  proteges  of  our  foreign  policy  should  be  expected  and 
required  to  confer  the  blessings  of  a  good,  well-administered, 
orderly,  and  stable  government  upon  the  masses  of  the  people 
who  are  in  their  keeping.  English,  German,  French,  Italian, 
and  other  European  merchants,  manufacturers,  and  capitalists 
have  large  interests  located  in  various  parts  of  the  Spanish 
republics.  Their  respective  governments  naturally  seek  to 
give  them  all  the  protection  and  defence  which  would  be  per- 
missible under  the  provisions  of  international  law.  A  quasi 
monarchy,  such  as  we  now  see  in  Mexico,  is  far  preferable  to 
the  all-pervading  losses,  debauchery,  and  ruthless  slaughter 
which  result  from  these  frequent  revolutions. 

The  poverty  of  the  resources  of  these  republics  in  respect 
to  their  ability  to  put  down  revolutions  and  insurrections 
became   painfully  conspicuous  during  the   year    1902,   when 


THE  RECRUDESCENCE   OF  REVOLUTIONS         17$ 

Venezuela  and  Colombia  were  attempting  to  suppress  their 
respective  revolutions.  A  remedy  for  this  is  to  be  found  in 
the  extension  of  the  federal  system.  When  Simon  Bolivar 
originated  the  plan  to  convene  a  congress  at  Panama,  his 
real  purpose  was  to  consolidate  the  entire  continent  of  South 
America  into  one  federative  republic,  with  himself  at  its 
head  for  the  time  being  as  dictator.  It  may  have  been  his 
purpose  to  have  induced  Mexico  and  Central  America  to  be- 
come a  part  of  this  confederacy.  The  Panama  Congress  was 
looked  forward  to  as  one  of  the  greatest  events  of  all  the 
ages.  Its  insignificant  character  has  already  been  mentioned. 
While  Bolivar's  dream  of  universal  republican  empire  for 
South  America  may  have  been  a  little  too  magnificent,  yet 
it  was  not  unreasonable  for  him  to  hope  and  expect  that  at 
least  New  Granada,  now  Colombia,  Venezuela,  Ecuador,  Peru, 
and  Bolivia,  upon  having  secured  their  independence  of  Spain, 
would  have  naturally  crystallized  into  an  enduring  federal  re- 
public.    They  should  do  so  now. 

The  five  little  insignificant,  quarrelsome  republics,  which 
from  1 823  to  1833  constituted  the  Republic  of  Central  America, 
should  resume  their  federal  relations. 

The  Argentine  Republic,  Chile,  Paraguay,  and  Uruguay 
should  take  a  survey  of  the  face  of  nature  and  listen  to 
nature's  admonitions  and  unite  into  a  federal  republic. 
These  republics,  thus  reorganized,  with  separation  of  Church 
and  State,  would  command  the  respect  of  the  world,  at  home 
and  abroad.  This  power,  coupled  with  a.  due  respect  for  the 
rights  of  the  States,  and  the  principle  of  local  self-govern- 
ment, would  overawe  any  ordinary  attempt  at  insurrection  or 
revolution.  Added  to  these  things  an  extension  of  the  prin- 
ciple of  arbitration  as  promulgated  by  the  Second  Interna- 
tional Conference  of  American  States  would  enable  these 
exhausted  republics  to  husband  their  resources,  reduce  their 
rate  of  interest,  liquidate  their  debts,  bring  order  out  of 
chaos,  help  the  people  to  accumulate  and  retain  their 
property,  and  build  up  efficient  common-school  systems. 

As  matters  now  stand,  things  are  going  from  bad  to  worse, 


176  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

until  the  whole  scheme  of  republican  government  in  Spanish- 
America  will  end  in  disaster  unless  a  radical  change  is 
brought  about.  The  Spanish-American  republics  must  fed- 
erate, or  they  must  perish. 

The  scheme  of  federation  whereby  many  of  the  small  re- 
publics might  become  States  in  larger  ones  is  a  good  one,  but 
it  is  beset  with  many  difficulties.  In  1899  Alfaro,  president 
of  Ecuador,  asked  permission  of  Congress  to  propose  an  in- 
ternational conference  to  the  governments  of  Colombia  and 
Venezuela  to  discuss  the  expediency  of  preparing  a  new  con- 
stitution whereby  the  old  Republic  of  Colombia,  founded  by 
Bolivar,  should  be  restored.  Nothing  was  done.  On  August 
25,  1898,  a  convention  met  at  Menagua  and  formulated  a 
federal  constitution,  whereby  Honduras,  Nicaragua,  and  Sal- 
vador were  to  be  united  into  a  union  to  be  known  as  the 
Greater  Republic  of  Central  America.  Guatemala  and  Costa 
Rica,  which  had  at  one  time  with  the  other  three  constituted 
the  Republic  of  Central  America,  stood  aloof  and  declined  to 
participate.  A  constitution  was  framed  and  a  federative  com- 
mission was  appointed  to  work  out  and  complete  the  details. 
The  constitution  provided  that  the  first  general  election  for 
president  should  take  place  on  the  ensuing  December  1. 
The  commission,  in  the  exercise  of  its  powers  on  November  1, 
appointed  J.  Rosa  Pacose  president,  to  serve  until  the  regular 
election  in  December.  The  Salvadoreans,  believing  that  the 
chief  expense  of  maintaining  the  federal  government  would 
fall  on  them,  revolted.  President  Zeloya  of  Nicaragua,  who 
had  assumed  the  title  of  governor  of  the  State  of  Nicaragua, 
was  called  upon  to  suppress  the  revolt,  but  declined  to  permit 
the  Nicaraguan  troops  to  be  used  to  uphold  the  union.  The 
new  government,  however,  sent  an  army  into  Salvador,  which 
was  defeated. 

Accordingly,  on  November  30,  the  federal  commissioners 
formally  declared  the  union  dissolved,  and  the  three  States 
respectively  resumed  absolute  sovereignty.  Thus  ended  the 
republic  of  thirty  days'  duration. 

The  constitutional  provision  which  in  late  years  has  been 


THE  RECRUDESCENCE   OF  REVOLUTIONS         1 77 

incorporated  into  the  constitutions  of  many  of  the  Spanish- 
American  republics,  limiting  the  president  to  only  one  term, 
has  not  proved  to  be  salutary.  It  is  a  conspicuous  failure, 
for  it  has  resulted  in  inducing  the  outgoing  incumbent  to 
use  his  influence,  patronage,  and  power  to  name  his  own  suc- 
cessor. It  often  happens  that  this  successor  is  expected  in 
like  manner  to  hand  the  office  back  to  his  benefactor  at  the 
end  of  his  term.  The  president  is  thus  put  out  of  office, 
while  his  party  and  faction  remain  in  power.  The  change  of 
presidents  is  no  change  of  political  bosses  or  factions.  A 
nominal  change  of  masters  does  not  purge  the  body  politic 
of  its  corruption.  The  result  is  that  a  good  and  capable 
executive  gives  place  at  a  critical  juncture  to  a  vicious  and 
incapable  one. 

General  Roca,  who  is  a  soldier  and  a  statesman,  vacated 
the  presidential  office  at  a  critical  period  of  Argentina's  his- 
tory, when  a  continuance  of  his  distinguished  services  was 
sorely  needed,  to  give  place  to  his  brother-in-law,  Celman, 
who  would  not  have  been  chosen  for  that  office  by  the  people, 
as  an  original  proposition  with  them,  and  who  was  totally 
incapable  of  guiding  the  ship  of  state  through  a  storm. 
Mexico,  after  a  trial  of  about  thirty  years  of  this  one-term 
provision,  caused  it  to  be  stricken  from  her  constitution,  and 
as  a  result  has  enjoyed  peace  and  prosperity.  The  efforts  of 
President  Balmaceda  to  secure  the  succession  to  Senor  San- 
fuentes  as  president  of  Chile  brought  on  the  bloody  conflict 
of  1885  between  the  executive  and  legislative  branches  of 
the  Republic  of  Chile.  Revolution  after  revolution  has  been 
brought  about  in  the  Spanish  republics  by  the  operation  of 
the  one-term  provision.  A  survey  of  this  subject  produces 
the  conviction  that  it  is  better  that  the  party  and  faction 
which  put  the  president  in  power  should  go  out  of  power  with 
him.  Experience  demonstrates  that  it  is  better  that  the 
people  should  select  their  presidents  rather  than  the  out- 
going incumbent.  It  has  been  seen,  also,  that  there  are 
crises    in   the   history  of   every  republic  when  a  change  of 

presidents  is  extremely  hazardous. 

12 


173  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  supreme  need  of  these  republics  is  to  reach  a  basis  in 
the  administration  of  affairs  whereby  changes  of  policies  and 
parties  shall  be  made  through  the  peaceful  instrumentality  of 
the  ballot-box.  The  New  York  "Independent"  of  May  3, 
1900,  makes  the  following  assertion:  "We  believe  it  is  a 
fact  that  no  party  ever  came  into  power  in  a  Latin-American 
republic  through  an  election  at  the  polls.  Bullets,  not  ballots, 
is  the  only  method  by  which  the  rascals  are  turned  out."  An 
improvement  in  the  condition  of  affairs  must  speedily  take 
place  among  the  Latin-American  republics,  or  a  public 
opinion  will  inevitably  grow  up  in  the  United  States  which 
will  result  in  the  abrogation  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  in  re- 
spect to  them. 


CHAPTER   XXI 

THE   HAGUE  TRIBUNAL 

A  PEACE  movement  was  organized  in  the  year  1815,  and  has 
grown  until  the  present  day,  until  there  are  now  a  number  of 
peace  organizations  in  different  parts  of  the  world.  The  peace 
congress  movement  started  in  1843,  but  after  1852  it  was  dis- 
continued until  1889,  when  the  first  of  a  new  series  of  peace 
congresses  was  held  in  Paris.  Several  have  been  held  since  in 
different  capitals  and  cities  of  Europe. 

In  October,  1887,  Mr.  Cremer,  a  member  of  the  British  Par- 
liament, came  to  this  country  bringing  a  memorial  signed  by 
two  hundred  and  thirty-four  members  of  Parliament,  asking  the 
United  States  to  co-operate  with  Great  Britain  on  this  subject. 

The  Sherman  Concurrent  Resolution  passed  Congress  in  the 
spring  of  1890,  requesting  the  President  of  the  United  States 
from  time  to  time,  as  occasion  might  arise,  to  negotiate  with 
foreign  nations  for  the  settlement  of  difficulties  by  arbitration. 

Later  on,  in  the  same  year,  came  the  Pan-American  Con- 
gress, and  a  form  of  arbitration  treaty  was  sent  out  to  all  the 
civilized  nations  of  the  world. 

President  Harrison  sent  the  following  message  to  Congress: 

Executive  Mansion,  Sept.  3,  1890. 
To  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  : 

I  transmit  herewith  a  letter  from  the  Secretary  of  State 
which  is  accompanied  by  three  reports  adopted  by  the  confer- 
ence of  American  nations  recently  in  session  at  Washington, 
relating  to  the  subject  of  international  arbitration.  The  ratifi- 
cation of  the  treaties  contemplated  by  these  reports  will  con- 
stitute one  of  the  happiest  and  most  hopeful  incidents  in  the 
history  of  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

(Signed)     Benj.  HARRISON.1 

1  "  Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  Vol.  IX,  page  83. 


180  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

In  his  message  to  Congress  of  December  9,  1891,  President 
Harrison  said : 

"  The  arbitration  treaty  formulated  by  the  International 
American  Conference  lapsed  by  reason  of  the  failure  to  ex- 
change ratifications  fully  within  the  limit  of  time  provided ; 
but  several  of  the  Governments  concerned  have  expressed  a 
desire  to  save  this  important  result  of  the  conference  by  an 
extension  of  the  period.  It  is,  in  my  judgment,  incumbent 
upon  the  United  States  to  conserve  the  influential  initiative  it 
has  taken  in  this  measure  by  ratifying  the  instrument  and  by 
advocating  the  proposed  extension  of  the  time  for  exchange. 
These  views  have  been  made  known  to  the  other  signatories."  1 

The  British  House  of  Commons  in  1893  unanimously  passed 
a  resolution  requesting  the  government  to  co-operate  with  the 
United  States  in  this  movement. 

President  Cleveland  in  his  message  of  December  4,  1893, 
said: 

"  By  a  concurrent  resolution  passed  by  the  Senate  February 
14,  1890,  and  by  the  House  of  Representatives  on  the  3d  of 
April  following,  the  President  was  requested  to  '  invite  from 
time  to  time,  as  fit  occasions  may  arise,  negotiations  with  any 
government  with  which  the  United  States  has  or  may  have 
diplomatic  relations,  to  the  end  that  any  differences  or  disputes 
arising  between  the  two  governments  which  cannot  be  adjusted 
by  diplomatic  agency  may  be  referred  to  arbitration  and  be 
peacefully  adjusted  by  such  means.'  April  18,  1890,  the  In- 
ternational American  Conference  of  Washington  by  resolution 
expressed  the  wish  that  all  controversies  between  the  republics 
of  America  and  the  nations  of  Europe  might  be  settled  by 
arbitration,  and  recommended  that  the  government  of  each 
nation  represented  in  that  conference  should  communicate  this 
wish  to  all  friendly  powers.  A  favorable  response  has  been 
received  from  Great  Britain  in  the  shape  of  a  resolution  adopted 
by  Parliament  July  16  last,  cordially  sympathizing  with  the 
purpose  in  view  and  expressing  the  hope  that  Her  Majesty's 
Government  will  lend  ready  co-operation  to  the  Government 

1  "  Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  Vol.  IX,  page  188. 


THE   HAGUE    TRIBUNAL  iSl 

of  the  United  States  upon  the  basis  of  the  concurrent  resolu- 
tion above  quoted. 

"  It  affords  me  signal  pleasure  to  lay  this  parliamentary  reso- 
lution before  the  Congress  and  to  express  my  sincere  gratifica- 
tion that  the  sentiment  of  two  great  and  kindred  nations  is  thus 
authoritatively  manifested  in  favor  of  the  rational  and  peace- 
able settlement  of  international  quarrels  by  honorable  resort  to 
arbitration."  x 

Cleveland,  in  his  message  of  December  2,  1895,  reported  to 
Congress  the  fact  that  the  French  Chambers  had  passed  a 
resolution  favoring  the  conclusion  of  a  permanent  treaty  of 
arbitration  between  the  two  countries. 

President  Cleveland  sent  to  the  Senate  the  following  special 
message  in  regard  to  arbitration  between  the  United  States 
and  Great  Britain : 

Executive  Mansion,  January  n,  1897. 
To  the  Senate : 

I  transmit  herewith  a  treaty  of  all  matters  in  difference  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  Great  Britain.  The  provisions  of 
the  treaty  are  the  result  of  long  and  patient  deliberation,  and 
represent  concessions  made  by  each  party  for  the  sake  of 
agreement  upon  the  general  scheme. 

Though  the  result  reached  may  not  meet  the  views  of  the 
advocates  of  immediate,  unlimited,  and  irrevocable  arbitration 
of  all  international  controversies,  it  is  nevertheless  confidently 
believed  that  the  treaty  cannot  fail  to  be  everywhere  recognized 
as  making  a  long  step  in  the  right  direction  and  as  embodying 
a  practical  working  plan  by  which  disputes  between  the  two 
countries  will  reach  a  peaceful  adjustment  as  matter  of  course 
and  in  ordinary  routine. 

In  the  initiation  of  such  an  important  movement  it  must  be 
expected  that  some  of  its  features  will  assume  a  tentative 
character  looking  to  a  further  advance,  and  yet  it  is  apparent 
that  the  treaty  which  has  been  formulated  not  only  makes  war 
between  the  parties  to  it  a  remote  possibility,  but  precludes 
those  fears  and  rumors  of  war  which  of  themselves  too  often 
assume  the  proportions  of  national  disaster. 

1  "  Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  Vol.  IX,  page  442. 


1 82  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

It  is  eminently  fitting  as  well  as  fortunate  that  the  attempts 
to  accomplish  results  so  beneficent  should  be  initiated  by- 
kindred  peoples,  speaking  the  same  tongue  and  joined  together 
by  all  the  ties  of  common  traditions,  common  institutions,  and 
common  aspirations.  The  experiment  of  substituting  civilized 
methods  for  brute  force  as  the  means  of  settling  international 
questions  of  right,  will  thus  be  tried  under  the  happiest  auspices. 
Its  success  ought  not  to  be  doubtful,  and  the  fact  that  its  ulti- 
mate ensuing  benefits  are  not  likely  to  be  limited  to  the  two 
countries  immediately  concerned  should  cause  it  to  be  pro- 
moted all  the  more  eagerly.  The  examples  set  and  the  lesson 
furnished  by  the  successful  operation  of  this  treaty  are  sure  to 
be  felt  and  taken  to  heart  sooner  or  later  by  other  nations,  and 
will  thus  mark  the  beginning  of  a  new  epoch  in  civilization. 

Profoundly  impressed  as  I  am,  therefore,  by  the  promise  of 
transcendent  good  which  this  treaty  affords,  I  do  not  hesitate 
to  accompany  its  transmission  with  an  expression  of  my  earnest 
hope  that  it  may  commend  itself  to  the  favorable  consideration 
of  the  Senate. 

(Signed)     Grover  Cleveland.1 

On  June  5,  1895,  the  Lake  Mohonk  Conference  on  Inter- 
national Arbitration  held  its  first  session  in  the  parlor  of  the 
Lake  Mohonk  Mountain  House,  at  Lake  Mohonk,  New  York, 
by  invitation  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Albert  K.  Smiley.  John  B. 
Garrett  of  Philadelphia  was  chairman.  Among  the  speakers 
favoring  international  arbitration  were  Benjamin  F.  Trueblood, 
George  Dana  Boardman,  Austin  Abbott,  Phillip  C.  Garrett, 
Edward  Everett  Hale,  Robert  Earl,  Joshua  L.  Bailey,  William 
H.  Armour,  Robert  Treat  Paine,  George  H.  Emmott,  James 
Wood,  George  S.  Hale,  Charles  R.  Skinner,  Rufus  M.  Jones, 
B.  Fay  Mills,  Merrill  E.  Gates,  Marshall  H.  Bright,  Gen.  O.  O. 
Howard,  Aaron  M.  Powell,  and  Albert  G.  Lawson. 

The  following  resolution  offered  by  Edward  Everett  Hale 
was  adopted : 

"  Resolved,  That  the  President  be  requested  to  invite  the 
governments    of   Austria,    England,    France,    Germany,    and 

1  "  Messages  of  the  Presidents,"  Vol.  IX,  pages  746,  747. 


THE  HAGUE   TRIBUNAL  1 83 

Russia  to  join  with  the  United  States  in  the  establishment  of 
a  Permanent  Tribunal  of  the  highest  character,  to  which  may- 
be submitted  from  time  to  time,  for  arbitration,  questions  aris- 
ing between  those  powers."  l 

The  New  York  State  Bar  Association  in  the  year  1896  con- 
vened, discussed,  and  presented  a  plan  for  an  international 
tribunal  of  arbitration.  This  plan  was  made  purely  from  the 
lawyer's  standpoint,  and  it  very  fairly  embodies  in  its  six  sec- 
tions the  general  consensus  of  opinion  among  practitioners  in 
regard  to  what  such  a  nondescript  court  ought  to  be,  but  it 
fails  to  suggest  or  point  out  any  necessary  changes  in  inter- 
national law,  whereby  neutral  nations  can  with  propriety  act  as 
mediators.  The  plans  proposed  at  The  Hague  Convention  by 
both  the  American  and  British  commissioners  were  somewhat 
of  the  same  character  as  those  of  the  New  York  State  Bar  As- 
sociation, and  were  amenable  to  the  same  criticism  in  respect 
to  mediation. 

In  the  year  1898,  however,  Nicholas  II,  Czar  of  Russia,  took 
up  the  subject  and  issued  his  invitation  to  the  world's  rulers  to 
meet  at  The  Hague  in  order  "  to  put  an  end  to  incessant  arma- 
ments, and  to  seek  the  means  of  warding  off  the  calamities 
which  are  threatening  the  whole  world."  Russian  statesmen 
complacently  said  that  it  would  do  as  a  plaything  to  keep  the 
young  czar's  hands  off  practical  affairs,  while  his  own  country- 
men generally  looked  upon  the  scheme  as  visionary.  The 
English  press  declared  that  the  idea  did  honor  to  the  heart 
but  not  to  the  head  of  the  generous  youth,  and  that  the  con- 
ference could  achieve  nothing  substantial.  The  Hague  Con- 
ference, on  the  contrary,  turned  out  to  be  a  marvellous  success. 
Lord  Tennyson's  dream  in  "  Locksley  Hall "  of  "  the  parliament 
of  man,  the  federation  of  the  world,"  seems  to  have  been  real- 
ized in  the  international  legislation  at  The  Hague,  and  in  the 
organization  of  The  Hague  tribunal.  The  millennium,  however, 
did  not  follow  the  work  of  this  parliament  and  the  organization 
of  this  tribunal.  It  was  immediately  followed  by  the  war  be- 
tween Great  Britain  and  the  South  African  republic ;   later  by 

1  Report  of  Lake  "Mohonk  Conference,  1895,  page  52. 


1 84  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

the  war  upon  Venezuela  by  Great  Britain,  Germany,  and  Italy; 
and  in  February,  1904,  by  the  war  between  Russia  and  Japan. 
These  three  wars  were  begun  in  violation  of  the  express  terms 
of  articles  one  and  two  of  The  Hague  treaty.  The  war  between 
Venezuela  and  the  three  European  allies  was  brought  to  a 
sudden  and  honorable  termination  through  the  mediation  of 
the  United  States.  This  mediation  was  authorized  under  the 
provisions  of  articles  three  and  four  of  the  treaty.  President 
Kruger  labored  earnestly  to  have  all  matters  in  dispute  between 
Great  Britain  and  the  Boers  referred  to  arbitration,  but  these 
overtures  were  declined  by  Great  Britain.1 

The  war  between  Russia  and  Japan  was  begun  without 
either  party  making  any  overtures  for  arbitration.  There 
were  no  circumstances  which  prevented  a  recourse  to  media- 
tion before  these  wars  were  begun ;  and  the  four  leading 
powers  which  took  a  leading  part  in  securing  The  Hague 
treaty  were  the  first  to  ignore  and  violate  it. 

The  following  is  the  full  text  of  The  Hague  treaty: 

TITLE   I. 

ON   THE   MAINTENANCE   OF   THE   GENERAL   PEACE. 

Article  I. — With  a  view  to  obviating,  as  far  as  possible, 
recourse  to  force  in  the  relations  between  States,  the  Signa- 
tory Powers  agree  to  use  their  best  efforts  to  insure  the  pacific 
settlement  of  international  differences.2 

TITLE   II. 
ON   GOOD    OFFICES   AND    MEDIATION. 

ARTICLE  II.  —  In  case  of  serious  disagreement  or  conflict, 
before  an  appeal  to  arms,  the  Signatory  Powers  agree  to 
have  recourse,  as  far  as  circumstances  allow,  to  the  good 
offices  or  mediation  of  one  or  more  friendly  Powers. 

ARTICLE  III. —  Independently  of  this  recourse,  the  Signa- 
tory Powers  recommend  that  one  or  more  Powers,  strangers 

1  "  The  Boer  Fight  for  Freedom,"  by  Michael  Davitt,  page  46. 

2  Fifty-Sixth  Congress,  First  Session,  Senate  Document  159. 


THE  HAGUE    TRIBUNAL  1 85 

to  the  dispute,  should,  on  their  own  initiative,  and  as  far  as 
circumstances  may  allow,  offer  their  good  offices  or  mediation 
to  the  States  at  variance. 

Powers,  strangers  to  the  dispute,  have  the  right  to  offer  good 
offices  or  mediation,  even  during  the  course  of  hostilities. 

The  exercise  of  this  right  can  never  be  regarded  by  one  or 
the  other  of  the  parties  in  conflict  as  an  unfriendly  act. 

ARTICLE  IV. — The  part  of  the  mediator  consists  in  rec- 
onciling the  opposing  claims  and  appeasing  the  feelings  of 
resentment  which  may  have  arisen  between  the  States  at 
variance. 

Article  V.  —  The  functions  of  the  mediator  are  at  an  end 
when  once  it  is  declared,  either  by  one  of  the  parties  to  the 
dispute,  or  by  the  mediator  himself,  that  the  means  of  recon- 
ciliation proposed  by  him  are  not  accepted. 

Article  VI.  —  Good  offices  and  mediation  either  at  the 
request  of  the  parties  at  variance,  or  on  the  initiative  of  Powers 
strangers  to  the  dispute,  have  exclusively  the  character  of 
advice  and  never  having  binding  force. 

ARTICLE  VII. — The  acceptance  of  mediation  cannot,  un- 
less there  be  an  agreement  to  the  contrary,  have  the  effect 
of  interrupting,  delaying  or  hindering  mobilization  or  other 
measures  of  preparation  for  war. 

If  mediation  occurs  after  the  commencement  of  hostilities  it 
causes  no  interruption  to  the  military  operations  in  progress, 
unless  there  be  an  agreement  to  the  contrary. 

Article  VIII.  —  The  Signatory  Powers  are  agreed  in  rec- 
ommending the  application,  when  circumstances  allow,  of 
special  mediation  in  the  following  form : 

In  case  of  a  serious  difference  endangering  the  peace,  the 
States  at  variance  choose  respectively  a  Power,  to  whom  they 
intrust  the  mission  of  entering  into  direct  communication  with 
the  Power  chosen  on  the  other  side,  with  the  object  of  pre- 
venting the  rupture  of  pacific  relations. 

For  the  period  of  this  mandate,  the  term  of  which,  unless 
otherwise  stipulated,  cannot  exceed  thirty  days,  the  States  in 
conflict  cease  from  all  direct  communication  on  the  subject  of 


1 86  THE  MONROE  DOCTRrNE 

the  dispute,  which  is  regarded  as  referred  exclusively  to 
the  mediating  Powers,  who  must  use  their  best  efforts  to 
settle  it. 

In  case  of  a  definite  rupture  of  pacific  relations,  these 
Powers  are  charged  with  the  joint  task  of  taking  advantage 
of  any  opportunity  to  restore  peace. 

TITLE   III. 
ON    INTERNATIONAL   COMMISSIONS    OF    INQUIRY. 

ARTICLE  IX.  —  In  differences  of  an  international  nature  in- 
volving neither  honour  nor  vital  interests,  and  arising  from  a 
difference  of  opinion  on  points  of  fact,  the  Signatoiy  Powers 
recommend  that  the  parties,  who  have  not  been  able  to  come 
to  an  agreement  by  means  of  diplomacy,  should  as  far  as  cir- 
cumstances allow,  institute  an  International  Commission  of 
Inquiry,  to  facilitate  a  solution  of  these  differences  by  eluci- 
dating the  facts  by  means  of  an  impartial  and  conscientious 
investigation. 

ARTICLE  X. — The  International  Commissions  of  Inquiry 
are  constituted  by  special  agreement  between  the  parties  in 
conflict. 

The  Convention  for  an  inquiry  defines  the  facts  to  be  ex- 
amined and  the  extent  of  the  Commissioners'  powers. 

It  settles  the  procedure. 

On  the  inquiry  both  sides  must  be  heard. 

The  form  and  the  periods  to  be  observed,  if  not  stated 
in  the  inquiry  Convention,  are  decided  by  the  Commission 
itself. 

ARTICLE  XI.  —  The  International  Commissions  of  Inquiry 
are  formed,  unless  otherwise  stipulated,  in  the  manner  fixed 
by  Article  XXXII  of  the  present  convention. 

ARTICLE  XII.  —  The  powers  in  dispute  engage  to  supply  the 
International  Commission  of  Inquiry,  as  fully  as  they  may 
think  possible,  with  all  means  and  facilities  necessary  to  enable 
it  to  be  completely  acquainted  with  and  to  accurately  under- 
stand the  facts  in  question. 


THE  HAGUE    TRIBUNAL  1 87 

ARTICLE  XIII.  —  The  International  Commission  of  Inquiry- 
communicates  its  report  to  the  conflicting  Powers,  signed  by 
all  the  members  of  the  Commission. 

Article  XIV.  —  The  report  of  the  International  Commis- 
sion of  Inquiry  is  limited  to  a  statement  of  facts,  and  has  in  no 
way  the  character  of  an  Arbitral  Award.  It  leaves  the  con- 
flicting Powers  entire  freedom  as  to  the  effect  to  be  given  to 
this  statement. 


TITLE  IV. 

ON    INTERNATIONAL   ARBITRATION 
Chapter  i.  —  On  the  System  of  Arbitration. 

ARTICLE  XV.  —  International  arbitration  has  for  its  object 
the  settlement  of  differences  between  States  by  judges  of  their 
own  choice,  and  on  the  basis  of  respect  for  law. 

ARTICLE  XVI.  —  In  questions  of  a  legal  nature,  and  espe- 
cially in  the  interpretation  or  application  of  International  Con- 
ventions, arbitration  is  recognized  by  the  Signatory  Powers  as 
the  most  effective,  and  at  the  same  time  the  most  equitable, 
means  of  settling  disputes  which  diplomacy  has  failed  to 
settle. 

ARTICLE  XVII.  — The  arbitration  convention  is  concluded 
for  questions  already  existing  or  for  questions  which  may 
arise  eventually. 

It  may  embrace  any  dispute  or  only  disputes  of  a  certain 
category. 

Article  XVIII.  —  The  Arbitration  Convention  implies  the 
engagement  to  submit  loyally  to  the  Award. 

Article  XIX. — Independently  of  general  or  private 
Treaties  expressly  stipulating  recourse  to  arbitration  as  obliga- 
tory on  the  Signatory  Powers,  these  Powers  reserve  to  them- 
selves the  right  of  concluding,  either  before  the  ratification  of 
the  present  Act  or  later,  new  Agreements,  general  or  private, 
with  a  view  to  extending  obligatory  arbitration  to  all  cases 
which  they  may  consider  it  possible  to  submit  to  it. 


1 88  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Chapter  II. —  On  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration. 

ARTICLE  XX.  —  With  the  object  of  facilitating  an  immedi- 
ate recourse  to  arbitration  for  international  differences,  which 
it  has  not  been  possible  to  settle  by  diplomacy,  the  Signatory 
Powers  undertake  to  organize  a  permanent  Court  of  Arbitra- 
tion, accessible  at  all  times  and  operating,  unless  otherwise 
stipulated  by  the  parties,  in  accordance  with  the  Rules  of  Pro- 
cedure inserted  in  the  present  Convention. 

ARTICLE  XXI.  — The  permanent  Court  shall  be  competent 
for  all  arbitration  cases,  unless  the  parties  agree  to  institute  a 
special  Tribunal. 

ARTICLE  XXII.  —  An  International  Bureau,  established  at 
The  Hague,  serves  as  record  office  for  the  Court. 

This  Bureau  is  the  channel  for  communication  relative  to 
the  meetings  of  the  Court. 

It  has  the  custody  of  the  archives  and  conducts  all  the  ad- 
ministrative business. 

The  Signatory  Powers  undertake  to  communicate  to  the 
International  Bureau  at  The  Hague  a  duly  certified  copy  of 
any  conditions  of  arbitration  arrived  at  between  them,  and  of 
any  award  concerning  them  delivered  by  special  Tribunals. 

They  undertake  also  to  communicate  to  the  Bureau  the 
Laws,  Regulations,  and  documents  eventually  showing  the  ex- 
ecution of  the  awards  given  by  the  Court. 

ARTICLE  XXIII.  —  Within  the  three  months  following  its 
ratification  of  the  present  Act,  each  Signatory  Power  shall 
select  four  persons  at  the  most,  of  known  competency  in  ques- 
tions of  international  law,  of  the  highest  moral  reputation,  and 
disposed  to  accept  the  duties  of  Arbitrators. 

The  persons  thus  selected  shall  be  inscribed,  as  members  of 
the  Court,  in  a  list  which  shall  be  notified  by  the  Bureau  to  all 
the  Signatory  Powers. 

Any  alteration  in  the  list  of  Arbitrators  is  brought  by  the 
Bureau  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Signatory  Powers. 

Two  or  more  Powers  may  agree  on  the  selection  in  common 
of  one  or  more  Members. 


THE  HAGUE    TRIBUNAL  1 89 

* 

The  same  person  can  be  selected  by  different  Powers. 

The  Members  of  the  Court  are  appointed  for  a  term  of  six 
years.     Their  appointments  can  be  renewed. 

In  case  of  the  death  or  retirement  of  a  member  of  the 
Court,  his  place  shall  be  filled  in  accordance  with  the  method 
of  his  appointment. 

Article  XXIV.  —  When  the  Signatory  Powers  desire  to 
have  recourse  to  the  Permanent  Court  for  the  settlement  of  a 
difference  that  has  arisen  between  them,  the  Arbitrators  called 
upon  to  form  the  competent  Tribunal  to  decide  this  difference, 
must  be  chosen  from  the  general  list  of  members  of  the  Court. 

Failing  the  direct  agreement  of  the  parties  on  the  composi- 
tion of  the  Arbitration  Tribunal,  the  following  course  shall  be 
pursued : 

Each  party  appoints  two  Arbitrators,  and  these  together 
choose  an  Umpire. 

If  the  votes  are  equal,  the  choice  of  the  Umpire  is  intrusted 
to  a  third  Power,  selected  by  the  parties  by  common  accord. 

If  an  agreement  is  not  arrived  at  on  this  subject,  each  party 
selects  a  different  Power,  and  the  choice  of  the  Umpire  is 
made  in  concert  by  the  Powers  thus  selected. 

The  Tribunal  being  thus  composed,  the  parties  notify  to  the 
Bureau  their  determination  to  have  recourse  to  the  Court  and 
the  names  of  the  Arbitrators. 

The  Tribunal  of  Arbitration  assembles  on  the  date  fixed  by 
the  parties. 

The  Members  of  the  Court,  in  the  discharge  of  their  duties 
and  out  of  their  own  country,  enjoy  diplomatic  privileges  and 
immunities. 

ARTICLE  XXV. — The  Tribunal  of  Arbitration  has  its  or- 
dinary seat  at  The  Hague. 

Except  in  cases  of  necessity,  the  place  of  session  can  only 
be  altered  by  the  Tribunal  with  the  assent  of  the  parties. 

Article  XXVI.  —  The  International  Bureau  at  The  Hague 
is  authorized  to  place  its  premises  and  its  staff  at  the  disposal 
of  the  Signatory  Powers  for  the  operations  of  any  special 
Board  of  Arbitration. 


190  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  jurisdiction  of  the  Permanent  Court,  may,  within  the 
conditions  laid  down  in  the  Regulations,  be  extended  to  dis- 
putes between  non-Signatory  Powers,  or  between  Signatory 
Powers  and  non-Signatory  Powers,  if  the  parties  are  agreed  on 
recourse  to  this  tribunal. 

Article  XXVII. — The  Signatory  Powers  consider  it  their 
duty,  if  a  serious  dispute  threatens  to  break  out  between  two 
or  more  of  them,  to  remind  these  latter  that  the  Permanent 
Court  is  open  to  them. 

Consequently,  they  declare  that  the  fact  of  reminding  the 
conflicting  parties  of  the  provisions  of  the  present  Convention, 
and  the  advice  given  to  them,  in  the  highest  interests  of  peace, 
to  have  recourse  to  the  Permanent  Court,  can  only  be  regarded 
as  friendly  actions. 

ARTICLE  XXVIII.  —  A  Permanent  Administrative  Council, 
composed  of  the  Diplomatic  Representatives  of  the  Signatory 
Powers  accredited  to  The  Hague  and  of  the  Netherland  Min- 
ister for  Foreign  Affairs,  who  will  act  as  President,  shall  be  in- 
stituted in  this  town  as  soon  as  possible  after  the  ratification  of 
the  present  Act  by  at  least  nine  Powers. 

This  Council  will  be  charged  with  the  establishment  and 
organization  of  the  International  Bureau,  which  will  be  under 
its  direction  and  control. 

It  will  notify  to  the  Powers  the  Constitution  of  the  Court 
and  will  provide  for  its  installation. 

It  will  settle  its  Rules  of  Procedure  and  all  other  necessary 
Regulations. 

It  will  decide  all  questions  of  administration  which  may 
arise  with  regard  to  the  operations  of  the  Court. 

It  will  have  entire  control  over  the  appointment,  suspension 
or  dismissal  of  the  officials  and  employes  of  the  Bureau. 

It  will  fix  the  payments  and  salaries,  and  control  the  general 
expenditure. 

At  meetings  duly  summoned  the  presence  of  five  members 
is  sufficient  to  render  valid  the  discussions  of  the  Council. 
The   decisions  are  taken  by  a  majority  of  votes. 

The  Council  communicates  to  the  Signatory  Powers  without 


THE  HAGUE    TRIBUNAL  191 

delay  the  Regulations  adopted  by  it.  It  furnishes  them  with 
an  annual  report  on  the  labours  of  the  Court,  the  working  of 
the  administration  and  the  expenses. 

Article  XXIX.  —  The  expenses  of  the  Bureau  shall  be 
borne  by  the  Signatory  Powers  in  the  proportion  fixed  for  the 
International  Bureau  of  the  Universal  Postal  Union. 

Chapter  in.  —  On  Arbitral  Procedure. 

ARTICLE  XXX.  —  With  a  view  to  encourage  the  develop- 
ment of  arbitration,  the  Signatory  Powers  have  agreed  on  the 
following  Rules  which  shall  be  applicable  to  arbitral  proced- 
ure, unless  other  rules  have  been  agreed  on  by  the  parties. 

Article  XXXI.  —  The  Powers  who  have  recourse  to  arbi- 
tration sign  a  special  Act  ("  Compromis"),  in  which  the  sub- 
ject of  the  difference  is  clearly  defined,  as  well  as  the  extent 
of  the  Arbitrators'  powers.  This  Act  implies  the  undertaking 
of  the  parties  to  submit  loyally  to  the  award. 

Article  XXXII.  —  The  duties  of  Arbitrator  may  be  con- 
ferred on  one  Arbitrator  alone  or  on  several  Arbitrators  selected 
by  the  parties  as  they  please,  or  chosen  by  them  from  the 
members  of  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration  established 
by  the  present  Act. 

Failing  the  constitution  of  the  Tribunal  by  direct  agreement 
between  the  parties,  the  following  course  shall  be  pursued  : 

Each  party  appoints  two  arbitrators,  and  these  latter  to- 
gether choose  an  Umpire. 

In  case  of  equal  voting,  the  choice  of  the  Umpire  is  in- 
trusted to  a  third  Power,  selected  by  the  parties  by  common 
accord. 

If  no  agreement  is  arrived  at  on  this  subject,  each  party 
selects  a  different  Power,  and  the  choice  of  the  Umpire  is  made 
in  concert  by  the  Powers  thus  selected. 

Article  XXXIII.  —  When  a  Sovereign  or  the  Chief  of  a 
State  is  chosen  as  Arbitrator,  the  arbitral  procedure  is  settled 
by  him. 

Article  XXXIV.  — The  Umpire  is  by  right  President  of 
the  Tribunal. 


192  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

When  the  Tribunal  does  not  include  an  Umpire,  it  appoints 
its  own  President. 

Article  XXXV.  —  In  case  of  the  death,  retirement,  or 
disability  from  any  cause  of  one  of  the  Arbitrators,  his  place 
shall  be  filled  in  accordance  with  the  method  of  his  appoint- 
ment. 

ARTICLE  XXXVI. — The  Tribunal's  place  of  session  is 
selected  by  the  parties.  Failing  this  selection  the  Tribunal 
sits  at  The  Hague. 

The  place  thus  fixed  cannot,  except  in  case  of  necessity,  be 
changed  by  the  Tribunal  without  the  assent  of  the  parties. 

ARTICLE  XXXVII.  —  The  parties  have  the  right  to  appoint 
delegates  or  special  agents  to  attend  the  Tribunal,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  serving  as  intermediaries  between  them  and  the 
Tribunal. 

They  are  further  authorized  to  retain,  for  the  defence  of 
their  rights  and  interests  before  the  Tribunal,  counsel  or 
advocates  appointed  by  them  for  this  purpose. 

ARTICLE  XXXVIII.  —  The  Tribunal  decides  on  the  choice  of 
languages  to  be  used  by  itself,  and  to  be  authorized  for  use 
before  it. 

Article  XXXIX.  —  As  a  general  rule  the  arbitral  procedure 
comprises  two  distinct  phases,  —  preliminary  examination  and 
discussion. 

Preliminary  examination  consists  in  the  communication  by 
the  respective. agents  to  the  members  of  the  Tribunal  and  to 
the  opposite  party  of  all  printed  or  written  Acts,  and  of  all 
documents  containing  the  arguments  invoked  in  the  case. 
This  communication  shall  be  made  in  the  form  and  within 
the  periods  fixed  by  the  Tribunal  in  accordance  with  Article 
XLIX. 

Discussion  consists  in  the  oral  development  before  the 
Tribunal  of  the  arguments  of  the  parties. 

Article  XL.  — Every  document  produced  by  one  party 
must  be  communicated  to  the  other  party. 

Article  XLI.  —  The  discussions  are  under  the  direction 
of  the  President. 


THE  HAGUE   TRIBUNAL  193 

They  are  only  public  if  it  be  so  decided  by  the  Tribunal, 
with  the  assent  of  the  parties. 

They  are  recorded  in  the  proch-verbaux  drawn  up  by  the 
Secretaries  appointed  by  the  President.  These  proch-ver- 
baux alone  have  an  authentic  character. 

ARTICLE  XLII.  — When  the  preliminary  examination  is  con- 
cluded, the  Tribunal  has  the  right  to  refuse  discussion  of  all 
fresh  Acts  or  documents  which  one  party  may  desire  to  sub- 
mit to  it  without  the  consent  of  the  other  party. 

ARTICLE  XLIII.  —  The  Tribunal  is  free  to  take  into  con- 
sideration fresh  Acts  or  documents  to  which  its  attention  may 
be  drawn  by  the  agents  or  counsel  of  the  parties. 

In  this  case  the  tribunal  has  the  right  to  require  the  pro- 
duction of  these  Acts  or  documents,  but  is  obliged  to  make 
them  known  to  the  opposite  party. 

Article  XLIV. — The  Tribunal  can,  besides,  require  from 
the  agents  of  the  parties  the  production  of  all  Acts,  and  can 
demand  all  necessary  explanations.  In  case  of  refusal,  the 
Tribunal  takes  note  of  it. 

ARTICLE  XLV.  —  The  agents  and  counsel  of  the  parties  are 
authorized  to  present  orally  to  the  Tribunal  all  the  arguments 
they  may  think  expedient  in  defence  of  their  case. 

ARTICLE  XLVI.  —  They  have  the  right  to  raise  objections 
and  points.  The  decisions  of  the  Tribunal  on  those  points 
are  final,  and  cannot  form  the  subject  of  any  subsequent 
discussion. 

ARTICLE  XL VII.  —  The  members  of  the  Tribunal  have  the 
right  to  put  questions  to  the  agents  and  counsel  of  the  parties, 
t  and  to  demand  explanations  from  them  on  doubtful  points. 

Neither  the  questions  put  nor  the  remarks  made  by  mem- 
bers of  the  Tribunal  during  the  discussions  can  be  regarded  as 
an  expression  of  opinion  by  the  Tribunal  in  general,  or  by  its 
members  in  particular. 

ARTICLE  XLVIII.  —  The  Tribunal  is  authorized  to  declare 
its  competence  in  interpreting  the  "  Compromis  "  as  well  as 
the  other  Treaties  which  may  be  invoked  in  the  case,  and  in 
applying  the  principles  of  international  law. 

13 


194  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

ARTICLE  XLIX.  —  The  Tribunal  has  the  right  to  issue 
Rules  of  Procedure  for  the  conduct  of  the  case,  to  decide  the 
forms  and  periods  within  which  each  party  must  conclude  its 
arguments,  and  to  arrange  all  the  formalities  required  for  deal- 
ing with  the  evidence. 

ARTICLE  L.  —  When  the  agents  and  counsel  of  the  parties 
have  submitted  all  explanations  and  evidence  in  support  of 
their  case,  the  President  pronounces  the  discussion  closed. 

ARTICLE  LI.  —  The  deliberations  of  the  Tribunal  take  place 
in  private.  Every  decision  is  taken  by  a  majority  of  members 
of  the  Tribunal. 

The  refusal  of  a  member  to  vote  must  be  recorded  in  the 
proch  verbal. 

Article  LII.  —  The  award,  given  by  a  majority  of  votes, 
is  accompanied  by  a  statement  of  reasons.  It  is  drawn  up  in 
writing  and  signed  by  each  member  of  the  Tribunal. 

Those  members  who  are  in  the  minority  may  record  their 
dissent  when  signing. 

ARTICLE  LIII.  — The  award  is  read  out  at  a  public  meeting 
of  the  Tribunal,  the  agents  and  counsel  of  the  parties  being 
present,  or  duly  summoned  to  attend. 

ARTICLE  LIV. — The  award,  duly  pronounced  and  notified 
to  the  agents  of  the  parties  at  variance,  puts  an  end  to  the 
dispute  definitely  and  without  appeal. 

ARTICLE  LV. — The  parties  can  reserve  in  the  "  Com- 
promis  "  the  right  to  demand  the  revision  of  the  award. 

In  this  case,  and  unless  there  be  an  agreement  to  the  con- 
trary, the  demand  must  be  addressed  to  the  Tribunal  which 
pronounced  the  award.  It  can  only  be  made  on  the  ground 
of  the  discovery  of  some  new  fact  calculated  to  exercise  a 
decisive  influence  on  the  award,  and  which,  at  the  time  the 
discussion  was  closed,  was  unknown  to  the  Tribunal  and  to 
the  party  demanding  the  revision. 

Proceedings  for  revision  can  only  be  instituted  by  a  decision 
of  the  Tribunal  expressly  recording  the  existence  of  the  new 
fact,  recognizing  in  it  the  character  described  in  the  foregoing 
paragraph,  and  declaring  the  demand  admissible  on  this  ground. 


THE  HAGUE   TRIBUNAL  1 95 

The  "  Compromis "  fixes  the  period  within  which  the  de- 
mand for  revision  must  be  made. 

ARTICLE  LVI. — The  award  is  only  binding  on  the  parties 
who  concluded  the  "  Compromis." 

When  there  is  a  question  of  interpreting  a  Convention  to 
which  Powers  other  than  those  concerned  in  the  dispute  are 
parties,  the  latter  notify  to  the  former  the  "  Compromis  "  they 
have  concluded.  Each  of  these  Powers  has  the  right  to  in- 
tervene in  the  case.  If  one  or  more  of  them  avail  themselves 
of  this  right,  the  interpretation  contained  in  the  award  is 
equally  binding  on  them. 

Article  LVII.  —  Each  party  pays  its  own  expenses  and  an 
equal  share  of  those  of  the  Tribunal. 

GENERAL   PROVISIONS 

Article  LVIII.  — The  present  Convention  shall  be  ratified 
as  speedily  as  possible. 

The  ratifications  shall  be  deposited  at  The  Hague. 

A  proch-verbal  shall  be  drawn  up  recording  the  receipt 
of  each  ratification,  and  a  copy  duly  certified  shall  be  sent, 
through  the  diplomatic  channel,  to  all  the  Powers  who  were 
represented  at  the  International  Peace  Conference  at  The 
Hague. 

ARTICLE  LIX.  —  The  non-Signatory  Powers  who  were  rep- 
resented at  the  International  Peace  Conference  can  adhere  to 
the  present  Convention.  For  this  purpose  they  must  make 
known  their  adhesion  to  the  Contracting  Powers  by  a  written 
notification  addressed  to  the  Netherlands  Government,  and 
communicated  by  it  to  all  the  other  Contracting  Powers. 

Article  LX.  —  The  conditions  on  which  the  Powers  who 
were  not  represented  at  the  International  Peace  Conference 
can  adhere  to  the  present  Convention  shall  form  the  subject 
of  a  subsequent  Agreement  among  the  Contracting  Powers. 

Article  LXI.  —  In  the  event  of  one  of  the  High  Contract- 
ing Parties  denouncing  the  present  Convention,  this  denuncia- 
tion would   not  take  effect  until  a  year  after  its  notification 


196  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

made  in  writing  to  the  Netherlands  Government,  and  by  it 
communicated  at  once  to  all  the  other  Contracting  Powers. 

This  denunciation  shall  only  affect  the  notifying  Power. 

In  faith  of  which  the  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the 
present  Convention  and  affixed  their  seals  to  it. 

Done  at  The  Hague,  the  29th  July,  1899,  in  a  single  copy, 
which  shall  remain  in  the  archives  of  the  Netherlands  Govern- 
ment, and  copies  of  it,  duly  certified,  be  sent  through  the 
diplomatic  channel  to  the  Contracting  Powers. 

And  whereas  the  said  Convention  was  signed  by  the  Pleni- 
potentiaries of  the  United  States  of  America  under  reserva- 
tion of  the  following  declaration: 

"  Nothing  contained  in  this  convention  shall  be  so  con- 
strued as  to  require  the  United  States  of  America  to  depart 
from  its  traditional  policy  of  not  intruding  upon,  interfering 
with,  or  entangling  itself  in  the  political  questions  of  policy  or 
internal  administration  of  any  foreign  state;  nor  shall  anything 
contained  in  the  said  convention  be  construed  to  imply  a  re- 
linquishment by  the  United  States  of  America  of  its  tradi- 
tional attitude  toward  purely  American  questions;  " 

And  whereas  the  said  Convention  was  duly  ratified  by  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  America,  by  and  with  the 
advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  thereof,  and  by  the  Govern- 
ments of  the  other  Powers  aforesaid  with  the  exception  of 
China  and  Turkey; 

And  whereas,  in  pursuance  of  the  stipulations  of  Article 
LVIII  of  the  Convention  the  ratifications  of  the  said  Conven- 
tion were  deposited  at  The  Hague  on  the  4th  day  of  Septem- 
ber, 1900,  by  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  Governments  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  Germany,  Austria-Hungary,  Bel- 
gium, Denmark,  Spain,  France,  Great  Britain,  Italy,  the 
Netherlands,  Persia,  Portugal,  Roumania,  Russia,  Siam, 
Sweden  and  Norway,  and  Bulgaria;  on  the  6th  day  of 
October,  1900,  by  the  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Government  of 
Japan;  on  the   16th  day  of  October,   1900,  by  the  Plenipo- 


THE  HAGUE    TRIBUNAL  197 

tentiary  of  the  Government  of  Montenegro ;  on  the  29th  day 
of  December,  1900,  by  the  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Government 
of  Switzerland ;  on  the  4th  day  of  April,  1901,  by  the  Pleni- 
potentiary of  the  Government  of  Greece;  on  the  17th  day 
of  April,  1901,  by  the  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Government  of 
Mexico;  on  the  nth  day  of  May,  1901,  by  the  Plenipoten- 
tiary of  the  Government  of  Servia;  and  on  the  12th  day  of 
July,  1901,  by  the  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Government  of 
Luxembourg. 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known  that  I,  Theodore  Roosevelt, 
President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  have  caused  the 
said  Convention  to  be  made  public,  to  the  end  that  the  same 
and  every  clause  thereof  may  be  observed  and  fulfilled  with 
good  faith  by  the  United  States  and  the  citizens  thereof,  sub- 
ject to  the  reserve  made  in  the  aforesaid  declaration  of  the 
Plenipotentiaries  of  the  United  States. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  caused 
the  seal  of  the  United  States  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington  this  first  day  of  November 
in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  one, 
and  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States,  the  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty-sixth. 

Theodore  Roosevelt. 

By  the  President 
John  Hay, 
Secretary  of  State? 

The  Hague  Convention  set  aside  the  principles  of  inter- 
national law  on  the  subject  of  intervention.  Until  this  treaty 
changed  the  rule  it  became  a  matter  of  delicacy  and  difficulty 
for  a  third  power  to  take  any  steps  looking  to  a  peaceful 
settlement  of  difficulties  between  two  belligerents.  The 
parties  to  this  treaty,  which  now  practically  embraces  all  the 
governments  of  the  world,  "  agree  to  use  their  best  efforts  to 
insure  the  pacific  settlement  of  international  differences." 
They  agree  to  have  "  recourse  as  far  as  circumstances  will 
allow,  to  the  good  offices  or  mediation  of  one  or  more  friendly 
1  From  papers  in  the  State  Department. 


198  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Powers."  They  agree  that  one  or  more  Powers  strangers 
to  the  dispute  should,  on  their  own  initiative  and  as  far  as 
circumstances  may  allow,  offer  their  good  offices  for  media- 
tion to  the  States  at  variance.  Powers  strangers  to  the  dis- 
pute have  the  right  to  offer  good  offices  or  mediation  even 
during  the  course  of  hostilities.  The  exercise  of  this  right 
can  never  be  regarded  by  one  or  the  other  of  the  parties  in 
conflict  as  an  unfriendly  act. 

The  government  of  the  United  States  in  the  latter  part  of 
the  year  1902,  and  in  the  early  part  of  1903,  became  engaged 
in  correspondence  with  Great  Britain,  Germany,  and  Italy  on 
behalf  of  Venezuela  under  the  provisions  of  these  mediation 
rights  conferred  by  The  Hague  treaty.  A  popular  misap- 
prehension exists  in  regard  to  the  character  of  this  interfer- 
ence by  the  United  States  in  this  controversy.  The  erroneous 
supposition  is  that  the  correspondence  is  based  on  our  asser- 
tion of  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  The  correspondence  could  not 
properly  reach  this  stage  until  the  German  government  should 
declare  its  purpose  to  permanently  occupy  Venezuelan  terri- 
tory, or  until  it  should  enter  upon  such  occupation  which  it 
evidently  intended  to  be  permanent.  This  would  give  this 
government  ample  time  to  deliberate  upon  the  policy  and 
propriety  of  enforcing  the  Monroe  Doctrine  at  all  or  not,  as 
well  as  to  prepare  and  put  itself  in  readiness  to  effectually 
enforce  it.  A  period  of  deliberation  and  preparation  by  this 
government  will  enable  it  to  take  an  opportune  time  to  em- 
ploy offensive  measures  to  enforce  our  foreign  policy. 

The  statutes  of  limitation  do  not  bar  the  rights  of  the 
government.  Negligence  or  laches  is  not  imputable  to  it. 
"  Nullum  tempus  occurrit  regi "  is  the  time-worn  maxim  per- 
taining to  the  rights  of  the  government.  Hence  a  delay  by 
the  government  in  the  enforcement  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine 
will  not  operate  to  its  prejudice.  It  can  postpone  action,  not 
only  for  the  sake  of  preparation,  but  for  the  purpose  of  strik- 
ing the  offending  Power  at  an  opportune  time  and  in  the 
moment  of  its  greatest  weakness. 

The  completion  of  the  Panama  Canal  would  likely  take  pre- 


THE  HAGUE    TRIBUNAL  199 

cedence  of  any  stupendous  undertaking  by  this  government  to 
redress  any  invasions  of  its  foreign  policy.  The  first  and  pre- 
dominant purpose  of  the  government  should  be  to  construct 
the  canal  across  the  Isthmus,  and  in  the  meantime  postpone 
all  other  matters  of  foreign  policy  which  are  not  especially 
demanding  immediate  attention. 

The  United  States  was  represented  at  The  Hague  Confer- 
ence by  Andrew  D.  White,  Seth  Low,  Stanford  Newell,  and 
Captains  Alfred  T.  Mahan  and  William  Crozier.  Our  repre- 
sentatives brought  to  the  attention  of  that  body  the  traditional 
policies  against  entangling  alliances  by  this  government  in 
European  affairs,  and  in  support  of  our  foreign  policy,  known 
as  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  When  they  signed  the  treaty  they 
added  the  following  words  in  explanation  of  the  conditions 
under  which  they  signed  that  instrument  for  the  United  States : 
"  Under  reserve  of  the  declaration  made  at  the  plenary  sitting 
of  the  Conference  on  the  25th  of  July,  1899."  These  reserva- 
tions were  stated  at  length  over  the  signatures  of  President 
Roosevelt  and  Secretary  John  Hay,  as  set  out  in  the  preceding 
text  of  the  treaty.  The  United  States,  therefore,  among  other 
things,  both  on  the  floor  of  The  Hague  Convention,  and  in 
the  ratification  of  the  treaty  itself,  expressly  announced  its 
adherence  to  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  and  all  the  Signatory 
Powers  joined  in  the  treaty  with  the  express  knowledge  and 
understanding  that  the  United  States,  by  becoming  a  party  to 
that  treaty,  did  not  waive  any  of  its  rights  to  adhere  to  its 
traditional  foreign  policy. 

The  other  Signatory  Powers,  however,  while  incidentally 
recognizing  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  are  not  in  the  attitude  of 
having  ratified  it  nor  of  having  adopted  it  as  a  principle  of 
international  law.  It  does  have  the  effect  of  notice  to  them  of 
this  traditional  policy,  the  continued  existence  of  which  had 
been  more  or  less  questioned  by  European  governments. 

The  question  arises,  what  shall  be  the  lex  non  scripta  of  The 
Hague  Tribunal?  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  have 
considered  that  the  law  of  nations  is  adopted  in  its  full  extent 
by  the  common  law,  as  a  part  of  the  law  of  the  land.     Now 


200  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

that  practically  all  the  nations  of  the  earth  are  supporters  of 
The  Hague  Tribunal,  what  shall  be  its  unwritten  law,  since  few, 
if  any,  of  the  other  nations  have  adopted  the  common  law  ? 
Blackstone  says: 

"  The  law  of  nations  is  a  system  of  rules,  deducible  by  nat- 
ural reason,  and  established  by  universal  consent  among  the 
civilized  inhabitants  of  the  world ;  in  order  to  decide  all  dis- 
putes, to  regulate  all  ceremonies  and  civilities,  and  to  insure 
the  observance  of  justice  and  good  faith,  in  that  intercourse 
which  must  frequently  occur  between  two  or  more  inde- 
pendent states,  and  the  individuals  belonging  to  each.  This 
general  law  is  founded  upon  this  principle,  that  different  na- 
tions ought  in  time  of  peace  to  do  one  another  all  the  good 
they  can,  and  in  time  of  war  as  little  harm  as  possible,  without 
prejudice  to  their  own  real  interests.  And,  as  none  of  these 
states  will  allow  a  superiority  in  the  others,  therefore  neither 
can  dictate  nor  prescribe  the  rules  of  this  law  to  the  rest ;  but 
such  rules  must  necessarily  result  from  those  principles  of 
natural  justice  in  which  all  the  learned  of  every  nation  agree; 
or  they  depend  upon  mutual  compacts  or  treaties  between 
the  respective  communities;  in  the  construction  of  which  there 
is  also  no  judge  to  resort  to,  but  the  law  of  nature  and  reason, 
being  the  only  one  in  which  all  the  contracting  parties  are 
equally  conversant  and  to  which  they  are  equally  subject."  1 

The  terms  "  international  law  "  and  "  the  law  of  nations  "  are 
synonymous,  but  the  former  is  more  modern. 
Lord  Coleridge  said : 

"  Strictly  speaking,  'international  law'  is  an  inexact  expres- 
sion, and  it  is  apt  to  mislead  if  its  inexactness  is  not  kept  in 
mind.  Law  implies  a  lawgiver  and  a  tribunal  capable  of 
enforcing  it  and  coercing  its  transgressors.  But  there  is 
no  common  lawgiver  to  sovereign  states;  and  no  tribunal 
has  the  power  to  bind  them  by  decrees  or  coerce  them 
if  they  transgress.  The  law  of  nations  is  that  collection  of 
usages  which  civilized  states  have  agreed  to  observe  in  their 
dealings  with  one  another.     What  these  usages  are,  whether  a 

1  Blackstone's  Commentaries,  Book  IV,  Chapter  V,  page  67. 


THE  HAGUE    TRIBUNAL  201 

particular  one  has  or  has  not  been  agreed  to,  must  be  matter 
of  evidence.  Treaties  and  acts  of  state  are  but  evidence  of 
the  agreement  of  nations,  and  do  not,  in  this  country  at  least, 
per  se  bind  the  tribunals.  Neither,  certainly  does  a  consensus 
of  jurists;  but  it  is  evidence  of  the  agreement  of  nations  on 
international  points;  and  on  such  points,  when  they  arise,  the 
English  courts  give  effect,  as  part  of  English  law,  to  such 
agreement."  * 

A  contrary  view  has  been  expressed,  for  Lord  Russell,  in  his 
speech  to  the  American  Bar  Association  in  1896,  said  that  the 
view  expressed  by  Lord  Coleridge  is  based  on  too  narrow  a 
definition  of  law,  a  definition  which  "  relies  too  much  on  force 
as  the  governing  idea.  If  the  development  of  law  is  histor- 
ically considered,  it  will  be  found  to  exclude  that  body  of 
customary  law  which  in  early  stages  of  society  precedes  law 
which  assumes  definitely  the  character  of  positive  command 
coupled  with  punitive  sanctions.  .  .  .  As  government  becomes 
more  frankly  democratic,  .  .  .  laws  bear  less  and  less  the  char- 
acter of  commands  imposed  by  a  coercive  authority,  and  ac- 
quire more  and  more  the  character  of  customary  law  founded 
on  consent.  ...  I  claim,  then,  that  the  aggregate  of  the 
rules  to  which  nations  have  agreed  to  conform  in  their  con- 
duct towards  one  another  is  properly  to  be  designated  '  inter- 
national law.' "  2 

The  Hague  Tribunal  is  based  on  the  idea  of  justice,  and  not 
of  force,  as  the  governing  idea.  Weak  nations  are  to  have 
their  rights  administered  by  the  same  rules  and  upon  the 
same  principles  as  powerful  nations.  The  existence  of  The 
Hague  Tribunal  necessarily  implies  that  it  will  have  a  lex  non 
scripta  of  its  own.  This  law,  which  Blackstone  says  is  based 
"  on  the  law  of  nature  and  reason,"  is  bound  to  receive  judicial 
constructions  from  time  to  time  on  the  great  variety  of  mat- 
ters which  will  come  before  it  for  judicial  determination.  If 
Blackstone  is  correct  concerning  this  "  law  of  nature  and  reason," 

1  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.  XVI, 
pages  1 124,  1 125,  note  3. 

2  Ibid. 


202  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

it  is  evident  that  the  lex  non  scripta  of  The  Hague  Tribunal's 
administration  of  justice  will  be  in  general  conformity  to  the 
principles  of  the  common  law  and  the  golden  rule  of  Con- 
fucius. This  unwritten  law  must  necessarily  define  some 
existing  causes  of  war  as  unjustifiable. 

The  acquisition  of  territory  for  the  mere  purposes  of  con- 
quest would  doubtless  be  one,  if  indeed  this  is  not  already 
fairly  implied  by  the  institution  of  this  tribunal.  To  this  ex- 
tent The  Hague  Tribunal  would  be  a  powerful  auxiliary  to  the 
maintenance  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  The  lex  non  scripta  of 
this  tribunal  must  necessarily  take  quite  a  growth  in  matters 
pertaining  to  the  execution  of  its  judgments  and  decrees.  Not 
one  judgment  out  of  a  hundred  which  is  rendered  by  the  or- 
dinary tribunals  of  the  country,  is  collectible,  and  besides  there 
is  a  very  large  per  centum  of  claims  which  are  never  reduced 
to  judgment,  because  of  the  impossibility  of  collection.  The 
law  of  collectibility  or  non-collectibility  of  the  judgments  and 
decrees  of  this  tribunal  will  evidently  come  up  for  adjudication 
in  a  manner  in  which  some  rules  must  be  established.  These 
rules,  like  the  rules  governing  the  execution  of  judgments  at 
law  and  the  enforcement  of  decrees  in  equity,  must  all  be  in 
conformity  to  a  wise  and  humane  public  policy.  Public  policy 
forbids  the  judgment  creditor  to  levy  his  execution  on  the  fire 
engines  of  the  city  or  the  city  hall,  or  any  other  property 
needful  in  the  administration  of  the  public  affairs  of  the  city 
and  the  public  buildings  of  the  county. 

It  forbids  the  garnisheeing  of  the  wages  and  salaries  of  all 
municipal,  county,  State  or  federal  officers,  whether  in  the  civil 
or  military  employ  of  the  government.  Public  policy  de- 
mands that  the  civil  and  military  offices  of  the  government,  as 
well  as  its  property  used  for  governmental  purposes,  shall  not 
be  subject  to  execution  or  sequestration,  because  it  might  par- 
alyze the  arm  of  the  government. 

Every  tribunal  should  possess  the  ability  to  enforce  its  own 
judgments,  decrees,  and  mandates  as  other  tribunals  which  de- 
cide upon  the  rights,  liberties,  and  property  of  individuals. 
The  Hague  Tribunal  should  not  hand  over  its  judgment  to  the 


THE  HAGUE   TRIBUNAL  203 

creditor  nation,  to  be  enforced  through  military  coercion.  A 
public  policy  is  involved  which  would  not  only  deny  this 
right,  but  which  would  also  deny  the  judgment  creditor  nation 
the  right  to  paralyze  or  destroy  the  functions  of  government 
of  the  debtor. 

The  doctrine  of  trusts  comprises  a  very  large  part  of  the  un- 
written law  applicable  to  the  affairs  of  men.  The  trusts  here 
referred  to  are  not  those  gigantic  combinations  of  capital  and 
enterprise  which  go  under  that  name.  The  trusts  under  con- 
sideration are  fiduciary  relations  to  persons  and  property,  and 
constructive  trusts  which  arise  upon  special  facts  which  fasten 
a  fiduciary  relation  upon  a  party  in  respect  to  certain  property 
or  persons.  A  doctrine  of  trusts  of  an  ethnical  character  as 
varied  and  technical  will  grow  up  under  the  shadow  of  The 
Hague  Tribunal,  as  has  already  grown  up  among  the  affairs  of 
men.  This  doctrine  will  point  out  when  and  under  what  cir- 
cumstances resort  should  be  had  to  the  arbitrament  of  the 
sword.  Our  ancestors  who  landed  on  this  continent  from  the 
"  Mayflower,"  and  other  colonists  as  well,  justified  their  expul- 
sion of  the  Indian  from  his  lands  upon  the  idea  that  these 
lands  were  given  in  trust  to  mankind  to  promote  his  highest 
usefulness  and  development,  and  that  the  Indian  by  failing  to 
improve  them  had  betrayed  that  trust.  Providence  seems  to 
have  smiled  with  approbation  upon  the  seeming  rapacity  of 
our  ancestors,  judging  from  the  changes  which  have  been 
wrought  in  the  condition  of  things  on  this  continent.  Since 
the  aboriginal  trustees  have  been  discredited  and  removed,  it 
becomes  a  question  of  serious  moment,  whether  or  not  the  ad- 
ministration of  affairs  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  should  be 
turned  over  again  in  whole  or  part  to  the  discredited  and  re- 
moved trustees,  as  is  the  case  among  the  revolutionary  Latin- 
American  republics. 

Providence  is  in  like  manner  removing  another  class  of  in- 
competent trustees  from  the  continent  of  Africa,  which  is  more 
incompetent  than  the  Indian  for  the  purposes  of  civilization 
and  civil  government.  The  new  regime  may  exclude  these 
defaulting  trustees  from  any  important  position  in  the  adminis- 


204  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

tration  of  the  affairs  of  government,  not  only  in  the  United 
States,  but  throughout  the  Western  Hemisphere.  A  knowl- 
edge of  conditions  in  the  Latin-American  republics  where  the 
white,  the  Indian,  and  African  races  are  jointly  administering 
affairs,  leads  up  to  the  conclusion  that  the  three  races  do  not 
strive  as  one  people  to  accomplish  one  common  purpose. 
The  three  races  do  not  co-ordinate  in  the  administration  of 
affairs.  The  republics  become  the  victims  of  a  disease  which 
among  individuals,  physicians  call  locomotor  ataxia.  The  un- 
written law  of  The  Hague  Tribunal  may  some  day  be  able  to 
furnish  the  body  politic  with  a  specific  remedy  for  political 
locomotor  ataxia.  When  we  read  God  in  history,  throughout 
the  centuries  since  the  declaration  was  made  "  I  come  not  to 
bring  peace,  but  a  sword,"  we  see  many  proofs  of  its  truthful- 
ness. The  sword  still  maintains  a  prominent  place  in  inter- 
national law;  let  us  hope,  however,  that  The  Hague  Tribunal 
will  reduce  its  operations  to  a  minimum.  It  seems  inevitable 
that  the  international  lex  non  scripta  must  become  in  substance 
the  same  as  the  unwritten  law  of  public  corporations.  The 
definition  of  a  corporation  as  given  by  the  text-writers  is  so 
nearly  that  of  a  State,  or  a  nation,  that  the  definition  of  the 
one  might  well  pass  for  a  definition  of  the  other.  Corpora- 
tions, nations,  and  States  are  collections  of  individuals  into 
bodies  politic  under  a  special  denomination,  having  perpetual 
succession  under  an  artificial  form  and  vested  by  the  policy 
of  the  law  with  a  capacity  of  acting  in  several  respects  as  an 
individual.  Bouvier  says  that  "  nations  or  States  are  denom- 
inated by  publicists  bodies  politic,  and  are  said  to  have  their 
affairs  and  interests,  and  to  deliberate  and  resolve  in  common. 
They  thus  become  as  moral  persons,  having  an  understand- 
ing and  will  peculiar  to  themselves,  and  are  susceptible  of 
obligations  and  laws.  In  this  extensive  sense,  the  United 
States  may  be  termed  a  corporation,  and  so  may  each  State 
singly."  1  The  common  law  of  nations  is  therefore  destined  to 
be  in  substance,  so  far  as  applicable,  the  same  as  the  common 
law  of  corporations.     By  far  the  most  important  part  of  The 

1  Bouvier's  Law  Dictionary,  Vol.  I,  pages  318,  319. 


THE  HAGUE    TRIBUNAL  205 

Hague  treaty  is  the  mediation  provision.  The  court  may 
perish,  but  mediation  will  not  perish.  It  will  remain  to  save 
the  nations  from  the  calamities  of  war. 

The  Russian  plan  which  was  presented  to  The  Hague  Con- 
vention, through  her  commissioners  Staal,  Martens,  and  Basily, 
among  other  things  embodied  the  mediation  feature  substan- 
tially as  it  was  adopted.  Martens  is  the  great  Russian  pub- 
licist who  presided  at  the  Venezuelan  boundary  court  of 
arbitration,  which  settled  the  boundary  dispute  between 
Great  Britain  and  Venezuela.  Russia  carried  off  nearly  all 
the  honors  of  The  Hague  treaty.  Mediation  will  settle 
more  great  controversies  than  the  court.  The  court  will  at 
last  be  the  instrumentality  of  the  mediator  when  other  peace- 
ful means  of  settlement  fail,  or  where  some  details  of  a  media- 
tion settlement  are  to  be  worked  out.  As  time  rolls  on  and 
as  mediation  crystallizes  in  the  hearts  of  men,  and  around 
thrones,  capitals,  and  sanctuaries,  war  will  not  be  attempted 
until  after  mediation  shall  have  failed.  Any  nation  which  is 
arrogant  enough  to  undertake  to  fight  not  only  the  enemy,  but 
also  the  mediator,  as  formerly,  will  have  to  fight  the  public 
opinion,  and  perhaps  the  armies,  of  the  civilized  world,  and  the 
revolutionary  Latin-American  republics,  which  are  such  a 
menace  to  our  foreign  policy,  will  gladly  take  shelter  under 
mediation. 

Incidentally,  The  Hague  treaty  becomes  a  tower  of  strength 
to  the  United  States  in  maintaining  the  Monroe  Doctrine. 
Mediation  by  the  terms  of  this  treaty  is  not  limited  to  any 
class  of  controversies,  while  arbitration  is  limited  to  differences 
"  involving  neither  honor  nor  vital  interests." 

The  mediator  and  the  tribunal  will  leave  but  few  cases  to 
fall  within  the  purview  of  these  exceptions.  Civilized  nations 
will  have  but  few  controversies  involving  too  much  honor,  or 
interests  too  vital,  to  submit  to  the  tribunal  for  adjudication 
after  a  settlement  has  failed  through  the  instrumentality  of 
mediation. 


CHAPTER  XXII 

SECOND   INTERNATIONAL   CONFERENCE   OF  AMERICAN   STATES 

On  October  22,  1901,  an  international  conference  of  the 
American  States  met  in  the  City  of  Mexico,  where  it  remained 
in  session  until  January  31,  1902.  This  was  the  second  meet- 
ing of  this  character. 

On  January  15,  fifteen  States,  including  the  United  States, 
signed  the  following  protocol  of  adherence  to  the  conventions 
of  The  Hague. 

Whereas:  The  delegates  to  the  international  conference  of 
the  American  states,  believing  that  public  sentiment  in  the  re- 
publics represented  by  them  is  constantly  growing  in  the  direc- 
tion of  heartily  favoring  the  widest  application  of  the  principles 
of  arbitration  ;  that  the  American  republics  controlled  alike 
by  the  principles  and  responsibilities  of  popular  government 
and  bound  together  with  the  increasing  mutual  interests,  can, 
by  their  own  actions,  maintain  peace  on  the  continent,  and 
that  permanent  peace  between  them  will  be  the  forerunner 
and  harbinger  of  their  national  development  and  of  the  happi- 
ness and  commercial  greatness  of  their  peoples: 

They  have,  therefore,  agreed  upon  the  following 

PROJECT.1 

ARTICLE  I. — The  American  republics,  represented  at  the 
international  conference  of  American  states  in  Mexico  which 
have  not  subscribed  to  the  three  conventions  signed  at  The 
Hague  on  the  29th  of  July,  1899,  hereby  recognize  as  a  part 
of  public  international  American  law  the  principles  set  forth 
therein. 

1  Report  of  Second  International  Conference  of  American  States,  Senate 
Document  330,  pages  36,  39. 


SECOND  INTERNATIONAL   CONFERENCE  20y 

ARTICLE  II. — With  respect  to  the  conventions  which  are 
of  an  open  character,  the  adherence  thereto  will  be  communi- 
cated to  the  government  of  Holland  through  diplomatic 
channels  by  the  respective  governments,  upon  the  ratification 
thereof. 

Article  III.  —  The  wide  general  convenience  being  so 
clearly  apparent  that  would  be  secured  by  confiding  the  solu- 
tion of  differences  to  be  submitted  to  arbitration  to  the  juris- 
diction of  a  tribunal  of  so  high  a  character  as  that  of  the 
arbitration  court  at  The  Hague,  and,  also,  that  the  American 
nations,  not  now  signatory  to  the  conventions  creating  that 
beneficent  institution,  can  become  adherents  thereto  by  virtue 
of  an  accepted  and  recognized  right;  and  further,  taking  into 
consideration  the  offer  of  the  government  of  the  United  States 
of  America  and  the  United  States  of  Mexico,  the  conference 
hereby  confers  upon  said  governments  the  authority  to  nego- 
tiate with  the  other  signatory  Powers  to  the  convention  for 
peaceful  adjustment  of  international  differences,  for  the  adhe- 
rence thereto  of  the  American  nations  so  requesting  and  not 
now  signatory  to  said  convention. 

Article  IV. — In  order  that  the  widest  and  most  unre- 
stricted application  of  the  principle  of  just  arbitration  may  be 
satisfactorily  and  definitely  brought  about  at  the  earliest  pos- 
sible day,  and,  to  the  end  that  the  most  advanced  and  mu- 
tually advantageous  form  in  which  the  said  principle  can  be 
expressed  in  a  convention  to  be  signed  between  the  American 
republics  may  be  fully  ascertained,  the  president  of  Mexico 
is  hereby  most  respectfully  requested  to  ascertain  by  careful 
investigation  the  views  of  the  different  governments  repre- 
sented in  the  conference  regarding  the  most  advanced  form 
in  which  a  general  arbitration  convention  could  be  drawn  that 
would  meet  with  the  approval  and  secure  the  final  ratification 
of  all  the  countries  in  the  conference,  and  after  the  conclusion 
of  this  inquiry,  to  prepare  a  plan  for  such  a  general  convention 
as  would  apparently  meet  the  wishes  of  all  the  republics  ;  and, 
if  possible,  arrange  for  a  series  of  protocols  to  carry  the  plan 
into  execution  ;  or,  if  this  should  be  found  to  be  impracticable, 
then  to  present  the  correspondence  with  a  report  to  the  next 
conference. 


208  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

On  January  29,  1902,  ten  of  the  republics  signed  the  follow- 
ing treaty  on  compulsory  arbitration  : 

ARTICLE  I.  —  The  High  Contracting  Parties  obligate  them- 
selves to  submit  to  the  decision  of  arbitrators  all  controversies 
that  exist,  or  may  arise,  among  them  and  which  diplomacy 
cannot  settle,  provided  that  in  the  exclusive  judgment  of  any 
of  the  interested  nations  said  controversies  do  not  affect  either 
the  independence  or  the  national  honor. 

Article  II.  —  Independence  or  national  honor  shall  not  be 
considered  as  involved  in  controversies  with  regard  to  diplo- 
matic privileges,  boundaries,  rights  of  navigation  and  validity, 
construction  and  enforcement  of  treaties. 

ARTICLE  III.  —  By  virtue  of  the  power  established  in  Article 
XXVI,  the  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  to  submit  to  the 
decision  of  the  permanent  court  of  arbitration,  created  by 
such  convention,  all  the  controversies  referred  to  in  the  present 
treaty,  unless  either  of  the  parties  prefers  the  establishment  of 
a  special  tribunal. 

In  the  event  that  the  High  Contracting  Parties  should  sub- 
mit to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  permanent  court  of  The  Hague, 
they  accept  the  precepts  of  said  convention,  both  with  respect 
to  the  organization  of  the  tribunal  and  as  to  its  procedure. 

ARTICLE  IV.  —  Whenever  a  special  tribunal  should  be  or- 
ganized on  any  account,  whether  it  is  so  desired  by  any  of  the 
parties,  or  because  the  permanent  court  of  arbitration  of  The 
Hague  should  not  be  open  to  them,  the  procedure  to  be  fol- 
lowed shall  be  established  at  the  time  the  arbitration  agree- 
ment is  signed.  The  court  shall  determine  the  date  and  place 
of  its  sessions  and  the  language  to  be  used,  and  shall,  in  every 
case  be  invested  with  the  authority  to  decide  all  questions 
relating  to  its  own  jurisdiction  and  even  those  referring  to 
the  procedure  of  points  not  considered  in  the  arbitration 
agreement. 

Article  V. — If  upon  organizing  a  special  tribunal  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  should  not  agree  upon  the  designa- 
tion of  the  arbitrator,  the  tribunal  shall  consist  of  three  judges. 
Each  state  shall  appoint  an  arbitrator  who  will  designate  an 
umpire.     Should  the  arbitrators  fail  to  agree  on  this  appointee, 


SECOND  INTERNATIONAL   CONFERENCE  209 

it  shall  be  made  by  the  government  of  a  third  state,  to  be 
designated  by  the  arbitrators  appointed  by  the  parties. 

If  no  agreement  is  reached  with  regard  to  this  last  appoint- 
ment, each  of  the  parties  shall  name  a  different  Power  and  the 
election  of  the  third  arbitrator  shall  be  made  by  the  two 
Powers  so  designated. 

ARTICLE  VI. —The  High  Contracting  Parties  hereby  stip- 
ulate that,  in  case  of  a  serious  disagreement  or  conflict  be- 
tween two  or  more  of  them,  which  may  render  war  imminent, 
they  will  have  recourse,  as  far  as  circumstances  allow,  to 
the  good  offices  or  the  mediation  of  one  or  more  friendly 
Powers. 

Article  VII.  —  Independently  of  this  recourse,  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  consider  it  useful,  that  one  or  more  Powers, 
strangers  to  the  dispute,  should,  on  their  own  initiative,  as  far 
as  circumstances  will  allow,  offer  their  good  offices  or  media- 
tion to  the  states  at  variance. 

The  right  to  offer  the  good  offices  or  mediation  belongs  to 
Powers  who  are  strangers  to  the  conflict  even  during  the  course 
of  hostilities. 

The  exercise  of  this  right  shall  never  be  regarded  by  either 
of  the  contending  parties  as  an  unfriendly  act. 

ARTICLE  VIII. — The  part  of  the  mediator  consists  in 
reconciling  the  opposing  claims  and  appeasing  the  feelings 
of  resentment  which  may  have  arisen  between  the  states  at 
variance. 

ARTICLE  IX.  —  The  functions  of  the  mediator  are  at  an  end 
when  once  it  is  declared,  either  by  one  of  the  parties  to  the 
dispute  or  by  the  mediator  himself,  that  the  methods  of  con- 
ciliation proposed  by  him  are  not  accepted. 

Article  X.  —  Good  offices  and  mediation,  whether  at  the 
request  of  the  parties  at  variance,  or  upon  the  initiative  of 
Powers  who  are  strangers  to  the  dispute,  have  exclusively  the 
character  of  advice,  and  never  have  binding  force. 

Article  XI. — The  acceptance  of  mediation  cannot,  unless 
there  be  an  agreement  to  the  contrary,  have  the  effect  of  in- 
terrupting, delaying  or  hindering  mobilization,  or  other  meas- 
ures of  preparation  for  war.  If  mediation  occurs  after  the 
commencement  of  hostilities,  it  causes  no  interruption  to  the 

14 


2IO  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

military  operations  in  progress  unless  there  be  an  agreement 
to  the  contrary. 

Article  XII.  —  In  case  of  a  serious  difference  endangering 
peace,  and  whenever  the  interested  Powers  cannot  agree  in  elect- 
ing or  accepting  as  mediator  a  friendly  Power,  it  is  to  be  re- 
commended to  the  states  in  dispute  the  election  of  a  Power  to 
whom  they  shall  respectively  entrust  the  mission  of  entering 
into  direct  negotiation  with  the  Power  elected  by  the  other  in- 
terested party,  with  the  object  of  preventing  the  rupture  of 
pacific  relations. 

For  the  period  of  this  mandate,  the  term  of  which,  unless 
otherwise  stipulated,  cannot  exceed  thirty  days,  the  contending 
Powers  shall  cease  all  direct  communication  on  the  subject  of 
the  dispute,  which  is  regarded  as  referred  exclusively  to  the 
mediating  Powers. 

If  these  friendly  Powers  do  not  succeed  in  agreeing  on  a 
solution  that  would  be  acceptable  to  those  in  conflict,  they 
shall  designate  a  third  that  is  to  act  as  mediator.  This  third 
Power,  in  case  of  a  definite  rupture  of  pacific  relations,  shall, 
at  all  times,  be  charged  with  the  task  of  taking  advantage  of 
any  opportunity  to  restore  peace. 

ARTICLE  XIII.  —  In  controversies  of  an  international  nature 
arising  from  a  difference  of  opinion  on  points  of  fact,  the  sig- 
natory Powers  consider  it  useful  that  the  parties  who  have  not 
been  able  to  come  to  an  agreement  by  means  of  diplomacy, 
should,  so  far  as  circumstances  allow,  institute  an  interna- 
tional commission  of  inquiry,  to  facilitate  a  solution  of  those 
differences,  elucidating  the  facts  by  means  of  an  impartial  and 
conscientious  investigation. 

Article  XIV.  —  The  international  commissions  of  inquiry 
are  constituted  by  special  agreement.  The  agreement  defines 
the  facts  to  be  examined,  and  the  extent  of  the  commissioner's 
powers,  and  settles  the  procedure  to  which  they  must  limit 
themselves.  On  the  inquiry  both  sides  shall  be  heard,  and  the 
form  and  periods  to  be  observed,  if  not  stipulated  by  the 
agreements,  shall  be  determined  by  the  commission  itself. 

Article  XV.  —  The  international  commissions  of  inquiry 
are  constituted,  unless  otherwise  stipulated,  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  the  tribunal  of  arbitration. 


SECOND  INTERNATIONAL   CONFERENCE  211 

ARTICLE  XVI.  —  The  Powers  in  dispute  engage  to  supply 
the  international  commission  of  inquiry,  as  fully  as  they  may 
deem  possible,  with  all  means  and  facilities  necessary  to  enable 
it  to  be  completely  acquainted  with  and  to  accurately  under- 
stand the  facts  in  question. 

Article  XVII.  —  The  above  mentioned  commissions  shall 
limit  themselves  to  ascertain  the  truth  of  the  facts  alleged, 
without  entering  into  any  other  appreciations  than  those 
merely  technical. 

Article  XVIII. — The  international  commission  of  inquiry 
shall  present  its  report  to  the  Powers  which  have  constituted  it, 
signed  by  all  its  members.  Its  report  limited  to  the  investiga- 
tion of  facts,  has,  in  no  manner,  the  character  of  an  arbitral 
award,  and  it  leaves  the  contending  parties  at  liberty  to  give  it 
the  value  they  may  deem  proper. 

ARTICLE  XIX.  —  The  constitution  of  commissions  of  in- 
quiry may  be  included  in  the  arbitration  bonds,  as  a  previous 
proceeding,  to  the  end  of  determining  the  facts  which  are  to 
be  the  subject  of  the  inquiry. 

Article  XX.  —  The  present  treaty  does  not  abrogate  any 
previous  existing  ones,  between  two  or  more  of  the  Contract- 
ing Parties,  in  so  far  as  they  give  greater  extension  to  compul- 
sory arbitration.  Neither  does  it  alter  the  stipulation  regarding 
arbitration,  relating  to  specific  questions  which  have  already 
arisen,  nor  the  course  of  arbitration  proceedings  which  may 
be  pending  by  reason  of  the  same. 

ARTICLE  XXI.  —  Without  the  necessity  of  exchanging  rati- 
fications, this  treaty  shall  take  effect  so  soon  as  three  states,  at 
least,  of  those  signing  it,  express  their  approval  to  the  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  Mexico  which  shall  communicate 
it  to  the  other  governments. 

ARTICLE  XXII.  —  The  nations  which  do  not  sign  the  present 
treaty,  may  adhere  to  it  at  any  time.  If  any  of  the  signatory 
Powers  should  desire  to  free  itself  from  its  obligations,  it  shall 
denounce  the  treaty ;  but  such  denouncement  shall  not  produce 
any  effect  except  with  respect  to  the  nation  which  may  de- 
nounce it,  and  only  one  year  after  the  notification  of  the  same 
has  been  made. 

Whenever  the  denouncing  nation  shall  have  any  arbitration 


212  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

negotiations  pending  at  the  expiration  of  the  year,  the  de- 
nouncement shall  not  have  any  effect  with  reference  to  the  case 
not  yet  decided.1 

This  treaty  was  signed  by  the  Argentine  Republic,  Bolivia, 
Dominica,  Guatemala,  Salvador,  Mexico,  Peru,  Paraguay, 
Uruguay,  and  Venezuela.  At  this  conference  Chile  took 
strong  grounds  against  compulsory  arbitration,  while  Peru 
took  strong  and  broad   grounds  in  favor  of  it. 

The  adoption  of  The  Hague  treaty  by  this  convention  prac- 
tically made  all  the  nations  of  the  world  parties  to  it.  It  made 
its  adoption  so  nearly  universal  as  to  make  The  Hague  treaty 
and  Tribunal  a  part  of  the  international  law  for  the  government 
of  all  nations. 

The  compulsory  arbitration  feature  of  this  treaty  which  was 
signed  by  ten  of  the  republics  is  one  of  the  great  features  of 
this  convention  at  the  City  of  Mexico.  It  remains  to  be  seen 
whether  or  not  The  Hague  treaty  will  become  practically 
compulsory. 

The  Hague  and  Mexico  conventions  have  done  a  great 
work  for  the  peace  of  the  world  in  so  far  as  that  peace  may  be 
disturbed  by  international  strifes.  These  treaties,  however,  do 
not  reach  the  cases  of  revolutions  and  insurrections  which  so 
often  take  place  within  the  Latin-American  republics. 

1  Report  of  the  Second  International  Conference  of  American  States,  Senate 
Document  330,  pages  40,  45. 


CHAPTER   XXIII 

EFFECT   OF  THE   TWO    CONVENTIONS 

A  CONSIDERATION  of  the  results  of  The  Hague  Convention  of 
July,  1899,  and  the  convention  which  assembled  at  the  City 
of  Mexico,  October  22,  1901,  seems  necessary  to  a  complete 
understanding  of  the  effect  of  these  conventions  upon  the 
principles  of  international  law. 

The  Hague  Convention  was  signed  by  the  United  States  of 
America,  Germany,  Austria-Hungary,  Belgium,  China,  Den- 
mark, Spain,  the  United  Mexican  States,  France,  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  Greece,  Italy,  Japan,  Luxembourg,  Montenegro, 
the  Netherlands,  Persia,  Portugal,  Roumania,  Russia,  Servia, 
Siam,  Sweden  and  Norway,  Switzerland,  Turkey,  and  Bulgaria. 

The  signatures  of  certain  other  nations,  it  is  understood, 
have  been  added  to  the  treaty  since. 

The  Second  International  Conference  of  American  States, 
which  convened  at  the  City  of  Mexico,  took  up  the  subject  of 
The  Hague  treaty,  and  it  was  ratified  on  January  15,  1902,  by 
Guatemala,  Mexico,  Argentina,  Peru,  Uruguay,  Venezuela, 
Costa  Rica,  Hayti,  Dominica,  Paraguay,  Bolivia,  Salvador, 
Colombia,  Honduras,  Nicaragua,  and  the  United  States. 

Chile  and  Brazil  did  not  sign  the  convention,  and  it  is  not 
known  whether  or  not  they  have  since  signed  it,  as  they  can 
do  at  any  time  under  the  provisions  of  Article  XXII. 

Venezuela  signed  it,  but  the  Venezuelan  government  with- 
drew its  delegation  on  January  14,  1902,  making  its  withdrawal 
retroactive  to  and  from  December  31,  190 1. 

Under  these  circumstances,  Venezuela  did  not  originally  be- 
come a  party  to  this  convention,  and  it  is  not  known  whether 
or  not  she  has  since  signed  it. 

The  Hague  treaty  provided  that  the  non-signatory  powers 
who  were  represented  there,  must  make  known  their  adhesion 


214  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

to  it  by  a  written  notification  addressed  to  the  Netherlands 
government  and  communicated  by  it  to  all  the  other  "  Con- 
tracting Powers." 

As  to  those  not  represented  there,  it  was  provided  by  Article 
LX,  that  their  adherence  to  the  convention  should  form  the 
subject  of  a  subsequent  agreement  among  the  Contracting 
Powers. 

Since  it  is  the  substance  and  not  the  form  of  the  transaction 
which  must  be  looked  to,  it  must  be  conceded  that  the  action 
of  the  American  republics  made  them  parties  to  The  Hague 
treaty.  This  convention  at  the  City  of  Mexico  is  described 
in  another  chapter.  It  expressly  recognizes  the  convention  at 
The  Hague  on  July  29,  1899,  as  a  part  of  public  international 
law,  and  it  directs  the  respective  republics,  on  a  ratification 
of  the  same,  to  certify  the  fact  to  the  government  of  Holland, 
through  the  regular  diplomatic  channels. 

Considering  the  action  of  the  two  conventions,  it  will  be 
seen  that  The  Hague  treaty  has  been  practically  adopted  by 
all  the  nations  of  the  world  ;  or  so  nearly  so  that  the  treaty  has 
become  a  part  of  international  law. 

The  following  are  quotations  from  Volume  XVI  of  the 
"  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,"  second  edition, 
page  1 1 26. 

"  Treaties  and  conventions  between  States  may  or  may  not 
be  strong  evidence  of  rules  of  international  law  on  the  subjects 
referred  to  therein,  according  to  their  character  and  purpose. 
A  treaty  which  is  intended  to  change  or  fix  such  rules,  if 
signed  by  practically  all  the  civilized  powers  likely  in  any  way 
to  be  affected  by  it,  is  of  such  great  authority  that  the  rules 
declared  thereby  may  be  considered  as  thereafter  a  part  of 
international  law.  If,  however,  any  State  intimately  concerned 
in  the  subject  of  the  rules,  especially  if  one  of  the  great  powers, 
withholds  its  assent  thereto,  the  treaty  can  be  regarded  as 
showing  a  tendency  merely,  and  not  as  fixing  an  absolute  rule 
binding  on  all  nations.  On  the  other  hand,  stipulations  in 
treaties  between  two  nations  as  to  their  mutual  conduct  in 
certain  respects  generally  show  either  that  the  rules  of  inter- 


EFFECT  OF  THE    TWO   CONVENTIONS  21 5 

national  law  are  otherwise,  or,  that  they  are  uncertain,  since  if 
this  were  not  the  case,  the  stipulations  would  not  be  necessary. 
Such  treaty  stipulations  may,  however,  if  repeated  in  numerous 
treaties  between  different  nations,  gradually  establish  a  usage 
and  rules  in  accordance  therewith,  and  they  themselves  will 
then  gradually  disappear  as  having  become  unnecessary." 

The  same  authority  in  the  note  to  this  text  says : 

"  Among  treaties  which  may  be  regarded  as  establishing 
rules  of  international  law,  may  be  mentioned  the  declaration 
of  the  Congress  of  Vienna  of  18 15,  which  fixed  diplomatic  pre- 
cedence, and  the  Geneva  Convention  of  1864,  which,  since  the 
adhesion  of  the  United  States  in  1882,  may  be  regarded  as 
having  established  the  neutral  character  of  persons  and  things 
employed  in  the  care  of  the  sick  and  wounded  in  war." 

Under  the  foregoing  definitions,  therefore,  the  general  rati- 
fication of  The  Hague  treaty  has  already  made  it  a  part  of 
international  law.  It  results,  therefore,  that  all  nations  are  bound 
by  its  provisions  whether  they  have  formally  ratified  it  or  not. 

Moreover,  The  Hague  Convention  had  for  its  object  the 
establishment  of  certain  rules  of  international  law.  This  is 
seen  from  the  mode  and  circumstances  of  its  being  called 
together;  as  well  as  from  the  prefatory  statements,  which 
preface  the  protocol.  This,  of  itself,  like  the  preamble  to  a 
statute,  elucidates  the  meaning  and  purport  of  the  text. 

Upon  full  consideration  it  appears  probable  that  Great 
Britain,  Germany,  and  Italy  have  violated  The  Hague  treaty 
in  respect  to  mediation,  in  consequence  of  having  attacked 
Venezuela  without  first  having  recourse  to  mediation  as  pro- 
vided for  in  Articles  II  and  III  of  the  treaty. 

Prior  to  The  Hague  treaty,  it  was  proper  for  a  State  to  offer 
its  good  offices  for  the  settlement  of  disputes  between  other 
nations,  even  when  an  actual  state  of  war  had  arisen,  but  the 
refusal  of  such  offer  was  no  cause  of  offence.  Likewise,  the 
offer  might  be  made  at  the  request  of  one  or  both  of  the  dispu- 
tants, and  sometimes  two  or  more  nations  would  join  in  making 
such  an  offer. 


2l6  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Mediation,  therefore,  as  introduced  by  The  Hague  treaty, 
is  not  a  novelty  in  international  law.  The  treaty  enlarged  and 
extended  the  principle  of  mediation  so  as  to  make  it  a  moral 
if  not  a  legal  obligation  to  the  disputing  nations  to  resort  to 
mediation  before  they  should  appeal  to  arms.  It  likewise 
made  it  a  matter  of  moral  obligation  for  nations  influential 
with  the  disputing  parties  to  offer  their  good  offices  for  a 
settlement. 

Under  the  old  regime  nations  were  timid  about  offering 
their  services,  as  they  were  likely  to  be  looked  upon  as  par- 
tisans in  doing  so,  and  thereby  became  involved  in  the  con- 
troversy themselves. 

Under  the  treaty,  mediation  is  not  obtrusive  or  partisan,  and 
the  nations  are  entering  upon  it,  not  timidly  as  before,  but 
resolutely  and  with  alacrity. 

Arbitration  also  was  formerly  resorted  to  occasionally  as  a 
means  of  settling  international  disputes.  The  arbitrators  were 
disinterested  persons,  and  frequently  were  the  rulers  of  other 
States. 

Arbitration,  however,  sprang  up  at  the  time  of  the  disagree- 
ment upon  the  initiative  or  suggestion  of  one  or  both  the 
parties,  and  it  was  generally  resorted  to  in  a  limited  class  of 
cases,  such  as  boundary  disputes.  Later  on  it  became  ex- 
tended and  popularized,  until  it  culminated  in  The  Hague 
Tribunal,  where  all  controversies  can  be  adjudicated. 

There  is  at  least  a  moral  obligation  to  submit  to  this  tribunal 
all  international  disagreements  of  a  nature  which  involve 
"  neither  honor  nor  vital  interests."  This  class  of  excep- 
tions will  be  found  to  be  exceedingly  limited  in  number, 
and  even  these  excepted  matters  can  be  adjudicated  by  the 
tfibunal. 

As  pointed  out  elsewhere,  The  Hague  treaty  is  not  to 
conflict  with  our  traditional  foreign  policy.  On  the  other 
hand  it  strengthens  us  in  the  assertion  of  it,  and  removes  the 
chances  of  war  to  a  large  extent.  It  benefits  Europe  likewise, 
because  it  tends  to  preserve  the  "  Balance  of  Power  "  there 
without  the  necessity  for  vast  and  expensive  armaments. 


EFFECT  OF  THE   TWO   CONVENTIONS  217 

The  "Balance  of  Power"  system  of  Europe  may  be  termed 
the  "Monroe  Doctrine"  of  Europe. 

It  is  thus  defined  by  publicists :  Vattel  says  that  "  by  this 
balance  is  to  be  understood  such  a  disposition  of  things  as 
that  no  one  potentate  or  state  shall  be  able  absolutely  to  pre- 
dominate and  prescribe  law  to  the  others  ;  that  all  were  equally 
interested  in  maintaining  this  common  settlement;  and  that  it 
was  the  interest  and  right  and  duty  of  every  power  to  inter- 
fere even  by  force  of  arms,  when  any  of  the  conditions  of 
this  settlement  were  assailed  by  any  other  member  of  the 
community."  1 

Frederick  Von  Gentry  defines  it  in  these  words : 

"  What  is  usually  termed  a  balance  of  power  is  that  constitu- 
tion subsisting  among  neighboring  States,  more  or  less  con- 
nected with  one  another,  by  virtue  of  which  no  one  among 
them  can  injure  the  independence  or  essential  rights  of  another, 
without  meeting  with  effectual  resistance  on  some  side,  and 
consequently  exposing  '  itself  to  danger.'  "  2 

This  "  Balance  of  Power  "  has  had  its  victories  at  Waterloo, 
and  in  the  treaty  of  1856,  ending  the  Crimean  war.  It  has 
met  its  defeats  in  the  partition  of  Poland ;  the  wresting  of 
Schleswig  and  Holstein  from  Denmark,  and  in  the  consolida- 
tion of  the  German  Empire. 

The  far-reaching  character  of  the  two  treaties  is  not  popularly 
suspected.  The  world  has  entered  upon  a  new  and  a  far 
better  era  in  both  war  and  diplomacy. 

The  enormous  military  establishments  of  Europe,  as  a 
result,  will  be  curtailed,  while  a  great  measure  of  peace, 
tranquillity  and  repose  will  be  bequeathed  to  the  American 
States.3 

1  New  American  Cyclopedia  Vol.  II,  page  510. 

2  Ibid.  3  Ibid. 


CHAPTER  XXIV 

THE  CALVO   DOCTRINE 

CARLOS  CALVO  is  a  publicist  who  resides  in  the  Argentine 
Republic.  He  published  in  1868  his  work  on  International 
Law  in  the  Spanish  language,  which  has  now  reached  the 
fourth  or  fifth  edition.  His  works  have  been  translated  into 
French,  but  never  into  English,  so  that  he  is  better  known  in 
Europe  than  in  the  United  States.  Copies  of  the  French 
edition  are  to  be  found  in  the  state  and  judicial  departments 
of  the  government.  Aside  from  this  there  are  only  a  few 
copies  in  the  hands  of  private  individuals  in  the  United  States, 
and  these  are  in  Spanish  or  French. 

Calvo  is  sometimes  quoted  with  other  writers  as  authority 
on  international  law  by  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United 
States  in  its  published  reports  of  its  decisions. 

The  Second  International  Conference  of  American  States 
convened  in  the  City  of  Mexico  on  October  22,  1901.  The 
objects  of  this  convention  were  stated  by  McKinley  in  his 
Message  to  Congress  of  December  5,  1899.  After  referring 
to  the  interest  taken  by  other  republics  in  such  matters,  he 
said:  "In  view  of  this  fact  and  of  the  numerous  questions  of 
general  interest  and  common  benefit  to  all  of  the  Republics  of 
America,  some  of  which  were  considered  by  the  first  inter- 
national American  Conference,  but  not  finally  settled,  and 
others  which  have  since  grown  to  importance,  it  would  seem 
expedient  that  the  various  Republics  constituting  the  union 
should  be  invited  to  hold,  at  an  early  date,  another  conference 
in  the  capital  of  one  of  the  countries  other  than  the  United 
States,  which  has  already  enjoyed  the  honor."  1 

1  Report  of  Second  International  Conference  of  American  States,  Senate  Doc- 
ument 330,  pages  3,  4. 


THE   CALVO  DOCTRINE  219 

This  resulted  in  the  approval  of  the  various  republics  and 
the  consent  of  their  governments,  and  the  City  of  Mexico  was 
fixed  upon  as  the  place  for  holding  the  convention. 

On  October  8,  1901,  President  Roosevelt  appointed  as 
delegates  to  that  conference,  Henry  G.Davis  of  West  Virginia, 
William  I.  Buchanan  of  Iowa,  Charles  M.  Pepper  of  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia,  Volney  W.  Foster  of  Illinois,  and  John 
Garrett  of  Oregon.  Among  other  proceedings  of  that  con- 
ference was  a  motion  offered  by  the  Mexican  delegation  and 
adopted  by  the  conference  which  reads  as  follows: 

"  The  delegation  of  Mexico  has  the  honor  of  proposing  to 
the  Conference  that  it  offer  a  testimonial  of  its  esteem  to  the 
eminent  Argentine  writer,  Mr.  Carlos  Calvo. 

"  This  motion  is  in  harmony  with  the  purposes  of  the  con- 
gress, and  is  a  significant  proof  of  the  spirit  which  unites  the 
countries  represented  therein ;  more  than  a  glory  for  the 
Argentine  Republic,  a  glory  for  all  America  is  this  sage,  who 
consecrated  his  strenuous,  and  fortunately  long  life,  to  repair 
an  omission  of  the  writers  on  international  law,  '  who,'  as  he 
himself  says,  '  left  this  vast  American  continent  in  the  dark, 
although  its  power  and  influence  are  increasing  from  one 
day  to  another,  and  whose  people,  in  equality  with  those 
of  Europe,  are  advancing  on  the  road  of  civilization  and 
enlightenment.' 

"  If  to  labors  of  such  utility  for  our  Republics,  crowned  in 
a  masterly  manner  by  his  '  Theoretical  and  Practical  Inter- 
national Law '  he  devoted  all  his  energy,  it  is  but  just  that  we 
should  offer  the  expression  of  our  sympathy  to  a  man  to 
whom  may  be  applied  the  beautiful  phrase  of  Lucan :  '  He 
did  not  consider  himself  born  for  himself  alone,  but  for  the 
entire  world ;  he  was  the  faithful  guardian  of  justice  and  the 
observer  of  the  laws  of  honor.' 

"  For  these  considerations  we  respectfully  ask  the  conference 
to  transmit  to  his  excellency,  Mr.  Carlos  Calvo,  the  expres- 
sions of  esteem  which  it  cherishes  for  that  eminent  American 
writer."1 

1  Report  Second  International  Conference  of  American  States,  Senate  Doc- 
ument 330  pages  180,  181. 


220  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  resolution  states  the  fact  that  Mr.  Calvo  had  "  conse- 
crated his  strenuous  and  fortunately  long  life,  to  repair  an 
omission  of  the  writers  on  international  law,  who  left  this  vast 
American  continent  in  the  dark;  "  but  the  resolution  does  not 
state  what  the  omission  was  which  produced  so  much  impene- 
trable darkness  and  gloom  in  this  hemisphere,  neither  does  it 
show  by  what  method  Calvo  could  have  evolved  these  prin- 
ciples of  international  law  from  his  own  inner  consciousness. 

It  is  not  claimed  that  the  adoption  of  this  resolution  en- 
dorsing Calvo  and  his  doctrines  has  the  force  and  effect  of  a 
treaty  between  the  United  States  and  the  other  American 
republics.  The  proposition  under  consideration  is  not  that  of 
the  binding  force  of  that  resolution  upon  the  United  States, 
but  it  relates  to  the  view  the  European  governments  would  be 
likely  to  take  of  the  views  entertained  by  the  United  States 
concerning  the  doctrines  of  Calvo  when  the  American  re- 
publics, including  the  United  States,  as  the  voice  of  one 
man  broadly  endorsed  his  views  at  a  conference  called  by  the 
United  States  for  the  purposes  named  in  McKinley's  message; 
and  it  could  not  be  said  that  our  representatives  in  that  con- 
ference exceeded  their  authority  in  voting  for  that  resolution, 
which  seems  to  have  had  no  opposition. 

The  resolution  carries  with  it  the  apparent  implication  that 
Calvo  is  the  universally  recognized  international  law-giver  for 
all  the  American  republics,  and  especially  of  the  United  States 
which  was  instrumental  in  originating  the  conference. 

The  Calvo  Doctrine  as  stated  by  him  in  his  text  is  as  follows : 

"  America  as  well  as  Europe  is  inhabited  to-day  by  free  and 
independent  nations,  whose  sovereign  existence  has  the  right 
to  the  same  respect,  and  whose  internal  public  law  does  not 
admit  of  intervention  of  any  sort  on  the  part  of  foreign 
peoples,  whoever  they  may  be."  1 

Under  the  doctrine  thus  enunciated,  most,  if  not  all  of  the 
Latin-American    republics    have     enacted   very   drastic   laws 

1  Calvo's  "Droit  Internationale,"  Paris,  1896,  Tome  1,  Section  204,  page  350. 


THE  CALVO   DOCTRINE  221 

against  foreigners,  which  deny  their  right  to  appeal  to  their 
own  governments  for  redress.  These  statutes  not  only  take 
away  this  right  of  appeal,  but  they  also  deprive  the  foreigner 
of  nearly  every  right  of  redress  for  the  taking  of  his  private 
property  during  periods  of  revolution  and  rebellion. 

Reference  is  here  made  to  a  special  convention  which  was 
signed  by  all  the  Latin-American  republics  at  the  City  of 
Mexico  on  January  29,  1903,  during  the  session  there  of  the 
Second  International  Conference  of  American  States.  This 
convention  is  given  in  full  in  the  subsequent  chapter  entitled 
"  Monroe  and  Calvo  Combined."  A  careful  reading  of  that 
convention  will  disclose  an  evident  intent  to  leave  foreigners 
practically  without  any  redress  for  wrongs  inflicted  upon  their 
persons  or  their  property  in  times  of  revolution  and  rebellion. 

The  great  service  which  Calvo  performed  for  the  American 
republics  was  to  convey  the  intimation  to  them  that  they  could 
enact  nearly  all  kinds  of  laws  affecting  the  rights  of  foreigners 
and  that  they  would  be  valid  and  binding. 

The  Calvo  Doctrine  is  built  upon  the  well  recognized  prin- 
ciple of  international  law  that  foreigners  must  obey  the  laws 
of  the  government  in  which  they  are  domiciled,  or  under  which 
they  do  business  and  make  contracts.  The  doctrine  which  is 
developed  from  this  .general  principle  as  enunciated  by  Calvo 
is  of  a  novel  character.  It  is  so  new  that  it  has  never  yet 
actually  been  tested  before  any  international  tribunal.  It 
would  require  thought  and  research  to  detect  any  difference 
in  opinion  between  Calvo  and  the  other  publicists.  The 
Calvo  Doctrine  is  constructed  on  the  innuendo  which  his 
text  conveys,  rather  than  upon  the  text  itself.  The  innuendo 
comes  from  the  statement  in  the  text  that  a  nation's  public 
law  does  not  admit  of  intervention  by  foreign  nations,  and  that 
therefore  a  nation  can  enact  statutes  of  every  character  what- 
soever in  regard  to  foreigners,  and  they  will  not  be  the  subject 
of  any  intervention. 

The  most  outrageous  of  all  these  statutes  was  enacted  by 
the  Venezuelan  Congress,  April  11,  1903. 

The  full  text  of  the  act  reads  as  follows : 


222  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

"  Decrees.  Article  I.  Foreigners  shall  enjoy,  in  the  ter- 
ritory of  Venezuela,  the  same  right  as  Venezuelans,  as  it  is 
determined  by  the  constitution  of  the  republic. 

Article  II.  Foreigners  found  within  the  territory  of  the 
United  States  of  Venezuela  shall  be  considered  either  as  resi- 
dent or  in  transit. 

Article  III.     Domiciled  foreigners  are: 

1.  Those  who  have  acquired  residence  in  conformity  with 
the  provisions  of  the  civil  code. 

2.  Those  who  have  voluntarily  and  without  interruption,  re- 
sided  within  the  territory  for  more  than  two  years,  without 
diplomatic  character. 

3.  Those  who  own  real  estate  within  the  territory  of 
the  republic,  and  who  have  established  permanent  residence 
herein. 

4.  Those  who  have  been  residing  in  the  territory  of  the 
republic  for  more  than  two  years  and  who  are  engaged  in  com- 
mercial pursuits  or  any  other  kind  of  industry,  provided  they 
have  a  house  established  in  a  permanent  way,  even  though 
invested  with  the  character  of  consul. 

Article  IV.  Foreigners  in  transit  are  such  as  are  found 
within  the  territory  of  the  republic  and  are  not  comprised 
within  the  definitions  of  the  preceding  article. 

Article  V.  Resident  foreigners  are  subject  to  the  same 
obligations  as  the  Venezuelans,  as  to  their  persons  as  well  as 
their  properties,  but  they  are  not  subject  to  military  service, 
nor  to  the  payment  of  forced  and  extraordinary  war  contribu- 
tions in  case  of  revolution  or  of  internal  armed  warfare. 

ARTICLE  VI.  Foreigners  domiciled  or  in  transit  must  not 
mix  in  the  political  affairs  of  the  republic  nor  in  anything 
relating  to  said  political  affairs.     To  this  end  they  cannot : 

1.  Form  a  part  of  political  societies. 

2.  Edit  political  newspapers  or  write  about  the  interior  or 
exterior  politics  of  the  country  in  any  newspaper. 

3.  Fill  public  offices  or  employment. 

4.  Take  arms  in  the  domestic  contentions  of  the  republic. 

5.  Deliver  speeches  which  in  any  way  relate  to  the  politics 
of  the  country. 

Article  VII.     Domiciled  foreigners  who  violate  any  of  the 


THE   CALVO  DOCTRINE  223 

provisions  established  in  Article  VI  lose  their  character  of  for- 
eigners, and  become  ipso  facto  subjected  to  the  responsibilities, 
burdens  and  obligations  which  might  be  occasioned  to  natives 
through  internecine  political  contingencies. 

ARTICLE  VIII.  If  in  contravention  of  the  express  prohibi- 
tion of  this  law  any  foreigner  exercises  any  public  charge 
without  being  empowered  thereto  in  conformity  with  the  con- 
stitution, his  acts  are  null  and  the  person  elected  and  the  func- 
tionary who  names  him  are  jointly  responsible  for  the  same. 

Article  IX.  Foreigners  in  transit  who  violate  the  pro- 
visions of  Article  VI,  shall  be  immediately  expelled  from  the 
republic. 

ARTICLE  X.  The  presidents  of  the  States  and  Federal 
districts,  upon  becoming  aware  that  any  one  or  more  of  the 
domiciled  foreigners  intermeddle  in  the  political  affairs  of  the 
republic,  shall  bring  proper  legal  action,  transmitting  the  pro- 
ceedings to  the  Federal  executive. 

Article  XI.  Neither  domiciled  foreigners  nor  those  in 
transit  have  any  right  to  resort  to  the  diplomatic  corps,  except 
when,  having  exhausted  all  legal  means  before  the  competent 
authorities,  it  clearly  appears  that  there  has  been  a  denial  of 
justice,  or  injustice  or  evident  violation  of  the  principles  of 
international  law. 

Article  XII.  Foreigners  already  here  to  be  hereafter  dom- 
iciled and  those  in  transit  who  are  not  invested  with  a  diplo- 
matic character  shall  be  obliged  to  make  a  declaration  before 
the  civil  authority  that  they  submit  to  the  provisions  of  the 
present  law  in  its  entirety,  and  to  those  of  the  decree  of 
the  1 2th  of  February,  1873,  which  established  the  rules  for 
the  indemnification  of  foreigners.  All  foreigners  who  omit 
to  make  this  declaration  shall  be  expelled. 

Article  XIII.  The  civil  authorities  before  whom  the  dec- 
laration should  be  made  shall  not  make  any  charge  whatsoever. 

Article  XIV.  The  national  executive  shall  not  issue 
exequaturs  for  the  consular  or  vice  consular  service  to  persons 
who  are  engaged  in  trade. 

ARTICLE  XV.  The  establishment  within  the  country  of  any 
societies  of  any  kind  whatsoever,  who  do  not  fix  their  quarters 
or  domicile  therein,  is  definitely  prohibited. 


224  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

ARTICLE  XVI.  Foreigners,  like  Venezuelans,  have  the  right 
to  bring  claims  against  the  nation  for  indemnification  for  loss 
in  time  of  war  by  legally  constituted  military  or  civil  au- 
thorities, provided  always  that  the  latter  were  acting  in  their 
political  character. 

ARTICLE  XVII.  Neither  foreigners  nor  Venezuelans  can 
bring  any  claim  against  the  government  of  Venezuela  for  loss 
or  damage  occasioned  by  revolutionary  agents  or  armed  bands 
in  the  service  of  any  revolution. 

ARTICLE  XVIIL  The  provisions  of  this  law  are  without 
prejudice  to  the  agreements  contained  in  public  treaties. 

ARTICLE  XIX.  The  president  of  the  States,  and  the  gov- 
ernors of  the  Federal  territories,  shall  immediately  pro- 
ceed to  draw  up  a  list  of  foreigners  domiciled  within  their 
territory. 

ARTICLE  XX.  Foreigners  who  may  come  to  the  republic 
shall,  in  order  to  be  admitted  within  its  territory,  be  under  the 
obligation  of  presenting  before  the  civil  authority  the  doc- 
uments which  prove  their  personal  status,  and  a  certificate  of 
good  conduct  issued  by  the  authorities  at  their  last  place  of 
domicile. 

Article  XXI.  The  national  executive  shall  make  rules  and 
regulations  for  the  working  of  the  present  law. 

ARTICLE  XXII.  The  executive  decree  of  the  14th  of  Febru- 
ary, 1873,  which  determines  the  rights  and  duties  of  foreigners, 
and  the  executive  decree  of  the  30th  of  July,  1897,  which  treats 
of  the  interference  of  foreigners  in  the  electoral  affairs  of  the 
country,  are  hereby  repealed. 

Given  at  the  legislative  Federal  palace  in  Caracas,  this 
nth  day  of  April,  1903,  year  92  of  the  Independence  and  45 
of  the  Federation. 

(Signed)     J.  A.  Velutini, 

President  of  the  Senate. 

Federal  Palace,  in  Caracas,  this  16th  day  of  April,  1903, 
year  92  of  the  Independence  and  45  of  the  Federation. 

To  be  executed. 

(Signed)     Cipriano  Castro.1 

1  "  Commercial  Appeal,"  of  Memphis,  April  28,  1903. 


THE   CALVO   DOCTRINE  225 

The  statutes  of  Salvador  and  all  or  nearly  all  of  the  Latin- 
American  republics  contain  provisions  similar  to  the  statute  of 
Venezuela,  which  confers  the  same  rights  on  foreigners  as  are 
enjoyed  by  citizens. 

These  statutes,  like  that  of  Venezuela,  deny  the  right  of  any 
foreigner  to  appeal  to  his  own  government  through  diplomatic 
channels  until  after  he  shall  have  exhausted  all  his  remedies 
under  the  laws  of  the  republic  and  through  its  courts  and  been 
denied  justice. 

Without  debating  the  question,  it  is  proper  to  state  that  if 
these  statutes  are  valid,  then  the  foreigners  are  left  absolutely 
without  any  remedy  except  such  as  these  republics  will  admin- 
ister to  them,  and  they  are  cut  off  from  any  right  to  lay  their 
grievances  before  their  own  governments. 

The  conferring  on  foreigners  of  the  same  rights  as  are  en- 
joyed by  citizens  has  a  very  comical  side  to  it  when  its  mean- 
ing is  fathomed.  These  republics  do  not  hold  themselves 
liable  for  any  property  taken  from  any  citizen  by  any  revolu- 
tionary party,  and  the  foreigner  enjoys  the  same  inestimable 
privilege  of  being  thus  robbed  without  redress. 

There  would  appear  to  be  an  element  of  justice  in  such  a 
provision  if  it  were  not  for  the  difficulty  in  determining  which 
is  to  be  considered  the  revolutionary  party  and  which  the  gov- 
ernment party. 

Andrade  was  president  of  Venezuela,  and  had  been  elected 
for  four  years.  He  had  served  but  little  over  one  year  when 
Castro  got  up  a  rebellion  and  drove  Andrade  from  power. 
Matos  was  a  member  of  Andrade's  cabinet,  and  had  been  con- 
ducting a  war  against  Castro,  the  usurper,  and  yet  Matos  is 
considered  a  revolutionary  leader  because  he  is  unsuccessfully 
defending  the  established  government  against  a  usurper.  This 
established  government  of  Andrade  and  his  generals,  Matos 
and  others,  had  despoiled  the  foreigners  of  their  property 
before  they  came  under  the  jurisdiction  of  Castro,  the  usurper, 
and  yet  the  government  will  now  claim  that  it  is  not  responsi- 
ble for  the  taking  of  property  from  foreigners  by  Matos  and  his 
army  because  they  are  a  revolutionary  party. 

*5 


226  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

It  is  a  well  settled  principle  of  international  law  that  where  a 
nation  takes  the  property  of  a  foreigner  a  just  compensation 
must  be  given  for  it. 

It  has  been  said  that  the  statutes  of  some  of  these  republics 
deny  the  right  of  citizens  to  compensation  for  property  taken 
by  the  government  or  destroyed  in  war.  Under  such  statutes, 
foreigners  who  enjoy  the  same  rights  would  be  denied  redress. 

These  statutes  which  are  aimed  at  foreigners  with  so  much 
ingenuity  are  in  conflict  with  certain  principles  of  international 
law.  They  are  in  conflict  with  that  principle  of  law  which  pro- 
hibits one  nation  either  in  time  of  war  or  peace  from  appropri- 
ating to  its  own  use  the  property  of  foreign  subjects  without 
just  compensation  therefor.  They  violate  that  other  principle 
of  international  law  which  confers  on  foreign  subjects  the  right 
to  appeal  to  their  own  governments  for  redress  through  the 
regular  diplomatic  channels. 

Since  these  statutes  have  been  enacted  the  question  arises, 
which  conflicting  law  must  prevail  and  which  one  must  give 
way.  It  is  conceded  on  the  one  hand  that  the  principles  of 
international  law  require  that  the  foreign  citizen  or  subject 
obey  the  laws  of  the  nation  where  he  is  domiciled.  Upon  a 
superficial  view  it  would  appear  that  the  disciples  of  Calvo  have 
the  better  of  the  argument.  Since,  however,  all  general  rules 
have  exceptions  to  them,  it  must  be  stated  that  nations  do 
possess  the  general  right  to  make  laws  in  regard  to  foreigners 
within  their  dominions,  but  they  have  no  right  to  deprive  them 
of  their  property  without  just  compensation,  or  to  enact  any 
laws  against  foreigners  which  are  in  conflict  with  the  principles 
of  international  law  between  a  foreign  subject  or  citizen  and  his 
home  government  in  respect  to  appeals  for  redress. 

In  investigating  these  propositions  it  is  necessary  to  bear 
in  mind  the  distinction  between  private  international  law  and 
public  international  law.  The  questions  under  discussion  here 
arise  under  the  latter.  Private  international  law  is  a  separate 
branch  of  jurisprudence,  and  any  recourse  to  it  could  throw 
but  little  light  on  the  questions  which  arise  under  the  head 
of  public  international  law.     Whether  the  controversies  arise 


THE   CALVO  DOCTRINE  227 

under  the  one  head  or  the  other,  it  will  be  shown  further  on 
that  the  United  States,  and  the  States  themselves  as  well,  have 
held  all  contracts  made  in  foreign  countries  and  sought  to  be 
enforced  in  this  country  to  be  void  when  they  were  contrary 
to  the  public  policy  of  the  United  States. 

It  would  be  contrary  to  the  public  policy  of  the  civilized 
world  for  any  one  or  more  nations  to  enact  statutes  which 
would  nullify  and  set  aside  the  rules  of  public  international 
law.  The  Calvo  Doctrine  attempts  to  nullify  the  settled  princi- 
ples of  international  law  through  the  local  municipal  regulations 
of  certain  States.  This  is  one  of  the  most  important  questions 
which  the  United  States  has  ever  been  called  upon  to  consider. 
The  future  welfare  of  the  United  States  depends  greatly  upon 
the  proper  solution  of  this  important  question.  Recent  events 
in  this  hemisphere  are  forcing  this  question  to  the  front,  and  the 
consideration  of  it  cannot  be  put  aside  any  longer  or  allowed 
to  go  by  default.  The  United  States  cannot  take  any  equivo- 
cal position  concerning  it,  and  the  effects  produced  by  de- 
cisively taking  a  definite  position  will  be  far-reaching. 

The  effort  of  Latin-America  is  to  build  up  a  system  of 
American  international  law,  not  only  for  the  government  of  the 
republics  in  this  hemisphere,  but  also  for  the  government  of 
their  foreign  relations  with  Europe  and  the  entire  world.  This 
is  an  absurdity.  International  law  is  defined  as  the  rules  which 
determine  the  conduct  of  the  general  body  of  civilized  States 
in  their  dealings  with  one  another.  This  international  law 
cannot  be  made  by  a  few  States.  It  is  a  general  principle 
which  governs  all.  This  international  law  cannot  be  repealed 
or  modified  by  the  statutes  of  one  or  more  powers,  nor  by  the 
concurrence  of  all  the  powers  in  the  Western  Hemisphere. 


CHAPTER   XXV 

CALVO   DOCTRINE;   PUBLIC   POLICY 

The  proposition  now  under  consideration  is  concerning  the 
validity  or  invalidity  of  the  statutes  of  Salvador,  Venezuela, 
and  other  republics  in  respect  to  the  denial  of  the  right  of 
any  foreigner  to  resort  to  an  appeal  to  his  home  government, 
through  its  accredited  diplomatic  channels. 

This  proposition  does  not  relate  to  the  right  to  these  diplo- 
matic appeals  alone,  but  it  relates  also  to  the  right  of  these 
republics  to  take  away  from  foreigners  domiciled,  or  doing 
business  there,  the  rights  they  possess  under  the  rules  of  in- 
ternational law. 

The  question  tersely  stated  is  whether  or  not  a  foreign 
power  can  legislate  in  hostility  to  the  rules  of  international 
law.  To  restate  the  question  in  another  form  the  proposi- 
tion is  that  where  local  or  municipal  statutes  of  any  nation 
conflict  with  the  settled  principles  of  international  law, 
which  control?  Do  these  local  or  municipal  statutes  set 
aside  and  annul  the  principles  of  international  law,  or  do  the 
rules  of  international  law  control  and  render  the  local  or 
municipal  statutes  void? 

The  rights  under  consideration  are  such  rights  which  the 
subjects  of  other  nations  may  have  of  life,  liberty,  and 
property  as  are  secured  to  them  by  the  rules  of  international 
law. 

Among  these  is  the  right  to  a  just  compensation  for  prop- 
erty taken  or  destroyed  by  the  government  where  the  foreign 
subject  is  domiciled  or  transacts  business.  This  leads  to  a 
consideration  of  the  question  of  public  policy. 

Public  policy  is  defined  in  the  text-books  as  follows:  "That 
principle  of  the  law  which  holds  that  no  one  can  lawfully  do 


CALVO  DOCTRINE;  PUBLIC  POLICY  229 

that  which  has  a  tendency  to  be  injurious  to  the  public,  or 
against  the  public  good,  may  be  termed  the  policy  of  the  law, 
or  public  policy  in  relation  to  the  administration  of  the  law. 
...  If  a  contract  binds  the  maker  to  do  something  opposed 
to  the  public  policy  of  the  State  or  nation,  it  is  void,  however 
solemnly  made."  1 

The  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  has  said  that  "the 
public  policy  of  the  government  is  to  be  found  in  its  statutes, 
and  when  they  have  not  directly  spoken,  then  in  the  decisions 
of  the  courts  and  the  constant  practice  of  the  government  offi- 
cials; but  when  the  law-making  power  speaks  on  a  particular 
subject,  over  which  it  has  constitutional  power  to  legislate, 
public  policy  in  such  a  case  is  what  the  statute  enacts."2 

It  results  from  this  principle  that  if  the  public  policy  of 
the  United  States  is  not  sufficiently  well  defined  by  the  de- 
cisions of  the  courts  and  by  the  constant  practice  of  the  gov- 
ernment officials,  then  it  would  be  competent  for  Congress  to 
enact  a  law  defining  the  public  policy  of  the  United  States 
in  respect  to  the  rights  of  any  of  its  citizens  to  waive  any  of 
their  rights  as  citizens  to  appeal  to  this  government,  through 
diplomatic  channels,  for  redress  in  cases  where  they  had  either 
contracted  not  to  do  so,  or  in  cases  where  the  countries  in 
which  they  are  temporarily  domiciled  have  enacted  laws  which 
appear  to  take  away  that  right,  and  which  were  intended  to 
deprive  them  of  that  right. 

The  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  has  said,  in 
Mitchell  vs.  United  States,  21  Wallace,  350,  that  where  a 
party  goes  into  the  enemy's  country  from  the  United  States, 
and  trades  there  in  the  enemy's  country,  he  has  thereby 
not  lost  his  original  domicile  in  the  United  States,  although 
he  has  remained  in  the  enemy's  country  during  an  entire  war. 
The  court  held  that  it  was  a  case  where  the  party  had  been 
trading  with  the  enemy  during  the  war,  and  that  his  contract 

1  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  second  edition,  Vol.  XXIII, 
pages   455,  457. 

2  United    States  vs.  Trans-Missouri  Freight  Association,  166  United  States, 
page  340. 


230  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

was  void  on  the  ground  of  public  policy.  The  domicile  of 
the  parties  to  the  trading,  and  not  their  situation  at  the  time 
thereof,  determines  its  legality,  and,  accordingly,  it  is  not 
made  legal  by  the  fact  that  one  goes  into  the  enemy's  coun- 
try and  carries  it  on  with  an  enemy  there.  And  so  inter- 
course between  an  alien  domiciled  in  a  country  and  one  of 
its  enemies  is  invalid. 

These  principles  are  referred  to  for  the  purpose  of  showing 
that  citizens  of  the  United  States  in  foreign  countries  are 
still  amenable  to  the  laws  of  the  United  States  and  subject 
to  its  jurisdiction. 

The  United  States  has  no  statute  which  fixes  and  deter- 
mines its  public  policy  with  reference  to  its  citizens  who 
are  domiciled  and  doing  business  in,  or  who  make  contracts 
in  foreign  countries,  in  respect  to  their  right  to  diplomatic 
appeal. 

Our  proposition  is  that  the  public  policy  of  the  United 
States,  with  reference  to  its  citizens  who  are  temporarily 
domiciled  in  foreign  countries,  and  who  make  contracts  there, 
controls  over  the  public  policy  or  statutes  of  foreign  nations, 
who  have  statutes  and  a  public  policy  which  is  contrary  to  our 
own.  There  may  be  some  qualifications  to  the  statements  as 
broad  as  this,  but  the  matter  here  under  consideration  relates 
to  the  special  question  of  the  right  of  a  foreign  government 
to  deprive  one  of  the  citizens  of  the  United  States  of  the 
right  to  appeal  to  his  own  government  for  protection,  under 
the  provisions  of  the  statutes  of  such  foreign  country,  or  by 
virtue  of  such  contracts  which  he  may  have  made,  waiving 
such  right. 

The  opinion  here  expressed  is  that  the  right  of  appeal  is  a 
jurisdictional  one  which  could  not  be  waived  by  the  citizen, 
and  that  it  could  only  be  waived  by  the  United  States,  and 
that  it  would  be  improper  for  the  United  States  to  waive  it, 
because  it  would  be  contrary  to  its  public  policy  to  do  so. 

The  Federal  and  State  judiciary  in  the  United  States  have 
settled  a  great  many  principles  of   public  policy,   in  which 


CALVO  DOCTRINE ;  PUBLIC  POLICY  23 1 

statutes  have  been  held  to  be  void  as  contravening  public 
policy,  and  in  which  contracts  have  been  held  to  be  void  in 
part  for  the  same  reason.  Without  going  into  any  details  of 
these  matters,  a  few  of  the  heads  of  subjects  which  have  been 
thus  passed  upon  may  be  mentioned. 

The  following  classes  of  contracts  have  been  held  by  the 
Federal  and  State  judiciary  to  be  void  on  grounds  of  public 
policy:  contracts  in  restraint  of  marriage;  contracts  waiving 
the  equity  of  redemption ;  agreement  to  waive  the  statutes  of 
limitation;  contracts  limiting  the  liability  of  common  car- 
riers; Sunday  contracts ;  contracts  affecting  rights  acquired 
under  the  pre-emption  and  homestead  laws;  contracts  made 
in  consideration  of  compounding  offences;  contracts  rendered 
for  service  in  obstruction  of  justice ;  contracts  to  suppress 
prosecution;  to  violate  a  statute;  sale  of  private,  personal 
influence;  contracts  relative  to  future  damages;  immoral 
contracts. 

The  class  of  contracts  which  are  held  to  be  void  on  the 
ground  of  public  policy  which  are  known  as  "contracts  to  not 
resort  to  a  judicial  forum  "  must  also  be  considered. 

The  principle  here  referred  to  is  laid  down  as  follows : 
"The  consent  of  parties  cannot  oust  a  court  of  its  jurisdic- 
tion, and,  therefore,  a  contract  not  to  resort  to  a  judicial 
forum  in  the  settlement  of  disputes  is  not  binding  at  law."1 
The  same  principle  is  referred  to  in  another  form  in  the  fol- 
lowing language: 

"Where  the  parties  to  a  contract  enter  into  an  absolute 
agreement  or  covenant,  that  in  case  a  dispute  should  arise 
under  such  contract,  all  matters  in  difference  between  them 
relating  thereto,  shall  be  submitted  to  arbitration,  such  stipu- 
lation is  void  on  grounds  of  public  policy,  because  to  give 
effect  to  it  would  be  to  oust  the  courts  of  their  jurisdiction."2 

These  principles  are  well  established  by  the  judicial  de- 
cisions of  Great  Britain  and  of  the  several  State  courts,  and  of 

1  American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law,  Vol.  XII,  page  305. 

2  Ibid.,  second  edition,  Vol.  XII,  page  570. 


232  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States.  In  Home  Insurance 
Company  vs.  Morse,  20  Wallace,  445,  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
United  States  decided  a  case  that  came  there  from  the  State 
of  Wisconsin.  The  State  of  Wisconsin  by  a  statute  passed 
in  1870  required  all  foreign  insurance  companies,  before  they 
could  do  business  within  the  State,  to  file  a  written  instru- 
ment duly  signed  and  sealed,  in  which  they  stipulate,  among 
other  things,  that  in  case  of  any  suits  brought  against  them 
they  will  not  remove  any  of  them  for  trial  into  the  United 
States  Circuit  Court  or  Federal  Court. 

The  State  court  of  Wisconsin  sustained  the  validity  of  this 
statute,  and  proceeded  to  render  judgment  against  the  insur- 
ance company,  after  a  petition  for  a  removal  to  the  Circuit 
Court  of  the  United  States  had  been  regularly  filed.  When 
this  case  came  before  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United 
States,  it  held  that  the  statute  of  Wisconsin  was  repugnant 
to  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  and  to  the  laws 
thereof,  and  that  it  was  illegal  and  void. 

In  the  case  of  the  Potomac  Steamboat  Company  vs.  Baker 
Salvage  Company,  123  United  States  Reports,  59,  the  Su- 
preme Court  of  the  United  States  held  that  an  agreement 
to  submit  matters  to  arbitration  did  not  in  any  manner  affect 
the  rights  of  the  parties  to  go  into  a  court  of  admiralty  to 
have  their  matters  adjudicated. 

The  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  in  Kenneth  vs. 
Chambers,  in  14  Howard,  38,  held  that  "a  contract  by  an 
inhabitant  of  Texas,  to  convey  land  in  that  country  to  citi- 
zens of  the  United  States,  in  consideration  of  advances  of 
money  made  by  them  in  the  State  of  Ohio,  to  enable  him 
to  raise  men  and  procure  arms  to  carry  on  the  war  with 
Mexico,  the  independence  of  Texas  not  having  been  at  that 
time  acknowledged  by  the  United  States,  was  contrary  to 
our  national  obligations  to  Mexico,  violated  the  public  policy 
of  the  United  States,  and  cannot  be  specifically  enforced  by 
a  court  of  the  United  States." 

The  same  court  in  Oscanyan  vs.  Winchester,  103  United 
States,  261,  held  that  a  contract  to  corruptly  influence  the 


CALVO  DOCTRINE  ;  PUBLIC  POLICY  233 

Turkish  government  to  enter  into  a  contract,  although  made 
in  Turkey,  was  void  and  contrary  to  the  public  policy  of  the 
United  States,  and  that  it  would  not  be  enforced  without  re- 
spect to  the  question  as  to  whether  or  not  it  was  valid  in  the 
foreign  country  where  made.  The  point  was  made  in  the 
case  that  the  illegal  nature  of  the  contract  is  not  set  up  in 
the  pleadings.  Mr.  Justice  Field,  in  rendering  this  opin- 
ion, quoted  the  language  of  Mr.  Justice  Swayne  in  another 
case  as  follows : 

"There  can  be  no  waiver.  The  defence  is  allowed,  not 
for  the  sake  of  the  defendant  but  of  the  law  itself.  The 
principle  is  indispensable  to  the  purity  of  its  administra- 
tion. It  will  not  enforce  what  it  has  forbidden  and  de- 
nounced. The  maxim,  Ex  dolo  malo  non  oritur  actio,  is 
limited  by  no  such  qualification.  The  proposition  to  the 
contrary  strikes  us  as  hardly  worthy  of  serious  refutation. 
Whenever  the  illegality  appears,  whether  the  evidence  comes 
from  one  side  or  the  other,  the  disclosure  is  fatal  to  the 
case.  No  consent  of  the  defendant  can  neutralize  its  effect. 
A  stipulation  in  the  most  solemn  form,  to  waive  the  objec- 
tion, would  be  tainted  with  the  vice  of  the  original  contract, 
and  void  for  the  same  reasons.  Wherever  the  contamina- 
tion reaches,  it  destroys.  The  principle  to  be  extracted  from 
all  the  cases  is  that  the  law  will  not  lend  its  support  to  a 
claim  founded  upon  its  violation." 

The  courts  of  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  and  the 
State  courts  have  recognized  the  principle  that  parties  may 
stipulate  for  an  arbitration  of  certain  questions,  such  as  the 
quantity,  quality,  or  price  of  material,  or  workmanship,  the 
value  of  the  work,  the  amount  of  loss  or  damage  or  the  like, 
as  a  condition  precedent  to  the  right  to  sue  under  the  con- 
tract itself.  These  are  almost  exclusively  insurance  contracts, 
where  some  minor  details  are  submitted  to  arbitration  as  a 
condition  precedent  to  suit  under  the  terms  of  the  contract. 
The  principle,  however,  involved  in  controversies  between 
citizens  of  the  United  States  in  foreign  countries  which  deny 
them  the  right  to  appeal  to  their  own  government  through 


234  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

diplomatic  channels,  is  one  which  affects  their  entire  right 
of  appeal. 

Parties  have  a  right  to  submit  their  differences  to  arbitra- 
tion after  their  causes  of  action  have  arisen,  and  they  always 
have  the  right  to  go  into  a  court  of  equity  to  set  aside  the 
award  on  the  ground  of  fraud,  duress,  or  undue  influence,  and 
other  equitable  grounds. 

The  reservations  in  the  statutes  of  a  conditional  right  of 
appeal,  which  the  Latin-American  republics,  like  Salvador 
and  Venezuela,  have  made,  amount  to  nothing.  They  would 
have  that  right  under  any  and  all  circumstances  without  such 
a  provision  of  their  statutes,  under  the  principles  of  common 
international  law.  Their  statutes  practically  deny  the  entire 
right  of  foreigners  to  seek  redress  by  appeals  to  their  own 
governments,  and  in  its  final  analysis  it  is  simply  absolutely 
taking  away  the  right  of  the  foreigner  to  seek  for  redress  from 
his  own  government.  There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  these 
statutes  are  void  in  so  far  as  they  legislate  against  the  right 
of  a  foreigner  to  appeal  to  his  own  government,  although 
no  case  has  as  yet  arisen  between  this  government  and  the 
Latin-American  republics  which  required  an  adjudication  of 
this  precise  question. 

The  Republic  of  Salvador  interposed  this  defence  to  the 
rights  of  certain  American  citizens  in  a  case  which  was 
arbitrated  and  decided  by  Hon.  Don  M.  Dickinson  of  De- 
troit, Michigan,  and  Sir  Henry  Strong,  Chief  Justice  of 
Canada. 

The  facts  on  which  their  decision  was  based  are  stated  in 
part  in  the  opinion.     They  read  in  part  as  follows: 

"This  controversy  had  its  origin  in  schemes  to  establish 
and  develop  a  new  port  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  Central 
America,  in  the  Republic  of  Salvador,  on  the  Bay  of 
Jiquilisco.1 

"  For  years,  as  the  greatness  of  the  natural  resources  of 
Salvador  had  been  discovered  and  understood,  the  attention 
of  capital,  both  foreign  and  domestic,  had  been  directed  to 

1  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,  1902,  pages  S62  to  873. 


CALVO  DOCTRINE;  PUBLIC  POLICY  235 

the  subject  of  founding  another  and,  as  was  hoped,  a  better 
port  for  the  purposes  of  commerce,  and  one  to  which  the 
larger  and  richer  resources  of  the  Republic,  both  in  agri- 
culture, including  cotton  and  tobacco,  its  rich  woods,  and 
its  mineral  wealth,  might  most  economically  be  made  tribu- 
tary, and  which  should  also  be  a  port  of  distribution  for 
imports. 

"As  early  as  1850  the  Bay  of  Jiquilisco,  in  connection  with 
this  subject,  had  been  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  invest- 
ing world  by  well-known  writers  whose  positions  and  resi- 
dence in  Central  America  made  their  statements  impressive. 

"  In  these  statements  the  Rio  Lempa,  as  '  the  most  im- 
portant natural  feature  of  Salvador,'  in  connection  with  its 
proximity  to  estuaries  of  the  Bay  of  Jiquilisco  and  the  great 
advantages  of  a  port  which  might  be  established  on  that  bay, 
were  pointed  out. 

"  Prior  to  the  exploitation  and  development  of  the  con- 
cession involved  in  this  case,  substantially  the  only  ports  of 
the  Republic  for  commercial  purposes  had  been  those  of  La 
Libertad  Acajutla  and  La  Union,  neither  of  which  had  cer- 
tain commercial  advantages  that  would  appertain  to  a  new 
port  if  established  in  Jiquilisco  Bay,  and  all  of  which  were 
subject  to  objections  as  seaports  which  at  the  new  port  would 
be  obviated. 

"As  time  went  on  and  knowledge  of  the  conditions  and  of 
the  possibilities  of  the  development  of  the  country  became 
more  widespread,  interest  in  the  subject  increased.  The 
Government  of  Salvador,  however,  had  never  undertaken  the 
improvement  of  the  harbor  within  or  the  ship  entrances  to 
Jiquilisco  Bay. 

"In  the  late  summer  or  fall  of  1894  contesting  petitions 
were  presented  to  the  Government  of  Salvador  for  a  conces- 
sion of  the  right,  for  a  period  of  years,  to  establish  steam 
navigation  in  the  port  of  El  Triunfo,  setting  forth  the  de- 
tails of  the  proposed  enterprise.  One  application  was  pre- 
sented by  Simon  Sol,  Luis  Lopez,  and  Lorenzo  Campos,  and 
the  other  by  Henry  H.  Burrell  and  George  F.  Thompson, 
citizens  of  the  United  States,  and  Gustavo  Lozano  and 
Emeterio    S.    Ruano,   citizens  of   the  Republic  of   Salvador. 


236  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  proposals  were  published  in  the  official  journal  of  the 
Republic  by  the  proper  executive  department  of  the  Govern- 
ment, and  bids  were  invited  for  the  franchise  so  sought. 

"  These  proceedings  resulted  in  the  awarding  of  the  fran- 
chise or  concession  to  the  Burrell  party,  and  on  October  6, 
1894,  the  Republic  of  Salvador  granted  them,  for  the  period 
of  twenty-five  years,  the  exclusive  right  of  steam  navigation 
of  the  port,  together  with  certain  valuable  privileges  and  as 
valuable  exemptions.  The  grant  was  in  the  form  of  a  bilat- 
eral contract,  signed  by  the  executive  officers  in  behalf  of  the 
Government  of  Salvador  as  party  of  the  one  part  and  by  the 
grantees  as  party  of  the  other  part. 

"On  November  7,  1894,  to  forestall  any  possible  mis- 
understanding or  narrower  construction  in  future  as  to  the 
extent  of  the  concession,  the  President  of  the  Republic 
officially  construed  the  contract  as  covering  the  entire  Bay 
of  Jiquilisco. 

"The  constitution  of  Salvador  requiring  that  such  a  con- 
cession must  be  submitted  to  the  supreme  legislature  for 
ratification,  it  was  so  submitted  and  ratified  by  that  body 
on  April   15,  1895. 

"There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  privileges  conferred  were 
of  very  great  value ;  but  in  turn  there  were  most  onerous  re- 
ciprocal obligations. 

"The  grantees'  privileges  were  exclusive,  as  to  steam  navi- 
gation of  the  port,  to  connect  with  any  line  of  steamers  then 
in  existence  or  which  might  thereafter  be  established,  and 
to  transship  passengers,  products,  and  merchandise  which 
should  be  exported  through  the  port ;  to  carry  on  the  coast- 
ing trade  with  adjacent  ports,  to  establish  a  line  of  steamers 
to  connect  with  other  ports  of  Central  America,  Colombia, 
Mexico,  and  California. 

"  And  not  only  did  the  exclusive  privileges  apply  to  the 
port  of  El  Triunfo,  but  they  were  attached  to  such  other 
places  on  Jiquilisco  Bay  and  its  estuaries  as  the  company 
might  establish  for  embarkation  and  debarkation,  and  for 
the  export  of  the  natural  products  of  the  country. 

"The  grantees  were  given  the  right  to  import,  free  of 
duties  and  taxes,  all  materials  necessary  for  founding,  con- 


CALVO  DOCTRINE ;  PUBLIC  POLICY  237 

structing,  and  maintaining  all  works  pertaining  to  the  enter- 
prise; exemption  from  taxes  on  all  their  property,  franchises, 
and  operations;  exemption  of  their  employees  from  military 
service;  exemption  from  the  use  of  stamped  paper  and  reve- 
nue stamps  in  making  contracts  within  the  scope  of  the  busi- 
ness, and  the  free  use  of  the  telegraph  and  telephone  lines 
operated  by  the  nation.  The  Government  further  agreed  to 
do  its  utmost  to  keep  the  roads  open  between  the  port  of 
El  Triunfo  and  the  coffee  centres  of  the  department  of 
Usulutan,  the  department  or  municipal  subdivision  in  which 
Jiquilisco  Bay  was  situated.   .   .   . 

"  It  is  apparent  that  upon  the  execution  of  its  contract 
with  the  Salvador  Government,  through  which  the  conces- 
sion was  acquired,  and  upon  the  formation  of  the  corporation 
required  by  the  concession,  the  El  Triunfo  Company  entered 
upon  the  preparation  and  development  of  the  port,  and  the 
performance  of  the  requirements  imposed  upon  it  with  ex- 
ceptional enterprise  and  vigor." 

After  stating  the  record,  proceedings,  and  evidence,  the 
arbitrators  rendered  a  decision,  from  which  the  following  is 
an  extract: 

"  In  view  of  this  history  it  need  hardly  be  said  that  the 
evidence  discloses  that  at  the  time  the  proceedings  in 
bankruptcy  were  taken  by  the  false  and  fraudulent  repre- 
sentatives of  this  company  no  creditor  had  complained,  and 
no  creditor  had  a  just  cause  of  complaint  against  it  for  non- 
payment of  its  debts.  On  the  contrary,  its  complete  finan- 
cial success  and  the  certainty  of  its  prosperous  future  had 
been  but  then  completely  assured. 

"It  is  claimed  that  the  United  States  cannot  in  this  case 
make  reclamation  for  its  nationals,  the  shareholders  in  the 
El  Triunfo  Company  who  had  thus  been  despoiled,  for 
the  reason  that  such  citizens  as  so  invested  their  money  in 
the  Republic  of  Salvador  must  abide  by  the  laws  of  that  coun- 
try, and  seek  their  remedy,  if  any  they  have,  in  the  courts 
of  Salvador;  and,  moreover,  that  before  reclamation  can  be 
successfully  urged  against  Salvador  in  their  behalf  it  must 
be   shown   that   such    citizens  of   the  United  States,  having 


238  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

appealed    to  the  courts  of   the  Republic,  have  been    denied 
justice  by  those  courts. 

"  The  general  proposition  of  international  law  as  thus 
stated  is  not  denied. 

"  If  the  Government  of  Salvador  had  not  intervened  to 
destroy' the  franchise  and  concession  of  the  El  Triunfo  Com- 
pany, and  thus  despoiled  the  American  shareholders  of  their 
interests  in  that  enterprise,  an  appeal  might  have  been,  as 
it  was  evidently  intended  to  be,  made  to  the  courts  of  Sal- 
vador for  relief  from  the  bankruptcy  proceedings.  The  first 
step  to  that  end  would  be  the  turning  out  of  the  conspir- 
ing directors  and  the  installment  of  a  proper  directory  by 
the  supreme  authority  of  the  corporation,  the  shareholders' 
meeting. 

"But  by  the  executive  decrees,  rather  than  by  the  bank- 
ruptcy proceedings,  the  property  rights  of  the  American 
citizens  involved  were  irrevocably  destroyed. 

"  Seeking  redress  through  a  called  meeting  of  the  share- 
holders of  the  company,  the  moment  the  call  was  issued,  and 
it  appeared  that  the  proper  remedy  was  to  be  sought  by  the 
corporation  itself,  showing  that  the  proceedings  by  its  alleged 
representative  directors,  for  bankruptcy,  were  fraudulent,  and 
that  the  bankruptcy  court  had  been  imposed  upon  by  their 
conspiracy,  in  fraud  of  the  incorporators,  whom  they  falsely 
pretended  to  represent,  that  moment  the  Government  of  Sal- 
vador came  to  the  aid  of  the  conspirators,  and  by  executive 
act  destroyed  the  only  thing  of  value  worth  retrieving  through 
the  courts. 

"It  is  not  the  denial  of  justice  by  the  courts  alone  which 
may  form  the  basis  for  reclamation  against  a  nation,  accord- 
ing to  the  rules  of  international  law.  '  There  can  be  no 
doubt,'  says  Halleck,  'that  a  State  is  responsible  for  the 
acts  of  its  rulers,  whether  they  belong  to  the  legislative, 
executive,  or  judicial  department  of  the  government,  so  far 
as  the  acts  are  done  in  their  official  capacity. ' 

"The  law  enacted  by  the  Congress  of  Salvador  in  relation 
to  foreigners  provides:  '  Only  in  case  of  the  denial  of  justice, 
or  of  a  voluntary  delay  of  its  administration,  can  foreigners  ap- 
peal to  the  diplomatic  forum ;  but  only  after  having  exhausted 


CALVO  DOCTRINE;   PUBLIC  POLICY  239 

in  vain  the  ordinary  remedies  provided  by  the  laws  of  the 
Republic.'  It  is  apparent  in  this  case  that  an  appeal  to  the 
courts  for  relief  from  the  bankruptcy  would  have  been  in  vain 
after  the  acts  of  the  Executive  had  destroyed  the  franchise, 
and  that  such  a  proceeding  would  have  been  a  vain  thing  is 
the  sufficient  answer  to  the  argument  based  upon  this  law  of 
Salvador. 

"  What  would  it  have  profited  these  despoiled  American 
citizens  if  they  had  successfully  appealed  to  the  courts  for 
the  setting  aside  of  the  bankruptcy  proceedings,  after  the 
concession  was  destroyed  by  the  closing  of  the  port  of  El 
Triunfo,   and  the  grant  of  the  franchise  to  strangers? 

"Said  Mr.  Fish  to  Minister  Foster:  '  Justice  may  as  much 
be  denied  when  it  would  be  absurd  to  seek  it  by  judicial 
process  as  if  denied  after  being  so  sought. ' 

"Again,  this  is  not  a  case  of  the  despoliation  of  an  Ameri- 
can citizen  by  a  private  citizen  of  Salvador,  on  which,  on 
appeal  to  the  courts  of  Salvador,  justice  has  been  denied  the 
American  national,  nor  is  it  a  case  where  the  rules  applying 
to  that  class  of  reclamations,  so  numerous  in  international 
controversies,   have  to  do. 

"This  is  a  case  where  the  parties  are  the  American 
nationals,  and  the  Government  of  Salvador  itself  as  a  party 
to  the  contract;  and  in  this  case,  in  dealing  with  the  other 
party  to  the  contract,  the  Government  of  Salvador  is  charged 
with  having  violated  its  promises  and  agreements  by  destroy- 
ing what  it  agreed  to  give,  what  it  did  give,  and  what  it  was 
solemnly  bound  to  protect. 

"  So  one  of  the  most  respected  authorities  in  international 
law,  Lewis  Cass,  has  laid  down  the  undoubted  rule,  and  its 
exception,  as  broad  as  the  rule,  when  he  says  that  '  When 
citizens  of  the  United  States  go  to  a  foreign  country  they  go 
with  an  implied  understanding  that  they  are  to  obey  its  laws 
and  submit  themselves  in  good  faith  to  its  established  tri- 
bunals. When  they  do  business  with  its  citizens,  or  make 
private  contracts  there,  it  is  not  to  be  expected  that  either 
their  own  or  the  foreign  government  is  to  be  made  a  party 
to  this  business  or  these  contracts,  or  will  undertake  to  de- 
termine any  dispute  to  which  they  give  rise. 


240  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

"  '  The  case  is  widely  different  when  the  foreign  government 
becomes  itself  a  party  to  important  contracts,  and  then  not 
only  fails  to  fulfil  them,  but  capriciously  annuls  them,  to 
the  great  loss  of  those  who  have  invested  their  time,  labor, 
and  capital  in  their  reliance  upon  its  good  faith  and  justice.' 

"In  any  case,  by  the  rule  of  natural  justice  obtaining  uni- 
versally throughout  the  world  wherever  a  legal  system  exists, 
the  obligation  of  parties  to  a  contract  to  appeal  for  judicial  re- 
lief is  reciprocal.  If  the  Republic  of  Salvador,  a  party  to  the 
contract  which  involved  the  franchise  to  the  El  Triunfo  Com- 
pany, had  just  grounds  for  complaint  that  under  its  organic 
law  the  grantees  had,  by  misuser  or  nonuser  of  the  franchise 
granted,  brought  upon  themselves  the  penalty  of  forfeiture 
of  their  rights  under  it,  then  the  course  of  that  Government 
should  have  been  to  have  itself  appealed  to  the  courts  against 
the  company,  and  there,  by  the  due  process  of  judicial  proceed- 
ings, involving  notice,  full  opportunity  to  be  heard,  consid- 
eration, and  solemn  judgment,  have  invoked  and  secured  the 
remedy  sought. 

"  It  is  abhorrent  to  the  sense  of  justice  to  say  that  one 
party  to  a  contract,  whether  such  party  be  a  private  indi- 
vidual, a  monarch,  or  a  government  of  any  kind,  may  arbi- 
trarily, without  hearing  and  without  impartial  procedure  of 
any  sort,  arrogate  the  right  to  condemn  the  other  party  to 
the  contract,  to  pass  judgment  upon  him  and  his  acts,  and 
to  impose  upon  him  the  extreme  penalty  of  forfeiture  of  all 
his  rights  under  it,  including  his  property  and  his  investment 
of  capital  made  on  the  faith  of  that  contract."  1 

Their  decision  did  not  involve  the  question  to  which 
especial  attention  is  directed  here.  They  recognized  the 
principle  of  international  law  that  citizens  of  the  United 
States  who  made  contracts  in  Salvador  must  show  that  they 
have  appealed  to  the  courts  of  the  republic  and  have  been 
denied  justice  by  those  courts. 

The  Republic  of  Salvador  was  a  party  to  this  contract,  and 
had  granted  a  twenty-five  years'  franchise,  which  it  arbitrarily 
abrogated.     For  this  and  other  reasons  stated  in  the  opinion, 

1  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,  1902,  pages  862  to  873. 


CALVO   DOCTRINE;  PUBLIC  POLICY  241 

the  statute  of  Salvador  which  is  quoted  had  no  application, 
and  the  right  of  the  citizens  to  appeal  to  the  government  of 
the  United  States  was  maintained. 

The  precise  question  under  discussion  was  therefore  not 
passed  upon.  Senor  Jose  Rosa  Pacas,  Chief  Justice  of  Sal- 
vador, was  one  of  the  three  arbitrators.  Sir  Henry  Strong 
and  Mr.  Dickinson  agreed  on  every  point,  while  the  Chief 
Justice  of  Salvador  disagreed  with  them  on  every  point.  The 
last-named  was  of  the  opinion  that  the  laws  of  Salvador  took 
away  the  right  of  our  nationals  to  appeal  to  the  United  States. 

The  constitution  of  Salvador  declares: 

"Title  IV,  Article  XLV.  Foreigners,  from  the  moment 
they  arrive  in  the  territory  of  the  Republic,  shall  be  strictly 
bound  to  respect  the  authorities  and  to  observe  the  laws,  and 
shall  acquire  the  right  to  be  protected  by  them. 

"Article  XLVI.  Neither  Salvadoraneans  nor  foreigners 
can  in  any  case  claim  of  the  Government  any  indemnity  for 
damages  or  detriment  which  may  be  caused  by  factions  to  their 
persons  or  property,  having  their  speedy  remedies  to  prose- 
cute their  claims  against  guilty  officials  or  individuals. 

"Article  XLIX.  No  international  agreement  can  modify 
in  any  particular  the  provisions  contained  in  this  title. 

"Article  L.  Foreigners  shall  remain  subject  to  a  special 
law  of  alienism." 

The  law  enacted  by  the  Salvadoranean  Congress  in  relation 
to  foreigners  provides: 

"Article  XXXVIII.  Every  foreigner  is  obliged  to  obey 
and  respect  the  institutions,  laws,  and  authorities  of  the  Re- 
public, as  provided  by  article  XLV  of  the  constitution,  and  to 
obey  the  decisions  and  sentences  of  the  tribunals,  without 
power  to  seek  other  recourses  than  those  which  these  same 
laws  give  to  Salvadoraneans. 

"Article  XXXIX.  Only  in  case  of  a  denial  of  justice  or 
of  a  voluntary  delay  of  its  administration  can  foreigners  appeal 
to  the  diplomatic  forum ;  but  only  after  having  exhausted  in 
vain  the  ordinary  remedies  provided  by  the  laws  of  the 
Republic. 

16 


242  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

"Article  XL.  It  is  provided,  however,  that  there  is  a 
denial  of  justice  only  when  the  judicial  authority  shall  re- 
fuse to  make  a  formal  decision  on  the  principal  matter  in 
dispute  or  on  any  incidents  of  the  case  of  which  it  has  taken 
cognizance  or  which  is  submitted  to  its  jurisdiction.  Con- 
sequently, by  the  sole  fact  that  the  judge  has  pronounced  a 
decree  or  sentence,  in  whatever  sense,  it  cannot  be  claimed 
that  there  is  a  denial  of  justice,  even  though  it  may  be  said 
that  the  decision  is  iniquitous  or  given  against  express  law. 

"  Article  XLI.  The  delay  of  the  administration  of  justice 
ceases  to  be  voluntary  whenever  the  judge  founds  it  in  any 
reason  of  law  or  in  any  physical  impediment  which  is  not  in 
his  power  to  remove."  1 

The  Honorable  William  L.  Penfield,  Solicitor  of  the  State 
Department,  in  his  brief  in  the  El  Triunfo  Company  case 
with  Salvador  made  the  following  observations  concerning  the 
constitution  and  laws  of  Salvador  in  respect  to  foreigners. 

"  Without  entering  into  an  elaborate  analysis  of  these  sin- 
gular provisions  of  the  constitution  and  laws  of  Salvador,  it 
is  obvious  that  even  if  not  ingeniously  contrived  for  the 
purpose,  they  would  have  the  effect,  if  carried  out  in  prac- 
tice to  a  logical  conclusion,  to  defeat  the  ends  of  justice  in 
respect  of  foreigners.  Under  the  claim  of  obedience  to  the 
local  laws,  the  constitution  prohibits  the  making  of  a  treaty 
which  would  guarantee  the  rights  of  aliens,  recognized  among 
all  civilized  states,  to  appeal  to  their  governments  for  pro- 
tection ;  next  commands  obedience  to  the  local  laws ;  next 
follows  the  enactment  of  laws  requiring  obedience  to  the 
decisions  and  sentences  of  the  tribunals,  '  without  power  to 
seek  other  recourses  than  those  which  these  same  laws  give 
to  Salvadoraneans ; '  and  finally,  a  legislative  definition  of  a 
denial  of  justice,  which  is  in  itself  the  consecration  of  in- 
justice, by  declaring  that  a  decision  is  just  even  though  it 
is  grossly  and  confessedly  iniquitous. 

"  The  will  of  the  sovereign  may  be  expressed  either  through 
constitutional  and  legislative  enactments  or  through  the  un- 
restrained action  of   the  executive.     That  will,  whether  ex- 

1  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,  1902,  page  845. 


CALVO  DOCTRINE;  PUBLIC  POLICY  243 

pressed  in  the  one  form  or  the  other,  cannot  control  the 
international  relations  of  states;  cannot  bind  any  foreign 
state.  When  there  is  a  clash  of  opinion  between  two  sov- 
ereign states  on  the  right  of  intervention  when  invoked  by 
the  citizen  of  either  against  the  other,  the  right  is  to  be 
determined  by  principles  of  international  law  affecting  states 
in  the  sovereign  capacity  and  applicable  to  the  given  case. 
An  attempt  to  prohibit  by  municipal  law  the  right  of  inter- 
vention given  by  the  common  law  of  nations  is  inconsistent 
with  sovereignty;  and  in  all  such  cases  the  right  of  interven- 
tion is  decided  upon  the  merits  of  the  particular  case.  A 
sovereign  state  cannot  yield  this  right  without  abandonment 
of  one  of  its  own  most  imperative  duties."1 

Penfield  further  says: 

"  It  is  more  than  doubtful  whether  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  would  admit  the  competency  of  its  citizen  to 
barter  away  his  right  to  its  protection  against  tortious,  arbi- 
trary acts  of  lawlessness  on  the  part  of  any  state. 

"On  this  question  precedents  are  not  wanting. 

"The  Imperial  Government  of  Germany  has  decided  in  a 
case  arising  in  Venezuela  that  it  will  no  longer  consider 
itself  bound  by  the  clause  in  most  contracts  between  for- 
eigners and  the  Venezuelan  Government,  which  states  that 
all  disputes  growing  out  of  the  contract  must  be  settled  in 
the  courts  of  the  latter;  that  the  German  Government  is  not 
a  party  to  these  contracts  and  is  not  bound  by  them  ;  and  that 
it  reserves  the  right  to  intervene  diplomatically  for  the  pro- 
tection of  its  subjects  whenever  it  shall  be  deemed  best  to 
do  so,  no  matter  what  the  terms  of  the  contract  in  this  par- 
ticular respect  are. 

"The  British  Government,  in  a  case  arising  in  the  United 
States,  has  taken  the  position  that  in  a  matter  of  interna- 
tional obligation  its  right  of  intervention  is  not  affected  even 
by  the  failure  or  omission  of  the  individual  to  avail  himself 
of  a  remedy  before  the  courts  for  the  grievance  complained  of. 

"While  the  government  of  the  United  States  has  not  taken 
so  extreme  a  position  as  Germany  and  Great  Britain,  it  has 

1  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,  1902,  page  845. 


244  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

declared  that  '  laws  of  a  foreign  state  attempting  to  deprive 
citizens  of  the  United  States  from  having  recourse  to  their 
own  Government  to  press  their  claims  diplomatically  will  not 
be  regarded  as  internationally  operative  by  the  Government 
of  the  United  States. '  "  * 

It  may  be  considered  to  be  reasonably  well  settled  that  it 
is  contrary  to  the  public  policy  of  the  United  States  to  per- 
mit the  right  of  diplomatic  appeal  of  one  of  its  citizens  to  be 
taken  away  either  by  the  statutes  of  a  foreign  country  or  by 
a  special  contract  with  the  individual. 

1  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,  1902,  page  844;  Wharton's  Digest, 
Vol.  II,  section  242,  page  695. 


CHAPTER   XXVI 

CALVO   DOCTRINE;   RECIPROCAL   OBLIGATIONS 

Every  practising  lawyer  of  experience  knows  that  there  is 
always  in  every  community  a  local  influence  which  generally 
favors  the  resident  litigant  much  more  than  it  does  the  non- 
resident or  foreign  litigant  in  our  courts.  This  gives  rise  to 
one  of  the  great  difficulties  in  the  administration  of  justice 
in  the  courts  of  the  country.  The  United  States  has  happily 
remedied  this  difficulty  as  far  as  it  is  expedient  for  it  to  do 
so,  by  taking  cases  out  of  the  sphere  of  local  influence  by 
providing  for  non-residents  and  foreigners  the  right  to  re- 
move causes  from  the  State  to  the  federal  courts. 

The  right  of  citizens  of  the  same  State  to  bring  their  causes 
in  the  United  States  courts  against  each  other,  or  to  remove 
them  there  when  brought  in  the  State  courts,  is  denied.  Hence 
it  may  be  said  that  non-residents  and  foreigners  enjoy  rights 
under  the  laws  of  the  United  States  which  are  denied  to  the 
citizens  of  the  respective  States;  and  yet  the  justice  and  pro- 
priety of  this  has  never  been  questioned. 

The  foregoing  statement  is  rendered  necessary  in  order  to 
value  the  magnanimity  of  Venezuela  in  Article  I  of  the  Act 
of  April,  1903,  in  regard  to  foreigners.  It  reads  thus  :  "  For- 
eigners shall  enjoy  in  the  territory  of  Venezuela  the  same 
rights  as  Venezuelans,  as  it  is  determined  by  the  constitution 
of  the  republic." 

The  constitutions  of  Venezuela  and  those  of  all  the  Latin- 
American  republics  were  modeled  after  the  constitution  of 
the  United  States.  The  rights  of  foreigners  to  sue  and  be 
sued  in  the  United  States  courts  and  to  remove  their  cases 
there  from  the  State  courts  were  conferred  by  acts  of  Con- 
gress and  not  by  the  constitution.  The  constitution  only 
brought  such  cases  within  the  purview  of  the  judicial  power 


246  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

of  the  United  States,  but  it  is  optional  with  Congress  to 
confer  such  jurisdiction  in  respect  to  foreigners  or  not  as 
it  sees  fit.  Therefore,  if  Venezuela  has  not  taken  away  the 
rights  of  foreigners  to  go  into  a  federal  court  for  redress  or 
to  remove  a  cause  there  from  one  of  its  States  or  departments, 
it  has  at  least  announced,  in  the  statute  of  April,  1903,  that  it 
would  be  contrary  to  its  public  policy  to  confer  such  right. 

The  same  public  policy  obtains  throughout  all  Latin- 
America.  They  have  the  same  imperium  in  imperio  form 
of  government  with  the  United  States,  although  their  States 
are  sometimes  called  departments,  and  sometimes  provinces. 
In  theory,  at  least,  these  republics  claim  for  their  respective 
States  the  same  degree  of  independence  of  the  federal  power 
that  exists  in  the  United  States.  All  or  nearly  all  of  these 
republics  have  statutes  which  take  away  the  rights  of  for- 
eigners to  appeal  to  their  home  governments  until  after  they 
have  exhausted  all  remedies  in  their  courts.  The  obvious 
meaning,  at  least  in  a  general  sense,  is  that  they  shall  not 
have  this  right  to  appeal  until  they  shall  have  exhausted  their 
remedies  and  been  denied  justice  in  the  State  or  department 
courts  of  these  republics.  The  federal  governments  which 
enact  these  laws  do  not  control  the  administration  of  justice 
to  the  foreigner  who  impliedly  contracts  with  them  to  be 
bound  by  these  laws,  or  who  contracts  directly  that  he  will 
do  so.  These  republics,  or  those  of  them  which  still  retain 
our  federal  and  State  system,  are  no  more  able  to  guarantee 
a  fair  and  impartial  trial  in  their  State  or  department  courts 
than  the  United  States  was  in  respect  to  the  New  Orleans 
rioters  who  slew  the  Italian  subjects  in  consequence  of  the 
latter's  alleged  connection  with  the  Mafia. 

Therefore,  in  so  far  as  we  can  look  upon  such  statutes  as 
an  implied  contract  between  the  foreigner  and  the  republic, 
it  is  a  contract  without  any  consideration  to  support  it,  and 
if  it  could  be  classed  as  a  contract  it  would  be  illegal  and 
void  for  want  of  a  consideration.  It  partakes  of  the  nature 
of  a  wagering  or  gambling  contract,  the  conditions  of  which 
are  "Heads  I  win,  and  tails  you  lose." 


CALVO  DOCTRINE;   RECIPROCAL   OBLIGATIONS    247 

We  come  now  to  view  these  statutes  of  Venezuela  and 
other  republics  simply  as  public  laws  governing  foreigners, 
and  find  that  in  this  respect  they  fail  to  come  up  to  the  re- 
quirements of  international  law.  When  a  sovereign  admits 
foreigners  within  his  dominions  "he  engages  to  protect  them 
as  his  own  subjects,  and  to  afford  them  perfect  security," 
says  Vattel. 

It  appears  to  be  very  clear  that  the  Latin-American  repub- 
lics do  not  meet  these  engagements.  In  their  federal  capa- 
city they  can  do  but  little.  Their  States,  or  departments, 
whose  judiciary  they  do  not  control  adjudicate  almost  ex- 
clusively upon  the  rights  and  wrongs  of  foreigners.  These 
republics  in  their  capacity  are  able  to  do  but  little  toward 
the  protection  of  foreigners,  or  toward  redressing  assaults  upon 
their  lives  and  liberty,  and  wrongs  against  their  property. 

It  is  probable  that  our  own  federal  system  is  defective  in 
this  respect,  but  our  government  has  always  been  disposed 
to  concede  and  grant  to  foreigners  every  right  and  privilege 
which  they  could  reasonably  claim,  so  far  as  our  form  of  gov- 
ernment would  permit.  Our  diplomatic  correspondence  a  few 
years  since  with  Italy  and  China  brought  the  fact  to  the  at- 
tention of  the  world  that  under  our  peculiar  federal  system 
the  United  States  was  unable  to  guarantee  that  the  murderers 
of  Italian  and  Chinese  subjects  should  have  justice  meted 
out  through  the  courts,  because  the  crimes  were  committed 
within  the  States,  where  the  State  courts  alone  could  take 
jurisdiction. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  the  general  government 
ought  to  have  the  power  to  answer  and  redress  all  just  claims 
which  foreign  nations  could  properly  make  under  the  provi- 
sions of  international  law. 

The  difference  between  the  United  States  and  many  of  the 
Latin-American  republics  is  this:  the  former  goes  to  the 
limit  of  its  constitutional  ability  in  protecting  the  rights  of 
foreigners,  while  the  latter  go  to  the  extent  of  their  ability 
in  withholding  such  protection. 


CHAPTER   XXVII 

CALVO  DOCTRINE,  ANARCHY 

The  legislation  of  the  Latin-American  republics  has  gone 
to  the  utmost  limit  in  depriving  foreigners  of  all  forms  of 
redress  against  their  respective  governments  in  respect  to 
their  rights  of  life,  liberty,  and  property.  It  is  a  well 
settled  principle  of  international  law  that  a  citizen  or  sub- 
ject of  one  nation  who  carries  on  trade,  and  has  a  commer- 
cial domicile  within  the  territory  of  another  nation  has  no 
right  to  claim  against  the  nation  in  which  he  resides  any 
different  treatment  in  case  of  loss  by  war,  either  foreign  or 
civil,  than  that  which  the  latter  country  metes  out  to  its 
own  citizens  or  subjects.  Where  a  revolutionary  body  de- 
stroys property  of  a  foreigner,  such  foreigner  has  no  claim 
against  the  government  in  cases  where  the  citizen  would  have 
none.  Where  soldiers  of  the  government  wantonly  destroy 
the  property  of  a  foreigner  domiciled  within  its  territory, 
such  government  is  not  liable  for  the  loss  where  the  spolia- 
tion occurred  without  the  authority  of  the  commanding  gen- 
eral and  against  his  express  orders.  The  general  principle 
is  that  neutral  property  in  a  belligerent  territory  shares  the 
liability  of  property  belonging  to  the  citizens  or  subjects  of 
the  State. 

The  same  commission  which  tried  the  El  Triunfo  Com- 
pany case  about  the  same  time  tried  the  Gelbtrunk  case.  In 
1898  Maurice  Gelbtrunk  &  Co.,  a  partnership  composed  of 
Maurice  and  Isidor  Gelbtrunk,  both  of  whom  were  citizens 
of  the  United  States,  were  engaged  i»  mercantile  business 
in  Salvador.  In  November,  1898,  a  revolutionary  force  oc- 
cupied the  city  where  this  firm  did  business,  and  seized  and 
appropriated   the   goods   of   the  firm.      The  arbitrators,   Sir 


CALVO  DOCTRINE,   ANARCHY  249 

Henry  Strong,  Don  M.  Dickinson,  and  Jose  Rosa  Pacas,  who 
had  been  selected  by  the  governments  of  the  United  States  and 
Salvador,  were  of  the  unanimous  opinion  that  the  Republic 
of  Salvador  was  not  liable.1 

The  principle  is  equally  well  settled  that  it  is  the  duty  of 
every  State  to  protect  its  citizens  abroad.  If  a  foreign  State 
has  despoiled  such  citizen  of  his  property  he  has  a  claim 
against  it  for  compensation.  Every  State  is  responsible  for 
the  acts  of  its  rulers,  which  have  been  performed  in  an  offi- 
cial capacity,  whether  such  official  belongs  to  the  executive, 
legislative,  judicial,  or  military  branches  of  the  government.2 

This  principle  does  net  end  here.  There,  are  cases  where 
the  acts  of  an  unauthorized  person  were  afterwards  ratified  by 
the  government;  and  in  such  cases  the  government  is  liable 
in  all  respects  the  same  as  if  it  had  originally  conferred  the 
authority.  There  is  still  another  principle  which  sometimes 
extends  the  liability  of  the  State  for  damages  to  foreigners. 
It  often  occurs  that  a  revolutionary  body  seizes  upon  and 
usurps  the  functions  of  government  for  a  time,  and  while  thus 
intrenched  in  power  commits  acts  of  spoliation.  The  gen- 
eral principle  is  that  the  acts  of  the  usurper  are  valid  and 
binding  upon  the  government  which  he  administers.  There 
is  still  a  further  view  to  take  of  this  matter.  De  facto  gov- 
ernments sometimes  develop  into  governments  de  jure.  This 
was  the  case  with  Venezuela.  Castro  was  at  first  a  revolu- 
tionary leader,  and  afterwards  became  the  head  of  the  State 
by  military  force,  and  later  became  president  by  vote  of  the 
people.  When  acts  of  spoliation  took  place  at  the  hands  of 
Castro's  forces,  or  the  forces  which  defended  against  him,  it 
would  become  a  question  of  considerable  difficulty  to  deter- 
mine when  the  government  was  or  was  not  bound.  Since 
Castro  became  not  only  the  de  fatto  but  the  de  jure  presi- 
dent of  Venezuela,  it  becomes  a  question  of  some  difficulty 
as  to  whether  in  such  cases  the  government  ought  not  to  be 
held  liable. 

1  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,  pages  877  to  880. 

2  Ibid.,  page  847. 


250  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

It  is  clear  upon  principle  that  the  Andrade  government 
bound  Venezuela  for  all  its  acts  of  spoliation  until  the  func- 
tions of  government  were  administered  by  Castro. 

Where  revolutions  are  frequent,  and  where  the  vicissitudes 
of  government  are  changeful  and  varied,  it  becomes  a  ques- 
tion of  great  difficulty  to  determine  when  and  where  the 
liability  of  the  State  begins  and  where  it  ends.  Moreover, 
civilized  nations  will  not  view  with  complacency  any  anarchi- 
cal conditions  of  government  where  the  life,  liberty,  and 
property  of  their  subjects  and  citizens  are  constantly  men- 
aced. They  are  liable  at  any  time  to  intervene  in  the  in- 
terests of  civilization  and  in  the  interest  of  their  subjects 
who  are  affected  by  these  conditions.  The  German  govern- 
ment has  already  taken  advanced  ground  on  these  questions, 
and  has  announced  that  it  reserves  the  right  to  intervene 
diplomatically  for  the  protection  of  its  subjects  whenever  it 
shall  be  deemed  best  to  do  so.1  Great  Britain  on  the  other 
hand  has  not  taken,  as  yet,  so  extreme  a  position.  Count  Von 
Biilow,  in  his  speech  in  the  Reichstag,  which  is  quoted  else- 
where, says:  "It  is  a  well-known  principle  of  England's 
commercial  policy  that  everybody  investing  capital  abroad 
does  so  upon  his  own  risk.  We  found  ourselves  in  a  dilemma, 
but  nobody  can  reproach  us  with  acting  without  sobriety  and 
calmness." 

The  evident  meaning  of  this  is  that  the  indisposition  of 
Great  Britain  to  push  diplomatic  intervention  in  Venezuela 
to  the  full  extent  which  Germany  had  determined  to  do, 
became  a  source  of  embarrassment  to  the  latter  after  the 
movement  to  coerce  Venezuela  began.  This  situation  de- 
veloped soon  after  the  United  States  began  its  work  of 
mediation.  The  general  trend  of  public  opinion  in  Europe 
is  in  favor  of  governments  intervening  diplomatically  for  the 
protection  of  their  subjects  who  are  doing  business  in  South 
America  and  who  have  a  commercial  domicile  there.  This 
change  of  sentiment  is  brought  about  by  the  anarchical  and 
revolutionary  conditions  there,   as  well  as  by  the   laws   of 

1  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,  page  844. 


CALVO  DOCTRINE,   ANARCHY  25  I 

the  Latin-American  republics  which  discriminate  so  savagely 
against  foreigners. 

A  recent  magazine  writer  has  given  a  graphic  description 
of  these  conditions,  which  reads  in  part  as  follows: 

"  As  one  journeys  towards  South  America  one  longs  to 
believe  that  the  Star  of  Liberty,  like  that  of  Bethlehem, 
leads  the  way,  and  that  one  will  find  our  brethren  to  be 
animated  by  high  ambitions  and  noble  resolves,  struggling 
upward  like  ourselves. 

"This  pleasant  anticipation  appears  to  be  in  a  fair  way 
towards  realization  when  one  picks  up  the  constitution  and 
laws  of  one  of  these  countries,  and  reads  the  somewhat  or- 
nate, but  sufficiently  profuse,  declarations  in  favor  of  liberty, 
justice,  and  equality.  The  Bill  of  Rights  is  scarcely  shorter 
than  the  Moral  Law,  but  the  traveller  soon  learns  that  it  is 
most  apt  to  be  vociferously  preached  from  the  house  tops 
in  those  communities  where  anarchy  and  despotism  reign 
supreme. 

"The  visions  of  constitutions,  with  their  sacred  guarantees 
of  personal  liberty,  and  of  laws  with  their  well-rounded  periods 
of  equity,  soon  fade  away;  and  the  observer  finds  in  their 
stead  the  decrees  of  dictators  and  military  despots. 

"True,  these  decrees,  by  whatever  military  despot  issued, 
are  mostly  interlarded  with  soul-inspiring  protestations  of 
undying  patriotism,  with  references  to  the  sacred  will  of  the 
people,  and  with  appeals  to  the  Deity,  in  every  form  of  cant- 
ing phrase,  in  testimony  of  the  purity  of  intention  and  spot- 
less nobility  of  character  of  the  promulgators. 

"All  this  does  not  deceive  the  intelligent  observer.  He 
is  not  long  on  Latin-American  soil  when  he  discovers  that 
he  is  outside  the  bounds  of  civilization.  For  every  move  he 
makes  he  must  first  obtain  a  passport  from  the  military  Jefe. 
Everywhere  he  goes  he  is  confronted  by  a  soldier  or  a  police- 
man who  demands  his  name  and  his  business. 

"  If  he  sends  a  telegram  he  must  first  get  the  approval 
of  the  government  censor.  If  he  writes  a  letter,  a  hundred 
chances  to  one  it  is  broken  open  and  read  by  the  postal 
authorities  before  it  is  sent.     If  he  walks  along  the  side- 


252  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

walk  he  knows  not  what  moment  a  soldier  will  bring  him 
to  halt  with  a  '  Quien  viva? '  and  a  Mauser  levelled  at  him, 
and  an  order  that  he  walk  in  the  street.  He  soon  finds  out 
that  he  himself  is  liable  to  be  locked  up  in  jail  on  any 
trivial  pretext,  or  none  at  all.  It  does  not  matter  what  may 
be  said  of  his  social  or  business  standing,  if  he  makes  pro- 
test at  the  acts  of  these  tyrants  he  may  be  expelled  from  the 
country  without  redress,  or  incarcerated  in  a  jail.  If  he  ap- 
peals to  the  American  Consul  for  aid,  the  chances  are  seven 
to  one  that  the  mouth  of  that  dignitary  has  long  been  stopped 
by  government  concessions,  or  that  he  is  an  actual  party  to 
the  intrigues.  But  our  traveller  has  by  this  time  only  com- 
menced his  initiation.  He  has  only  learned  what  any  in- 
telligent man  would  certainly  ascertain  to  be  true  within 
forty-eight  hours  after  setting  foot  on  the  soil  of  any  Latin- 
American  country,  with  the  exception  of  Mexico,  Chile,  and 
the  Argentine  Republic. 

"  It  does  not  take  the  observer  long  to  ascertain  that  there 
is  not  in  any  of  these  countries  such  a  thing  as  a  legally 
constituted  government.  The  constitutions  prescribe  that 
elections  shall  be  held  at  stated  periods,  and  in  a  certain 
manner,  for  the  election  of  the  president  and  other  officials 
of  the  government.     But  no  elections  are  ever  held. 

"Occasionally  a  newspaper  correspondent,  some  disciple 
of  Mark  Twain,  as  a  huge  joke  writes  about  an  election  in 
Venezuela  or  Colombia,  the  same  as  he  might  about  a  sea 
serpent.  But  not  within  the  memory  of  any  living  man  has 
there  been  a  real  election  in  those  countries. 

"The  constitutions  of  those  countries  provide  how  the 
members  of  the  Legislatures  and  of  Congress  shall  be 
elected,  but  not  since  they  were  separated  from  Spain  has 
there  been  one  single  Congress  or  Legislature  elected  in  the 
manner  prescribed.  An  honest  ballot  and  a  fair  count,  such 
as  we  understand  them,  are  so  strange  and  foreign  to  these 
countries  that  in  the  wildest  dreams  of  fancy  no  one  of  them 
ever  imagined  such  a  thing. 

"One  might  have  greater  hope  of  success  in  attempting  to 
explain  the  Australian  ballot  system  to  a  Chinese  peasant  in 
the  centre  of  Manchuria  than  to  any  of  those  people. 


CALVO  DOCTRINE,   ANARCHY  253 

"The  constitutions  provide  that  the  laws  shall  be  passed 
by  the  legislatures  of  the  several  states,  or  by  the  Congress 
for  the  Federal  Union.  Yet  ninety-five  laws  out  of  every 
hundred  are  edicts  of  the  dictators,  pure  and  simple;  and 
no  pretence  is  made  that  any  legislative  body  ever  read 
them,  let  alone  passed  them  or  engrossed  them. 

"  Read  the  daily  or  weekly  issues  of  the  respective  '  Gazeta 
Officials  '  of  these  countries,  and  you  will  see  that  they  are 
almost  wholly  composed  of  laws  in  the  shape  of  decretas  of 
the  dictator.  It  would  appear  that  the  respective  dictators, 
and  in  this  they  all  seem  to  be  alike,  spend  their  odd  mo- 
ments thinking  up  schemes  for  robbing  the  people,  and  keep 
their  typewriters  busy  in  formulating  these  into  decretas, 
which  their  courts  are  obliged  to  interpret  as  law,  and 
which  in  fact  form  the  law,  and  the  only  law  that  there  is. 

"The  constitutions  describe  how  they  may  be  amended, 
and  their  regulations  are  so  precise  and  formal  that  a  for- 
eign jurist  might  be  inclined  to  take  them  seriously.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  a  dictator  abolishes  a  constitution  or  amends 
it,  or  adopts  a  new  one,  with  as  little  ceremony  as  he  would 
use  in  ordering  his  breakfast.  True,  changes  of  this  char- 
acter are  sometimes  made  by  a  so-called  provisional  Congress, 
but,  as  the  members  of  such  a  body  are  always  appointed  by 
the  dictator  and  selected  to  do  his  bidding,  a  little  thing  like 
amending  the  constitution  or  abolishing  it,  or  making  a  new 
one,  is  such  a  trifling  affair  that  it  may  be  done  almost  any 
afternoon.  Indeed,  the  constitution,  in  whole  or  in  part,  is 
suspended  at  the  whim  of  the  dictator,  without  consulting 
anybody,  and  whenever  it  suits  his  convenience. 

"  Having  learned  the  novel  and  easy  method  by  which  laws 
are  made  and  unmade,  one  will  not  be  surprised  to  know  that 
the  methods  of  their  interpretation  and  enforcement  are  no 
less  unique.  There  are  in  these  countries  many  able  scholars 
and  fine  lawyers,  who  constitute  the  material  for  a  creditable 
judiciary;  but,  unfortunately,  even  this  department  of  the 
government  is  at  the  mercy  of  these  brutal,  ignorant,  cor- 
rupt, vicious,  and  wholly  intolerable  despots. 

"  Lawyers  of  character  and  ability  are  not  wanted  as  judges, 
and  they  would  fear  to  accept  such  position  if  tendered  to 


254  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

them.     In  fact,  the  better  element  shuns  politics  as  it  would 
a  pestilence. 

"  It  may  be  asked  whether  the  travesty  on  government 
herein  described  is  not  abnormal  and  temporary.  The  reply 
is  that  this  condition  of  anarchy,  for  it  is  nothing  else,  is 
and  has  been  the  normal  and  ordinary  condition  of  Venezuela 
and  Colombia,  and  most  of  the  other  Latin-American  coun- 
tries, ever  since  Spain  lost  its  dominion  over  them,  with  the 
exception  of  brief  intervals  when  some  dictator  more  power- 
ful than  the  rest  has  succeeded  by  force  of  arms  in  maintain- 
ing his  authority."1 

This  same  writer  discusses  the  ruling  class  as  follows: 

"  It  will  not  comprise  more  than  ten  per  cent  of  the  total 
population  in  any  Latin-American  country,  but  it  makes  all 
the  trouble,  is  responsible  for  the  rapine,  bloodshed,  murders, 
revolutions,  and  anarchy  which  have  so  long  disgraced  Latin- 
America.  This  class,  as  a  rule,  represents  a  mixture  of 
Spanish  and  Indian  blood,  oftentimes  with  a  sprinkling  of 
negro,  and  sometimes  of  other  elements. 

"  He  who  originated  the  formula  for  the  composition  of 
this  class  must  have  laughed  grimly  when  he  finished  his 
work;  for  one  might  study  chemistry  for  a  thousand  years 
without  being  able  to  devise  such  an  atrocious  composition. 

"  It  is  true  that  a  small  number  of  good  men  are  always 
to  be  found  in  this  class.  Why,  no  one  knows,  unless  it 
be  for  the  same  reason  that  leads  a  good  woman  to  carry 
bouquets  of  flowers  to  a  brutal  murderer. 

"  Occasionally  an  able  lawyer,  or  a  good  doctor,  or  a  re- 
sponsible business  man  becomes  ambitious  to  hold  office, 
infatuated  with  the  glamour  of  politics,  or  falls  in  love  with 
the  music  of  the  drums  or  the  clash  of  the  swords,  and  he 
joins  this  class,  much  to  the  consternation  of  his  friends  as 
well  as  of  his  enemies.  As  a  rule,  this  class  is  composed 
of  adventurers,  ambitious  and  unprincipled  military  men, 
many  outright  criminals,  others  whose  lives  have  been  de- 
voted to  intrigue  and  to  the  machinations  for  which  these 
countries  are  noted;  and,   taken  altogether,   it  is  the  most 

1  North  American  Review,  Vol.  CLXXVI,  page  518. 


CALVO  DOCTRINE,   A  A  ARCH  Y  2$$ 

aggressive,  pretentious,  good-for-nothing,  nondescript,  vil- 
lainous, treacherous  set  of  semi-banditti  which  was  ever 
organized  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  held  together  by  the 
cohesive  power  of  public  plunder,  and  by  the  ambition  to 
tyrannize  over  others.  It  is  of  this  class  that  the  so-called 
'  governments  '  of  these  countries  are  formed.  One  faction 
of  it  is  always  in  power,  looting  the  public  funds,  living  in 
Oriental  splendor  off  the  forced  contributions  from  foreign 
merchants,  or  off  the  receipts  of  custom-houses,  running 
things  generally  in  that  high  and  mighty  way  which  only  a 
Latin-American  can  emulate,  while  the  other  faction  is  try- 
ing to  get  into  power,  so  that  it  may  have  the  good  things ; 
and  there  is  where  the  revolutions  originate. 

"There  is  not  enough  for  all.  Foreign  merchants  have 
been  plucked  until  they  have  become  few  in  number.  Great 
foreign  syndicates  under  Guzman  Blanco  loaned  millions  to 
the  government,  nearly  all  of  it  to  be  stolen  by  corrupt  offi- 
cials ;  and  they  invested  other  millions  in  railroads  and  other 
enterprises,  most  of  which  have  been  ruined  or  confiscated  by 
one  military  despot  or  another.  Now  the  influx  of  foreign 
capital  is  small,  and  the  pie  for  these  dictators  contains  so 
few  plums  that  it  behooves  them  to  fight  royally  over  what 
there  are. 

"The  outrages  which  are  committed  by  the  faction  of  this 
fourth  class  which  is  in  power,  and  concurrently  by  the  fac- 
tion which  is  out  of  power  and  consequently  in  revolution, 
cannot  be  properly  described  within  the  limits  of  a  magazine 
article. 

"  It  must  suffice  to  say  that  no  foreign  house  or  company 
doing  business  in  one  of  these  countries  has  ever  been  able 
to  escape  destruction  unless  continuously  backed  by  its  gov- 
ernment, and  that  in  most  cases  heretofore  that  has  been 
unavailing. 

"In  every  case,  without  exception,  the  foreigner  has  been 
systematically  looted  and  robbed  by  the  officials  of  the  gov- 
ernment, and  their  political  henchmen. 

"  Usually  he  has  been  ruined  financially  in  the  end,  and 
often  he  has  lost  his  liberty  and  his  life,  and  always  with- 
out redress.     South  America,   from  one  end   to  the  other, 


256  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

is  strewn  with  the  wrecks  of  American  and    European    in- 
vestments. " 

•  ••••• 

"  Prophetic  appear  to  have  been  the  words  of  the  great 
Bolivar  near  the  end  of  his  long  and  marvellous  career. 
He  learned  three-quarters  of  a  century  ago  what  our  North 
American  officials  seem  never  to  have  learned;  and  that  is 
that  the  people  of  Latin-America  are  helplessly  and  hope- 
lessly incapable  of  self-government.   He  said : 

"'In  America  there  is  no  such  thing  as  good  faith,  neither 
among  nations  nor  among  men.  Our  constitutions  are  books, 
our  laws  are  papers,  our  elections  are  combats,  and  life  itself 
is  a  torment.  We  shall  arrive  at  such  a  state  that  there  is 
no  foreign  nation  which  will  condescend  to  return  and  con- 
quer us,  and  we  shall  be  governed  by  petty  tyrants.' 

"There  is  no  passage  in  Holy  Writ  containing  a  truer 
prophecy  than  these  memorable  words  of  Bolivar."1 

The  condition  of  things  described  by  this  writer  shows  that 
the  greater  number  of  the  Latin-American  republics  are  in 
a  condition  of  anarchy  and  incapable  of  protecting  the  rights 
of  any  one,  much  less  the  rights  of  foreigners. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  anarchy  and  not  law  is  the  rule,  it 
requires  no  gifts  of  prophecy  to  say  that  the  nations  of  the 
civilized  world  will  not  tolerate  such  legislation  and  such 
conditions.  The  foreign  subjects  may  yield  a  certain  degree 
of  obedience  to  these  laws,  but  their  governments  will  be 
the  judges  of  the  fairness  and  impartiality  with  which  jus- 
tice is  administered.  The  plain  duty  of  the  United  States 
is  to  discourage  the  enactment  and  enforcement  of  drastic 
and  inimical  laws  against  foreigners.  The  very  expression 
of  these  laws  on  their  face  carries  with  them  an  intimation 
that  it  is  not  justice  but  injustice  which  the  judicial  branch 
of  the  government  is  expected  to  mete  out  to  foreigners. 
The  government  of  the  United  States  cannot  afford  to  per- 
mit the  Latin-American  republics  to  attach  the  Calvo  sup- 
plement to  the  Monroe  Doctrine.     The  United   States  has 

1  North  American  Review,  Vol.  CLXXVI,  page  51S. 


CALVO  DOCTRINE,   ANARCHY  257 

always  been  friendly  to  foreigners,  and  has  from  the  founda- 
tion of  the  republic  encouraged  foreign  immigration,  and 
stands  for  fair  play  and  kind  treatment  of  foreigners  by  the 
Latin-American  republics. 

These  statutes  against  foreigners  are  declarations  of  war 
against  civilization.  The  original  European  settlers  in 
Spanish-America  have  largely  assimilated  to  the  aborig- 
ines and  the  imported  Africans,  and  they  have  produced  a 
form  of  semi-barbarism  which  now  turns  to  assail  North 
American  and  European  civilization  through  the  operation 
of  statutes  which  are  to  be  enforced  through  the  most  im- 
proved system  of  anarchy,  which  will  retain  foreigners 
within  their  dominions  long  enough  to  rob  them  of  the 
acquisitions  of  a  lifetime,  but  not  so  drastic  as  to  prevent 
others  from  coming  in  to  be  plundered  and  turned  loose 
upon  the  world  penniless. 

International  law  furnishes  the  rules  for  the  determination 
of  questions  arising  where  a  civil  war  is  being  waged,  but  it 
furnishes  no  satisfactory  solution  of  the  rights  of  the  parties 
where  anarchy  is  the  rule,  and  law  and  order  is  the  excep- 
tion. All  the  complicated  questions  arising  from  a  condi- 
tion of  anarchy  are  now  beginning  to  be  thrust  upon  the 
attention  of  the  government  of  the  United  States  through 
the  complaints  of  European  powers.  Much  depends  on  our 
correct  solution  of  them. 

In  February,  1904,  The  Hague  Tribunal  rendered  its  deci- 
sion in  the  contention  between  Great  Britain  and  Germany 
on  the  one  hand  and  Venezuela  on  the  other.  The  proposi- 
tion had  been  made  by  Venezuela  to  the  allies  that  if  they 
would  raise  the  blockade  of  the  Venezuelan  ports  thirty  per 
cent  of  the  collections  on  imports  would  be  applied  to  the 
payment  of  Venezuela's  foreign  creditors. 

Great  Britain  and  Germany  proposed  that  if  they  were 
made  preferred  creditors  they  would  accept  the  proposition.. 
This  proposal  for  a  preference  was  declined.  An  agreement 
was  thereupon  entered  into,  among  other  things,  to  refer  this 
claim  to  a  preference  to  The  Hague  Tribunal,  which  ren- 

17 


258  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

dered  its  decision  sustaining  the  claim  for  a  preference. 
The  tribunal  in  deciding  this  case  has  taken  the  position 
that  where  a  government  has  gone  so  far  in  the  protection 
of  its  citizens  or  subjects  as  to  exercise  its  police  power  by 
the  seizure  of  ports  of  entry  for  the  purpose  of  the  seques- 
tration of  the  import  revenues,  a  preference  over  other 
creditors  has  thereby  been  conferred.  The  effect  of  this 
decision  will  be  an  incentive  to  war  by  European  govern- 
ments against  the  Latin-American  republics,  and  in  this 
respect  The  Hague  Tribunal  may  become  a  court  for  the 
promotion  of  war  rather  than  of  peace. 

This  decision  will  become  a  precedent  to  be  followed  in 
similar  cases.  While  the  decision  was  no  doubt  sound  upon 
the  peculiar  facts  of  that  particular  case,  yet  it  should  be 
distinguished  from  all  future  cases  of  the  exercise  of  the 
police  power  by  a  government  on  behalf  of  its  subjects 
against  a  debtor  nation.  Venezuela  was  not  a  signatory  of 
The  Hague  treaty  originally,  nor  did  she  become  such  by 
reason  of  the  convention  at  the  City  of  Mexico  of  October 
22,  1901.  As  stated  elsewhere,  Venezuela  withdrew  its  dele- 
gation from  this  conference  on  January  14,  1902,  making  the 
withdrawal  retroactive  to  and  from  December,  1901.1 

It  may  be  assumed  with  propriety  that  at  the  time  the 
allies  blockaded  the  ports  of  Venezuela  The  Hague  treaty 
had  not  become  obligatory  upon  the  parties  to  that  contro- 
versy because  Venezuela  had  not  signed  it.  It  may  also  be 
assumed  that  as  The  Hague  Convention  was  still  in  its  for- 
mative state,  the  provisions  of  the  treaty  had  not  as  yet 
acquired  the  force  and  effect  of  international  law.  Article 
II  of  this  treaty  provides  that  the  parties  to  it,  in  case  of 
serious  disagreement,  shall  have  recourse  to  the  good  offices 
or  mediation  of  one  or  more  friendly  powers  before  there  is 
any  appeal  to  arms. 

Among  signatories  to  The  Hague  treaty  it  would  appear 
to  be  the  better  principle  to  hold  that  no  preferences  could 

1  Senate  Document  330.  Report  of  Second  International  Conference  of  Ameri- 
can States,  page  11. 


CALVO  DOCTRINE,   ANARCHY  259 

be  granted  to  powers  which  had  appealed  to  arms  before  they 
had  first  exhausted  their  remedies  by  recourse  to  mediation. 
If  the  adoption  of  The  Hague  treaty  has  now  become  so 
general  as  to  make  it  a  part  of  the  international  law  the  rule 
should  be  the  same  as  in  case  where  both  parties  were  signa- 
tories of  the  treaty.  By  distinguishing  future  cases  from  the 
one  referred  to  on  the  grounds  above  indicated,  a  long  stride 
will  be  taken  in  the  interest  of  peace. 

Since  The  Hague  treaty  will  henceforth  become  a  part  of 
international  law  by  reason  of  the  practical  universality  of  its 
adoption,  the  proper  construction  to  give  it  would  be  that  no 
creditor  nation  can  gain  any  preference  by  hostile  demonstra- 
tions without  first  complying  with  the  provisions  of  Article  II  of 
the  treaty,  which  requires  a  resort  to  the  peaceful  methods 
of  mediation  and  an  exhaustion  of  this  means  of  settlement  be- 
fore recourse  to  war. 

The  decision  of  The  Hague  Tribunal  in  giving  a  preference 
as  stated,  ought  not  to  be  followed  as  a  precedent  in  future 
cases,  as  the  law  applicable  to  the  future  cases  will  be  different 
because  of  the  fact  that  The  Hague  treaty  will  henceforth, 
on  well  established  principles,  become  a  part  of  international 
law.  It  would  contravene  the  international  public  policy  of 
the  future  to  confer  rights  on  belligerents  who  had  acted  in  dis- 
regard of  the  plain  provisions  of  law  in  acquiring  such  claims 
to  preference.  The  difference  between  the  two  methods  of 
procedure  is  as  widely  different  as  it  would  be  in  cases  where 
one  creditor  steals  the  debtor's  property  and  credits  its  value 
upon  the  debt,  and  another  creditor  obtains  a  judgment 
against  the  debtor  and  causes  the  property  to  be  regularly 
levied  on  and  sold,  and  purchased  at  execution  sale  by  the 
creditor. 

A  strict  compliance  with  Article  II  of  The  Hague  treaty 
must  be  made  a  condition  precedent  to  any  right  of  preference. 

It  would  be  a  constant  menace  to  the  United  States,  in  the 
assertion  and  maintenance  of  its  traditional  foreign  policy,  to 
recognize  the  right  to  a  preference  by  a  creditor  nation  which, 
without  first  resorting  to  mediation,  had  had  recourse  to  war. 


260  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  philanthropic  sentiments  of  mankind,  the  aspirations  of 
men  everywhere  would  be  disappointed  and  defeated  by  per- 
mitting such  preferences  in  violation  of  this  new  international 
public  policy,  which  has  been  inaugurated  by  The  Hague 
treaty. 


CHAPTER   XXVIII 

MONROE  AND    CALVO   COMBINED 

THE  failure  of  the  Panama  Congress  to  agree  and  unite  upon  a 
policy  for  the  Western  Hemisphere  which  would  be  binding 
upon  all  the  republics  left  the  United  States  of  America  to 
maintain  the  Monroe  Doctrine  alone. 

The  Southern  republics  have  been  the  beneficiaries  of  our 
peculiar  system,  while  there  is  no  policy  of  a  reciprocal  char- 
acter which  has  been  adopted  by  any  of  them. 

In  case  this  government  should  become  involved  in  war  with 
one  or  more  European  powers  in  defending  one  of  the  South- 
ern republics  from  conquest  by  a  European  nation,  there  is 
nothing  in  the  existing  treaties  between  this  government  and 
the  Southern  republics  which  would  make  it  incumbent  on 
them  or  either  of  them  to  aid  this  government  in  its  defence 
of  the  republic  which  is  threatened  with  overthrow. 

There  is  nothing  in  the  declared  policies  of  the  Southern  re- 
publics of  a  traditional  or  legislative  character  or  otherwise, 
which  would  give  the  United  States  the  assurance  that  any 
one  or  more  of  these  republics  would  in  any  manner  contribute 
any  material  aid  or  support  to  the  United  States  in  carrying 
on  a  war  which  had  for  its  object  the  preservation  of  any  re- 
public from  overthrow,  and  to  prevent  the  erection  of  a  mon- 
archy upon  its  ruins. 

When  the  Panama  Congress  was  originally  determined  upon 
by  Simon  Bolivar,  it  was  his  purpose  to  form  the  republics 
which  had  secured  their  independence  of  Spain  into'one  con- 
federation, of  which  he  was  to  be  the  head.  Bolivar  originally 
only  invited  the  Spanish-American  republics  to  be  represented 
at  the  Panama  Congress.  Santander,  his  vice-president,  and 
at  the  time  acting-president  of  Colombia,  extended  the  invita- 


262  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

tion  to  the  United  States  to  send  delegates.  Coming  as  it  did 
so  soon  after  the  Monroe  declaration,  John  Quincy  Adams  and 
Henry  Clay  seized  upon  the  opportunity  to  attempt  to  have  a 
secret  treaty  formed  among  all  the  republics  of  this  hemi- 
sphere, which  would  commit  them  one  and  all  to  the  Monroe 
Doctrine. 

The  letter  of  Mr.  Clay  to  Mr.  Poinsett,  our  Minister  to 
Mexico,  seemed  to  be  proof  positive  of  Mr.  Clay's  purposes. 
Mr.  Clay,  as  has  been  shown,  explained  that  the  pledge  that 
Monroe  made  in  his  declaration  was  not  a  pledge  to  Mexico, 
but  a  pledge  that  this  government  made  to  itself.  Adams 
and  Clay  both  made  disclaimers  of  any  intention  to  form  any 
alliances  with  the  Spanish  republics  against  European  aggres- 
sion. The  bitter  opponents  of  these  statesmen  heard  their 
explanations  with  at  least  apparent  incredulity.  The  explana- 
tion of  Mr.  Clay  was  unique  ;  nevertheless  it  has  ruled  and  gov- 
erned this  country  in  its  foreign  policy  from  that  day  to  this. 

When  we  look  back  over  the  years  that  have  intervened 
since  the  Panama  Congress,  it  appears  to  be  almost  a  provi- 
dential deliverance  that  this  country  should  have  escaped 
making  a  direct  league,  offensive  and  defensive,  with  the  Latin- 
American  republics  at  Panama,  as  was  contemplated  by  the 
friends  of  the  measure.  Without  arguing  the  question  it  must 
appear  obvious  that  no  advantages  could  have  accrued  to  this 
government  from  such  a  union. 

Aside  from  the  West  Indies  and  British  America  there  is 
little  or  nothing  to  which  the  Monroe  Doctrine  could  apply, 
except  to  the  Latin-American  republics.  If  British  America 
ever  becomes  separated  from  Great  Britain,  it  will  control  its 
own  destiny,  without  regard  to  any  policy  of  this  government. 

If  the  matter  of  coaling  and  supply  stations  can  be  settled  by 
a  revision  of  the  principles  of  international  law,  there  will  then 
practically  be  nothing  left  for  the  Monroe  Doctrine  to  operate 
upon,  except  the  Latin-American  republics.  They  will  really 
be  its  sole  beneficiaries.  Their  frequent  revolutions,  which  re- 
sult in  the  destruction  of  private  property  within  their  borders 
belonging  to  European  merchants  and  capitalists ;  their  frequent 


MONROE  AND   CALVO   COMBINED  263 

blockades  against  the  commerce  of  the  world;  their  frequent 
defaults  in  the  payment  of  the  interest  on  their  public  debts; 
the  outrages  that  are  committed  upon  Europeans  in  times  of 
insurrection  and  rebellion,  all  conspire  to  class  the  Monroe 
Doctrine  risks  as  hazardous  for  this  government. 

American  publicists  contend  that  the  enforcement  of  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  does  not  amount  to  a  protectorate;  while 
this  is  technically  true,  it  is  at  least  a  form  of  protection  to 
these  republics  resulting  from  a  policy  which  has  for  its  sole 
object  the  protection,  preservation,  and  future  well-being  of 
the  republic  of  the  United  States  against  monarchial  influences, 
which  may,  in  fact,  be  much  more  beneficial  in  their  effects 
than  the  conditions  of  anarchy  and  revolution  which  are  so 
frequent  among  the  Latin-American  republics. 

The  time  has  arrived  when  these  republics  should  adopt  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  each  for  itself,  and  all  for  themselves  collec- 
tively when  the  occasion  shall  demand  it.  They  should  not 
leave  this  government  to  fight  for  constitutional  liberty  in  this 
hemisphere,  single-handed  and  alone.  The  protection  which 
this  government  would  receive  by  overthrowing  a  European 
monarchy  which  may  at  some  future  time  be  erected  on  the 
ruins  of  one  of  these  distant  republics,  where  anarchy  and 
military  despotism  alternate,  would  be  in  the  highest  degree 
problematical.  The  interest  of  this  country  might  be  opposed 
to  such  a  policy  in  many  instances.  It  is  self-evident  that  if 
the  Monroe  Doctrine  is  a  good  policy  for  the  United  States  to 
pursue,  it  is,  for  still  more  cogent  reasons,  a  good  policy  for 
the  Latin-American  republics  to  adopt. 

We  now  turn  from  this  condition  of  isolation  of  the  United 
States  in  respect  to  its  traditional  foreign  policy  to  consider 
the  manner  in  which  the  Calvo  Doctrine  is  growing  up  as  a 
parasite  upon  the  Monroe  Doctrine. 

A  convention  was  signed  at  the  City  of  Mexico  on  January 
29,  1902,  at  the  Second  International  Conference  of  American 
States,  by  the  Argentine  Republic,  Bolivia,  Colombia,  Costa 
Rica,  Chile,  Dominican  Republic,  Ecuador,  Salvador,  Guate- 
mala,   Honduras,    Mexico,    Nicaragua,    Paraguay,   Peru,  and 


264  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Uruguay.  The  convention  recites  the  fact  that  the  delegates 
were  duly  authorized  to  sign  and  bind  their  respective  govern- 
ments with  the  exception  of  the  United  States,  Nicaragua,  and 
Paraguay.  The  two  latter  signed  the  convention,  but  the  dele- 
gates from  the  United  States  did  not.  The  material  portion 
of  this  convention  reads  as  follows : 

"First:  Aliens  shall  enjoy  all  civil  rights  pertaining  to  citi- 
zens, and  make  use  thereof  in  the  substance,  form  or  procedure, 
and  in  the  recourses  which  result  therefrom,  under  exactly  the 
same  terms  as  the  said  citizens,  except  as  may  be  otherwise 
provided  by  the  Constitution  of  each  country. 

"  Second:  The  States  do  not  owe  to,  nor  recognize  in  favor 
of  foreigners,  any  obligations  or  responsibilities  other  than 
those  established  by  their  Constitutions  and  laws  in  favor  of 
their  citizens. 

"  Therefore,  the  States  are  not  responsible  for  damages  sus- 
tained by  aliens  through  acts  of  rebels  or  individuals  and  in 
general,  for  damages  originating  from  fortuitous  causes  of  any 
kind,  considering  as  such  the  acts  of  war  whether  civil  or 
national;  except  in  the  case  of  failure  on  the  part  of  the  con- 
stituted authorities  to  comply  with  their  duties. 

"  Third  :  Whenever  an  alien  shall  have  claims  or  complaints 
of  a  civil,  criminal  or  administrative  order  against  a  State,  or 
its  citizens,  he  shall  present  his  claims  to  a  competent  Court  of 
the  country,  and  such  claims  shall  not  be  made,  through  dip- 
lomatic channels,  except  in  the  cases  where  there  shall  have 
been  on  the  part  of  the  Court,  a  manifest  denial  of  justice,  or 
unusual  delay,  or  evident  violation  of  the  principles  of  in- 
ternational law."  1 

The  republics  which  signed  the  foregoing  convention,  to- 
gether with  the  United  States,  signed  another  convention  on 
January  27,  1902,  for  the  formation  of  Codes  on  Public  and 
Private  International  Law.  It  provided  that  "the  Secretary 
of  State  of  the  United  States  and  the  Ministers  of  the  American 
Republics,  accredited    in  Washington,   shall  appoint  a   com- 

1  Report  of  Second  International  Conference  of  American  States,  Senate 
Document  330,  pages  203,  204,  228. 


MONROE  AND   CALVO   COMBINED  26$ 

mittee  of  five  American  and  two  European  jurists  to  draft  a 
Code  of  Public  International  Law  and  another  of  Private  Inter- 
national Law."  1 

It  will  be  seen  that  if  the  United  States  should  be  fortunate 
enough  to  be  represented  on  this  committee,  the  disciples  of 
Calvo  would  still  be  in  the  majority  and  the  majority  of  the 
committee  would  report  a  code  of  public  and  private  inter- 
national law  which  would  embrace  the  Doctrine  of  Calvo, 
with  all  its  deductions  and  corollaries. 

Another  convention  was  signed  on  January  29,  1902,  by  the 
United  States  and  other  republics  heretofore  named,  providing 
for  a  Third  International  Conference  to  meet  within  five  years 
at  the  call  of  the  same  parties,  who  were  to  prepare  codes 
of  public  and  private  international  law.  Article  III  of  the 
Convention  for  the  preparation  of  the  Codes  required  that 
these  Codes  should  be  submitted  to  the  respective  govern- 
ments and  to  the  next  American  International  Conference. 

When  the  fragments  are  thus  gathered  together,  we  find 
that  a  system  of  international  law  is  to  be  adopted,  at  least 
by  this  hemisphere,  which  shall  embrace  all  the  doctrines  of 
Calvo.  The  entire  scheme  is  so  formed  that  his  doctrines 
cannot  escape  adoption  if  majorities  rule.  The^  four  Latin- 
Americans  would  out-vote  the  two  Europeans,  and  the  one 
citizen  of  the  United  States.  Here  is  a  complete  system  out- 
lined fraternally  and  unostentatiously  which  would  cause  the 
most  distinguished  Oriental  diplomat  to  blush  for  his  own  in- 
feriority. It  frees  the  United  States  from  some  of  its  illusions 
on  the  subject  of  American  conferences,  and  American  tribu- 
nals of  arbitration.  No  American  international  tribunal  could 
be  convened  which  would  render  its  awards  in  harmony  with 
the  public  policy  of  the  United  States. 

The  Calvo  Doctrine  will  furnish  the  cause  for  all  or  nearly 
all  the  wars  and  diplomatic  controversies  between  Latin-Amer- 
ican and  European  powers,  while  the  United  States  is  ex- 
pected to  defend  it  singly  and  alone,  with   its  army  and  navy, 

1  Report  of  Second  International  Conference  of  American  States,  Senate 
Document  330,  pages  203,  204,  228. 


266  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

and  by  means  of  its  diplomacy.  In  other  words,  the  United 
States  is  expected  to  fight  all  the  battles  for  both  doctrines. 
These  two  doctrines  have  no  relation  nor  connection  with  each 
other,  and  cannot  have  any  connection  unless  the  United 
States  should  adopt  the  Calvo  Doctrine. 

The  alternative  is  presented  to  the  United  States  to  adopt 
one  course  or  the  other.  The  course  of  this  government  in 
the  recent  Venezuelan  episode  as  well  as  in  respect  to  certain 
controversies  between  European  powers  and  Salvador  and 
Nicaragua  has  left  the  question  unsettled  as  to  what  course  the 
United  States  would  adopt.  There  appears,  however,  as  yet 
to  have  been  no  formal  declaration  of  this  government  in 
opposition  to  the  Calvo  Doctrine. 

This  government  cannot  adopt  Calvo's  supplement  to  the 
Monroe  Doctrine.  The  two  are  antagonistic  and  can  never  be 
united  into  any  American  system.  The  United  States  will 
continue  to  oppose  absolutism,  but  it  cannot  unite  with  Latin- 
America  in  any  crusade  against  civilization.  The  "  sick  man 
of  Europe  "  will  never  get  well  until  the  Bible  supplants  the 
Koran  in  Turkey.  The  sick  man  of  Latin-America  will  never 
be  restored  to  health  until  that  country  acquires  a  civilization 
equal  in  degree  and  stability  to  that  of  Europe,  and  a  mode  of 
dealing  with  the  race  problem  which  is  as  efficacious  as  that 
which  is  enforced  by  the  people  in  the  southern  part  of  the 
United  States. 

The  principle  announced  by  Calvo  that  the  public  law  of  the 
American  nations  does  not  admit  of  any  intervention  on  the 
part  of  foreign  nations  is  unsound.  It  contravenes  interna- 
tional law,  and  assumes  indirectly  to  abrogate  the  sovereignty 
of  foreign  nations  in  respect  to  their  citizens  and  subjects. 

The  Monroe  and  Calvo  Doctrines  cannot  be  combined  in 
any  American  system.  The  fact  should  be  made  known  by 
the  United  States  to  the  European  powers  that  it  does  not 
indorse  the  Calvo  heresy. 


CHAPTER  XXIX 

GERMANY,    GREAT   BRITAIN,   ITALY,   VENEZUELA 

From  the  time  when  Eros  threw  the  golden  apple  inscribed 
"  To  the  fairest "  among  the  Olympian  beauties,  down  to 
December  14,  1902,  when  the  British  and  German  navy  bom- 
barded Puerto  Cabello,  Venezuela,  the  causes  of  war  have 
been  as  various  and  preposterous  as  have  been  the  causes  of 
difficulties  among  individuals. 

International  law  does  not  define  with  precision  what  is  to 
be  considered  a  justifiable  cause  of  war,  nor  does  it  define  sat- 
isfactorily what  would  be  an  unjustifiable  one.  It  has  created 
a  tribunal,  however,  which  must  necessarily  pass  upon  such 
questions  upon  principles  similar  to  the  principles  of  the  com- 
mon law.  Among  the  just  causes  of  war,  Vattel  enumerates 
the  right  "  to  recover  what  belongs  to  us,  or  is  due  to  us."  1 

It  can  fairly  be  presumed  that  the  right  of  one  nation  to 
demand  and  enforce  the  payment  from  other  nations  of  debts 
owed  by  them  to  the  subjects  of  such  nation,  will  be  main- 
tained, although  eminent  statesmen  and  diplomatists  have  dif- 
fered on  this  subject.2 

The  European  constable  has  made  his  appearance  twice 
among  the  Latin-American  republics  of  this  hemisphere  for 
the  avowed  purpose  of  collecting  the  stale  claims  of  private  in- 
dividuals. Each  time  this  constable  has  had  a  posse  comitatus, 
embracing  more  than  half  the  navies  and  armies  of  Europe. 
The  posse  comitatus  of  1902-03  was  composed  of  the  armies 
and  navies  of  Great  Britain,  Germany,  and  Italy.  The  rumor 
was  current  that  nearly  all  of  the  balance  of  Europe  was  lying 
in  ambush  waiting  for  the  word  of  command  to  join.     The 

1  Vattel's  "Law  of  Nations,"  Chitty's  edition,  page  303. 

2  North  American  Review,  Vol.  CLXXVII,  Number  6,  pages  810,  811. 


// 


268  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

first  appearance  of  the  European  constable  in  this  hemisphere 
was  in  1861,  when  the  United  States  was  in  the  throes  of  a 
stupendous  civil  war.  The  armies  and  navies  of  Great  Britain, 
France,  and  Spain  composed  the  posse  comitatus  to  aid  in 
sequestering  the  customs  dues  at  Tampico,  Vera  Cruz,  and 
other  gulf  ports  of  Mexico.  Great  Britain  and  Spain  withdrew 
upon  certain  assurances  by  the  Mexican  government,  while 
France  remained  and  overthrew  the  republic  and  created  an 
empire  with  a  Hapsburg  on  the  throne  of  Mexico. 

Venezuela  was  in  the  throes  of  a  revolution,  in  which  she 
had  fought  and  won  the  last  decisive  battle,  when  the  Euro- 
pean  constable  suddenly  appeared  with  his  posse  comitatus 
and  bombarded  Puerto  Cabello  and  San  Carlos  and  blockaded 
her  ports.  It  was  a  strange  spectacle  for  Americans  to  behold, 
a  European  constable  surrounded  with  such  naval  and  military 
pomp,  to  protect  him  when  he  went  to  levy  on  Venezuela. 

This  second  advent  of  the  European  constable  was  not  her- 
alded like  other  great  events  of  such  magnitude.  It  came  as 
a  surprise.  One  of  the  great  surprises  was  that  these  three 
great  naval  powers  of  Europe  felt  it  incumbent  on  them  to  send 
so  large  a  fleet  of  ironclad  vessels,  when  it  was  known  that 
Venezuela  had  no  navy.  She  had  but  three  or  four  small 
vessels,  the  most  valuable  of  which  was  a  pleasure  yacht,  which 
Castro  had  purchased  from  a  citizen  of  New  York,  and  on 
which  one  or  two  small  guns  had  been  placed.  This  yacht 
had  been  kept  tied  to  the  shore  at  La  Guayra  for  several 
months  to  enable  Castro  to  escape,  in  case  the  tide  of  success 
should  turn  against  him. 

The  United  States  was  seriously  engaged  at  the  time  in 
negotiating  a  treaty  with  Colombia  for  a  lease  to  enable  the 
government  to  commence  at  once  the  construction  of  the 
Panama  Canal.  This  European  combination  has  impressed 
the  people  with  the  idea  that  the  collection  of  debts  was  a 
mere  cover  and  a  subterfuge  for  an  indirect  assault  upon  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  and  with  a  view  also  of  postponing  and  ulti- 
mately defeating  the  United  States  in  the  construction  of  the 
canal.     In  this  attack  on  Venezuela,  the  people  of  the  United 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,  ITALY,    VENEZUELA     269 

States  found  history  repeating  itself,  and  when  they  compared 
the  expressions  of  the  European  press  with  the  protestations 
of  European  governments,  they  found  themselves  unable 
to  draw  any  satisfactory  distinction  between  diplomacy  and 
prevarication. 

The  allies  attacked  Venezuela  when  she  was  occupied  to  the 
full  extent  of  her  power  and  limited  resources.  They  not 
only  did  this,  but  they  blockaded  the  Venezuelan  ports  as 
soon  as  a  substantial  and  decisive  victory  had  been  achieved 
by  the  government  over  the  insurgents,  thus  leading  to  the 
presumption  that  they  were  aiding  the  revolutionists.  Castro 
had  charged  that  they  were  aiding  the  revolutionists,  and 
among  other  things,  he  referred  to  the  seizure  by  Great  Britain 
of  the  island  of  Patos  as  an  evidence,  claiming  that  the  revolu- 
tionists had  sold  the  island  to  Great  Britain  for  means  to  carry 
on  the  revolution. 

This  great  naval  demonstration  by  the  allies  may  not  have 
been  so  exclusively  directed  against  the  United  States  as  the 
face  of  the  transaction  seems  to  indicate.  It  might  have  been 
directed  in  part  against  all  the  republics  of  South  America. 
All  these  republics  have  a  uniform  public  policy  which  is  dis- 
cussed elsewhere ;  which  denies  the  right  of  armed  interven- 
tion to  collect  a  public  debt. 

The  following  statement,  which  was  given  out  March  n, 
1903,  to  the  public  press  at  the  legation  of  the  Argentine 
Republic  at  Washington,  D.C.,  tends  to  show  the  position  of 
Argentina  upon  the  right  of  European  nations  to  enforce  im- 
mediate payment  by  armed  intervention,  as  well  as  her  position 
upon  the  Monroe  Doctrine  itself: 

"  Recent  publications  referring  to  the  note  of  instructions 
sent  by  the  Argentine  Government  to  its  Minister  in  Washing- 
ton, Dr.  Garcia  Merou,  in  regard  to  some  of  the  features  of 
the  Venezuelan  incident,  give  the  erroneous  impression  that 
Argentine  asked  for  an  alliance  with  the  United  States,  and 
that  its  proposal  was  rejected  by^the  Secretary  of  State. 

"  In  fact,  the  dispatch  of  Dr.  Drago,  Minister  of  Foreign 
Relations  of  the  Argentine  Republic,  aimed  only  to  explain  to 


270  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

his  diplomatic  agent  in  Washington  the  views  of  his  home 
Government  relative  to  the  coercive  collection  of  public  debts 
of  American  states  by  European  nations,  and  instructed  him 
to  convey  his  views  to  Secretary  Hay,  expressing  his  hope 
that  the  doctrine  of  international  public  law  set  forth  by  the 
Argentine  Government  should  prove  acceptable  to  the  United 
States. 

"  Dr.  Drago  says:  '  Taking  into  consideration  the  real  char- 
acter of  many  of  the  obligations  contracted  by  the  Govern- 
ments of  the  minor  South  American  republics,  the  Argentine 
Government  has  felt  that  there  is  great  danger  to  the  peace  of 
the  continent  if  the  compulsory  demand  of  immediate  pay- 
ment of  public  debts,  or  national  obligations,  is  to  be  accepted 
in  silence,  without  discrimination,  as  a  right  of  the  stronger 
Powers  of  Europe  to  control  and  dominate  the  weaker  and 
struggling  states  of  Central  and  South  America. 

"  '  The  compulsory  and  immediate  demand  for  payment  at 
a  given  moment  of  a  public  debt  by  means  of  force  would 
not  produce  other  than  the  ruin  of  the  weaker  nations  and  the 
absorption  of  their  Government  altogether,  with  all  its  inherent 
faculties,  by  the  powerful  nations  of  the  earth. 

" '  We  do  not  pretend,  neither  can  we  pretend,'  he  says, 
'  that  these  nations  shall  occupy  an  exceptional  position  in  their 
relations  with  the  European  Powers,  who  have  the  undoubted 
right  to  protect  their  subjects  as  amply  as  in  any  other  part  of 
the  globe  against  persecution  or  from  any  injustice  they  have 
been  made  victims  of. 

"  '  The  only  thing  that  the  Argentine  Republic  maintains  is 
the  principle  already  accepted,  that  there  cannot  be  European 
territorial  expansion  in,  nor  oppression  of  the  people  of  this 
continent,  because  their  unfortunate  financial  condition  might 
oblige  one  of  them  to  put  off  the  fulfilment  of  its  obligations. 

"  '  The  principle  which  we  maintain  is  that  a  public  debt  can- 
not give  rise  to  an  armed  intervention,  and  much  less  to  the 
territorial  occupation  of  the  soil  of  American  nations  by  any 
European  Power.' " 

Complying  with  his  instructions,  Minister  Merou  left  a  copy 
of  the  communication  received  from  his  Minister  of  Foreign 
Relations  with  the  Secretary  of  State.     In  his  reply  Mr.  Hay 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,  ITALY,    VENEZUELA     271 

did  not  express  assent  or  dissent  to  the  doctrine  of  public  law 
set  forth  in  the  note.  He  cited  to  the  minister  the  messages  of 
the  president  of  December  13,  1901,  and  December  2,  1902. 
Secretary  Hay  stated  further  that,  advocating  and  adhering  in 
practice,  in  questions  concerning  itself,  to  the  resort  of  interna- 
tional arbitration  in  settlement  of  controversies  not  adjustable 
by  the  orderly  treatment  of  diplomatic  negotiation,  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  would  always  be  glad  to  see  the 
questions  of  the  justice  of  claims  by  one  State  against  another 
growing  out  of  individual  wrongs  or  national  obligations,  as 
well  as  the  guarantees  for  the  execution  of  whatever  award 
may  be  made,  left  to  the  decision  of  an  impartial  arbitration 
tribunal,  before  which  the  litigant  nations,  weak  and  strong 
alike,  may  stand  as  equals  in  the  eye  of  international  law  and 
mutual  duty. 

The  mediation  of  the  United  States  arises  as  the  good  offices 
of  a  friendly  power  under  the  provisions  of  Articles  I,  II,  III, 
IV,  V,  and  VI  of  The  Hague  treaty  of  July  29,  1899.  Under 
the  old  principles  of  international  law,  this  form  of  friendly  me- 
diation and  intercession  would  not  have  been  tolerated  to  the 
extent  which  is  now  authorized  by  this  treaty. 

The  Monroe  Doctrine  stage  of  the  correspondence  between 
the  United  States  on  the  one  hand,  and  Great  Britain,  Germany, 
and  Italy  on  the  other,  in  respect  to  Venezuela,  has  never 
taken  place.  There  is  a  total  misconception  by  a  majority  of 
the  people  concerning  the  nature  of  the  correspondence  be- 
tween this  government  and  Great  Britain,  Germany,  and  Italy. 
It  is  popularly  understood  that  this  government  was  engaged 
in  asserting  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  instead  of  coming  in  as  a 
friend  of  both  parties,  and  especially  of  Venezuela,  as  it  is 
permitted  to  do  under  the  provisions  of  The  Hague  treaty. 

It  would  be  premature  for  this  government  to  take  up  a 
discussion  of  our  foreign  policy  until  it  had  been  infringed 
upon  by  the  other  powers.  Whenever  it  is  thus  infringed 
upon  by  the  overthrow  of  a  republic  and  the  substitution  of  a 
European  monarchy  in  its  stead,  it  then  becomes  very  much 
a  matter  of  discretion  and  convenience  on  the  part  of  this 


272  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

government  as  to  the  time  and  mode  of  taking  up  the  subject 
with  the  offending  governments. 

The  French  and  Austrians  held  Mexico  for  about  six  years. 
Maximilian  had  occupied  the  throne  of  Mexico  as  emperor 
for  about  a  year  and  a  half  before  the  diplomatic  correspond- 
ence began  in  which  it  was  pointed  out  that  the  United  States 
had  a  policy  which  was  opposed  to  such  a  monarchy.  This 
correspondence  lasted  about  two  years  before  it  reached  such 
an  acute  stage  as  to  leave  no  alternative  but  the  evacuation 
of  Mexico  or  war.  The  United  States  was  so  preoccupied 
with  its  own  domestic  troubles  that  it  could  not  with  propriety 
or  safety  take  up  a  discussion  of  its  foreign  policy  until  the 
autumn  of  1865. 

The  government  is  entering  upon  the  construction  of  the 
Panama  Canal,  and  in  case  its  foreign  policy  is  infringed  upon 
by  any  European  nation,  it  would  then  become  purely  a  ques- 
tion of  expediency  with  this  government  as  to  whether  it 
would  at  once  take  up  the  subject  with  such  offending  nation, 
or  whether  it  would  defer  the  matter  until  after  the  completion 
of  the  canal. 

Germany  and  Great  Britain  and  Italy  agreed  to  arbitrate 
their  differences  with  Venezuela  before  The  Hague  Tribunal, 
and  the  apprehensions  of  difficulty  from  this  source  happily 
passed  away.  The  Monroe  Doctrine  feature  of  this  controversy, 
therefore,  was  never  reached. 

The  relations  between  Germany  and  the  United  States  since 
the  Spanish  War  have  year  by  year  become  more  and  more 
strained.  The  German  press  and  the  German  chancellor  are 
responsible  for  this  more  than  any  other  agencies. 

For  savage  assaults  upon  America  and  Americans,  the 
world  has  furnished  no  parallel  to  the  press  of  Germany.  On 
the  other  hand,  when  the  German  government  speaks,  it  is  in 
tones  of  kindness  and  of  seemingly  heartfelt  consideration. 
The  result  of  these  strained  relations  has  been  to  cause  the 
Americans  to  imagine  and  charge  all  sorts  of  things  against 
Germany,  without  any  adequate  proof  of  their  truthfulness. 
The  charges  are  numerous  and  may  be  epitomized  thus:  that 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,  ITALY,   VENEZUELA     273 

Germany  desired  and  proposed  to  unite  with  Spain  against  us 
in  1898;  that  Germany  interfered  and  induced  the  Landsthing 
of  Denmark  to  reject  the  treaty  between  this  government  and 
Denmark,  whereby  the  Danish  West  Indian  Islands  were  to  be 
ceded  to  the  United  States  ;  that  Germany  interfered  to  give  us 
trouble  with  Colombia  in  concluding  a  treaty  whereby  we  could 
construct  the  Panama  Canal.  It  is  also  said  that  our  naval 
officers  are  compelled  to  take  unusual  precautions  to  keep 
American  and  German  marines  from  fighting  when  they  land 
in  proximity  to  each  other.  The  final  charge  is  that  the 
recent  assault  upon  Venezuela  was  upon  Germany's  initiative, 
and  that  her  real  purpose  was  to  subjugate  Venezuela,  over- 
throw the  republic,  plant  the  German  Empire  upon  its  ruins, 
and  thus  defy  the  United  States  and  destroy  the  Monroe 
Doctrine. 

To  the  American  mind,  when  viewed  in  connection  with  the 
situation  in  southern  Brazil,  the  planting  of  a  German  colony 
on  the  shores  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  would  appear  to  evince  a 
purpose  on  the  part  of  Germany  to  one  day  rule  the  conti- 
nent of  South  America.  The  reaction  of  such  a  policy  would 
work  disastrously  for  Germany  in  this  hemisphere.  It  would 
kill  the  goose  which  is  laying  the  golden  eggs  for  her  in 
southern  Brazil.  If  reciprocally  friendly  relations  are  con- 
tinued with  Germany,  and  if  confidence  in  her  purpose  to 
make  no  assault  upon  our  foreign  policy  is  restored,  she  may 
some  day  be  able  to  market  those  eggs  south  of  the  equator, 
but  they  would  become  addled  the  moment  they  were  carried 
across  it. 

Great  Britain  is  the  author  of  the  Monroe  declaration.  She 
outstripped  all  the  nations  of  Europe  in  the  race  for  com- 
mercial and  maritime  supremacy,  as  a  consequence  of  such 
a  policy.  Her  vast  possessions  in  this  hemisphere  make  it  to 
her  interest  at  least  to  let  the  Monroe  Doctrine  alone.  The 
other  European  powers  could  not  be  interested  to  any  great 
extent  in  overthrowing  our  foreign  policy.  A  revision  of  the 
principles  of  international  law  in  respect  to  coaling  and  supply 

stations  and  other  matters  would  benefit  them  far  more  than 

18 


274  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

the  abrogation  of  our  foreign  policy,  the  benefits  of  which,  if 
any,  would  be  appropriated  by  Great  Britain  and  Germany. 

The  mediation  negotiations  on  the  part  of  the  United 
States  on  behalf  of  Venezuela  were  carried  on  by  Mr.  Bowen, 
our  minister  to  Venezuela,  with  Great  Britain,  Germany,  and 
Italy.  After  these  negotiations  began,  Mr.  Bowen  left  Cara- 
cas and  went  to  Washington,  where  the  further  negotiations 
were  carried  on.  Offers  by  the  allies  were  made  to  submit 
their  controversies  with  Venezuela  to  arbitration  by  President 
Roosevelt.  A  vigorous  protest  from  all  parts  of  the  country 
against  such  a  measure  was  made,  and  Mr.  Roosevelt  declined. 
Thereupon  it  was  agreed  that  the  controversy  should  be  left 
to  The  Hague  Tribunal  for  arbitration  and  settlement.  When 
this  point  had  been  reached,  the  question  of  raising  the  block- 
ade came  up.  It  was  contended  by  the  allies  that  the  block- 
ade of  the  Venezuelan  ports  should  not  be  raised  until  they 
had  security  for  the  payment  of  whatever  might  be  awarded 
by  The  Hague  Tribunal. 

President  Castro  of  Venezuela  offered  thirty  per  cent  of  the 
customs  dues  to  the  creditor  nations,  without  any  preference. 
The  allies  claimed  a  preference  in  this  thirty  per  cent,  and 
finally  abated  their  claim  to  twenty  per  cent  preference,  which 
was  refused.  Thereupon  negotiations  sprang  up  proposing  on 
the  part  of  Venezuela  a  submission  of  this  right  to  a  prefer- 
ence to  The  Hague  Tribunal.  Objections  were  raised,  and 
Germany  asserted  that  a  matter  of  national  honor  was  involved. 
Mr.  Bowen,  in  keeping  with  the  American  method  of  diplomacy, 
was  direct,  pointed,  and  outspoken, —  in  striking  contrast  to  the 
insidious  and  oblique  diplomacy  of  oriental  nations  with  which 
Europe  had  been  accustomed  to  come  in  contact. 

This  resulted  in  a  demand  by  the  allies  that  the  negotiations 
in  the  future  should  be  carried  on  directly  with  President 
Roosevelt.     This  was  declined. 

Negotiations  continued,  however,  and  on  February  10,  1903, 
Great  Britain  and  Italy  signed  the  protocol,  referring  the 
matter  of  preferences  to  The  Hague  Tribunal.  Germany 
deliberated    still    further,    and    finally    assented    to   the   same 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,   ITALY,    VENEZUELA     2J$ 

course,  upon  the  payment  of  $340,000  of  her  demands, 
within  a  brief  period.  On  February  13,  1903,  the  three  allies 
signed  a  joint  protocol  with  Venezuela  and  the  blockade  of 
Venezuelan  ports  was  raised  the  next  day.  Thus  terminated 
what  seemed  to  be  one  of  the  most  stupendous  assaults  upon 
the  Monroe  Doctrine  which  has  yet  taken  place,  with  the 
exception  of  the  similar  debt-collecting  expedition  which 
placed  Maximilian  on  the  throne  of  Mexico. 

Germany  should  extend  to  America  and  Americans  the 
same  friendship  and  sympathy  which  we  have  always  ex- 
tended to  her  emigrants  who  have  identified  their  lives  and 
fortunes  with  us.  Commercial  rivalries  should  not  embar- 
rass our  friendly  relations.  Germany  has  become  insane  on 
the  subject  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  She  overlooks  a  critical 
period  in  her  own  history  when  the  Balance  of  Power  System, 
which  is  the  Monroe  Doctrine  of  Europe,  saved  her  from 
being  converted  into  a  province  of  France.  Prussia  lay  pros- 
trate at  the  feet  of  Napoleon  after  the  battle  of  Konigsberg, 
and  subsequently  was  carved  up  like  a  Thanksgiving  turkey 
by  Napoleon  and  Alexander  at  the  peace  of  Tilsit. 

Bismarck  was  the  constant  and  unwavering  friend  of  the 
United  States.  No  discord  was  permitted  by  him  to  exist 
between  the  two  nations.  The  present  Emperor  of  Germany 
seems  disposed  to  sustain  the  Bismarckian  policy,  but  the 
press  of  Germany  has  been  fomenting  discord  among  the 
people.  No  nation  can  be  great  and  powerful  by  hating 
the  United  States,  and  much  bad  luck  can  be  averted  by  a 
sympathetic  and  friendly  policy  of  conciliation  and  good-will. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  friendship  of  Germany  for  the 
United  States  did  not  die  with  Bismarck.  It  is  true  that 
Bismarck  stigmatized  the  Monroe  Doctrine  as  "  an  inter- 
national impertinence."  He  had  taken  the  mistaken  view  that 
it  was  a  fungus  growth  upon  American  institutions  and  that 
American  statesmen  should  apply  the  knife  and  eradicate  it. 
He  did  not  understand  that  it  was  one  of  the  foundation  stones 
on  which  the  republic  was  constructed.  He  had  not  studied 
the  question  far  enough  to  know  that  our  foreign  policy  was 


276  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

a  condition,  and  not  a  sentiment  or  a  theory.  He  had  never 
lived  under  republican  rule  to  enable  him  to  see  clearly  the 
distinction  between  the  voice  of  an  absolute  monarch  and 
the  voice  of  the  people.  A  monarch  speaks  and  the  work  is 
done.  A  servant  of  the  people  speaks  for  them,  and  if  he 
fails  to  express  their  views  he  is  repudiated. 

Hence  it  results  that  even  if  Germany  or  several  European 
nations  in  concert  should  obtain  a  temporary  triumph  over 
the  United  States,  either  in  war  or  diplomacy,  whereby  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  was  ignored  in  whole  or  in  part,  it  would 
only  result  in  such  a  reaction  in  the  United  States  that  sooner 
or  later  all  advantages  which  had  been  gained  by  European 
nations  would  have  to  be  surrendered.  Since  acquisitions 
contrary  to  our  foreign  policy  could  not  be  retained,  it  is  use- 
less to  acquire  them.  Any  nation  which  squanders  its  energy 
and  enterprise  in  attempting  to  break  down  our  foreign  policy 
is  simply  engaged  in  sowing  the  wind  to  reap  many  successive 
harvests  of  the  whirlwind. 

The  sudden  change  by  the  Germans  from  friendship  to 
hatred  of  Americans  is  something  phenomenal.  Bismarck 
had  no  sooner  passed  off  the  stage  of  action  than  it  was 
found  that  American  pork  was  making  the  Germans  sick, 
while  it  was  very  healthful  and  digestible  in  other  parts  of 
Europe.  Germany  began  to  build  a  great  navy,  and  as  the 
navy  grew  in  strength  and  power,  the  hatred  for  Americans 
grew  in  the  same  ratio.  When  the  United  States  became 
involved  in  the  war  with  Spain,  Germany  showed  a  strong 
disposition  to  take  part  against  us.  This  Venezuelan  affair  is 
looked  upon  as  but  another  step  in  these  hostile  proceedings. 
The  enlargement  of  the  German  navy  goes  steadily  on,  not- 
withstanding The  Hague  treaty  and  Tribunal,  which  was  to 
reduce  the  armies  and  navies  of  Europe  by  substituting  peace- 
ful settlements  of  international  controversies.  Moreover, 
Germany  is  at  peace  with  Europe,  and  the  presumption  is 
that  this  great  navy  is  being  constructed  for  service  in  a  con- 
flict with  the  United  States.  It  is  not  being  built  to  become 
antiquated,  and  rust  and  rot  upon  the  sea. 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,  ITALY,    VENEZUELA     277 

About  the  time  the  Venezuelan  blockade  was  raised,  Ernest 
von  Wildenbruch,  Emperor  William's  favorite  contemporary- 
poet,  and  sometimes  for  that  reason  called  the  court  poet, 
wrote  an  article  on  Germany  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  in 
which  he  said  "  it  was  clearly  in  line  with  Germany's  interest 
and  policy  to  join  the  United  States  in  maintaining  the  Doc- 
trine, and  expressed  the  hope  that  the  United  States  would 
extend  its  authority  over  all  Latin  America." 

Immediately  following  the  raising  of  the  Venezuelan  block- 
ade, an  American  newspaper  correspondent  interviewed  certain 
directors  of  the  Deutsche  and  Disconto  Banks  at  Berlin,  as 
well  as  a  number  of  large  exporters,  and  found  them  in  favor 
of  the  recognition  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  by  Germany.  He 
interviewed  leading  professors  in  the  German  universities,  and 
German  politicians  and  statesmen  and  found  that  they  were 
opposed  to  the  views  expressed  by  the  bankers  and  exporters. 

On  March  13,  1903,  the  American  correspondent  at  Berlin 
cabled  to  the  United  States  the  following  despatch : 

"  German  naval  experts  declare  that  the  proposed  increase  of 
Uncle  Sam's  sea  strength  is  a  much  more  serious  matter  for 
Germany  than  the  establishment  of  a  naval  station  on  the  east 
coast  of  England.  This  view  is  shared  by  the  officials  of  the 
navy  department,  who  cannot  conceal  from  themselves  the  fact 
that  America's  enlarged  naval  programme  is  chiefly  the  result 
of  the  disappointing  Venezuelan  expedition.  No  authority  is 
permitted  to  discuss  the  subject  for  publication,  and  there  is 
a  complete  absence  of  comment  in  the  press  in  obedience  to 
official  wishes.  A  prominent  naval  strategist  in  close  touch 
with  official  opinion  said  to-day :  '  Germany's  danger  from  the 
United  States  lies  not  in  the  expansion  of  the  American  fleet, 
but  in  the  popular  sentiment  which  has  brought  about  that 
expansion.  We  contemplate  a  powerful  American  navy  with 
alarm  because  of  the  uses  to  which  popular  feeling  may  at 
any  hour  compel  it  to  be  put.  Recent  history  has  convinced 
Germany  that  no  matter  how  cordial  the  relations  between 
Washington  and  Berlin,  the  real  factor  in  the  situation  is  Ameri- 
can public  opinion.  How  to  reckon  with  certainty  on  that  un- 
controllable and  capricious  element  fills  us  with  concern.' ' 


278  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

On  February  16,  1903,  "The  Westminster  Gazette,"  in  an 
editorial,  pointed  out  that  Germany  had  lost  far  more  than 
she  had  gained  in  the  Venezuelan  matter.     The  paper  said : 

"  The  chief  result  of  the  Venezuelan  affair  is  that  the  Monroe 
Doctrine  emerges  with  immensely  increased  authority.  Ger- 
many has  her  £68,000,  but  she  has  been  made  a  party  to  a 
principle  which  she  would  willingly  have  spent  a  hundred 
times  .£68,000  in  resisting,  for  she  has  accepted  the  American 
veto  to  her  landing  troops  or  taking  territorial  guarantees. 
There  must  be  irony  for  German  statesmen  in  the  reflection 
that  their  eagerness  to  figure  among  the  creditors  of  this 
insignificant  little  State  should  have  entailed  consequences  so 
entirely  beyond  their  calculations." 

On  February  17,  1903,  just  three  days  after  the  Venezuelan 
blockade  was  raised,  Parliament  opened  with  an  address  from 
the  throne  by  King  Edward,  who  said : 

"  My  Lords  and  Gentlemen : 

"  My  relations  with  all  the  foreign  powers  continue  friendly. 
The  blockade  of  the  Venezuelan  ports  has  led  to  negotiations 
for  the  adjustment  of  all  the  matters  in  dispute.  I  rejoice  that 
a  settlement  has  now  been  arrived  at  which  has  justified  the 
blockading  powers  in  bringing  all  hostile  naval  operations  to 
an  immediate  close." 

Nothing  more  was  said  by  the  king  bearing  upon  the 
Venezuelan  affair.  When  the  king's  speech  was  read  in  the 
House  of  Commons  on  the  same  day,  Sir  Henry  Campbell- 
Bannerman,  the  Liberal  leader,  said  : 

"  In  Venezuela  the  cloud  had  happily  passed,  but  it  was  a 
black  cloud,  and  one  which  many  people  thought  might  have 
been  avoided.  It  might  have  had  dangerous  consequences, 
and  it  was  the  duty  of  the  country  to  inquire  how  it  had  been 
led  into  such  a  difficulty." 

Sir  Henry  commented  on  the  fact  that  Germany  was  not 
mentioned  in  the  king's  speech  in  connection  with  Venezuela. 
He  said  "  there  were  people  in  this  country  who  were  of  the 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,  ITALY,    VENEZUELA     279 

opinion  that  Great  Britain  should  not  associate  with  Germany 
under  any  circumstances,  but  he  did  not  sympathize  with  that 
view,  although  he  admitted  there  had  been  much  abuse  and 
slander  of  this  country  in  the  German  press.  The  speaker 
was  opposed  to  co-operation  with  Germany  in  a  matter  like 
the  Venezuelan  imbroglio.  Germany  was  strong,  but  rough. 
Germany  also  was  not  favorable  to  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  If 
there  had  ever  been  a  case  for  arbitration,  the  Venezuelan 
affair  was  one,  and  if  this  course  had  been  adopted  in  the  first 
place  a  great  precedent  would  have  been  established  towards 
the  peaceful  settlement  of  the  international  questions." 

The  most  significant  demonstrations  took  place  in  the 
House  of  Lords  on  the  same  day,  in  which  Earl  Spencer,  the 
Liberal  leader,  and  the  Duke  of  Devonshire,  the  Government 
leader  of  the  House  of  Lords,  voiced  the  sentiments  of  them- 
selves and  presumably  of  their  parties  and  constituents.  Earl 
Spencer  said  that  "  after  reading  the  blue  book  on  Venezuela 
he  could  only  express  surprise  at  the  fact  that  a  demand  for 
the  reference  of  this  business  dispute  to  The  Hague  Court 
had  not  been  pressed  much  earlier.  However,  the  speaker 
rejoiced  exceedingly  that  the  dispute,  which,  arising  from  just 
ground,  was  petty  and  might  have  imperilled  Great  Britain's 
good  relations  with  the  United  States,  was  now  passing  away, 
and  he  trusted  that  the  final  settlement  would  tend  to  establish 
good  relations  between  England,  America,  and  Germany." 

The  Duke  of  Devonshire,  in  behalf  of  the  government,  speak- 
ing at  considerable  length  on  the  Venezuelan  affair,  dwelt  on 
the  possibility  of  a  future  difficulty  between  Venezuela  and  the 
powers  which  were  concerned  in  the  question,  as  Venezuela 
at  present  apparently  had  no  settled  government.  He  trusted, 
however,  that  the  result  of  the  reference  to  arbitration  would 
be  satisfactory,  and  pointed  out  that  the  negotiations  involved 
an  element  of  risk,  and  the  fact  that  they  had  been  brought  to 
the  present  stage  reflected  credit  on  thdse  in  charge  of  them. 

Continuing,  the  Duke  of  Devonshire  said  that  "  Great  Britain 
accepted  the  Monroe  Doctrine  unreservedly,  but  to  have  ab- 
stained from  enforcing  claims  which  she  believed  to  be  just 


2  80  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

and  essential  to  her  honor  would  be  to  make  the  Monroe  Doc- 
trine an  object  of  dislike  for  every  civilized  power." 

The  words  of  the  Duke  of  Devonshire  that  "  Great  Britain 
accepts  the  Monroe  Doctrine  unreservedly "  are  direct  and 
emphatic,  and,  no  doubt,  he  has  stated  Great  Britain's  position 
correctly.  This  is  in  striking  contrast  with  the  declaration  of 
Lord  Salisbury  in  his  note  to  Mr.  Olney  on  the  Venezuelan 
boundary  question,  made  about  eight  years  previously. 

The  comments  of  the  English  press  on  the  Monday  follow- 
ing the  raising  of  the  blockade  were  limited.  Some  of  them 
were  as  follows: 

"  The  Daily  Mail  "  said  : 

"  The  raising  of  the  blockade  of  the  Venezuelan  coast 
will  evoke  from  this  country  a  sigh  of  relief.  England  has 
emerged  from  the  incident  with  no  more  than  moral  damage, 
though  needless  friction  has  been  raised  with  the  United 
States.  British  prestige  has  been  lowered.  Notwithstanding 
the  manner  in  which  England  has  been  attacked  and  traduced 
by  German  statesmen  and  German  generals,  the  British  navy 
has  been  placed  at  the  disposal  of  Germany.  The  settlement 
of  this  miserable  affair  cannot,  under  the  circumstances,  be 
paraded  as  a  triumph  for  British  diplomacy." 

"  The  Daily  Chronicle  "  said  : 

"  The  news  that  the  protocols  have  been  signed  will  bring  a 
sense  of  relief  and  security  to  this  country,  which  the  govern- 
ment, who  regarded  the  question  as  a  suitable  subject  for  after- 
dinner  jesting,  will  no  doubt  fail  to  understand.  But  one 
thing  the  government  will  be  forced  to  understand,  that  is  the 
satisfaction  which  the  country  feels  at  the  fortunate  issue  of 
the  dispute  will  not  lead  it  to  condone  the  recklessness  and 
the  incapacity  which  created  a  dangerous  crisis  from  compar- 
ative ease." 

"  The  Daily  News  "  said : 

"  The  English  taxpayers  will  be  delighted  to  observe  that 
the  Germans  receive  almost  exactly  a  dozen  times  as  much  as 
we  do.     That  is  a  startling  illustration  of  the  humble  position 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,  ITALY,   VENEZUELA     28 1 

to  which  our  Ministers  have  been  reduced  by  association  with 
Emperor  William,  but  both  sums  are  so  trifling  that  amaze- 
ment is  the  only  feeling  with  which  we  can  now  look  back 
upon  the  miserable  muddle  from  which  we  at  last  emerge. 
The  alliance  between  Germany  and  England  for  collecting 
debts  and  compensations  in  Venezuela  must  be  reckoned  as 
one  of  the  least  worthy  exhibitions  of  international  friendliness 
that  the  world  has  yet  seen." 

The  following  is  a  despatch  from  St.  Petersburg,  dated 
February  19,   1903,  to  the  American  newspapers: 

"  Throughout  the  Venezuelan  controversy  the  Russian  press 
was  emphatically  in  favor  of  America.  The  papers  frequently 
published  editorials  defending  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  though  one 
of  them  said  that  while  they  are  anxious  to  see  the  success  of 
American  diplomacy,  they  feared  that  ere  long  American  pres- 
tige would  suffer  and  German  prestige  would  be  increased." 

During  the  period  between  the  bombardment  of  Puerto 
Cabello  and  the  raising  of  the  blockade,  the  Monroe  Doctrine 
was  under  discussion  over  the  whole  civilized  globe.  It  was 
found  that  British  America  and  Australia  were  in  favor  of  it, 
and  the  prevailing  sentiment  throughout  Great  Britain  was  in 
opposition  to  any  attack  upon  it.  If  Germany  should  adopt 
the  suggestion  of  Herr  von  Wildenbruch  and  her  bankers  and 
business  men,  it  would  enable  her  to  work  out  a  more  glorious 
destiny  for  herself  on  other  and  more  peaceful  lines.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  policy  of  coercion  has  never  been  successful 
against  the  United  States,  and  any  attempt  at  coercion  would 
inevitably  prove  a  costly  failure. 

The  proceedings  of  the  Reichstag  of  Germany  on  March  19, 
1903,  were  reported  from  Berlin  on  the  same  date.  They  are 
important  as  being  expressions  given  out  by  the  government 
of  Germany  through  the  chancellor  of  the  empire.  This  re- 
port is  as  follows: 

"  In  the  Reichstag  to-day,  during  the  discussion  of  the  for- 
eign office  section  of  the  budget,  Baron  von  Hertling,  Centre 
party,    referred   to   the   Venezuelan   affair.      He   said    public 


282  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

opinion  at  first  demanded  action,  since  Germany's  honor 
seemed  engaged,  but  after  action  had  been  taken,  apparently 
with  success,  public  opinion  changed  and  doubts  arose  as  to 
whether  it  was  necessary  for  Germany  to  risk  so  much." 

Chancellor  von  Biilow  replied,  saying: 

"  The  Venezuelan  matter  was  from  the  very  first  neither  a 
question  of  territorial  acquisition  nor  of  glory  for  us,  but  of  a 
settlement  through  extraordinary  means  of  business  which  had 
been  complicated  by  the  debtor's  untrustworthiness,  whereby, 
of  course,  the  maintenance  of  our  honor  played  a  part.  We 
were  able  to  establish  our  claim  only  through  common  action 
with  England  and  Italy.  It  was  not  merely  a  question  of 
arranging  the  matter  in  hand,  but  giving  a  warning  which 
would  serve  for  the  future.  The  mere  money  standpoint  must 
not  control  in  such  cases.  We  dare  not  submit  to  breaches 
of  the  law.  Otherwise  we  would  not  need  ships  or  cannons. 
The  Venezuelan  case  was  exceptional.  We  shall  not  always 
dispose  of  such  matters  through  force,  but  our  action  will 
depend  upon  special  circumstances.  Proof  that  force  was 
necessary  here  is  seen  from  the  fact  that  the  English  govern- 
ment also  resorted  to  forcible  measures ;  whereas  it  is  a  well 
known  principle  of  England's  commercial  policy  that  every- 
body investing  private  capital  abroad  does  so  upon  his  risk. 

"  We  found  ourselves  in  a  dilemma,  but  nobody  can  re- 
proach us  with  acting  without  sobriety  and  calmness.  We 
had  to  take  care  that  our  relations  with  other  powers  should 
not  be  disturbed  through  this  relatively  subordinate  matter. 
There  was  no  lack  of  attempts  to  create  such  a  disturbance. 
I  here  refer,  of  course,  to  no  government,  but  to  the  press,  which 
attempted  to  engender  ill  will  between  the  governments  at 
London,  Berlin  and  Rome,  on  one  side,  and  the  United  States 
on  the  other.  The  most  unfounded  and  silliest  rumors  were 
circulated,  as  if  we  were  about  to  land  troops  or  violate  the 
integrity  of  the  South  American  republic.  In  such  lying 
legends  one  American  paper  was  especially  great.  It  in- 
vented an  official  of  its  own  in  the  foreign  office,  who  informed 
the  paper  that  we  wanted  to  swallow  Venezuela  first,  then 
Colombia,  and  finally  Brazil." 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,   ITALY,   VENEZUELA     283 

This  statement  of  the  chancellor  called  forth  loud  laughter. 
He  continued  : 

"  These  perfidious  attempts  to  sow  discord  were  frustrated 
through  the  loyalty  of  the  cabinets  and  the  confidence  in 
the  honesty  of  our  policy.  These  fantastic  and  malicious 
stories,  to  our  satisfaction,  failed  of  their  intended  effect. 
Our  relations  with  England  and  the  United  States  remained 
intact,  and  our  demands  against  Venezuela  are  to  be  regarded 
as  accepted,  according  to  the  protocol  settling  the  controversy." 

Herr  von  Bulow  then  summarized  the  terms  of  the  protocol, 
mentioning  that  Venezuela  had  already  paid  the  first  install- 
ment of  the  German  indemnity,  and  said : 

"  The  claims  of  the  second  have  not  yet  been  subjected  to 
investigation.  The  Venezuelan  government  is  ready  to  co- 
operate in  a  joint  commission  at  Caracas  in  investigating  and 
fixing  the  amounts  of  these  claims.  The  third  class  claims 
will  be  settled.  The  cost  of  the  blockade  can  not  yet  be 
stated,  but  it  is  small.  We  have  decided  not  to  make  a  demand 
that  Venezuela  pay  an  indemnity  to  cover  the  costs  of  the 
blockade,  owing  to  the  rather  hopeless  financial  condition  of 
that  country.  We  attained  what  we  wanted,  and  what  under 
the  circumstances  was  attainable.  The  action  against  Venezuela 
was  inaugurated  without  a  fanfare  of  trumpets,  with  all  neces- 
sary vigor,  and  was  carried  to  the  end  without  weakness  and 
within  expedient  bounds." 

Professor  Hasse  of  Leipsic  University,  Pan-German  and 
National  Liberal,  said : 

"  I  am  not  satisfied  with  this  settlement  of  the  Venezuelan 
affair.  A  formal  explanation  has  not  occurred.  The  moral 
effect  of  our  co-operation  with  other  powers  and  inviting  the 
intermediation  of  America  will  be  to  increase  America's  rep- 
utation, while  our  reputation  sinks.  I  attribute  to  American 
intervention  the  hostile  attitude  of  the  Venezuelans.  The  be- 
havior of  our  Minister  Sternberg  has  been  of  such  a  character 
that  the  United  States  should  pay  his  salary.  I  refer  to  his 
well-known  interview  in  which  he  even  censured  the  late  Prince 
Bismarck's  policy  as  being  antiquated." 


284  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Chancellor  von  Biilow,  in  the  course  of  a  second  speech, 
replied  to  Professor  Hasse's  assertion  that  Germany  could 
have  achieved  more  in  Venezuela.     He  said : 

"  Professor  Hasse  is  not  satisfied  with  material  satisfaction. 
He  wants  a  special  act  of  expiation.  I  should  like  to  know 
what  the  professor  had  in  mind?  Does  he  wish  President 
Castro  to  send  an  expiatory  prince?  I  admit  I  gftt  enough 
with  the  China  expiatory  prince."  Loud  laughter  followed 
the  chancellor's  last  remark.  Continuing,  the  chancellor 
rejected  Lord  Rosebery's  statement  in  the  British  House  of 
Lords  that  Germany  got  twelve  fold  more  from  Venezuela 
than  England.  He  added  that  Lord  Rosebery's  calculation 
was  mathematically  and  politically  incorrect.  "The  advan- 
tages have  been  pretty  equally  distributed  generally,  and  in 
the  Venezuelan  affair  in  particular.  According  to  my  opinion, 
we  got  all  out  of  Venezuela  that  the  circumstances  permitted.'' 

The  remainder  of  the  chancellor's  speech  in  the  Reichstag 
was  devoted  to  other  matters,  among  them  to  an  endorsement 
of  the  policy  of  Bismarck.  Whether  Count  von  Biilow  pur- 
sues a  Bismarckian  or  a  Machiavelian  policy,  the  result  in 
this  country  will  be  the  same.  The  people  of  the  United 
States  do  not  put  their  trust  in  European  premiers.  They 
are  governed  by  what  European  nations  do,  and  not  by  what 
they  say.  They  will  continue  to  judge  of  our  relations  with 
Germany  by  the  temper  and  spirit  of  her  people,  by  the  ever 
increasing  size  and  efficiency  of  her  navy,  and  by  the  pomp 
and  circumstance  with  which  she  follows  her  constables  into 
this  hemisphere  to  collect  small  notes  which  have  gone  to 
protest. 

No  one  who  views  our  relations  with  Germany  in  the  light 
of  what  has  recently  happened  in  so  many  ways,  including 
the  Manila  and  Venezuelan  incidents,  can  truthfully  say  that 
those  relations  are  not  strained.  Germany  signed  The  Hague 
treaty  in  1899,  which  was  to  have  led  up  to  the  disarmament 
of  Europe,  and  proceeded  without  delay  to  spend  millions  an- 
nually on  the  increase  of  her  navy.  The  meaning  of  these 
two  events,  when  considered   together   by  men  of  ordinary 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,  ITALY,    VENEZUELA     285 

understanding,  is  peace  in  Europe  and  war  in  America,  from 
the  standpoint  from  which  Americans  view  German  ambitions 
and  purposes. 

Count  von  Bulow  in  that  part  of  his  speech  against  the 
American  press  mentioned  "  The  New  York  Herald  "  by  name. 
His  attack  upon  it  was  unjust  and  unwarranted.  On  the 
other  hand,  that  able  and  patriotic  journal  performed  a  great 
and  valuable  service  to  the  United  States  during  the  Venezuelan 
crisis,  for  it  stripped  the  mask  from  the  face  of  Bismarck's 
successor,  and  exposed  his  insidious  diplomacy.  It  pointed 
out  the  incongruity  in  the  voice  of  Jacob  and  the  hand  of 
Esau. 

Emperor  William  is  very  popular  in  the  United  States.  He 
maintains  in  his  life  and  character  the  best  traditions  of  the 
Hohenzollern  family.  They  were  all  distinguished  for  the 
splendor  of  their  achievements,  the  simplicity,  manliness,  and 
uprightness  of  their  lives.  Moreover,  the  emperor  is  looked 
upon  as  a  statesman  of  a  high  order,  and  a  friend  of  the 
United  States.  Americans  can  become  reconciled  to  him  much 
more  readily  than  they  can  to  his  chancellor. 

The  generous  gift  from  the  emperor  of  the  statue  of 
Frederick  the  Great  was  accepted  by  the  American  people 
with  sentiments  of  gratitude  and  appreciation.  Frederick  the 
Great  was  himself  a  friend  of  Washington.  He  presented  him 
a  beautiful  sword  with  the  inscription,  "  From  the  oldest  soldier 
to  the  greatest." 

No  duplicity  can  be  seen  in  the  position  of  Great  Britain 
after  the  mere  stage  effect  of  her  performance  has  passed 
away.  Her  people  and  her  statesmen  are,  with  regard  to  us, 
frank,  direct,  unequivocal.  The  manly  utterances  of  Eng- 
land's premier  in  Liverpool  are  in  striking  contrast  with  the 
melodramatic  performance  of  Germany's  chancellor  in  the 
Reichstag.  The  one  in  a  statesmanlike  way  gave  voice  to 
the  sentiments  of  his  government  and  people,  while  the  other 
performed  his  part  on  the  world's  stage  very  cleverly,  and 
became  the  recipient  of  the  applause  of  its  galleries. 

Within    a   few    days   after   Parliament   convened  as   before 


286  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

stated,  Mr.  Balfour,  premier  of  Great  Britain,  made  a  speech 
in  the  city  of  Liverpool  to  an  appreciative  audience,  which  was 
enthusiastic  in  its  applause. 

When  he  said  that  the  Monroe  Doctrine  has  no  enemies  in 
England,  he  was  loudly  cheered.  This  fact  tends  to  show 
that  the  people  of  England  are  not  only  friendly,  but  are  in 
favor  of  our  foreign  policy. 

Mr.  Balfour's  speech  was  as  follows: 

"  Now  let  those  who  think  that  we  have  unnecessarily  or 
recklessly  done  anything  to  touch  the  susceptibilities  of  that 
great  English-speaking  republic  remember  that  the  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America  has,  from  the  beginning, 
been  taken  into  our  confidence  with  regard  to  every  stage  of 
this  dispute.  We  have  had  no  secrets  from  them,  we  desire  to 
have  no  secrets  from  them.  There  really  has  been  no  stage 
of  the  whole  proceedings  in  which  we  should  not  gladly  have 
welcomed  the  assistance  of  the  president  of  the  United  States 
as  arbitrator  upon  the  questions  in  dispute.  Is  it  not  absurd, 
when  these  things  are  stated,  to  suppose  that  we  have  shown 
ourselves  reckless  or  indifferent  to  the  United  States? 

"  We  know  that  public  opinion  is  naturally  sensitive  upon 
what  is  known  as  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  But  the  Monroe 
Doctrine  has  no  enemies  in  this  country  that  I  know  of.  We 
welcome  any  increase  of  the  influence  of  the  United  States  of 
America  upon  the  great  Western  Hemisphere.  We  desire  no 
colonization,  we  desire  no  alteration  in  the  balance  of  power, 
we  desire  no  acquisition  of  territory. 

"  We  have  not  the  slightest  intention  of  interfering  with  the 
mode  of  government  of  any  portion  of  that  continent.  The 
Monroe  Doctrine,  therefore,  is  really  not  in  the  question  at 
all.  I  go  further,  and  I  say  that,  as  far  as  I  am  concerned,  I 
believe  it  would  be  a  great  gain  to  civilization  if  the  United 
States  of  America  were  more  actively  to  interest  itself  in  mak- 
ing arrangements  by  which  these  constantly  recurring  diffi- 
culties between  European  powers  and  certain  States  in  South 
America  could  be  avoided.  They  are  difficulties  which  are 
constantly  recurring,  but  they  cannot  be  avoided.  I  am  afraid 
Lord  Rosebery  himself  got  into  one  of  them,  and  one  of  his 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,  ITALY,    VENEZUELA     287 

predecessors.  As  long  as  the  canons  of  international  relations 
which  prevail  between  the  great  European  powers  and  the 
United  States  of  America  are  not  followed  in  South  America, 
these  things  will  occur ;  and  the  United  States  of  America  can 
perform  no  greater  task  in  the  cause  of  civilization  than  by- 
doing  its  best  to  see  that  the  international  law  is  observed,  and 
by  upholding  all  that  the  European  powers  and  the  United 
States  have  recognized  as  the  admitted  principles  of  interna- 
tional comity.  The  idea  that  we  have  ever  by  our  action  shown 
ourselves  insensible  to  their  susceptibilities  or  that  we  "have 
not  been  anxious  if  possible  to  work  with  them,  or  to  show 
them  our  whole  hand,  let  that  idea  be  absolutely  dismissed."  1 

Notwithstanding  all  that  Mr.  Balfour  has  said,  the  truthful- 
ness of  which  we  concede,  yet  there  is  an  impression  among 
Americans  amounting  to  a  conviction,  that  Great  Britain  was 
fully  advised  by  Germany  that  it  was  her  purpose  in  this 
demonstration  against  Venezuela  to  test  in  some  measure  our 
fidelity  and  devotion  to  the  Monroe  Doctrine-  Our  impres- 
sion further  is  that  Great  Britain  imparted  some  inspiration  to 
Germany  in  this  enterprise.  On  the  whole,  we  think  that  Ger- 
many came  out  with  more  money  and  rather  more  reputation 
than  Great  Britain. 

The  United  States  should  endeavor  to  reconcile  Germany  to 
our  traditional  foreign  policy.  We  want  no  quarrel  with  the 
Germans.  We  love  the  Germans  for  the  good  American  citi- 
zens they  have  made.  We  love  them  for  their  industry 
and  frugality,  for  their  love  of  home,  for  their  pride  of  race. 

It  is  creditable  to  Great  Britain  that  her  statesmen  and 
people  are  heartily  ashamed  of  the  petty  and  subordinate  part 
she  played  in  the  demonstration  against  the  sick  man  of  Latin 
America. 

Et  tu,  Italia,  attempting  to  devour  your  own  offspring !  Niobe 
weeps  for  your  progeny,  who  left  their  native  land  and  the 
virtuous  Sabine  women  who  made  their  forefathers  great,  to 
come  to  this  hemisphere  and  marry  squaws  and  wenches  and 
assimilate  to  the  aborigines. 

1  Chicago  Tribune,  February,  1903. 


288  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Mr.  Balfour's  suggestion  that  "  the  United  States  will  more 
actively  interest  itself  in  making  arrangements  whereby  these 
constantly  recurring  difficulties  between  European  powers  and 
certain  States  in  South  America  could  be  avoided  "  is  a  good 
one. 

One  of  the  noteworthy  circumstances  connected  with  the 
Venezuelan  incident  is  the  fact  that  the  three  leading  nations 
involved  in  the  affair  have  seen  fit  so  recently  after  its  occur- 
rence to  become  profuse  in  their  protestations  of  friendship 
and  good-will  towards  the  United  States.  The  impression  pre- 
vails that  they  protested  too  much ;  that  their  declarations 
were  more  or  less  factitious ;  that  the  flowers  which  bloom 
over  the  national  garden  walls  are  artificial.  The  soft  phrase 
of  diplomacy  is  very  proper  in  its  place;  the  blandishments 
of  official  etiquette  and  courtesy  are  all  commendable,  but  it 
will  require  something  more  substantial  than  all  these  things 
to  turn  the  people  away  from  their  convictions  and  their 
prejudices. 

Public  opinion  in  the  United  States  is  moulded  by  the  people, 
and  not  by  their  servants.  The  servant  is  himself  one  of  the 
people,  and  there  is  but  little  difference  in  his  ability  to  influ- 
ence and  control  public  opinion  whether  he  be  performing  the 
menial  duties  of  a  porter  in  the  post-office,  or  the  more  exalted 
duties  of  president.  The  Spanish-American  War  is  a  striking 
illustration  of  this  fact.  The  people  compelled  McKinley  and 
his  administration  to  go  to  war  against  their  will.  British 
statesmen  are  fairly  well  informed  concerning  these  conditions, 
but  German  statesmen  are  as  ignorant  of  them  as  their  ances- 
tors were  of  the  situation  in  this  hemisphere  five  centuries  ago. 
It  is  not  because  Germans  are  less  intelligent  than  the  English, 
for  they  are  just  as  intelligent,  but  Germany  has  been  wholly 
engrossed  in  the  consideration  of  European  questions  and 
economic  problems,  while  Great  Britain  has  been  dealing  with 
the  American  problems  for  centuries,  and  with  the  United 
States  for  more  than  a  century.  The  two  wars  she  has  waged 
and  the  numerous  other  wars  which  have  been  narrowly  averted 
have  instructed  her  somewhat  concerning  the  difference  between 


GERMANY,   GREAT  BRITAIN,  ITALY,    VENEZUELA     289 

1 
a  monarch  of  flesh  and  an  ideal  despot  called  Public  Opinion, 

whose  person  no  one  can  touch,  whose  throne  no  one  can  ap- 
proach, and  whose  mandates  none  dare  disobey.  Germany, 
therefore,  if  she  actually  desires  to  be  on  friendly  terms  with 
the  United  States,  should  become  acquainted  with  the  char- 
acter of  this  tyrant  who  forms  his  opinions  and  prejudices 
from  what  comes  to  him  from  the  great  body  of  the  people, 
and  not  from  complimentary  words  which  have  been  addressed 
to  his  servants  by  other  rulers  and  courts.1 

1  The  material  of  this  chapter  was  obtained  chiefly  from  the  daily  journals 
during  and  immediately  after  the  Venezuelan  imbroglio  with  the  allies. 


CHAPTER   XXX 

FACTIONAL  ARBITRATION,    FEDERATION,    RECEIVERSHIPS 

It  has  been  pointed  out  elsewhere  that  The  Hague  treaty 
of  1899,  and  the  treaty  which  was  supplementary  thereto 
made  at  the  convention  in  the  City  of  Mexico  of  January, 
1902,  did  not  go  far  enough  to  reach  the  vital  questions  by 
which  the  internal  peace  of  the  several  republics  in  Spanish 
America  is  secured  and  preserved. 

The  revolutionary  and  anarchical  condition  of  the  Spanish- 
American  republics,  which  has  marked  their  course  since 
they  became  independent  of  Spain,  has  demonstrated  that  it 
is  necessary  for  the  United  States  to  exert  its  influence  to 
prevent  these  conditions  as  far  as  practicable,  without  violat- 
ing our  general  non-intervention  policy.  We  interfered  in 
the  affairs  of  Cuba  because  the  interests  of  civilization  and 
humanity  demanded  it.  A  high  sense  of  duty  demands  that 
we  take  some  action  that  will  give  stability  to  government 
and  security  for  life  and  property,  peace  and  order  among 
the  people  of  those  republics. 

We  have  revolutions,  too,  every  year  or  two  in  the  United 
States,  but  they  are  the  peaceful  and  bloodless  revolutions  of 
the  ballot-box.  They  are  those  pleasant  and  harmless  revo- 
lutions which  keep  alive  that  eternal  vigilance  which  is  the 
price  of  liberty.  The  politician  who  goes  down  in  these 
revolutions  does  not  thereupon  raise  an  army  and  attack  the 
government  or  some  neighboring  republic,  as  is  done  in 
Spanish  America.  He  simply  takes  up  again  the  burden 
of  life  where  he  partially  laid  it  down  when  the  campaign 
opened,  and  goes  to  work  as  if  nothing  had  happened,  with 
the  determination  to  make  the  best  of  a  peaceful  and  quiet 
life,  with  a  purpose  either  to  abandon   politics  entirely,  or 


ARBITRATION,  FEDERATION,  RECEIVERSHIPS    29 1 

to  wait  quietly  and  patiently  until  the  whirligig  of  time 
turns  things  his  way.  The  disappointed  office-seeker  in  the 
United  States  may  become  a  tramp,  but  he  never  is  the  leader 
of  a  revolution,  for  he  would  have  no  followers.  The  Spanish 
Americans  seem  to  be  wholly  wanting  in  that  form  of  disci- 
pline which  makes  our  political  upheavals  so  harmonious,  so 
jolly,  so  harmless. 

These  republics  have  enjoyed  nearly  eighty  years  of  free- 
dom, and  yet,  with  the  exception  of  Mexico,  Argentina,  and 
Chile,  seem  more  and  more  given  over  to  anarchy  and  revo- 
lution than  ever. 

The  assertion  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  by  this  government 
forces  upon  it  the  correlative  duty  of  devising  means  for 
preventing  revolutions,  internecine  strifes  and  wars  between 
these  commonwealths,  which  would  have  freed  themselves 
from  these  conditions  long  ago  by  putting  themselves  under 
the  protection  of  some  one  or  more  of  the  monarchies  of 
Europe,  if  they  had  not  been  prevented  from  so  doing  by 
the  Monroe  Doctrine.  The  United  States  cannot  any  longer 
look  idly  on  and  see  these  republics  laid  waste,  and  the 
people  debauched  by  the  annual  and  semi-annual  revolu- 
tions which  take  place  on  the  continent  of  South  America 
and  in  Central  America.  It  is  a  fearful  responsibility  which 
thus  rests  upon  the  United  States,  but  it  is  one  that  must 
be  met  delicately  and  courageously. 

It  will  not  do  for  this  government  to  intermeddle  in  these 
wars  and  strifes  and  take  sides  with  one  or  the  other  of  these 
countries.  The  United  States  must  place  itself  on  higher 
and  better  ground  than  to  become  itself  a  party  to  these 
revolutions. 

Most  of  the  civil  commotions  which  have  afflicted  the 
Spanish-American  republics  for  the  last  seventy-five  years 
have  had  their  origin  in  petty  and  trivial  causes.  Duress 
and  fraud  in  elections  whereby  the  will  of  the  people  has 
been  defeated  at  the  polls  are  prolific  causes  of  revolutions, 
which  have  been  very  largely  produced  by  men  who  had  more 
ambition  than  patriotism.     At  the  end  of  these  revolts  it  is 


292  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

found  that  the  cause  of  human  freedom  and  of  civil  and  reli- 
gious liberty  has  not  been  advanced  in  most  cases.  It  has 
generally  been  retarded.  Among  a  self-governing  people 
changes  should  be  brought  about  peacefully  by  the  ballot, 
not  violently  by  the  sword.  When  wrong  triumphs  the  re- 
sort should  be  to  education,  not  to  arms. 

Republics  do  not  perish  because  the  best  men  are  not 
called  to  rule  and  govern  them.  The  best  men  do  not 
govern  any  country.  The  United  States  is  governed  by  its 
mediocrity,  but  it  is  governed  well.  The  best  men  seldom 
participate  in  the  affairs  of  government  except  when  they 
have  nothing  to  share  but  its  trials  and  dangers. 

The  liberties  of  the  people  are  not  destroyed  because  re- 
publics are  sometimes  ruled  by  malefactors.  This  only  fills 
the  voters  with  indignation  and  a  desire  to  bury  these  male- 
factors as  the  snow-flakes  which  fall  so  gently  on  our  north- 
western borders  bury  Mother  Earth  under  white  hills. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  times  of  revolution,  the  liberties  of 
the  people  are  always  in  peril,  and  often  destroyed.  It  re- 
quires years  for  the  commotions  of  revolution  to  subside  into 
the  natural  and  peaceful  order  of  affairs.  These  years,  too, 
are  saturnalia  of  private  debauchery  and  public  shame. 

Something  is  necessary  to  be  done  to  prevent  revolutions 
and  civil  commotions.  Any  remedy  for  the  specific  preven- 
tion of  civil  wars  among  the  republics  themselves  would 
probably  be  difficult  to  devise,  and  still  more  difficult  to 
apply. 

The  responsibility  rests  with  the  United  States  to  see  that 
the  Monroe  Doctrine  shall  not  be  a  shield  to  protect  anarchy 
on  the  one  hand  or  military  despotism  on  the  other  among 
the  Spanish  republics. 

It  is  possible  that  arbitration  in  some  form  may  be  applied 
to  civil  commotions,  and  if  elections  are  free  and  fairly 
conducted  this  ought  to  afford  a  general  remedy  for  civil 
strifes. 

Arbitration  may  some  day  make  such  progress  that  the 
Spanish   republics    may   have   some   inter-republic    tribunal 


ARBITRATION,  FEDERATION,  RECEIVERSHIPS    293 

which  will  authoritatively  decide  upon  the  freedom  and  fair- 
ness of  elections  as  well  as  the  title  to  the  chief  executive 
office,  where  that  title  is  in  controversy. 

The  parties  in  power  in  the  Spanish  republics  have  usually 
exercised  an  undue  influence  against  those  who  were  in  favor 
of  a  change  of  presidents  and  policies.  A  form  of  politico- 
military  despotism  is  the  result,  and  if  the  people  of  the 
Spanish  republics  can  become  emancipated  from  these  con- 
ditions by  arbitration  or  otherwise,  they  will  have  taken  a 
long  stride  in  the  direction  of  the  suppression  of  civil  com- 
motions and  revolutions. 

The  greatest  impediment  to  success  in  Democratic  rule  in 
Latin  America  grows  out  of  a  want  of  homogeneity  of  the 
masses  of  the  people  and  their  inability  to  exercise  the  fran- 
chise of  sovereignty.  A  glance  at  the  character  of  some  of 
the  populations  of  these  republics  will  serve  to  convince  most 
persons  that  the  nations  composed  of  these  mixed  populations 
are  incapable  of  self-government.  A  few  samples  of  the 
nature  and  character  of  these  populations  will  serve  to  illus- 
trate this  view. 

Of  Bolivia  the  population  consists  of  a  mixture  of  various 
races,  chiefly  the  Spaniards  with  the  Indian  natives.  A  por- 
tion consists  of  the  descendants  of  Negro  slaves,  who  are  also 
mixed  with  the  Indians. 

Colombia  in  1857  had  one  million,  five  hundred  and  twenty- 
seven  thousand  whites  and  cross-breeds,  four  hundred  and 
forty-seven  thousand  cross-breeds  in  which  Indian  blood  pre- 
dominated, ninety  thousand  Africans,  four  hundred  and  forty- 
six  thousand  Indian  and  Negro  cross-breeds. 

The  population  of  Mexico  is  less  than  ten  million,  which 
is  divided  as  follows: 

First:  Full  blood  Indians,  five  million. 

Second:  Mestizoes  (half-caste  Indians  and  whites),  three 
million. 

Third:  Creoles  (whites  of  Spanish  descent),  one  hundred 
and  fifty  thousand. 

Fourth:  Gotchupines  (Spaniards  by  birth),  fifty  thousand. 


294  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Fifth :  Other  Europeans  and  Americans,  one  hundred 
thousand. 

Sixth :  Full  blood  Negroes,  ten  thousand. 

Seventh :  Zambos  (mixed  Indians  and  Africans),  forty-five 
thousand. 

Eighth:  Mulattoes,  five  thousand. 

In  Venezuela  the  population,  according  to  an  official  esti- 
mate for  January  i,  1886,  was  two  million,  one  hundred  and 
ninety-eight  thousand,  three  hundred  and  twenty.  The  pure 
white  population  is  estimated  at  only  one  per  cent  of  the 
whole,  the  remainder  of  the  population  being  Negroes  and 
Indians,   Mulattoes  and  Zambos. 

A  calculation  based  on  the  partial  census  of  1846  gave 
Nicaragua  a  population  of  three  hundred  thousand,  of  whom 
about  one  hundred  thousand  were  pure  blood  Indians,  one 
hundred  and  fifty  thousand  half-castes,  Mestizoes,  Zambos, 
and  Mulattoes,  twenty  thousand  Negroes,  and  thirty  thousand 
whites.  The  whites  have  shown  a  tendency  to  diminish  for 
a  century  or  more. 

Guatemala  has  a  population  of  about  one  million,  two  hun- 
dred thousand,  of  whom  seven  hundred  and  twenty  thousand 
are  Indians,  three  hundred  thousand  Ladinos,  one  hundred  and 
eighty  thousand  whites,  and  about  one  thousand  foreigners. 

In  Honduras  the  population  is  mostly  Indian,  and  in  some 
districts  it  is  difficult  to  say  whether  the  whites  have  degen- 
erated to  the  level  of  the  aborigines  in  habits  of  life,  or  the 
Indians  have  raised  themselves  to  the  standard  of  the  whites. 
Along  some  portions  of  the  coast  the  population  consists  of  a 
mixture  of  Indians  and  Negroes  called  Sambos,  or  Zambos. 

Of  the  population  of  Salvador  about  one-fifth  are  white 
or  have  a  preponderance  of  white  blood,  one-third  are  pure 
Indians,  while  the  remainder  are  of  mixed  white  and  In- 
dian blood.  The  number  of  Negroes  and  Mulattoes  is 
insignificant. 

The  population  of  Costa  Rica  is  a  mixture  of  the  European 
with  the  Indian  and  African.  There  are  but  few  families  of 
pure  Spanish  descent  remaining. 


ARBITRATION,  FEDERATION,  RECEIVERSHIPS    295 

The  foregoing  specific  information  concerning  the  popu- 
lation of  certain  republics  is  quite  sufficient  to  illustrate  in 
a  greater  or  less  degree  the  conditions  existing  in  all  of 
Spanish  America. 

A  scheme  of  federation  of  these  Latin  republics  might  be 
framed  on  a  basis  that  the  confederated  republics  were  only 
united  for  the  mutual  and  common  purpose  of  preventing 
insurrections  and  revolutions  against  their  respective  consti- 
tuted authorities.  For  example,  the  five  republics  which 
once  constituted  the  republic  of  Central  America  could  by 
treaty  arrange  some  form  of  arbitration  of  matters  which 
would  otherwise  terminate  in  insurrection  or  revolution. 
They  could  also  stipulate  in  such  treaty  for  some  co-opera- 
tion and  assistance  against  any  revolutionary  bodies  which 
would  not  submit  their  differences  to  an  arbitration  tribunal 
and  abide  by  the  award.  As  the  validity  of  elections  is  the 
prolific  cause  of  revolutions,  this  tribunal  could  pass  upon 
the  validity  of  the  election  of  president  and  vice-president 
in  each  and  all  of  them,  and  could  stipulate  by  such  treaty 
for  some  effective  mode  of  enforcing  the  award. 

A  limited  federation  of  republics  on  this  line  would  go 
very  far  toward  giving  peace  among  them  in  connection  with 
the  international  arbitration  tribunals  which  have  been  pro- 
vided for  at  The  Hague,  and  later  by  the  Second  Interna- 
tional Conference  of  American  States. 

The  five  republics  which  originally  constituted  Central 
America  could  form  one  federated  group,  while  the  repub- 
lics which  constituted  the  Republic  of  Colombia,  under  Simon 
Bolivar,  could  constitute  another  group,  and  on  similar  lines 
all  the  Latin-American  republics  could  federate  themselves 
into  four  or  five  groups  for  mutual  protection  against  insur- 
rections and  revolutions.  These  limited  federations  would 
naturally  lead  up  to  more  intimate  relations,  whereby  it 
would  become  possible  for  them  to  confederate  together  for 
all  general  purposes  of  government  by  groups,  and  thus  be- 
come influential  and  powerful. 

Another  convention  similar  to  the  one  which  assembled  in 


296  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

the  City  of  Mexico  October  22,  1901,  could  take  up,  discuss, 
and  perhaps  arrange  the  basis  of  such  a  federation  as  is  here 
suggested. 

There  might  be  objections  raised  to  these  federations  on 
the  ground  that  local  jealousies  and  rivalries  might  render 
them  not  entirely  free  from  bias  or  prejudice  in  giving 
their  decisions  or  awards.  This  could  be  obviated  by  hav- 
ing the  matter  arbitrated  by  disinterested  republics  which 
did  not  belong  to  the  federation,  with  the  provision  that  the 
federated  republics  should  all  join  in  the  enforcement  of  the 
award  or  decision  when  it  was  once  rendered. 

The  treaties  at  The  Hague  and  the  City  of  Mexico  have 
practically  accomplished  the  federation  of  the  world.  An- 
other treaty  could  accomplish  the  federation  of  the  Latin- 
American  republics  for  the  purpose  of  putting  an  end  to 
insurrections  and  revolutions. 

The  Latin-American  republics  all  have  to  deal  with  the 
difficult  race-problem.  The  white,  Indian,  and  Negro  races 
constitute  the  body  of  the  people  of  these  republics.  These 
races  are  in  part  separate  and  distinct,  and  in  part  they  are 
blended  into  various  degrees  and  shades  of  miscegenation. 

The  fathers  of  the  Republic  of  the  United  States  did  not 
consider  either  the  Indian  or  the  Negro  as  any  part  of  the 
body  of  the  people  of  the  United  States.  They  drove  out 
the  one  and  enslaved  the  other.  When  they  resolved  that 
all  men  were  born  free  and  equal,  contemporary  history  shows 
that  they  meant  white  men. 

Both  Indians  and  Negroes  have  taken  important  and  lead- 
ing parts  in  military  and  civic  affairs  in  Latin  America. 
Quite  a  large  amount  of  the  troubles  among  these  re- 
publics grows  out  of  race  prejudices  and  proclivities.  It 
seems  probable  that  this  is  the  great  and  fundamental  cause 
of  the  anarchy  and  military  despotisms  which  alternate 
there. 

Latin  America  has  been  compelled  to  deal  with  the  race 
problem  in  its  worst  form.  The  three  races  have  failed  to 
co-ordinate   in  these   republics  as   fully  as  did    Caesar   and 


ARBITRATION,   FEDERATION,   RECEIVERSHIPS    2$7 

Pompey  and  Crassus,  who  had  each  a  party;  but  the  common- 
wealth had  no  party. 

Race  triumvirates  in  a  democracy  do  not  succeed  any  more 
than  a  triumvirate  of  ambitious  and  self-seeking  men.  It  is 
comparatively  easy  for  each  of  the  latter  to  sink  out  of  sight 
his  own  selfish  interests  for  the  sake  of  the  common  weal, 
but  it  is  impossible  for  the  former  to  secure  race  abnegation, 
or  to  suppress  race  competition,  or  even  to  still  the  clamor 
of  faction. 

When  these  republics  are  in  a  state  of  revolution  they  are 
often  compelled  to  make  default  in  the  payment  of  their  cur- 
rent obligations,  including  the  interest  on  the  public  debt. 

Now  that  tribunals  for  peaceful  settlements  of  international 
difficulties  are  made  a  part  of  international  law,  it  only  re- 
mains to  clothe  the  tribunals  with  the  necessary  powers  to 
enforce  the  law.  When  Venezuela  was  in  a  state  of  revolu- 
tion she  defaulted  in  the  payment  of  her  obligations  in  Great 
Britain,  Germany,  Italy,  the  United  States,  France,  and  quite 
a  number  of  European  nations.  When  these  defaults  take 
place  the  appointment  of  a  receiver  in  many,  if  not  in  all 
cases,  would  result  in  the  settlement  of  the  obligations,  and 
in  suppressing  the  rebellion  as  well. 

The  receivership  itself  becomes  a  form  of  mediation  simi- 
lar to  that  which  is  secured  by  The  Hague  treaty.  The 
receiver  comes  in  as  a  disinterested  third  party  between  the 
warring  factions,  and  in  most,  if  not  in  all  cases,  an  immedi- 
ate peace  would  result.  If  an  immediate  peace  is  not  the 
result  of  the  appointment  of  the  receiver,  the  creditor  na- 
tions would  be  powerful  enough  to  secure  peace  in  a  very 
summary  manner. 

If  a  receivership  had  been  resorted  to  for  Venezuela  as 
soon  as  she  defaulted  in  the  payment  of  her  obligations,  an 
immediate  peace  would  have  resulted.  The  receiver  could 
have  conducted  the  affairs  of  Venezuela  until  the  disturb- 
ances had  been  quieted  and  commercial,  planting  and  manu- 
facturing enterprises  had  resumed,  and  then  he  could  in  a 
time   of   profound   peace   have   held   an    election,  and   have 


298  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

turned  over  the  entire  machinery  of  the  government  to  the 
newly  chosen  officials  selected  by  the  free  choice  of  the 
people. 

There  are  many  cases  in  which  it  would  be  proper  to  ap- 
point the  receiver  before  any  default  in  payment  had  been 
made,  as  a  simple  means  of  terminating  a  revolution  or 
rebellion. 

In  case  a  third  Conference  of  American  States  should 
take  place  it  might  be  well  not  only  to  secure  arbitration 
of  these  factional  or  party  difficulties,  but  also  to  clothe  a 
tribunal  with  authority,  upon  the  petition  of  one  or  more 
creditor  nations  showing  a  good  and  sufficient  cause,  to  ap- 
point a  temporary  receiver  to  take  charge  of  the  affairs  of  the 
republic  for  a  limited  time  and  discharge  its  pecuniary  obli- 
gations, restore  peace  and  order,  and  then  in  due  time  turn 
over  the  government  to  the  newly  selected  officials,  chosen 
by  the  people  in  the  legal  and  constitutional  mode. 

There  are  other  occasions  in  which  the  appointment  of  a 
temporary  receiver  would  be  of  great  value  in  securing  peace. 
In  many  cases  the  administration  which  is  in  power  uses  all 
its  patronage  and  power  to  secure  the  election  of  its  succes- 
sor. This  interference  on  the  part  of  the  administration  in 
charge  of  the  machinery  of  the  government  is  generally  so 
powerful  and  so  unscrupulous  that  it  is  irresistible,  and  the 
election  is  found  to  result  in  a  defeat  of  the  obvious  will  of 
the  people  as  expressed  at  the  ballot-box. 

In  States  and  sections  where  the  people  are  well  organized 
and  able  to  defeat  the  administration,  the  officials  in  charge 
of  the  machinery  of  government  will  circulate  false  informa- 
tion concerning  revolutionary  movements  which  never  took 
place,  in  order  to  afford  an  opportunity  to  send  military  forces 
into  such  districts  to  suppress  these  alleged  rebellions,  the 
real  purpose  being  to  thwart  the  will  of  the  people  at  the 
polls  by  either  securing  a  coerced  vote  or  a  fraudulent 
return.  The  sequel  to  all  this  tyranny  and  fraud  is  a 
revolution. 

If  a  receiver  could  be  put  in  charge  of  the  government 


ARBITRATION,  FEDERATION,  RECEIVERSHIPS    299 

pending  a  presidential  election  campaign  so  as  to  prevent 
an  improper  use  of  its  patronage  and  power,  and  thereby 
secure  a  fair  election,  it  would  go  very  far  towards  crushing 
out  revolutions  in  the  Latin-American  republics. 

Some  plan  might  be  adopted  whereby  a  limited  number  of 
republics  might  determine  when  the  crisis  had  arisen  in 
which  a  receivership  should  be  adopted.  If  such  a  power 
were  conferred  on  the  United  States,  Mexico,  Argentina, 
Chile,  and  Brazil  in  respect  to  the  Central  American  re- 
publics and  those  of  Venezuela,  Colombia,  Ecuador,  Peru, 
and  Bolivia,  it  would  leave  but  little  ground  for  revolutions 
to  stand  on. 

This  classification  is  made  simply  by  way  of  illustration. 
Other  republics  could  have  a  similar  arrangement.  In  many 
cases,  no  doubt,  the  administration  would  gladly  submit  to 
a  receivership  on  the  suggestion  of  the  United  States  alone 
if  a  scheme  of  that  character  should  once  be  devised  whereby 
an  administration  could  honorably  and  properly  thus  tempo- 
rarily surrender  the  management  of  affairs. 

At  the  very  beginning  of  revolutionary  movements  it  should 
be  the  duty  of  some  one  or  more  of  the  disinterested  repub- 
lics, and  particularly  of  those  federated  in  the  manner  stated, 
to  tender  their  good  offices  of  mediation  in  manner  and  form 
as  provided  for  in  The  Hague  treaty  for  mediation  between 
nations.  Such  controversies  as  the  mediators  cannot  settle 
should  be  referred  to  an  American  tribunal  for  adjustment. 

No  scheme  of  mediation  between  a  republic  and  a  revolu- 
tionary party  against  it  has  ever  been  devised,  much  less  has 
any  scheme  of  arbitration  been  suggested,  but  it  will  be  found 
that  when  such  a  scheme  has  once  been  inaugurated  it  will 
soon  become  irresistible  and  quite  as  practicable  as  the  medi- 
ation and  arbitration  devised  by  The  Hague  Convention  for 
international  controversies. 

Legislation  by  the  respective  republics  in  furtherance  of 
the  mediation  and  arbitration  scheme  would  crush  out  a  great 
many  obstacles  which  now  seem  to  be  insurmountable. 

The  part  taken  by  the  United  States   in  the  Venezuelan 


300  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

controversy  with  the  European  allies  has  revealed  this  govern- 
ment to  the  republics  south  of  us  in  a  proper  light.  It  has 
shown  them  that  the  people  of  the  United  States  are  sincerely 
and  profoundly  interested  in  the  success  of  republican  govern- 
ment throughout  this  hemisphere.  It  has  shown  them  that 
our  purpose  among  them  is  not  that  of  conquest,  but  of  sym- 
pathy, co-operation,  and  assistance. 

An  erroneous  idea  has  for  a  long  time  existed  among  many 
of  these  republics,  that  it  was  a  question  of  only  a  short  time 
when  they  would  be  seized  by  the  United  States  and  become 
part  of  our  territory.  Their  motto  consequently  has  been, 
"  Let  us  eat,  drink,  and  be  merry  to-day,  for  to-morrow  we 
become  colonies  of  the  United  States." 

The  co-operation  of  the  United  States,  Mexico,  Chile, 
Argentina,  and  Brazil,  in  a  policy  which  would  put  any  or 
all  of  the  other  Latin-American  republics  in  the  hands  of 
receivers  and  retain  them  there  until  discharged  by  the  con- 
currence of  these  five  republics  would  soon  bring  revolutions 
to  an  end. 

If  the  five  little  republics  which  once  constituted  the  Re- 
public of  Central  America  were  in  the  hands  of  receivers 
for  a  considerable  period  in  which  an  opportunity  would  be 
afforded  to  recuperate  their  energies,  re-establish  their  credit, 
and  reduce  their  rate  of  interest,  steps  could  be  taken  to 
bring  these  five  republics  again  into  a  union  called  the 
Republic  of  Central  America. 

These  five  republics  as  now  administered  seem  incapable 
of  taking  the  initiatory  steps  to  bring  about  a  reconfedera- 
tion.  The  receivers  could  take  these  initiatory  steps  under 
the  direction  of  the  more  powerful  supervising  republics. 
The  same  thing  could  be  done  to  bring  back  into  one  re- 
public the  existing  republics  which  once  constituted  the 
Republic  of  Colombia  under  Simon  Bolivar. 

Receiverships  terminating  in  confederations  which  would 
give  to  Latin  America  a  few  large  and  powerful  republics 
would  put  out  of  business  permanently  a  large  number  of 
professional  liberators. 


ARBITRATION,  FEDERATION,   RECEIVERSHIPS    301 

Receiverships  and  federation  are  the  direct  roads  to  peace 
and  prosperity  in  these  weak  and  small  republics.  The 
United  States  stands  in  a  favorable  position  to  take  the  ini- 
tiative in  bringing  about  these  reforms.  In  suggesting  re- 
ceiverships among  republics  where  self-government  has  proved 
a  failure  it  is  not  our  purpose  to  favor  any  importation  among 
them  of  rulers  and  officials.  We  want  no  carpet-bag  govern- 
ments for  Latin  America  to  hold  the  people  down  by  bayo- 
nets while  the  beggarly  elements  of  reconstruction  run  riot 
through  their  prostrate  commonwealths. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  will  be  found  that  there  are  plenty 
of  honest,  cultured,  and  capable  men  within  the  bounds  of 
each  republic  to  attend  to  the  affairs  of  government  in  all 
details.  These  tax-payers  and  men  of  character  should  be 
selected  to  act  as  receivers  and  aid  in  re-establishing  self- 
government  upon  a  solid  and  enduring  basis.  Ballot  reforms 
and  a  regulation  of  the  election  system  could  be  inaugurated 
under  the  receiverships,  while  an  inter-republic  tribunal 
similar  to  The  Hague  Tribunal  to  judicially  dispose  of  many 
factional  controversies  would  add  to  the  usefulness  of  a  re- 
ceivership system. 


CHAPTER   XXXI 

GENERAL   OBSERVATIONS 

There  are  a  number  of  occasions  in  which  the  Monroe 
Doctrine  has  been  asserted,  and  some  occasions  in  which 
any  assertion  of  it  was  omitted  or  neglected  altogether. 

Geographers,  in  dividing  the  globe  into  hemispheres,  have 
placed  the  dividing  line  twenty  degrees  west  of  Greenwich. 
This  throws  all  of  Europe  and  Africa  and  the  greater  part  of 
Asia  into  the  Eastern  Hemisphere. 

The  Western  Hemisphere  contains  the  continents  of  North 
and  South  America,  Greenland,  a  part  of  Iceland,  a  part  of 
Siberia,  including  a  portion  of  Kamschatka  and  one-half  of 
each  of  the  polar  regions.  It  also  contains  a  large  number 
of  islands,  some  of  which,  like  the  West  Indies,  are  near  to 
us,  while  others  are  widely  scattered. 

Among  the  distant  islands  of  the  Western  Hemisphere 
may  be  mentioned  the  Cape  Verde,  the  South  Shetland,  the 
Samoan  group,  the  Hawaiian  group,  the  Fiji  group,  and  the 
New  Zealand  islands.  Some  of  the  questions  which  present 
themselves  to  the  American  citizen  and  statesman  are  as  to 
what  the  duties  of  the  government  of  the  United  States 
would  be  in  respect  to  the  Monroe  Doctrine  in  its  applica- 
tion to  the  colonization  and  government  of  these  remote 
islands  and  sections.  There  are  ice-bound  regions  so  worth- 
less in  an  economic  point  of  view  and  so  dreary  in  their 
isolation  that  our  government  could  feel  no  interest  in  them. 
There  are  islands  of  the  Western  Hemisphere  so  inconse- 
quential and  so  remote  from  the  lines  of  ocean  traffic  that 
our  ships  would  never  visit  them.  The  question  is,  in  case 
European  governments  should  colonize  these  regions,  some 
of  which  are  inhabited  by  cannibals  and  naked  savages,  and 


GENERAL   OBSERVATIONS  303 

should  they,  by  their  control  and  management,  dedicate  them 
to  Christianity  and  to  progress,  would  it  be  the  duty  of  the 
United  States  to  assert  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  and,  if  neces- 
sary, go  to  war  with  all  Europe  in  its  vindication  ?  There 
can  be  but  one  answer  to  this  question,  and  that  a  negative 
one. 

We  will  refer  here  briefly  to  some  of  the  practices  of  this 
government  on  this  question,  and  in  order  to  avoid  partisan 
bias  or  prejudice  take  our  illustrations  from  the  practices  of 
both  the  Democratic  and  Republican  parties. 

In  the  year  1840,  during  the  administration  of  Martin  Van 
Buren,  the  islands  of  New  Zealand,  and  in  1871,  during  the 
administration  of  General  Grant,  the  Fiji  Islands,  passed 
under  the  control  of  Great  Britain.  They  were  peopled  by 
cannibals.  Great  Britain  has  colonized  them  and  they  are 
now  the  homes  of  industry,  culture,  and  refinement. 

Here  are  two  striking  examples  of  the  construction  of  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  in  the  same  manner  by  the  government 
when  respectively  administered  by  each  of  the  great  politi- 
cal parties  of  the  country.  These  two  acts  of  colonization 
by  Great  Britain  seem  to  have  passed  unnoticed  by  our  gov- 
ernment. Not  even  so  much  as  a  protest  was  offered.  The 
Fiji  Island  group  passed  under  the  dominion  of  Great  Britain 
only  four  years  after  the  expulsion  of  the  French  from 
Mexico. 

America  was  settled  by  Europeans,  and  Americans  gen- 
erally are  descendants  of  European  immigrants.  Not  many 
years  since,  a  large  number  of  the  northwestern  States  had 
salaried  agents  residing  in  New  York  whose  business  it  was 
to  meet  European  immigrants  on  their  arrival  at  Castle 
Garden  and  induce  them  to  locate  in  the  States  represented 
by  such  agents.  Every  nation  of  Europe  is  represented  in 
the  citizenship  of  every  State  in  the  Union,  and  in  some 
States  these  representatives  number  many  thousands.  Every 
nationality  of  Europe  is  well  represented  in  official  stations 
in  the  United  States.  Europeans  who  become  citizens  re- 
tain all  their  sacred  memories  of  the  fatherland.     They  are 


304  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

encouraged  to  do  so,  and  all  that  is  good  and  beautiful  in 
their  manners  and  customs  is  adopted  by  the  Americans,  as 
well  as  many  other  things  that  are  not  so  good  and  beautiful. 

If  Europeans  would  understand  Americans  and  the  char- 
acter of  our  civilization  in  the  United  States  of  America  they 
must  study  our  early  history. 

Columbus  discovered  America  in  1492,  and  while  the 
South  American  continent  soon  thereafter  became  peopled 
by  Europeans  in  search  of  gold  and  adventure,  the  North 
American  continent  remained  the  exclusive  habitation  of 
the  Indian  for  more  than  a  century,  with  the  exception  of 
a  small  colony  in  Florida. 

The  pilgrims  on  the  "  Mayflower"  landed  at  Plymouth  Rock 
in  December,  1620.  With  the  exception  of  a  small  English 
colony  at  Jamestown,  which  died  out  and  in  part  returned  to 
England  and  became  dispersed,  the  Plymouth  Rock  colony 
was  the  first. 

Near  the  end  of  the  sixteenth  century  a  number  of  poor 
dissenters  scattered  through  the  north  of  England,  espe- 
cially in  the  counties  of  Nottingham,  Lincoln,  and  York, 
joined  themselves  together  for  the  purposes  of  religious  wor- 
ship. They  were  patriot  subjects  politically,  but  religiously 
they  were  rebels  against  the  English  church.  Their  rebel- 
lion, however,  simply  consisted  in  the  declaration  that  every 
man  had  a  right  to  discover  and  apply  the  truth  as  revealed 
in  the  Scriptures,  without  the  interposition  of  any  power 
other  than  his  reason  and  conscience.  Such  a  doctrine  was 
very  repugnant  to  the  Church  of  England.  Queen  Elizabeth 
herself  declared  such  teaching  to  be  subversive  of  the  prin- 
ciples on  which  her  monarchy  was  founded.  King  James  was 
equally  intolerant  and  violent,  and  persecutions  broke  out 
from  time  to  time. 

Finding  no  rest  or  peace  in  their  own  country,  the  Puritans 
finally  determined  to  go  into  exile  and  to  seek  in  another 
land  the  freedom  of  worship  which  was  denied  them  in  their 
own.  They  started  for  Holland,  but  were  followed  and 
brought  back  again  and  thrown  into  prison.     After  regain- 


GENERAL   OBSERVATIONS  305 

ing  their  freedom  they  again  met  on  a  bleak  heath  in 
Lincolnshire,  and  in  the  spring  of  1608  they  embarked  for 
the  Humber.  They  arrived  safely  at  Amsterdam,  where  they 
spent  the  following  winter,  and  then  removed  to  Leyden, 
where  they  spent  ten  years.  Having  secured  an  informal 
and  reluctant  promise  from  King  James  that  he  would  let 
them  alone  in  America,  they  gathered  together  their  worldly 
goods  and  embarked  on  the  "Mayflower"  for  the  New  World, 
and  founded  the  Plymouth  Rock  colony  in  New  England. 
They  landed  from  the  "Mayflower,"  amidst  a  violent  storm 
of  sleet  and  snow,  to  take  up  their  abode  in  the  wilderness, 
where  they  laid  the  first  corner-stone  of  civil  and  religious 
liberty  in  America. 

The  Dutch  colony  was  founded  on  Manhattan  Island,  now 
the  City  of  New  York,  in  the  year  1623.  These  colonists 
were  Dutch  Protestant  refugees  from  Flanders,  Belgium,  and 
Holland.  They  were  of  the  same  religious  faith  as  the 
Huguenots  in  France,  and  came  to  America  to  find  relief 
from  the  persecutions  of  their  own  country.  These  immi- 
grants were  descended  from  the  people  whom  Caesar  found 
so  difficult  to  conquer, — from  that  people  who  converted 
into  fertile  fields  and  meadows  the  wild  morasses  inter- 
spersed with  lagoons  and  shallows  which  were  subject  to 
inundation  by  the  sea. 

In  1682  William  Penn's  colonies  were  founded. 

In  the  year  1598  Henry  IV  of  France,  called  Henry  of 
Navarre,  made  a  proclamation  called  the  Edict  of  Nantes, 
by  the  terms  of  which  the  Huguenots  were  protected  in 
their  rights  of  religious  worship.  This  secured  protection 
for  the  period  of  eighty-seven  years,  when,  on  October  22, 
1685,  Louis  XIV  revoked  the  Edict  of  Nantes,  and  the  most 
relentless  persecution  followed.  Although  the  ports  of  France 
were  closed  against  their  exit,  in  spite  of  every  precaution 
five  hundred  thousand  of  the  best  people  of  France  fled  into 
foreign  lands.  In  the  Eastern  Hemisphere  they  were  scat- 
tered from  the  Baltic  Sea  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  On 
the   North   American   continent    they   were   scattered   from 

20 


306  THE   MONROE  DOCTRINE 

Maine  to  Florida.  Of  all  the  American  colonies,  South 
Carolina  received  by  far  the  greatest  number  of  these 
French  refugees. 

From  the  seed  sown  by  the  Plymouth  Rock  colony,  the 
Dutch  colony,  the  Penn  colonies,  and  the  French  colony, 
sprang  the  principles  of  civil  and  religious  liberty  which 
are  the  controlling  forces  of  our  national  life.  Having  en- 
joyed religious  freedom  for  over  a  century  and  a  half,  our 
ancestors  acquired  civil  liberty  through  the  revolution  of 
1776. 

Patriotic  fervor  and  devotion  to  the  principles  of  civil  and 
religious  liberty  have  continued  to  inspire  the  citizens  of 
every  State  of  this  Union  from  the  day  of  our  independence 
to  the  present.  As  time  went  on,  some  differences  of  opinion 
sprang  up  as  to  the  methods  whereby  these  principles  could 
best  be  maintained. 

Our  government  is  dual  in  form.  The  American  altar  is 
a  double  one.  One  is  the  altar  of  the  State  and  the  other 
of  the  United  States.  These  two  altars  joined  together  con- 
stitute the  shrine  of  American  allegiance  and  citizenship. 
We  can  do  no  better  than  to  copy  what  the  Supreme  Court 
of  the  United  States  says  on  this  subject: 

"The  distinction  between  citizenship  of  the  United  States 
and  citizenship  of  a  State  is  clearly  recognized  and  estab- 
lished. Not  only  may  a  man  be  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States  without  being  a  citizen  of  the  State,  but  an  important 
element  is  necessary  to  convert  the  former  into  the  latter. 
He  must  reside  within  the  State  to  make  him  a  citizen  of 
it,  but  it  is  only  necessary  that  he  should  be  born  or  natu- 
ralized in  the  United  States  to  be  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States. 

"  It  is  quite  clear,  then,  that  there  is  a  citizenship  of  the 
United  States  and  a  citizenship  of  a  State  which  are  distinct 
from  each  other." 

This  is  what  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  said 
and  published  in  deciding  what  is  known  in  the  legal  profes- 


GENERAL   OBSERVATIONS  307 

sion  as  the  Slaughter  House  cases.  This  imperium  in  im- 
perio  form  of  government  led  up  to  a  civil  conflict  beginning 
in  the  year  1861  and  ending  in  the  year  1865. 

A  large  number  of  the  people  of  this  country  believed  that 
the  allegiance  of  the  citizen  to  the  government  of  the  United 
States  was  paramount  to  the  allegiance  he  owed  to  the  gov- 
ernment of  the  State.  On  the  other  hand,  a  large  number 
of  the  citizens  of  the  United  States  who  were  equally  as 
patriotic  as  the  others,  and  who  were  equally  as  devoted  to 
the  principles  of  civil  and  religious  liberty,  were  of  the 
sincere  and  candid  opinion  that  the  allegiance  which  the 
citizen  owed  to  the  State  was  paramount  to  the  allegiance 
he  owed  to  the  government  of  the  United  States. 

The  citizens  who  held  these  opposite  opinions  were  not 
commingled  as  political  partisans  generally  are,  but  they 
were  divided  by  sectional  lines.  Circumstances  were  such 
that  the  decision  of  this  controversy  had  to  be  submitted  to 
the  arbitrament  of  the  sword.  By  this  dread  tribunal  it  was 
decided  in  favor  of  the  paramount  sovereignty  of  the  United 
States,  but  this  result  was  not  reached  until  a  large  part  of 
the  flower  and  pride  of  American  manhood  had  perished  in 
the  unfortunate  method  of  its  solution. 

This  brings  us  to  a  consideration  of  the  Spanish-American 
republics,  which  have  been  reposing  since  their  independence 
under  the  aegis  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  promulgated  by  the 
government  of  the  United  States  of  America. 

The  Spanish-American  republics,  nearly  all  of  which  have 
copied  the  constitution  of  the  United  States  and  made  it 
their  own  with  but  slight  changes,  should  accept  our  mode 
of  settlement  of  the  paramountcy  of  allegiance  to  the  federal 
government  as  a  vicarious  offering  for  all  republics  of  the 
Western  Hemisphere.  The  contrary  solution  will  convert 
their  federal  unions  into  mere  ropes  of  sand.  At  the  time 
when  the  Spanish-American  States  became  independent  of 
Spain,  the  right  of  a  State  to  withdraw  from  the  union  was 
believed  in  by  a  large  number  of  the  citizens  of  the  United 
States.     It  was  the  almost  universal  belief  of  the  people  of 


308  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

the  American  States  which  were  in  the  closest  proximity  to 
the  Spanish-American  republics.  These  republics  have  suf- 
fered much  in  the  way  of  rebellion  and  revolution  by  adopt- 
ing these  views,  but  when  they  come  to  regard  their  allegiance 
to  the  federal  union  as  paramount  to  the  allegiance  to  their 
States,  provinces,  or  departments,  they  will  have  taken  a  long 
stride  toward  a  satisfactory  and  stable  government. 

The  frequent  civil  wars  in  the  Spanish-American  republics 
have  had  the  general  tendency  to  destroy  the  sovereignty  of 
the  States,  for  the  rights  of  the  States  are  always  in  peril 
when  a  condition  of  civil  war  exists,  and  a  long  and  pro- 
tracted series  of  civil  wars  will  lead  to  a  destruction  of 
the  rights  of  the  States  and  to  a  centralization  of  power  in 
the  federal  government. 

Notwithstanding  some  facts  in  history  of  a  comparatively 
recent  date,  it  can  truthfully  be  said  that  there  is  no  party 
or  political  faction  in  the  United  States  which  favors  the 
overthrow  of  the  sovereignty  of  the  States.  In  the  United 
States  the  rights  of  the  States  and  the  rights  of  the  general 
government  have  become  so  well  denned  by  constitutional 
restrictions  and  precedents  that  there  is  now  but  little  if 
any  friction  or  clashing  between  their  respective  machinery. 
There  is  but  little  if  any  disposition  on  the  part  of  the  gen- 
eral government  to  reach  out  and  curtail  or  crush  out  the 
rights  of  the  States.  The  limited  federal  power  is  in  the 
main  exerted  directly  upon  the  people,  and  not  upon  the  States. 
Its  judiciary,  its  internal  revenue  system,  and  its  constabu- 
lary, each  and  all,  exercise  their  functions  directly  upon  the 
people.  There  is  therefore  little  room  for  quarrels  or  con- 
troversies between  the  general  government  and  the  States, 
or  between  the  States  themselves  concerning  matters  of 
loyalty  or  obedience  to  the  central  government,  on  the  part 
of  the  various  States,  like  those  which  occurred  among  the 
States  of  the  Dutch  Republic  or  which  sometimes  occur 
among  the  cantons  of  Switzerland.  If  the  general  govern- 
ment is  not  well  administered  the  calamity  falls  on  the  great 
body  of  the  people  of  the  country  and  not  upon  the  States  as 


GENERAL   OBSERVATIONS  309 

such.  The  various  States  are  seeking  always  to  promote  and 
preserve  the  harmony  of  their  federal  relations.  They  have 
nothing  to  gain  by  a  contrary  policy. 

The  Spanish  republics  have  failed  to  secure  this  beautiful 
equipoise  between  the  general  government  and  the  States 
which  the  United  States  has  finally  attained.  This,  how- 
ever, is  not  everything  which  stands  in  the  way  of  the 
Spanish-American  republics  to  prevent  their  attaining  the 
governing  capacity  of  the  people  of  the  United  States. 
They  do  not  possess  religious  liberty.  There  was  origi- 
nally a  union  of  Church  and  State  in  all  the  Spanish-Ameri- 
can republics.  Certain  republics  have  secured  religious 
freedom  only  in  the  last  few  years.  If  these  Spanish-Ameri- 
can republics  do  not  divorce  themselves  from  the  Church  the 
Church  will  doubtless  at  no  distant  day  divorce  itself  from 
the  republics,  in  order  that  it  may  attain  to  a  higher  spiritual 
life  than  it  could  possibly  reach  while  consorting  with  politi- 
cians. The  prosperity  and  high  spiritual  life  which  the 
Roman  Catholic  Church  has  attained  in  the  United  States, 
under  religious  freedom,  would  repel  even  the  thought  of  a 
union  of  Church  and  State  in  this  republic.  If  such  a  meas- 
ure were  practicable,  and  before  the  people  for  their  suf- 
frages, the  entire  membership  of  that  great  church  would 
doubtless  vote  against  it  from  cardinal  to  layman. 

When  these  republics  master  the  problem  of  a  dual  form 
of  government  by  giving  their  paramount  allegiance  to  the 
federal  power,  still  preserving  the  rights  of  the  States,  and 
when  they  achieve  religious  liberty  and  toleration,  there  is 
yet  one  thing  more  required  of  them  to  elevate  them  to  the 
same  plane  with  the  people  of  the  United  States.  They  will 
have  need  to  acquire  that  dignity  of  race  which  the  people  of 
the  United  States  possess,  which  forbids  them  to  commingle 
with  the  inferior  races  on  terms  of  social  equality,  as  is  the 
case  in  nearly,  if  not  all,  the  Spanish-American  republics. 
Instead  of  preserving  their  race  superiority  and  purity  like 
the  Puritans,  the  Dutch,  and  other  peoples  who  settled  North 
America,  the  original  settlers  of  Spanish- America  commingled 


3IO  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

with  the  natives  and  have  assimilated  to  the  aborigines. 
Mongrel  races  have  resulted  by  the  miscegenation  of  whites, 
Indians,  and  Negroes.  This  mixture  of  races  is  a  constant 
menace  to  republican  institutions.  The  clamor  of  faction 
may  be  stilled  for  a  time,  but  the  outcry  of  an  inferior  race 
goes  on  forever. 

A  just  and  correct  perception  and  appreciation  of  these 
things,  denuded  of  all  forms  of  maudlin  philanthropy  or  sen- 
timent, become  absolutely  imperative  among  a  self-governing 
people.  The  training  of  a  people  for  ages  in  the  affairs  of 
government  gives  it  a  fitness  to  exercise  political  power  to 
which  the  inferior  races  have  not  attained. 

The  principles  of  heredity  and  training  which  made  the 
brother  of  the  wolf  the  guardian  of  the  flock  apply  equally 
to  the  races  of  men.  The  inferior  race  wields  the  heads- 
man's axe,  while  the  superior  race  governs  so  gently  that 
the  hard  hand  of  power  is  not  felt,  so  humanely  that  the 
lash  of  inexorable  justice  draws  no  blood  and  leaves  no 
scars. 

This  government  has  a  duty  to  perform,  for  itself,  and  for 
these  struggling  republics,  which  cannot  be  evaded.  The 
Monroe  Doctrine  is  the  creed  which  expresses  that  duty. 
These  weak,  feeble,  and  otherwise  defenceless  republics  grop- 
ing blindly  through  the  darkness  of  their  environments  must 
be  protected  until  they  shall  touch  God's  right  hand  in  that 
darkness  and  shall  be  lifted  up  to  the  same  plane  of  stability 
and  order  with  the  United  States  of  America. 

Europeans  have  come  to  look  upon  the  people  of  the 
United  States  as  living  in  violation  of  the  commandment 
against  covetousness  when  applied  to  the  territories  of  our 
neighbors. 

The  Romans  worshipped  a  god  called  Terminus,  — the  god 
of  boundaries  and  frontiers  of  the  Roman  State,  as  well  as  of 
private  landed  property  generally.  The  festivals  of  Termi- 
nus occurred  once  each  year,  and  they  were  called  among  the 
Romans  the  Teminalia.  It  was  believed  to  be  an  attribute 
of  this  god  that  he  must  always  advance  and  never  recede. 


GENERAL   OBSERVATIONS  3*1 

In  this  faith  both  republican  and  imperial  Rome  worshipped 
this  divinity.  The  events  of  centuries  seemed  to  justify  this 
faith  in  the  god  Terminus,  always  pressing  onward,  expand- 
ing the  Roman  boundaries,  and  never  receding.  The  time 
came  at  last,  however,  when  the  Roman  Empire  went  to 
pieces. 

Alexander  was  a  worshipper  at  the  shrine  of  Terminus. 
His  passion  was  for  universal  dominion,  and  his  empire 
reached  from  Macedonia  beyond  the  Euphrates.  His  em- 
pire, which  was  to  have  been  eternal,  did  not  long  survive 
him. 

Spain  laid  her  offerings  upon  the  altar  of  Terminus,  and 
the  sun  for  centuries  never  set  upon  her  dominions.  Reces- 
sion came  to  Spain  as  it  did  to  Rome,  to  Alexander,  and  to 
Napoleon,  and  her  empire  has  been  broken  into  fragments, 
for  the  nation  which  once  ruled  the  greater  part  of  the 
Western  Hemisphere  has  not  a  foot  of  ground  there  she  can 
call  her  own.  The  horses  of  her  conquerors  have  been 
stabled  in  her  churches  and  palaces.  Her  towers  have  be- 
come the  food  of  the  ivy, 

Europeans  are  grievously  mistaken  in  regarding  the  Ameri- 
cans as  eager  for  territorial  conquests.  We  have  made  ac- 
quisitions of  territory  from  time  to  time,  it  is  true,  but  each 
case  was  justified  by  circumstances,  and  can  easily  be  de- 
fended upon  the  highest  ground  of  public  policy  and 
morality. 

Americans  are  not  inclined  to  encroach  on  the  territory  of 
their  neighbors.  What  they  want  and  what  they  hope  for  and 
expect  is  a  happy  and  contented  people  throughout  all  our 
borders.  As  careful  students  of  history,  there  are  none  who 
know  better  than  the  American  people  how  evanescent  are  all 
human  affairs,  and  how  vain  and  foolish  are  the  wild  schemes 
of  mad  ambition  when  unsanctified  and  unrestrained  by  a  sense 
of  justice. 

Their  purpose  is  not  conquest,  but  the  dissemination  of 
light,  liberty,  and  happiness  among  neighboring  peoples. 
Americans  are  not  worshippers  at  the  shrine  of  Terminus. 


312  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

They  do  not  covet  the  territories  of  their  neighbors.  They 
do  hope,  however,  that  their  neighbors  will  acquire  the  same 
inspirations  which  they  possess  of  liberty  and  progress.  Lib- 
erty and  progress,  when  they  go  hand  in  hand,  are  always 
aggressive.  They  overturn  the  temples  of  pagan  idolatry  and 
break  their  images ;  crowd  the  drones  in  the  hive  of  human 
industry  from  their  stools  of  indolence,  purify  the  political 
atmosphere,  and  scourge  from  it  the  stagnating  elements 
which  would  otherwise  culminate  into  pestilence. 

We  are  an  expanding  nation,  however,  and  it  is  impossible 
for  any  one  to  predict  the  nature  and  extent  of  our  future 
boundaries.  Washington  in  his  Farewell  Address  refers  to 
"the  future  maritime  strength  of  the  Atlantic  side  of  the 
union"  in  such  terms  as  to  show  that  the  extension  of  our 
domain  to  include  the  Pacific  coast  had  never  occurred  to 
him.  The  most  that  he  had  ever  dared  to  dream  was  of 
the  future  control  of  the  Mississippi  River.  By  reason 
of  having  extended  our  boundaries  into  the  Eastern  Hemis- 
phere by  the  acquisition  of  the  Philippines  it  has  been  con- 
tended that  we  have  thereby  waived  and  put  aside  the  Monroe 
Doctrine.  No  such  conclusion  can  follow  from  the  premises. 
There  is  no  connection  between  the  two.  The  conclusion 
is  illogical. 

This  nation  has  grown  to  be  a  great  world  power,  and  the 
nations  of  the  earth  have  finally  so  recognized  it,  but  it  is 
not  incumbent  upon  it  t*o  cast  aside  the  honorable  and  defen- 
sive methods  and  policies  whereby  it  has  achieved  greatness. 
The  United  States  is  now  a  factor  to  be  reckoned  with  in  re- 
spect to  all  world  movements.  It  has  become  a  necessary 
party  to  all  forms  of  diplomacy  of  general  world  interest  and 
influence. 

Great  Britain  and  Russia,  and  perhaps  other  European 
powers,  are  willing  to  take  the  United  States  into  their  con- 
fidence and  accept  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  We  could  not  ex- 
pect to  retain  their  friendship  by  making  other  invasions  of 
;  the  established  rules  of  international  law.  In  performing 
the  functions  of   a  stalwart  elder  brother   to  the    Southern 


GENERAL   OBSERVATIONS  313 

republics  the  United  States  cannot  set  aside  or  ignore  any 
of  the  rights  of  European  subjects  which  are  secured  to  them 
under  the  provisions  of  the  established  rules  of  international 
law.  The  Calvo  Doctrine  is  a  heresy  which  the  United  States 
should  distinctly  and  unequivocally  repudiate. 


APPENDIX 

The  Monroe  correspondence  and  writings  pertaining  thereto  are  too 
voluminous  for  insertion  in  the  text  of  this  work,  and  too  voluminous 
to  be  of  any  great  value  to  the  general  reader.  Therefore,  only  such 
of  the  letters  and  writings  as  will  more  or  less  illustrate  the  text  and 
give  the  facts  and  circumstances  under  which  the  Monroe  Declaration 
was  made  will  be  given  in  this  appendix. 

The  first  paper  is  John  Quincy  Adams's  own  account  of  his  com- 
munications with  Baron  Tuyll  as  found  in  the  Adams  Manuscripts  : 

"  On  the  1 6th  of  October,  1823,  the  Baron  de  Tuyll,  the  Russian 
Minister,  at  an  interview  with  me  at  the  Office  of  the  Department  of 
State  informed  me  that  the  Emperor  of  Russia  having  learnt  that 
General  Devereux  had  been  appointed  as  a  Minister  Plenipotentiary 
from  the  Government  of  the  Republic  of  Colombia  to  reside  at  his 
Court,  had  determined  not  to  receive  him  in  that  capacity,  nor  to 
receive  any  agent  from  any  of  the  Governments  recently  formed  in 
the  new  world  —  and  that  he,  Baron  Tuyll,  was  instructed  to  make 
this  determination  of  his  Imperial  Majesty  known,  so  that  there 
might  no  doubt  be  entertained  in  that  respect  with  regard  to  his 
intentions. 

"  That  he  had  not  been  instructed  to  make  an  official  communi- 
cation of  this  fact  to  the  American  Government;  but  that,  as  he 
considered  such  a  communication  the  most  effectual  means  of  making 
it  known  to  them  and  thereby  of  fulfilling  the  intentions  of  his  sover- 
eign as  indicated  in  his  instructions,  he  should  address  to  me  an 
official  note  to  that  effect. 

"  The  Baron  added  that  by  two  several  instructions  of  prior  dates, 
in  June  and  December,  1822,  he  had  been  informed  of  the  satisfac- 
tion with  which  the  Emperor  had  observed  that  the  Government  of 
the  United  States,  when  recognizing  the  Independence  of  the  South 
American  States,  had  declared  that  it  was  not  their  intention  to  devi- 
ate from  the  neutrality  which  they  had  until  then  observed,  in  the 
contests  between  Spain  and  her  American  Colonies ;  and  that  it  was 


3l6  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

the  wish  and  hope  of  the  Emperor,  that  the  United  States  should  per- 
severe in  that  course  of  neutrality.  The  Baron  added  that  he  had 
not  thought  it  necessary  to  communicate  officially  the  purport  of  these 
Instructions,  and  that  he  should  not  refer  to  them  in  the  Note  which 
he  now  proposed  to  transmit  to  the  Department  of  State ;  but  having 
concluded  to  give  in  the  form  of  a  Note  the  information  of  the  Em- 
peror's determination  with  regard  to  the  Mission  of  General  Devereux, 
he  had  thought  the  occasion  a  proper  one  for  making  a  verbal  com- 
munication of  the  purport  of  his  prior  Instructions. 

"  I  observed  to  the  Baron  de  Tuyll,  that  upon  the  President's  return 
from  Virginia,  which  was  expected  in  a  very  few  days,  I  would  lay 
before  him,  as  well  the  Note,  which  I  should  in  the  meantime  receive 
from  the  Baron,  as  the  purport  of  the  oral  communication  which  he 
then  made  to  me.  That  I  should  probably  be  instructed  to  return  a 
written  answer  to  his  Note,  and  that  I  should  also  be  directed  what 
to  say  in  answer  to  his  verbal  remarks.  That  the  Declaration  of  the 
American  Government  when  they  recognized  the  Southern  American 
Nations,  that  they  would  persevere  in  the  neutrality  till  then  observed 
between  Spain  and  her  emancipated  Colonies,  had  been  made  under 
the  observance  of  a  like  neutrality  by  all  European  Powers  to  the 
same  contest.  That  so  long  as  that  state  of  things  should  continue,  I 
could  take  upon  me  to  assure  the  Baron,  that  the  United  States 
would  not  depart  from  the  neutrality  so  declared  by  them.  But  that 
if  one  or  more  of  the  European  powers  should  depart  from  their 
neutrality,  that  change  of  circumstances  would  necessarily  become 
a  subject  of  further  deliberation  in  this  Government,  the  result  of 
which  it  was  not  in  my  power  to  foretell. 

"  On  the  same  day  I  received  from  the  Baron  de  Tuyll  the  Note, 
copy  of  which  marked  i,  is  herewith  enclosed. 

"  On  the  21st  of  October,  the  Baron  again  called  at  the  Office  of  the 
Department  of  State,  and  read  to  me  the  draught  of  a  despatch  that 
he  had  prepared  giving  an  account  to  his  Government  of  the  purport 
of  the  conference  between  us  of  the  16th.  He  said  that  being  desir- 
ous of  making  the  statement  with  perfect  accuracy,  he  submitted  this 
draught  to  me,  with  a  view  to  making  any  alteration  in  it,  which  I 
might  think  that,  to  the  accomplishment  of  that  object,  it  would 
require.  I  observed  that  it  appeared  to  me  to  be  quite  correct,  with 
the  exception,  that  in  the  statement  of  the  final  remarks  that  I  had 


APPENDIX  317 

made  to  him,  he  had  so  concentrated  the  substance  of  it,  as  to  give 
to  it  a  tone  of  dryness  in  the  manner,  which  had  not  been  intended 
by  me.  That  he  was  aware  the  conversation  between  us  had  been  in 
manner  altogether  friendly  and  confidential,  and  that  after  saying  to 
him  that  I  should  report  to  the  President  the  purport  of  his  communi- 
cation to  me,  and  answer  it  according  to  the  directions  that  I  should 
receive  from  him,  I  had  added  that  I  could  at  once  take  it  upon  my- 
self to  assure  him,  that  while  the  European  Powers  should  continue 
to  observe  their  neutrality  between  Spain  and  South  America,  the 
United  States  would  not  depart  from  theirs.  But  that  a  change  of 
the  State  of  the  question,  by  foreign  and  European  interposition, 
would  necessarily  give  rise  to  deliberation  here,  the  result  of  which 
he  must  perceive  it  was  not  for  me  to  foretell.  The  relations  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  Russia  had  always  been  of  the  most 
friendly  character,  and  I  knew  it  was  the  earnest  wish  of  the  Presi- 
dent that  they  should  so  continue.  The  Personal  Relations  in  which 
I  had  stood  for  several  years  with  the  Russian  Government,  and 
the  proof  of  Friendship  which  during  that  period  the  Emperor  Alex- 
ander had  repeatedly  given  to  the  United  States,  had  left  on  my  mind, 
an  indelible  impression  of  respect  for  his  character.  I  should  regret 
the  possible  inference  that  might  be  drawn  by  the  Imperial  Govern- 
ment, from  the  compressed  substance  of  what  I  had  said  to  him,  that 
it  had  been  in  terms  as  short  and  dry,  as  it  appeared  in  his  report.  He 
said  that  he  immediately  saw  the  force  of  my  remark,  and  would  alter 
his  despatch  accordingly. 

"  On  the  24th  of  October  he  came  again  to  the  office,  and  read  to 
me  the  amended  draft  of  his  despatch,  to  the  general  correctness  of 
which  I  assented.  He  afterwards,  as  will  appear,  furnished  me  with 
a  copy  of  it,  as  sent  to  his  Court,  dated  ~  October  1823. 

"  At  this  conference  of  the  24th  of  October,  the  Baron  intimated 
to  me  a  wish,  that  the  substance  of  his  Note  of  the  ^  October, 
might  be  published,  in  the  form  of  an  Editorial  Article,  in  the 
National  Intelligencer,  or  that  an  article  which  he  should  prepare, 
stating  the  fact  that  such  communication  had  been  made  by  him  to 
this  Government,  might  be  inserted  by  his  direction,  not  as  official, 
but  yet  as  from  an  authentic  source.  He  said  that  his  motive  for 
this  wish  was  to  discharge  faithfully  his  duty  to  his  Government, 
which  had  enjoined  him  not  to  suffer  any  doubt  to  be  entertained 


31 8  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

with   regard   to   the  Emperor's  intentions,  on  the  subject  to  which 
it  relates. 

"  I  observed  that  as  to  an  Editorial  paragraph  apparently  authorita- 
tive, stating  the  fact  of  his  written  communication,  it  would  doubtless 
excite  much  attention,  and  lead  to  the  enquiry  what  answer  had  been 
given  to  it.  That  I  should  send  an  answer,  to  him,  which  I  supposed 
would  be  of  a  nature,  not  to  require  a  reply,  and  that  the  corre- 
spondence on  that  subject  would  terminate  with  it.  That  after  he 
should  receive  the  answer,  if  he  still  desired  that  the  whole  transaction 
should  be  made  public,  I  did  not  apprehend  there  would  be  any  ob- 
jection on  our  part  to  make  it  so,  either  in  the  form  of  a  newspaper 
paragraph,  or  by  the  publication  of  the  two  Notes.  But  perhaps  the 
most  suitable  manner  would  be  that  they  should  be  communicated, 
with  the  documents  accompanying  the  President's  Message  to  Con- 
gress at  their  approaching  Session. 

"  That  with  regard  to  a  publication  by  his  direction,  I  had  to  remark ; 
that  from  the  perfect  freedom  of  the  Press  in  this  Country  foreign 
Ministers,  if  they  chose  to  avail  themselves  of  it,  possessed  the  means 
of  operating  upon  the  public  mind,  in  a  manner  not  accessible  to 
them  in  countries  where  the  Press  was  under  the  controul  of  the 
Government.  Foreign  Ministers  in  the  United  States  had  often  so 
availed  themselves  of  it ;  but  never  with  any  success ;  and  always  with 
a  result  of  disservice  rather  than  of  service  to  their  own  Government. 
We  considered  it  as  an  improper  expedient  for  them  to  resort  to. 
And  that  as  between  Nation  and  Nation,  no  foreign  Minister  in  the 
United  States,  could  with  propriety  insert  in  the  public  prints,  any 
thing  that  an  American  Minister  in  his  Country  would  by  the  existing 
state  of  the  Press  be  debarred  from  publishing  there. 

"  That  in  the  present  case  if  he  should  publish  a  statement  of  the 
communication  made  by  him,  it  would  immediately  excite  the  en- 
quiry what  answer  had  been  returned  to  it  by  this  Government. 
An  enquiry  which  upon  the  Meeting  of  Congress  could  not  fail  to 
present  itself  in  the  form  of  a  Resolution  in  one  or  the  other  House, 
calling  upon  the  Executive  for  information  concerning  it,  and  the 
natural  answer  to  which  would  be  the  communication  of  the  two 
Notes.  But  in  the  meantime,  the  first  publication  from  him  would 
give  rise  to  animadversions  in  the  public  Prints,  and  perhaps  in  Con- 
gress, which  might  be  unacceptable  both  to  him  and  to  his  Govern- 


APPENDIX  319 

ment,  and  the  character  of  which  would  readily  occur  to  his  own 
Reflections. 

"  He  said  he  believed  the  best  mode  of  giving  the  publicity  to  the 
whole  subject,  which  might  be  necessary  to  give  effect  to  the  views 
of  his  Government,  would  be  by  the  communication  of  the  papers  to 
Congress,  as  I  had  proposed.  But  if  it  was  agreeable  to  me,  he 
would  wait  to  receive  my  answer,  and  would  then  request  another 
interview  with  me,  at  which  he  would  candidly  state  to  me  his 
definitive  wishes,  with  regard  to  the  publication. 

"Upon  the  President's  return  from  Virginia,  on  the  5th  of  No- 
vember, I  laid  before  him  the  Note  of  16  October  received  from  Baron 
Tuyll,  and  reported  to  him  the  substance  of  the  Conferences  between 
the  Baron  and  me  as  here  related.  After  a  consultation  with  the 
members  of  the  Administration  then  in  Washington,  I  was  directed  by 
the  President  to  request  another  interview  with  the  Baron;  which 
accordingly  took  place  on  the  8th. 

"  I  then  told  him  that  I  had  submitted  to  the  President  the  Note 
from  him  declaring  the  Emperor's  determination  not  to  receive  any 
Minister  or  Agent  from  any  of  the  South  American  States,  to  which  I 
should  send  him  an  answer :  that  I  had  also  reported  to  the  President 
the  substance  of  our  verbal  conferences  :  of  what  had  been  said  by 
him,  and  of  my  answers.  That  the  President  had  directed  me  :  to  say 
that  he  approved  of  my  answers  as  far  as  they  had  gone,  and  to  add 
that  he  received  the  observations  of  the  Russian  Government  relating 
to  the  neutrality  of  the  United  States  in  the  contest  between  Spain, 
and  the  Independent  States  of  South  America  amicably ;  and  in  return 
for  them  wished  him  to  express  to  the  Court  the  hope  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  that  Russia  would  on  her  part  also  con- 
tinue to  observe  the  same  neutrality.  After  some  conversation  the 
Baron  desired  me  to  repeat  what  I  had  said,  that  he  might  be  sure 
of  perfectly  understanding  me ;  which  I  did.  He  then  observed 
that  he  should  immediately  prepare  a  dispatch  to  his  Government, 
relating  to  the  purport  of  this  conversation,  and  (it  being  Saturday) 
that  to  be  sure  of  its  accuracy  he  would  send  it  to  my  house  the  next 
day,  requesting  me  to  make  any  observations  upon  it  that  I  should 
think  advisable. 

"  At  this  conference,  upon  a  suggestion  from  the  President,  I  en- 
quired of  the  Baron,  what  was  the  import  of  the  words  'political 


320  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

principles,'  in  his  note  of  ±  October.  He  said  they  were  used 
in  the  Instructions  of  his  Government  to  him,  and  he  understood 
them  as  having  reference  to  the  right  of  Supremacy  of  Spain  over  her 
Colonies ;  and  that  this  appeared  to  him  to  be  so  clearly  their  mean- 
ing that  he  did  not  think  it  would  be  necessary  for  him  to  ask  of  his 
Government  an  explanation  of  them.  The  Baron  reminded  me  of 
my  observation  at  a  former  meeting  that  my  answer  to  his  note, 
would  probably  not  be  of  a  nature  to  require  a  reply :  and  of  my 
engagement  to  refer  it  for  further  advisement,  whether  and  how  the 
correspondence  should  be  published.  I  told  him  I  remembered  both, 
and  still  believed  that  my  answer  to  his  Note  would  require  no  reply, 
but  that  of  that  he  would  himself  judge.  And  I  stated  to  him  what 
I  supposed  would  be  the  substance  of  my  answer ;  upon  which  he 
made  no  remark. 

"The  next  day,  9.  November,  he  sent  to  my  house  the  draft  of  his 
despatch,  which,  after  perusing  it  I  returned  to  him  with  a  private 
and  confidential  note,  containing  two  observations  relating  to  it. 
The  first  that  in  reporting  my  part  of  the  preceding  day's  con- 
versation he  had  used  the  expression  of  contest  between  Spain  and 
her  Colonies,  while  I  had  then  and  in  all  our  conferences  spoken  of 
them  as  the  Independent  American  States,  heretofore  Spanish  Colonies, 
and  I  suggested  to  him  the  propriety  of  making  the  report  of  what 
was  said  by  me  conformable  to  this  fact.  The  second,  that  as  the 
despatch  concluded  by  stating  to  his  Court,  that  before  making  it  up 
he  had  for  the  sake  of  accuracy,  submitted  it  to  my  inspection,  as 
he  had  also  done  with  regard  to  the  prior  despatch  of  -5-  October, 
I  thought  it  necessary,  with  a  view  to  the  certainty  of  equal  accuracy 
in  my  reports  to  the  President  of  the  contents  of  his  despatches,  to 
request  copies  of  them  both.  The  next  day  he  sent  me  confiden- 
tially copies  of  both  —  the  latter  of  them  dated  3°  °ctoberh    182?,  and 

11  .November  j>  ""v* 

amended  conformably  to  the  suggestion  in  my  confidential  note  to 
him  of  the  preceding  day.  Copies  of  these  papers  marked  2  and  3 
are  annexed. 

"  On  the  15  th  of  November,  the  answer,  copy  of  which  marked  N.  4. 
was  sent  to  the  Baron.  On  the  17  th  the  Baron  requested  another 
interview  with  me,  in  consequence  of  fresh  despatches  received  from 
his  Government.  I  received  him  on  the  same  day ;  when  he  read  to 
me  a  Letter  to  him  from  Count  Nesselrode,  dated  about  the  last  of 


APPENDIX  321 

August,  informing  him  of  the  intended  departure  of  the  Emperor 
Alexander  from  St.  Petersburg,  on  a  tour  of  inspection  of  his  armies, 
which  would  probably  occupy  about  three  months ;  with  assurances 
that  no  movement  of  hostility  was  contemplated  in  connection  with 
this  Journey,  but  that  the  preservation  of  general  Peace,  was  still  the 
object  of  the  Emperor's  earnest  solicitude. 

"  The  Baron  communicated  to  me  at  the  same  time,  extracts  from 
two  other  despatches  received  from  his  Court  —  one  dated  30 
August  N.  S.  containing  an  exposition  of  the  views  of  the  Emperor 
Alexander  and  of  his  Allies,  Austria,  Prussia  and  France  in  relation  to 
the  Affairs  of  Spain  and  Portugal  —  and  the  other  dated  1  September 
N.  S.  replying  to  despatches  received  from  the  Baron,  after  his  first 
arrival  here,  and  relating  particularly  to  the  Negotiation,  concerning 
the  Northwest  Coast  of  America,  and  the  Imperial  Ukase  of  the  ^ 
September  1821.  He  left  these  extracts  with  me,  to  be  submitted 
in  confidence  to  the  President,  and  with  permission  to  take  a  copy  of 
that  of  the  30th  of  August.  He  declared  his  entire  satisfaction  with 
my  answer  to  his  note  of  the  ±  October." 

The  following  letters  of  Baron  Tuyll  and  Count  Nesselrode  are 
also  to  be  found  in  the  Adams  manuscripts : 

BARON  TUYLL  TO  SECRETARY  OF  STATE. 

Monsieur,  —  L'Empereur,  mon  Auguste  Maitre,  ayant  et6  informe", 
que  la  Regence  Republicaine  de  Colombia  avait  nomme'  des  Agens 
diplomatiques  aupres  de  differentes  Cours  Europeennes  et  que  le 
G6n£ral  de  division  d'Evreux  avait  recu  une  destination  semblable  pour 
St.  Petersbourg,  sa  Majeste"  Imperiale  a  enjouit  a  son  Ministere  de  me 
prevenir,  que,  fidele  aux  principes  politiques,  qu'Elle  suit  de  concert 
avec  ses  allies,  Elle  ne  pourra  dans  aucun  cas  recevoir  aupres  d'Elle 
aucun  agent  quelconque,  soit  de  la  Regence  de  Colombia,  soit  d'aucun 
des  autres  Gouvernemens  de  fait,  qui  doivent  leur  existence  aux  evene- 
ments,  dont  le  nouveau  monde  a  ete  depuis  quelques  ann£es  le  theatre. 

Comme  il  m'est  preterit  de  ne  pas  laisser  subsister  le  moindre 
doute  sur  les  intentions  de  sa  Majesti  Imperiale  a  cet  egard,  j'ai  jug£, 
Monsieur,  devoir  porter  cette  determination  a  votre  connaissance  et 
je  saisis  cette  occasion  pour  vous  r£it£rer  l'assurance  de  la  haute  con- 
sideration avec  laquelle  j'ai  1'honneur  d'etre,  Monsieur,  votre  tres 
humble  et  tres  obeissant  serviteur  (Signed)     Tuyll. 

Washington,  le  ^  Octobre,  1823. 

21 


322  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

BARON  TUYLL  TO  COUNT  NESSELRODE. 

A  S.  E.  ME-  LE  COMTE  DE  NESSELRODE. 

Washington,  le  ^  octobre  1823. 

MR-  le  Comte,  —  Pour  remplir  les  ordres  que  V.  Ex.  m'a  fait 
l'honneur  de  me  transmettre  par  sa  d^peche   en   date  du   14  Juin 

dernier,  i'ai  addresse"  le  A  octobre  a  MT.   le  Secretaire  d'Etat  Adams 

7  j  16 

la  lettre  ci  annexed  en  copie. 

Ayant  jug£,  Mr-  le  Comte,  que  cette  demarche  officielle  demandait 
un  developpement  plus  £tendu  des  principes  et  de  la  facon  de  voir 
de  notre  Cour,  concernant  la  question  des  Colonies  Espagnoles 
d'Amerique,  je  me  rendis  ce  raerae  jour  au  Departement  des  affaires 
etrangeres  et  je  previns  Mf  le  Secretaire  d'Etat  du  Contcnu  de 
l'office,  qu'il  allait  recevoir  de  ma  part.  Je  passai  ensuite  a  m'expli- 
quer  envers  ce  ministre  relativement  a  l'objet  dessus  mentionne" 
dans  un  sens  entierement  conforme  aux  d^peches  de  V.  Ex.  du  || 
Juillet  et  du  —  Decembre  1822,  et  je  finis  par  exprimer  au  nom 
de  S.  M.  l'Empereur,  notre  Auguste  Maitre,  le  voeu  et  l'espoir,  que 
le  Gouvernement  des  Etats  Unis  persistera  dans  le  systeme  de  neu- 
trality entre  l'Espagne  et  les  Colonie  Espagnoles  d'Amerique,  qu'il 
annonca  vouloir  suivre  a  l'epoque,  ou  il  reconnut  l'independance 
et  l'existence  politique  de  ces  derniers  pays. 

Mr.  Adams  me  repondit :  qu'il  pouvait  m'assurer,  qu'aussi  longtems 
que  les  affaires  continueront  de  rester  sous  ce  rapport  dans  le  meme 
£tat,  ou  elles  se  trouvaient  au  moment,  que  le  Gouvernement  Ame>- 
icain  a  adopte  le  systeme  de  cette  neutralite,  et  ou  elles  se  sont  main- 
tenues  jusqu'a  present  le  Gouvernement  ne  se  departira  point  de  ce 
systeme.  Mr.  le  Secretaire  d'Etat  ajouta  ensuite  les  observations 
suivantes  : 

Que  la  resolution  du  Gouvernement  des  Etats  Unis  d'observer  la 
neutralite  entre  l'Espagne  et  ses  Colonies  Americaines,  ayant  6t6 
prise  d'apres  un  6tat  de  choses  existant,  celui  de  la  neutralite"  de  la 
part  des  Puissances  de  1'Europe  dans  la  guerre,  que  se  font  l'Espagne 
et  ses  Colonies,  tant  que  cet  etat  de  choses  continuera  de  subsister,  ce 
pays  ci  n'apportera  point  d'alt£ration  au  systeme  de  neutrality,  qu'il 
a  embrasse\  Que  si  cette  situation  venait  a  eprouver  un  changement 
de  la  part  de  l'une  ou  de  l'autre  Puissance  Europ£enne,  de  cette 
nouvelle  situation  r£sult£rait  pour  le  cabinet  de  Washington  la 
n^cessit^  de  deliberations  nouvelles ;  et  qu'il  ne  saurait,  naturelle- 
ment,  pas  me  dire,  quelles  pburraient  etre  les  determinations  que 
dans  une  semblable  hypothese,  le  Gouvernement  des  Etats  Unis  se 
verrait  dans  le  cas  d'adopter. 


APPENDIX 


323 


J'ai  remarque  avec  satisfaction,  Mr.  le  Comte,  que  Mr.  le  Secre- 
taire d'Etat  a  paru  reconnoitre  dans  les  explications,  que  j'ai  pense 
devoir  lui  offrir,  une  nouvelle  preuve  des  vues  droites,  gdnereuses  et 
pleines  de  moderation,  qui  caracterisent  la  politique  de  l'Empereur 
et  un  t£moignage  de  plus  des  dispositions  constamment  amicales 
de  Sa  Majeste"  Imperiale  envers  le  Gouvernement  des  Etats  Unis. 
Je  me  suis  confirme  a  cette  occasion  dans  Pid£e,  que  j'avais  deja 
anterieurement  concue,  du  prix,  que  le  Gouvernement  de  ce  pays 
attache  a  ces  dispositions  de  notre  Auguste  Souverain,  et  de  son  desir 
d'y  correspondre  de  son  cote  sincerement ;  sentimens,  dont  Mr. 
Adams  m'a  reitere  les  assurances  les  plus  positives. 

J'ai  l'honneur  d'etre  &c.  &c.  (Signed)     Tuyll. 

BARON  TUYLL  TO  COUNT  NESSELRODE. 

A  S.  E.  MR-  le  Comte  de  Nesselrode. 

Washington,  le  3°  °ctobrf,     1823. 

7  11  Novembre  J 

MR-  le  Comte,  —  Mr.  le  Secretaire  d'Etat  Adams  m'ayant  invite  de 
me  rendre  le  2?s  No°ei'nebre  au  Departement  des  affaires  etrangeres,  ce  min- 
istre  me  donna  a  connaitre,  qu'il  avait  mis  la  lettre  officielle,  que  je  lui 
adressai  le  ±  Octobre  et  sur  laquelle  je  recevrai  incessament  une 
reponse  par  ecrit,  sous  les  yeux  de  Mr.  le  President  des  Etats  Unis 
et  qu'il  lui  avait  egalement  rendu  compte  tant  des  explications  ver- 
bales,  dans  lesquelles  j'etois  entre  a  cette  occasion,  concernant  la 
neutralite  de  ce  pays  entre  l'Espagne  et  ses  Colonies  Americaines, 
que  de  ce  qu'il  m'avait  rdpondu,  de  merae  verbalement,  a  ce  sujet. 

Mr.  Adams  me  dit  ensuite  que  Mr.  le  President  avait  pleinement 
approuve"  cette  response  de  Mr.  le  Secretaire  d'Etat,  qu'il  l'avait  de 
plus  charge  de  m'assurer  que  les  observations,  qu'au  nom  de  S.  M. 
l'Empereur  j'avais  presenters  au  Gouvernement  des  Etats  Unis  rel- 
ativement  au  point  susmentionne  avaient  6t£  recues  amicalement  par 
le  President  et  que  ce  dernier  desirait,  qu'en  portant  cette  assur- 
ance a  la  connaissance  de  ma  Cour,  j'y  ajoutasse  simultanement  l'ex- 
pression  de  voeu,  que  forme  de  son  cote  le  President  des  Etats  Unis  : 
"que  Sa  Majeste  Imperiale  put  trouver  bon  de  continuer  de  meme  a 
suivre  le  systeme  de  neutralite,  qu'Elle  a  jusqu'a  present  observe  dans 
les  differences,  qui  subsistent  entre  l'Espagne  et  les  Etats  inde'pen- 
dans,  ci  devant  Colonies  d'Espagne  en  Amerique." 

J'ai  pense  devoir  prier  Mr.  Adams  de  prendre  lecture  de  mon  rap- 
port en  date  du  15  Octobre,  que  ce  ministre  a  reconnu  rendre 
fidelement  le  sens  de  ce  qui  s'est  passe  dans  nos  premieres  confe- 


324  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

rences,  et  j'ai  encore  adopte  aujourd'hui  la  meme  raarche,  afin  de 
m'assurer  d'autant  mieux  de  l'exactitude  de  la  presente  depeche. 

J'ai  l'honneur  d'etre,  &c,  &c.,  (Signed)     Tuyll. 

COUNT   NESSELRODE   TO    BARON    TUYLL. 

EXTRAIT. 

St.  Petersbourg,  le  30  Aout,  1823. 

Quand  les  principes  qu'une  cour  a  resolu  de  suivre,  sont  etablis 
avec  precision ;  quand  le  but  qu'elle  se  propose  est  clairement 
indique,  les  evenements  deviennent  faciles  a  juger  pour  Ses  Ministres 
&  Agents  diplomatiques.  Ceux  de  l'Empereur  n'avaient  done  pas 
besoin  d'instructions  nouvelles  pour  apprecier  &  considerer  sous 
leur  vrai  point  de  vue  les  heureux  changements  qui  viennent  de 
s'accomplir  dans  la  Peninsule. 

Pen6tr£s  de  l'esprit  qui  dirige  la  politique  de  Sa  Majeste  Impdriale, 
ils  auront  applaudi  aux  declarations,  dont  ces  changements  ont  et£ 
precedes,  exprime  les  voeux  les  plus  sinceres  en  faveur  d'une  entre- 
prise  qui  embrasse  de  si  hauts  interets  &  annonce  sans  hesitation  que 
l'Empereur  &  ses  allies  voyaient  avec  un  veritable  sentiment  de  joie, 
la  marche  des  troupes  de  S.  M.  T.  C.  couronn^e  d'un  double  succes 
par  le  concours  des  peuples  auxquels  l'armee  francaise  a  offert  une 
g^n^reuse  assistance  &  par  l'affranchissement  des  pais  ou  la  revolution 
etait  parvenue  a  detroner  l'autorite  legitime. 

Aujourd'hui  que  les  artisans  des  malheurs  de  l'Espagne,  renfermes 
dans  Cadiz  &  dans  Barcelone,  peuvent  bien  encore  abreuver  de 
nouveaux  outrages  leurs  prisonniers  augustes,  mais  non  asservir  & 
tyranniser  leur  patrie ;  adjourd'hui  que  le  Portugal  a  noblement 
secoue  le  joug  d'une  odieuse  faction,  nous  sommes  arrives  a  une 
epoque,  ou  il  ne  sera  point  inutile  de  vous  informer  des  decisions  & 
des  vues  ulterieures  de  Sa  Majesty  Imperiale. 

La  force  des  armes  deployee  apropos;  environnee  de  toutes  les 
garanties  que  r^clamait  la  resolution  d'y  avoir  recours ;  tempered  par 
toutes  les  mesures  &  toutes  les  promesses  qui  pouvaient  tranquilliser 
le  peuple  sur  leur  avenir ;  soutenue,  enfin,  par  cette  puissance  d'union 
&  d'accord  qui  a  cree  de  nos  jours  un  nouveau  systeme  politique : 
la  force  des  armes  n'a  eu  en  quelque  sorte  qu'a  se  laisser  appercevoir 
pour  demasquer  aux  yeux  du  monde  un  despotisme  qu'avaient  trop 
souvent  revoque"  en  doute,  ou  l'erreur  des  homines  a  theories  qui  s'abu- 
saient  involontairement  peut-etre  sur  le  veritable  etat  des  choses,  ou  la 
mauvaise  foi  des  hommes  a  projets  criminels  qui  ne  cherchaient  que  les 
moyens  d'etendre  &  de  propager  la  contagion  des  memes  malheurs. 


APPENDIX  325 

En  Espagne,  la  nation  toute  entire  attendait  impatiemment  l'occa- 
sion  de  prouver  que  la  plus  coupable  imposture  avait  seule  pu  lui 
preter  ces  voeux  subversifs  de  I'ordre  social  &  ce  desir  d'avilir  la 
Religion  &  le  Trone  que  dementait  d'avance  chaque  page  de  son  his- 
toire.  En  Portugal,  il  a  suffi  d'un  exemple  &  du  courage  d'un  jeune 
Prince,  pour  que  Fedifice  revolutionnaire  tombat  au  premier  choc,  & 
pour  ainsi  dire,  de  sa  propre  faiblesse.  C'est  une  grande  &  conso- 
lante  lecon  que  la  Providence  Divine  nous  reservait.  Elle  accorde  la 
justification  d'un  eclatant  triomphe  aux  desseins  des  Monarques  qui 
ont  pris  F engagement  de  marcher  dans  ses  voies ;  mais  peut-etre 
n'a-t-on  pas  assez  observe  que  les  memorable  evenements,  dont  nous 
sommes  temoins,  marquent  une  nouvelle  phase  de  la  civilisation  Euro- 
peenne.  Sans  s'affaiblir,  le  patriotisme  parait  s'etre  6claire  ;  la  raison 
des  peuples  a  fait  un  grand  pas,  en  reconnoissant  que,  dans  le  systeme 
actuel  de  F Europe,  les  conquetes  sont  impossibles ;  que  les  Souverains 
qui  avait  mis  leur  gloire  a  reparer  les  effets  de  ces  anciennes  inter- 
ventions dont  la  malveillance  essayait  encore  d'allarmer  la  credulite 
publique,  ne  renouveleraient  point  ce  qu'ils  avaient  toujours  con- 
damne,  &  que  ces  vieilles  haines  nationales  qui  repoussaient  jusqu'aux 
services  rendus  par  une  main  etrangere,  devaient  disparaitre  devant 
un  sentiment  universel,  devant  le  besoin  d'opposer  une  digue  impe- 
netrable au  retour  des  troubles  &  des  revolutions  dont  nous  avons 
tous  ete,  trente  ans,  les  jouets  et  les  victimes.  Que  Fon  compare 
F Espagne  telle  que  nous  la  peignaient  des  predictions  sinistres, 
a  FEspagne  telle  qu'elle  se  montre  aujourd'hui;  que  Fon  suive 
rapides  progres  de  la  bonne  cause,  depuis  Fannee  derniere,  & 
on  se  convaincra  de  ces  utiles  verites,  on  verra  que  la  paix,  en 
se  retablissant,  aura  pour  base  la  conviction  generalement  acquise 
des  pr£cieux  advantages  d'une  politique  qui  a  delivre  la  France, 
en  1814  et  1815,  vole  au  secours  de  FItalie  en  1821,  brise  les 
chaines  de  FEspagne  &  du  Portugal  en  1823;  d'une  politique,  qui 
n'a  pour  objet  que  de  garantir  la  tranquillite  de  tous  les  Etats 
dont  se  compose  le  monde  civilise. 

II  importe  que  les  Ministres  &  Agents  de  FEmpereur  ne  perdent 
pas  de  vue  ces  graves  considerations  &  qu'ils  les  developpent  toutes 
les  fois  qu'ils  trouvent  Foccasion  de  les  faire  apprecier. 

L' Alliance  a  ete  trop  calomniee  &  elle  a  fait  trop  de  bien  pour 
qu'on  ne  doive  pas  confondre  ses  accusateurs,  en  placant  les  re- 
sultats  a  cote  des  imputations,  &  l'honneur  d'avoir  affranchi  &  sauv6 
les  peuples,  a  cote  du  reproche  de  vouloir  les  asservir  &  les  perdre. 

Tout  autorise  a  croire  que  cette  salutaire  Alliance  accomplira  sans 


326  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

obstacle  serieux  l'ceuvre  dont  elle  s'occupe.  La  Revolution  expirante 
peut  bien  compter  quelques  jours  de  plus  ou  de  moins  d'agonie,  mais 
II  lui  sera  plus  difficile  que  jamais  de  redevenir  Puissance ;  car  les 
Monarques  Allies  sont  decides  a  ne  pas  transiger,  a  ne  pas  raeme  trai- 
ter  avec  elle.  Certes,  ils  ne  conseilleront,  en  Espagne,  ni  les  ven- 
geances ni  les  reactions ;  &  leur  premier  principe  sera  constamment,  que 
l'innocence  obtienne  une  juste  garantie  &  l'erreur  un  noble  pardon ; 
mais  ils  ne  sauraient  reconnaitre  ancien  droit  cree"  &  soutenu  par  le 
crime  ;  ils  ne  sauraient  practiser  avec  ceux  qu'on  a  vus  renouveler  a 
l'isle  de  Leon,  a  Madrid  &  a  Seville  des  attentats  qui  prouvent  le 
mepris  ouvert  de  tout  ce  que  les  homraes  devraient  respecter  le  plus 
dans  Fint^ret  de  leur  repos  &  de  leur  bonheur.  C'est  avec  cette  de- 
termination qu'a  €t6  forme"  &  que  sera  poursuivi  le  siege  de  Cadix.  On 
ne  posera  les  armes  qu'au  moment  ou  la  liberty  du  roi  aura  enfin  et£ 
conquise  &  assured. 

Ce  moment  sera  celui,  ou  les  Allies  rempliront  envers  FEspagne  le 
reste  de  leurs  engagements  &  de  leurs  devoirs.  Ils  se  garderont  de 
porter  la  plus  16gere  atteinte  a  Findependance  du  Roi,  sous  le  rapport 
de  Fadministration  int^rieure  de  ses  Etats,  mais  par  Forgane  de  leurs 
Ambassadeurs  (Sa  Majesty  Imperiale  se  propose  alors  d'accrediter 
temporairement  le  Lieutenant  G£n£ral  Pozzo  di  Borgo  aupres  de 
S.  M.  C.)  ils  eUeveront  la  voix  de  Famiti6,  ils  useront  de  ses  privileges, 
ils  profiteront  de  leur  position,  pour  insister  avec  energie  sur  la 
necessity  d'empecher  que  Favenir  ne  reproduise  les  erreurs  du  pass£, 
de  confier  a  des  Institutions  fortes,  monarchique  &  toutes  nationales 
les  destinees  futures  de  FEspagne  &  de  rendre  d£sormais  inutile 
Fassistance  qu'elle  a  recue,  on  y  fondant  un  gouvernement  dont  la  surety 
residera  dans  le  bien  meme  dont  il  sera  Finstrument  &  Fauteur. 

Les  Alliens  ne  pourrant  signaler  ni  les  loix,  ni  les  mesures,  ni  les 
hommes  les  plus  capable  de  r^aliser  de  telles  intentions.  Mais  ils 
croiraient  manquer  a  une  de  leurs  obligations  les  plus  essentielles,  s'ils 
n'avertissaient  Ferdinand  VII.,  redevenue  libre,  que  leur  entreprise 
demande  encore  une  derniere  apologie  aux  yeux  de  FEurope,  &  que 
si  la  prosperity  de  FEspagne  n'en  est  la  consequence  immediate,  ils 
n'auront  rien  fait  ni  pour  lui,  ni  pour  eux. 

L'Empereur  souhaite  avec  la  meme  sincerity  &  le  meme  d£sint£- 
ressement  un  honheur  durable  a  la  Nation  portugaise.  Nos  communi- 
cations jointes  a  celles  des  Cours  d'Autriche,  de  France  et  de  Prusse 
qui  partage  ce  desir,  en  offiiront  la  meilleure  preuve  au  Cabinet  de 
Lisbonne,  &  nous  n'aurons  plus  de  voeux  a  former,  si  le  nouveau 
gouvernement  du  Portugal   prepare  avec  prudence  &  maturite  les 


APPENDIX  327 

materiaux  d'une  restauration  solide,  s'il  les  met  en  oeuvre,  quand 
1'Espagne  pourra  se  livrer  aux  raeme  soins,  &  s'il  rivalise  de  zele  avec 
le  Cabinet  de  Madrid  pour  decider,  a  l'avantage  reciproque  des  deux 
Etats,  les  questions  de  politique  exterieure  &  administrative,  qu'ils 
ont,  l'un  a  l'autre,  a  mediter  &  a  resoudre. 

Tel  est  le  sens  dans  lequel  ont  agi  &  dans  lequel  continueront 
d'agir  l'Empereur  &  ses  Allies 

Vous  etes  autorise  a  faire  usage  de  la  pr£sente  dans  vos  rapports 
confidentiels  avec  le  gouvernement  des  Etats-Unis  d'Amerique. 

On  November  25,  Adams,  to  use  the  language  in  the  "  Memoirs  of 
John  Quincy  Adams,"  volume  VI,  page  199,  "made  a  draft  of  obser- 
vations upon  the  communications  recently  received  from  Baron  de 
Tuyll,  the  Russian  Minister.  Took  the  paper  together  with  the  state- 
ment I  had  prepared  of  what  had  passed  between  him  and  me,  and 
all  the  papers  received  from  him  to  the  President." 

That  portion  of  the  paper  which  is  in  brackets  was  stricken  out.  It 
read  as  follows: 

"  The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  is  [essentially] 
Republican.  By  their  Constitution  it  is  provided  that  The  United 
States  shall  guaranty  to  every  State  in  this  Union,  a  Republican  form 
of  Government,  and  shall  protect  each  of  them  from  invasion." 

"  [The  principles  of  this  form  of  Polity  are ;  1  that  the  Institution 
of  Government,  to  be  lawful,  must  be  pacific,  that  is  founded  upon 
the  consent,  and  by  the  agreement  of  those  who  are  governed ; 
and  2  that  each  Nation  is  exclusively  the  judge  of  the  Government 
best  suited  to  itself,  and  that  no  other  Nation,  can  justly  interfere  by 
force  to  impose  a  different  Government  upon  it.  The  first  of  these 
principles  may  be  designated,  as  the  principle  of  Liberty  —  the  second 
as  the  principle  of  National  Independence.  —  They  are  both  Principles 
of  Peace  and  Good  Will  to  Men.] 

"  [A  necessary  consequence  of  the  second  of  these  principles  is 
that]  The  United  States  recognize  in  other  Nations  the  right  which 
they  claim  and  exercise  for  themselves,  of  establishing  and  of  modify- 
ing their  own  Governments,  according  to  their  own  judgments,  and 
views  of  their  interests,  not  encroaching  upon  the  rights  of  others. 

"Aware  that  the  Monarchial  principle  of  Government,  is  different 
from  theirs,  the  United  States  have  never  sought  a  conflict  with 
it,  for  interests  -not  their  own.  Warranted  by  the  principle  of  Na- 
tional Independence,  which  forms  one  of  the  bases  of  their  politi- 
cal Institutions,  they  have  desired    Peace,  Commerce   and   Honest 


328 


THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 


Friendship  with  all  other  Nations,  and  entangling  alliances  with 
none. 

"  From  all  the  combinations  of  European  Politics  relative  to  the 
distribution  of  Power,  or  the  Administration  of  Government  the  United 
States  have  studiously  kept  themselves  aloof.  They  have  not  sought, 
by  the  propagation  of  their  principles  to  disturb  the  Peace,  or  to 
intermeddle  with  the  policy  of  any  part  of  Europe.  In  the  Indepen- 
dence of  Nations,  they  have  respected  the  organization  of  their  Govern- 
ments, however  different  from  their  own,  and  [Republican  to  the  last 
drop  of  blood  in  their  veins]  they  have  thought  it  no  sacrifice  of  their 
principles  to  cultivate  with  sincerity  and  assiduity  Peace  and  Friend- 
ship even  with  the  most  absolute  Monarchies  and  their  Sovereigns. 

"  To  the  Revolution  and  War  which  has  severed  the  immense 
territories,  on  the  American  (Territories)  continents  heretofore  sub- 
ject to  the  dominion  of  Spain  from  the  yoke  of  that  power,  the 
United  States  have  observed  an  undeviating  neutrality.  So  long  as 
the  remotest  prospect  existed  that  Spain  by  Negotiation  or  by  arms 
could  recover  the  possession  she  had  once  held  of  those  Countries, 
the  United  States  forbore  to  enquire  by  what  title  she  had  held  them, 
and  how  she  had  fulfilled  towards  them  the  duties  of  all  Governments 
to  the  People  under  their  charge.  When  the  South-American  Nations, 
after  successively  declaring  their  Independence,  had  maintained  it, 
until  no  rational  doubt  could  remain,  that  the  dominion  of  Spain  over 
them  was  irrecoverably  lost,  the  United  States  recognized  them  as  in- 
dependent Nations,  and  have  entered  into  those  relations  with  them, 
commercial  and  political  incident  to  that  Condition  —  Relations  the 
more  important  to  the  interests  of  the  United  States,  as  the  whole  of 
those  emancipated  Regions  are  situated  in  their  own  Hemisphere,  and 
as  the  most  extensive,  populous  and  powerful  of  the  new  Nations  are 
in  their  immediate  vicinity;  and  one  of  them  bordering  upon  the 
Territories  of  this  Union. 

"  To  the  contest  between  Spain  and  South  America  all  the  European 
Powers  have  also  remained  neutral.  The  maritime  Nations  have 
freely  entered  into  commercial  intercourse  with  the  South  Americans, 
which  they  could  not  have  done,  while  the  Colonial  Government 
of  Spain  existed.  The  neutrality  of  Europe  was  one  of  the  founda- 
tions upon  which  the  United  States  formed  their  judgment,  in  recog- 
nizing the  South-American  Independence ;  they  considered  and  still 
consider,  that  from  this  neutrality  the  European  Nations  cannot  right- 
fully depart. 

"Among   the  Powers  of  Europe,  Russia  is  one  with  whom  the 


APPENDIX  329 

United  States  have  entertained  the  most  friendly  and  mutually  bene- 
ficial intercourse.  Through  all  the  vicissitudes  of  War  and  Revolu- 
tion, of  which  the  world  for  the  last  thirty  years  has  been  the 
theatre,  the  good  understanding  between  the  two  Governments  has 
been  uninterrupted.  The  Emperor  Alexander  in  particular  has  not 
ceased  to  manifest  sentiments  of  Friendship  and  good  will  to  the 
United  States  from  the  period  of  his  accession  to  the  throne,  to  this 
moment,  and  the  United  States  on  their  part,  have  as  invariably  shown 
the  interest  which  they  take  in  his  Friendship  and  the  solicitude  with 
which  they  wish  to  retain  it. 

"In  the  communications  recently  received  from  the  Baron  de 
Tuyll,  so  far  as  they  relate  to  the  immediate  objects  of  intercourse 
between  the  two  Governments,  the  President  sees  with  high  satisfaction, 
the  avowal  of  unabated  cordiality  and  kindness  towards  the  United 
States  on  the  part  of  the  Emperor. 

"With  regard  to  the  communications  which  relate  to  the  Affairs  of 
Spain  and  Portugal,  and  to  those  of  South  America,  while  sensible  of 
the  candour  and  frankness  with  which  they  are  made,  the  President 
indulges  the  hope,  that  they  are  not  intended  either  to  mark  an  JEra. 
either  of  change,  in  the  friendly  dispositions  of  the  Emperor  towards 
the  United  States  or  of  hostility  to  the  principles  upon  which  their 
Governments  are  founded ;  or  of  deviation  from  the  system  of 
neutrality  hitherto  observed  by  him  and  his  allies,  in  the  contest  be- 
tween Spain  and  America. 

"  To  the  Notification  that  the  Emperor,  in  conformity  with  the  politi- 
cal principles  maintained  by  himself  and  his  Allies,  has  determined 
to  receive  no  Agent  from  any  of  the  Governments  de  facto,  which 
have  been  recently  formed  in  the  new  World  it  has  been  thought 
sufficient  to  answer  that  the  United  States,  faithful  to  their  political 
principles,  have  recognised  and  now  consider  them  as  the  Govern- 
ments of  Independent  Nations. 

"  To  the  signification  of  the  Emperor's  hope  and  desire  that  the 
United  States  should  continue  to  observe  the  Neutrality  which  they 
have  proclaimed  between  Spain  and  South-America,  the  answer  has 
been  that  the  neutrality  of  the  United  States  will  be  maintained  as 
long  as  that  of  Europe,  apart  from  Spain,  shall  continue  and  that  they 
hope  that  of  the  Imperial  Government  of  Russia  will  be  continued. 

"  [To  the  confidential  communication  from  the  Baron  de  Tuyll,  of 
the  Extract,  dated  S|  Petersburg  30  August  1823.  So  far  as  it  relates 
to  the  affairs  of  Spain  and  Portugal,  the  only  remark  which  it  is 
thought  necessary  to  make,  is  of  the  great  satisfaction  with  which  the 


330  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

President  has  noticed  that  paragraph,  which  contains  the  frank  and 
solemn  admissions  that  '  the  undertaking  of  the  Allies,  yet  demands  a 
last  Apology  to  the  eyes  of  Europe?] 

"  In  the  general  declarations  that  the  allied  Monarchs  will  never  com- 
pound, and  never  will  eve.n  treat  with  the  Revolution  and  that  their 
policy  has  only  for  its  object  by  forcible  interposition  to  guaranty  the 
tranquility  of  all  the  States  of  which  the  civilised  world  is  composed, 
the  President  wishes  to  perceive  sentiments,  the  application  of  which 
is  limited,  and  intended  in  their  results  to  be  limited  to  the  Affairs  of 
Europe. 

"  That  the  sphere  of  their  operations  was  not  intended  to  embrace  the 
United  States  of  America,  nor  any  portion  of  the  American  Hemisphere. 

"And  finally  deeply  desirous  as  the  United  States  are  of  preserving 
the  general  peace  of  the  world,  their  friendly  intercourse  with  all  the 
European  Nations,  and  especially  the  most  cordial  harmony  and  good 
will  with  the  Imperial  Government  of  Russia,  it  is  due  as  well  to  their 
own  unalterable  Sentiments,  as  to  the  explicit  avowal  of  them,  called  for 
by  the  communications  received  from  the  Baron  de  Tuyll,  to  declare 

"  That  the  United  States  of  America,  and  their  Government,  could 
not  see  with  indifference,  the  forcible  interposition  of  any  European 
Power,  other  than  Spain,  either  to  restore  the  dominion  of  Spain  over 
her  emancipated  Colonies  in  America,  or  to  establish  Monarchical 
Governments  in  those  Countries,  or  to  transfer  any  of  the  possessions 
heretofore  or  yet  subject  to  Spain  in  the  American  Hemisphere,  to 
any  other  European  Power. 

"  Department  of  State  Washington  27  November  1823." 

The  foregoing  paper  came  before  Monroe's  Cabinet  for  discussion, 
which  is  very  fully  given  in  the  memoirs  of  John  Quincy  Adams, 
Volume  VI,  pages  199  to  212. 

The  paper  above  given  in  full  was  read  to  the  Russian  Minister 
without  the  paragraphs  which  were  in  parenthesis. 

The  two  following  notes  from  Monroe  to  Mr.  Adams  are  also  found 
in  the  Adams  manuscripts  : 

JAMES    MONROE   TO   JOHN    QUINCY   ADAMS. 

Dear  Sir,  I  am  inclind  to  think  that  the  second  parag  had 
better  be  omitted,  &  that  such  part  of  the  3?  be  also  omitted,  as 
will  make  that  paragh  stand,  as  the  second  distinct  proposition,  in 
our  system.     The   principle  of  the   paper,  will  not  be  affected   by 


APPENDIX  33! 

this    modification,  &  it  will   be    less    likely  to   produce    excitement 
anywhere. 

Two  other  passages,  the  first  in  first  page,  &  the  second  in  the  3* 
are  also  marked  for  omission.  (Signed)     J.  M. 

You  had  better  see  the  Baron  immediately. 
Nov'  27,  1823. 

JAMES    MONROE   TO   JOHN    QUINCY   ADAMS. 

Nov^  27  1823. 
The  direct  attack  which  the  parag  makes  on  the  recent  move- 
ments, of  the  Emperor,  &  of  course,  censure,  on  him,  and  its  tendency 
to  irritate,  suggest  the  apprehension  that  it  may  produce  an  unfavor- 
able effect.  The  illustration  of  our  principles,  is  one  thing  ;  the  doing 
it,  in  such  a  form,  bearing  directly,  on  what  has  passed,  &  which  is 
avoided  in  the  message,  is  another.  Nevertheless,  as  you  attach 
much  interest  to  this  passage,  I  am  willing  that  you  insert  it,  being 
very  averse  to  your  omitting  anything  wch  you  deem  so  material. 

(Signed)     J.  M. 

The  following  letter  from  Mr.  Monroe  to  Mr.  Jefferson  is  to  be 
found  among  the  Jefferson  Papers  in  the  Department  of  State,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Washington,  Deer  4,  1S23. 

Dear  Sir,  —  I  now  forward  to  you  a  copy  of  the  message,  more 
legible  than  that  which  [was]  sent  by  the  last  mail.  I  have  con- 
curr'd  thoroughly  with  the  sentiments  expressed  in  your  late  letter,  as 
I  am  persuaded,  you  will  find,  by  the  message,  as  to  the  part  we 
ought  to  act,  toward  the  allied  powers,  in  regard  to  S?  America. 
I  consider  the  cause  of  that  country,  as  essentially  our  own.  That 
the  crisis  is  fully  as  menacing,  as  has  been  supposed,  is  confirmed,  by 
recent  communications,  from  another  quarter,  with  which  I  will  make 
you  acquainted  in  my  next.  The  most  unpleasant  circumstance,  in 
these  communications  is,  that  Mr.  Canning's  zeal,  has  much  abated 
of  late.  Whether  this  proceeds,  from  the  unwillingness  of  his  gov.1, 
to  recognize  the  new  gov'?  or  from  offers  made  to  it,  by  the  allied 
powers,  to  seduce  it,  into  their  scale,  we  know  not.  We  shall  never- 
theless be  on  our  guard  against  any  contingency.  Very  respectfully 
and  sincerely  Yours, 

(Signed)     James  Monroe. 
Reed  Dec.  7. 


332  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

The  following  letter  from  Mr.  Monroe  to  S.  L.  Gouverneur  is  to  be 
found  among  the  Monroe  Papers  in  the  New  York  Public  Library : 

Washington,  Dec.  4,  1823. 

Dear  Samuel,  —  I  have  only  a  moment  to  inform  you  that  your 
aunt  escaped  her  chill  last  night  &  is  much  better  today.  She  was 
bled  yesterday  &  had  also  taken  some  Calomel  to  which  we  attribute 
this  improvement. 

I  send  you  two  copies  of  the  message,  better  printed  than  that  which 
I  sent  yesterday,  with  the  information,  which  we  possess,  of  the  views 
of  the  allied  powers,  which  altho'  applicable  to  S?  Am  : ,  touch  us, 
on  principle,  it  was  thought  a  duty  to  advert  to  the  subject,  &  in 
plain  terms.  It  has  been  done,  nevertheless,  in  mild,  respectful,  & 
friendly  terms.  Had  I  omitted  to  put  the  country  on  its  guard,  & 
anything  had  occurrd  of  a  serious  character,  I  should  probably  have 
been  censurd  as  it  is  they  may  look  before  them,  and  what  may  be 
deemed  expedient.  I  shall  be  glad  to  hear  in  what  light  the  warning 
is  viewd. 

I  hope  that  neither  you,  Mr.  Tillotson  or  Mr.  Morris,  will  pledge 
either  yourselves,  or  me,  in  favor  of  Mr.  Randolph,  further  than  as 
to  the  respectability  of  his  character,  &  what  I  have  heard  of  his 
estate,  which  I  stated  I  had  not  seen.  I  think  it  valuable,  &  that  he 
would  not  misrepresent  facts.  Be  on  your  guard  as  to  this.  Tell 
Maria  that  we  are  much  relieved,  by  the  favorable  change  in  her 
mother's  health.  If  she  escapes  tomorrow,  we  trust,  that  all  further 
anxiety  will  cease.     Affectionate  regards  attend  you  all.  — 

Your  friend         (Signed)     James  Monroe. 

The  original  draft  of  a  letter  made  by  John  Quincy  Adams  to  Baron 
de  Tuyll  was  so  modified  that  the  portion  in  brackets  was  omitted  by 
request  of  Monroe  and  the  words  in  italics  were  omitted  from  the 
letter. 

Department  of  State.  Washington,  15  Nov'.  1823. 
Sir,  —  I  have  had  the  honor  of  receiving  your  note  of  the  ±  ins? 
communicating  the  information  that  His  Imperial  Majesty  the  Em- 
peror of  all  the  Russias  has  determined  in  no  case  whatsoever  to 
receive  any  agent  whatsoever  from  the  Government  of  the  Republic 
of  Columbia,  or  from  any  other  of  the  Governments  de  facto,  which 
owe  their  existence  to  the  events  of  which  the  new  World  has  for 
some  past  years  been  the  theatre. 


APPENDIX 


333 


Influenced  by  the  considerations  which  prescribe  it  as  a  duty  to 
independent  Christian  Nations  of  Christians  to  entertain  with  each 
other,  the  friendly  relations  which  sentiments  of  humanity  and  their 
mutual  interests  require,  and  satisfied  that  those  of  South  America 
had  become  irrevocably  Independent  of  Spain  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  B  [have  interchanged  Ministers  Plenipotentiary 
with  the  Republic  of  Colombia,  have  appointed  Ministers  of  the  same 
Rank  to  the  Governments  of  Mexico,  Buenos  Ayres  and  Chili,  have 
received  a  Minister  and  other  Diplomatic  Agents  from  Mexico,  and 
will  continue  to  receive  and  send  Agents  Diplomatic  and  Commercial, 
in  their  intercourse  with  the  other  American  Independent  Nations,  as 
in  the  performance  of  their  social  duties,  and  in  the  pursuit  of  their 
lawful  Interests  they  shall  find  expedient  proper.  While  regretting 
that  the  political  principles  maintained  by  His  Imperial  Majesty 
and  his  allies,  have  not  yet  led  the  Imperial  Government  to  the  same 
result,  and  that  they  have  not  seen  fit  to  receive  the  diplomatic  agent 
Minister  of  Peace  said  to  have  been  commissioned  by  the  Repub- 
lican Government  of  Colombia,  to  reside  near  his  Imperial  Majesty, 
the  Government  of  the  United  States,  respecting  in  others  that  self- 
dependent  Sovereignty  which  they  exercise  themselves,  receive  from 
you  the  information  of  his  Majesty's  determination  on  this  subject 
in  the  Spirit  of  Candour,  frankness,  and  of  amicable  disposition  with 
which  it  is  given.] 

D.  I  avail  myself  of  the  occasion  to  reiterate  to  you,  Sir,  the  assur- 
ance of  my  distinguished  Consideration. 

C.  From  the  information  contained  in  your  Note,  it  appears  that 
the  political  Principles  maintained  by  His  Imperial  Majesty  and  his 
allies,  have  not  led  the  Imperial  Government  to  the  same  result. 
I  am  instructed  by  the  President  to  assure  you,  that  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  respecting  in  others  the  Independence  of 
the  Sovereign  authority,  which  they  exercise  themselves,  receive  the 
communication  of  H.  I.  M.'s  determination  on  that  subject  in  the 
Spirit  of  Candour,  frankness,  and  of  amicable  disposition  with  which  it 
is  made.  D. 

B.  The  government  of  the  U  States  thought  it  proper  to  acknowl- 
edge their  independence,  in  March  1822,  by  an  act  which  was  then 
published  to  the  world.  This  government  has  since  interchanged  minis- 
ters with  the  republic  of  Columbia,  has  appointed  ministers  of  the 
same  rank  to  the  governments  of  Mexico,  Buenos  Ayres,  and  Chili, 
has  received  a  minister  and  other  diplomatic  agents  from  Mexico  and 


334  THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE 

preserve!,  in  other  respects  the  same  intercourse,  with  those  new 
States,  that  they  have  with  other  powers. 

By  a  recurrence  to  the  message  of  the  President,  a  copy  of  which 
is  enclosed,  you  will  find,  that  this  measure  was  adopted  on  great 
consideration  ;  that  the  attention  of  this  gov.  had  been  called,  to 
the  contest ;  between  the  parent  country  &  the  Colonies,  from  an  early 
period  that  it  had  marked  the  course  of  events  with  impartiality, 
&  had  become  perfectly  satisfied,  that  Spain  could  not  reestablish  her 
authority  over  them :  that  in  fact  the  new  States  were  completely 
independant.  C. 

[Under  those  circumstances  my  gov*  has  heard  with  great  regret, 
the  information  contained  in  your  note  that  the  political  principles 
maintained  by  his  Imperial  Majesty  &  his  allies,  have  not  yet 
led  the  Imperial  gov'  to  the  same  result.  I  am  instructed  how- 
ever by  the  President  to  assure  you,  that  this  communication  of 
H.  I.  M.'s  determination,  on  this  subject  has  been  received  in 
the  spirit  of  candour,  frankness,  &  of  amicable  disposition  with  which 
it  is  given.] 

Monroe  wrote  Adams  the  two  following  notes  : 

Nov1:  8, 1823. 

Dear  Sir,  —  I  called  to  confer  a  moment  with  you  respecting  the 
concerns  depending  with  the  minister  of  Russia,  but  not  meeting 
with  you,  and  hearing  that  you  are  expected  to  have  an  interview 
with  the  minister  of  Russia,  to  day,  I  drop  you  a  few  lines  on  that 
subject. 

In  the  interview,  I  think  that  it  will  be  proper,  to  extend  your 
conversation  &  enquiries  to  every  point,  which  seems  to  be  embraced, 
by  his  note,  &  informal  communication,  with  a  view  to  make  it  the  basis 
of  all  subsequent  measures,  either  with  Congress,  or  through  Mr. 
Rush  with  the  British  gov'  If  you  see  no  impropriety,  in  it,  I  think 
that  I  would  ask  him,  whether  he  intended,  by  the  terms  "  political 
principles  "  to  refer  to  the  governments  established,  in  the  new  states, 
as  distinguishing  them  from  those  of  Europe.  The  strict  import 
justifies  the  conclusion  that  he  does,  and  that  is  supported  by  all 
the  recent  movements  of  the  allied  powers,  in  Europe.  Still  to  give  it 
that  construction,  without  his  sanction,  in  this  form,  might  be  ob- 
jected to  hereafter.  I  merely  suggest  this  for  your  consideration, 
to  which  I  add,  that  if  there  be  cause  to  doubt  the  propriety  of  the 
step,  you  had  better  decline  it,  for  further  reflection,  especially  as 
other  opportunities  will  present  themselves,  in  future  conferences 
with  him,  on  the  same  subject. 


APPENDIX  335 

On  the  other  point  I  need  add  nothing  at  this  time.  Indeed  I  do 
not  know  that  I  can  say  anything,  in  addition  to  what  was  suggested 
on  it  yesterday.  It  is  probable  that  something  may  occur  in  your 
conference,  which  may  make  it  proper,  to  enlarge  the  sphere  of  the 
communication.  (Signed)     J.  M. 

Dear  Sir,  —  I  enclose  you  a  modification  of  your  note  in  reply  to 
that  of  the  Russian  minister  for  your  consideration.  The  part  for 
which  it  is  proposed  to  be  a  substitute  is  marked  with  a  pencil  — 
tho'  much  of  that  thus  marked  is  retained.  You  will  be  able  to  de- 
cide how  far  such  a  modification,  will  be  proper  from  what  may 
have  taken  place  in  your  conference  with  the  minister.  The  object, 
is  to  soften  the  communication  in  some  degree,  without  losing  any 
portion  of  the  decision  called  for  by  the  occasion. 

(Signed)      J.  M. 

Nov1:   to,  1823. 

In  the  memoirs  of  John  Quincy  Adams,  Volume  VI,  page  182,  is 
the  following  concerning  Baron  de  Tuyll : 

"  An  acknowledgment  of  the  receipt  of  his  note ;  a  statement 
that  we  had  received  and  sent  Ministers  and  Agents  in  our  intercourse 
with  the  independent  South  American  States,  and  should  continue  to 
do  the  same ;  regretting  that  the  Emperor's  political  principles  had 
not  yet  led  his  Government  to  the  same  conclusion.  I  saw  by  the 
Baron's  countenance  that  he  was  not  a  little  affected  at  this  statement. 
He  took  leave  of  me,  however,  in  perfect  good  humor."  l 

1  See  Worthington  C.  Ford's  Collection  of  Monroe  papers  in  Massachusetts 
Historical  Society  Proceedings,  Volume  XV,  pages  373  to  436,  for  the  papers 
and  documents  referred  to  and  reprinted  verbatim  in  this  appendix. 


INDEX 


Aberdeen,    Lord,    and    the    Venezuela 

boundary,  129 
Acha,  Dr.,  President  of  Bolivia,  167 
Adams,  John,  his  foreign  policy,  86,  88 
Adams,    John   Quincy,    interest  of,  in  the 
Holy  Alliance,  6, 13,  14,  19.  35.  4°>43>  51! 
interest  of,  in  the  Panama  Congress,  55, 
57,  79 ;  interest  of,  in  the  Monroe  Doctrine, 
72,  92,  99-102,  109,  262;  interest  of,  in 
the  South  American  States,  151 ;  commu- 
nications with  Baron  Tuyll,  315,  322,  323, 
327,   332 ;   correspondence  with   Monroe, 

33°.  33  r>  334 
Aguero,  President  of  Peru,  167 
Aix-la-Chapelle,  Congress  at,  3,  49 
Alexander  I,  and  the  Holy  Alliance,  1-5,  47- 
49;  and  Greece,  50,  51 ;  claim  to  Ameri- 
can coast,  95  ;  and  Prussia,  275  ;  friend- 
ship for  United  States,  317,  31S,  321-326, 

329»  332-334 
Alexander  the  Great,  311 
AU'aro,  President  of  Ecuador,  176 
Alonzo,  President  of  Bolivia,  167,  168 
Alvarez,  President  of  Mexico,  162 
Amacuro  River,  Venezuela  boundary,  129 
Ampudia,  General,  President  of  Mexico,  161 
Andalusia,  10 
Anderson,    Richard   C,   and    the   Panama 

Congress,  57,  58 
Andrade,  Ignacio,  President  of  Venezuela, 

166,  225,  250 
Angouleme,  Duke  d',  and  the  invasion  of 

Spain,  3,  52 
Antioquia,  secession  from  Colombia,  165 
Arango,  J.  A.,  and  treaty  of  Panama  with 

United  States,  153 
Argentine  Republic,  169,  172,  175,  177,  212, 

213,  218,  219,  263,  269,  270,  291,  299,  300 
Arias,  Thomas,  and  treaty  of  Panama  with 

United  States,  153 
Arista,  General,  President  of  Mexico,  161 


Bacon,    Augustus   O.,  favors  the    Hay- 

Bunau-Varilla  treaty,  156. 
Bailey,  Joseph  W.,  opposes  the  Hay-Bunau- 

Varilla  treaty,  154 


Balfour,  Arthur  J.,  speech  at  Liverpool,  285- 
288. 

Balize,  60,  62,  63-65,  67-69 

Ballivian,  General,  ruler  of  Bolivia,  167. 

Balmaceda,  President  of  Chile,  169,  177 

Baltasteros,  defection  of,  10 

Baltimore,  Democratic  Convention  at,  105  ; 
Republican  Convention  at,  105 

Barcelona,  fall  of,  324 

Basily,  at  The  Hague  Convention,  205 

Bayard,  Thomas  F.,  and  the  Venezuela 
boundary,  129 

Bay  Islands,  65-67,  73,  77,  78 

Behring's  Strait,  95 

Benton,  Thomas  H.,  and  the  Panama  Con- 
gress, 56 

Berbice,  128 

Berlin,  277,  281 

Berrien,  John  Macpherson,  and  the  Panama 
Congress,  56 

Belzu,  President  of  Bolivia,  167 

Bigelow,  John,  diplomatic  correspondence  of, 
74,  75,  122,   125 

Bismarck,  Prince,  135,  275,  283-285 

Blackstone,  on  international  law,  200,  201 

Blaine,  James  G.,  and  the  Clayton-Bulwer 
treaty,  148 

Blanco,  General,  167 

Blanco,  Guzman,  165,  255 

Bocachica,  port  blockaded,  25 

Bogota,  58,  164 

Bolivar,  Simon,  and  the  Panama  Congress, 
55,'5S,  59,108,  109,  175,261;  and  Colom- 
bia, 163,  176,  295,  300;  his  opinion  of 
South  America,  256 

Bolivia,  167,  168,  175,  215,213,  263,  293,  299 

Bonaparte,  Joseph,  3 

Borneo,  Dr.,  President  of  Ecuador,  16S 

Bouvier,  quotation  from,  204. 

Bowen,  Herbert  W.,  and  Venezuela,  274 

Bradford,  Admiral,  113 

Bravo,  General  Nicolas,  Vice-president  of 
Mexico,  160,  161 

Brazil,  97,  133-139,  213,  273,  282,  299,  300 

Brent,  and  the  Panama  Congress,  56 

Brewer,  David  J.,  and  the  Venezuela  boun- 
dary, 133 


22 


333 


INDEX 


Brown,  James,  Mission  to  France,  43 

Buchanan,  James,  66,  67,  70,  71;  nominated 
for  president,  105 

Buchanan,  William  I.,  delegate  to  Mexican 
Conference,  219 

Buenos  Ayres,  convention  between,  and  the 
Spanish  commissioners,  22  ;  refuses  to  co- 
operate with  the  Panama  Congress,  58; 
secession  from  the  Argentine  Republic, 
169;  recognized  by  the  United  States,  333 

Biilow,  Chancellor  von,  and  the  Venezuelan 
affair,  282-285 

Buhver,  Sir  Henry,  and  the  Clayton-Bulwer 
treaty,  64,  68,  69  ;  sketch  of  his  career,  76 

Bulwer,  Lord  Lytton,  77 

Bunau-Varilla,  Philipe,  and  the  Republic 
of  Panama,  153 

Burdett,  Sir  Francis,  17 

Burnaby,  Sir  William,  and  the  Burnaby 
Code,  61 

Burrell,  Henry  H.,  and  contract  with  Salva- 
dor, 236 

Bustamente,  President  of  Mexico,  161 

Bynkershoek,  on  international  law,  116,  117 

Byron,  Lord,  opinion  of  Castlereagh,  51,  52, 

93 


Cadiz,  fall  of,  23,  25,  324,  326 

Cxsar,  296,  305 

Calhoun,  John  C.,  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine, 
72,  98-100 

Calvo,  Carlos,  on  international  law,  103,  21S- 
221,  226,  265,  266 

Calvo  Doctrine,  218-266,  313 

Campbell-Bannerman,  Sir  Henry,  and  Vene- 
zuela, 278 

Campbell,  Lewis  D.,  minister  to  Mexico, 
126 

Campeachy,  63 

Canalizo,  President  of  Mexico,  161 

Cannes,  Napoleon  lands  at,  1 

Canning,  George,  and  the  Holy  Alliance,  6, 

7,  I0>  '3»  M,  i7-34>  37-43  5  and  the  Mon- 
roe Doctrine,  9,  46,  51,  93,  100,  331  ;  and 
the  South-American  colonies,  49,  50,  52- 
54;  his  far-seeing  policy,  115 

Cape  Verde  Islands,  application  of  the  Mon- 
roe Doctrine,  302 

Caracas,  Commission  at,  283 

Carlotta,  Empress,  125 

Carmack,  Edward  W.,  opposes  the  Hay- 
Bunau-Varilla  treaty,  154 

Carrera,  General,  President  of  Mexico,  162 

Cartagena,  and  Colombia,  164 

Carvajal,  President  of  Ecuador,  168 


Casey,  Admiral  Silas,  protects  the  railroad  at 

Panama,  148,  149 
Cass,  Lewis,  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  6S, 

72  ;  on  international  law,  239 
Castle  Garden,  303 
Castlereagh,  Lord,  part   in  Holy  Alliance, 

6»  7,  49-5  2>  93 
Castro,    Cipriano,  President  of  Venezuela, 

166,  174,224,  225,  249,  250,  268,  269,  274, 

284 
Celman,  Juarez,  of  the  Argentine  Republic, 

170,  177 
Central  America,  58,  64,  66,  68,  69,  71,  73 ; 

relations  with    United   States,    144,   147, 

158;  republic  of,  171,  175,  176,  236,  297, 

299,  300 
Charlemagne,  142 

Chateaubriand,  Francois  Auguste  de,  35 
Chile,   58,   80-S2,    167-170,    175,  177,  212, 

213,  263,  291,  299,  300,  333 
Cincinnati,  Democratic  Convention  at,  105 
Clarendon,  Lord,  and  the  Bay  Islands,  66, 

67 

Clarke,  James  P.,  and  the  Panama  treaty, 
156 

Clay,  Henry,  resolution  of,  47 ;  interest  of, 
in  the  Panama  Congress,  55-57;  and  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  69-71,  109,  no,  262; 
candidate  for  the  nomination  for  president, 
76 

Clayton,  John  M.,  and  the  Clayton-Bulwer 
treaty,  64  ;  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  68- 
71,  72  >  ano^  the  Panama  Congress,  75; 
sketch  of  his  career,  77 

Cleveland,  Grover,  and  the  Venezuela 
boundary,  47,  130;  and  the  treaty  of  arbi- 
tration, 1S0-182 

Cobb,  Thomas  W.,  and  the  Panama  Con- 
gress, 56 

Coleridge,  Lord,  opinion  on  international  law, 
200,  201 

Collins,  Justice,  and  the  Venezuela  boun- 
dary, 131 

Colombia,  22,  25,  55,  58,  59,  148-150,  154, 

J55>  '57,  '58,  l63-l65>  '"5,  176,  213,  236, 
254,  261,  263,  272,  2S2,  293,  295, 299,  300, 

321,332,333 
Colon,  145,  146,  150,  154,  165 
Columbia  River,  95,  101 
Columbus,  304 
Comonfort,  General,  President  of   Mexico, 

119,  162 
Constant,  Benjamin,  part  in  Holy  Alliance,  5 
Conventions  :  at  Troppau,  3,  49  ;  at  Aix-la- 

Chapelle,  3,  49  ;  at  Laibach,  3  ;  at  Verona, 

3,  6,  51 ;  at  Vienna,  23,  48,  49,  117,  215; 


INDEX 


339 


at  Panama,  55,  56,  58,69-72,  75, 108-110, 
175.  261,  262;  Whig,  at  Philadelphia,  76  ; 
Democratic,  at  Baltimore,  105;  Demo- 
cratic, at  Cincinnati,  105  ;  Republican, 
at  Baltimore,  105  ;  Republican,  at  St. 
Louis,  106;  Republican,  at  Philadelphia, 
106 ;  Democratic,  at  Chicago,  106  ;  Demo- 
cratic, at  Kansas  City,  107  ;  Republican, 
at  Philadelphia,  107;  at  Paris,  116,  117, 
179  ;  at  Geneva,  117,  215  ;  at  The  Hague, 
117.  183,  197,  199,  205,  213-215,  299  ;  at 
London,  121  ;  at  City  of  Mexico,  147,  206, 
212-214,  218,  219,  221,  258,  263,  296 

Cordova,  General,  President  of  Bolivia,  167 

Cortez,  136,  144 

Costa  Rica,  147,  158,  171,  176,  213,  263, 
294 

Crassus,  297 

Cremer,  Mr.,  M.  P.,  and  a  peace  congress, 

179 

Crespo,  President  of  Venezuela,  166 

Crozier,  Captain  William,  at  The  Hague 
Conference,  199 

Cuba.  American  interest  in,  56,  57;  65;  ap- 
plication of  Monroe  Doctrine  to,  133,  290 

Culebra  Mountain,  145 

Curtis,  William  E.,  letter  to  Chicago  Record- 
Herald,  112 


Dalling,  Lord,  77 

Daniel,  140 

Danish  West  Indies,  projected  purchase  of, 

i4i-i43»  273 
Davis,  Henry  G.,  delegate  to  Mexican  Con- 
vention, 219 
Dayton,    William   L.,  Minister  to  France, 

122,  138 
Demarara,  128 
Depew,    Chauncey    M.,   and    the    Panama 

treaty,  155,  156 
Devereux,  General,  316 
Devonshire,    Duke    of,    and    the    Monroe 

Doctrine,  279,  280 
Dewey,  Admiral  George,  and   the   German 

naval  commander,  133 
Diaz,  Porfirio,  President  of   Mexico,    162, 

163,  207 
Dickinson,  Don    M.,  decision  of,  234,  241, 

24) 
Dominguez,   Jose,  and  the   Panama  Con- 
gress, 58 
Dominica,  212,  213,  263 
Douglas,  Stephen  A.,  and  the  Clayton-Bul- 

wer  treaty,  68  ;  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine, 

73 


Drago,  Dr.,  Minister  of  Foreign  Relations 
of  the  Argentine  Republic,  269;  his  views 
on  coercive  collection  of  public  debts,  270 

Dura  and  d'Escar,  Duchess  of,  and  the  Holy 
Alliance,  5. 


Ecuador,  163,  164,  168,  175,  263,  299 

Edict  of  Nantes,  305 

Edward  VII,  address  of,  278 

Elba,  Napoleon  goes  to,  1 ;  Napoleon's  escape 

from,  foretold,  4 
Elizabeth,  Queen,  304 
Esau,  2S5 
Espinoza,  M .,  and  Panama  and  United  States 

treaty,  153  ;  President  of  Ecuador,  168 
Essequibo,  128 
Essequibo  River,  12S,  129 
Estrada,  Giuterrez  de,  and  Maximilian,  123 


Fairbanks,  Charles  W.,  and  the  Panama 

treaty,  155 
Faustin  I,  Emperor  of  Hayti,  171 
Ferdinand  VII,  3,  31,  326 
Field,  Justice,  opinion  on  Turkish  contract, 

233 
Fiji  Islands,  and  application  of  the  Monroe 

Doctrine,  302,  303 
Fillmore,  Millard,  68 
Fitzgibbon,  Chief  Justice  William,  and  the 

Bay  Islands,  66 
Florida,  90,  304 
Foraker,  Joseph  B.,  and  the  Panama  treaty, 

155 
Forsyth,  John,  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  71 
Foster,  Volney  W.,  delegate  to  the  Mexican 

Conference,  219 
Fox,  Charles  James,  51 
Francis  Joseph,  and  Maximilian,  123,  126 
Francis  of  Austria,  and  the  Holy  Alliance,  2 
Frederick  the  Great,  a  friend  of  Washing- 
ton, 285 
Frederick   William    III,  1  ;  and  the   Holy 

Alliance,  2  ;  and  France,  48 
Frelinghuysen,     Frederick     T.,     and     the 

Clayton-Bulwer  treaty,    148 
Fuller,    Melville   W.,   and    the    Venezuela 
boundary,  131 


Galatzin,  Princess,  and  the  Holy  Alli- 
ance, 5 

Gallatin,  Albert,  iS,  43 

Garcia,  Dr.  Gabriel,  President  of  Ecuador, 
16S 


340 


INDEX 


Garfield,  James  A.,  148 
Garrett,  John,  delegate  to  the  Mexican  Con- 
ference, 219 
Gelbtrunk  &  Co.,  in  Salvador,  24S 
Genet,  his  insults  to  our  government,  85,  88 
Geneva,  Convention  of  1864  at,  117,  215 
Gentry,    Frederick  yon,   his   definition   of 

balance  of  power,  217 
Gloucester  Lodge,  residence   of   Mr.   Can- 
ning, 19,  24,  27,  50 
Gonzalez,  Manuel,  President  of  Mexico,  163 
Gorman,    Arthur  P.,  opposes    the  Panama 

^treaty,  154 
Gouverneur,    S.   L.,    correspondence    with 

Monroe,  332 
Grant,  Ulysses  S.,  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine, 

82,  83,  112,303 
Granville,  Lord,  and  the  Venezuela  bound- 
ary, 129  ;  and  the  Clayton-Bulwer  treaty, 
148 
Greece,  revolt  of,  50,  51 
Greenland,  and  the  application  of  the  Mon- 
roe Doctrine,  302 
Grey,  Earl,  and  the  Holy  Alliance,  17 
Grey,  Sir  Charles,  66 
Grey,  Sir  George,  and  the  limits  of  Balize, 

67 
Grier,  Chief  Justice,  152 
Grotius,  117 
Gual,  Pedro,  and  the  Panama  Congress,  5S, 

65 
Guatemala,  56,  65,  171,  176,  212,   213,  263, 

294 
Guerrero,  President  of  Mexico,  160,  161 
Guitterez,   Santos,  President  of   Colombia, 

164 


Hale,  Edward  Everett,   resolution  at 
Lake  Mohonk  Conference,  182 

Halleck,  on  international  law,  238 

Hamilton,  Alexander,  his  ideas  on  expan- 
sion, 86,  87,  S9,  90  ;  as  a  statesman,  139 

Hanna,  Mark  A.,  and  the  Panama  Canal, 
146,  157 

Harrison,  Benjamin,  message  of,  179,  180 

Hartzell,  Bishop,  his  offer  of  a  coaling  sta- 
tion, 113 

Hasse,  Professor,  and  the  Venezuelan  affair, 
283,  284 

Havana,  61 

Hawaiian  Islands,  and  the  application  of  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  302 

Hay,  John,  interest  in  Panama,  153  ;  and 
The  Hague  treaty,  197,  199  ;  and  inter- 
national arbitration,  270,  271 


Hayne,  Robert  C,  56,  72 

Hayti,  Republic  of,  58,  171,  172,  213 

Heidelberg,  residence  of  Mme.  de  Krudener, 

4 
Henry  IV   of   France,  and    the    Edict  of 

Nantes,  305 
Herrera,  President  of  Mexico,  161 
Hertling,   Baron  von,   and  the  Venezuelan 

affair,  281 
Hobhouse,  17 
Holy  Alliance,  The,  2-7,  15,  16,  19,  21,  23, 

31,  33,  3$,  47-54.  59,  7°,  79,  93,  95,  9$, 

100,  130,  132,  325 
Honduras,  British,  61,  64,  65,  68,  139 
Honduras,  Republic  of,  66,  67,  78,  171,  172, 

176,  213,  263,  294 
Houston,  "Sam,"  71 


Iceland,  and  the  application  of  the  Mon- 
roe Doctrine,  302 
Iglesias,  President  of  Mexico,  162 
Ingham,  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  71 
Iturbide,    Augustin,    Emperor  of   Mexico, 
159,   160,   171 


Jackson,  Andrew,  and  the  Monroe  Doc- 
trine, 71,  72  ;  and  the  Panama  Congress, 
75  ;  nominated  for  president,  105  ;  and 
Bustamente,  161 

Jacob,  285 

Jamaica,  62 

James  I,  304,  305 

Jamestown,  304 

Jecker,  120 

Jefferson,  Thomas,  correspondence  with 
Monroe,  39-44  ;  and  the  Louisiana  Pur- 
chase, 86,  92,  155  ;  letter  to,  from  Wash- 
ington, 87  ;  foreign  policy  of,  88,  89  ; 
letter  to  Livingston,  90  ;  messages  of,  90; 
and  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  112  ;  as  a 
statesman,  139 

Jolly,  Captain,  66 

Jones,  Henry,  case  of,  v.  United  States,  103, 
104 

Juarez,  Benito,  President  of  Mexico,  119, 
120,  124,  126,  127,  162 


Kamschatka,  and  the  application  of  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  302 

Kilpatrick,  Judson,  letter  to,  from  Seward, 
So 

King,  William  Rufus,  and  the  Clayton- 
Bulwer  treaty,  69,  72 


INDEX 


341 


Ki'.nisberg,  Battle  of,  275 
Kriidener,  Baron  de,  and  the  Holy  Alliance,  4 
Kriidener,    Madame   de,   and  the   Holy  Al- 
liance, 4,   5 
Kruger,  President,  184 

Lafayette,   Marquis  de,  letter  to,  from 

Washington,  87 
Laibach,  Convention  at,  in  1S21,  3 
Lamar,  General,  President  of  Peru,  167 
Larrozabal,  Antonio,  and  the  Panama  Con- 
gress, 58 
Leo  XIII,  125 

Lerdo,  President  of  Mexico,  162,  163 
Lesseps,    Ferdinand  de,  and  the  Isthmian 

Canal,  144-146 
Leyser,  Dr.,  137 
L'Huys,  Drouyn  de,  138 
Lieven,  Count,  and  the  Holy  Alliance,  13,  26 
Linares,   President  of  Bolivia,  167 
Lincoln,  Abraham,  and  Mexico,   75 ;  nomi- 
nated for  president,  105 
Lisbon,  326 
Liverpool,  Lord,  17 
Livingston,  Edward,  letters  from  Jefferson, 

89,  90 
Lodge,  Henry  Cabot,  and  the  Monroe  Doc- 
trine, 133  ;  and  Panama,  155 
London,  Convention  at,  in  1S61,  121 
Lopez,  General,  and  Maximilian,  126 
Louis  XIV,  and  the  Edict  of  Nantes,  305 
Louis  XVIII,  and  the  Holy  Alliance,  1,  2 
Louisiana,  89,  90,  92 
Low,  Seth,  at  The  Hague  Conference,  199 

Macintosh,    Sir    James,  denounces  the 

abolition  of  privateering,  17 
Madison,  James,  39 ;  message  to  Congress, 

91,  92;  112 
Madrid,  327 
Magnas,  Baron,  Prussian  Minister  in  Mexico> 

126 
Mahan,  Captain  Alfred  T.,  at  The  Hague 

Conference,  199 
Malina,  Pedro,  at  the  Panama  Congress,  58 
Manhattan  Island,  founded  by  the  Dutch,  305 
Manila,  133 

Marquez,  President  of  Colombia,  164 
Marroquin,  President  of  Colombia,  149 
Marshall,  John,  as  a  statesman,  139 
Martens,  Professor,  on  the  Venezuela  Boun- 
dary Commission,    131  ;    at  The   Hague 

Convention,  205 
Mason,  James  M.,  and  the  Clayton-Bulwer 

treaty,  68,  73 


Matos,  member  of  Andrade's  cabinet,  166, 

225 
Maximilian,    Emperor,    74,     105,    121-127, 

132,  13S,  143,  162,  272 
McDuffie,  George,  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine, 

7i 

McKinley,  William,  on  the  Convention  in 
Mexico,  218,  220  ;  and  the  Spanish-Amer- 
ican War,  2SS 

McLane,  Louis,  71,  72 

Mejia,  General,  126,  127 

Melgarejo,  President  of  Bolivia,  167 

Mendez,  Pedro  Briceno,  and  the  Panama 
Congress,  58 

Merida,  61 

Merou,  Dr.  Garcia,  269,  270 

Metternich,  Prince,  in  the  Holy  Alliance, 
6,48-51 

Mexico,  24,  34,  57,  58,  74,75,81,84,88, 
98,101,  105,109,117,  119-127,  132,  138, 
139,  143,  144;  revolutions,  159-161 ;  163; 
and  Central  America,  171  ;  indebtedness 
per  capita,  172;  quasi  monarchy,  174; 
and  the  confederacy  of  South  American 
States,  175  ;  177,  206,  207,  211,  212,  213 ; 
war  with  United  States,  232  ;  236,    291, 

293,  299.  300>  3°3>  333)  334 

Mexico,  City  of,  International  Conference 
at,  147,  206,  212-214,  21S,  219,  221,  258, 
263,  296 

Meyer,  Dr.  Herman,  137 

Michelena,  Jose  Mariano,  and  the  Panama 
Congress,  58 

Miramon,  General,  119-121;  President  of 
Mexico,  126,  127 

Mississippi  River,  89,  90,  92,  312 

Mohonk,  Lake,  Conference  at,  on  Interna- 
tional Arbitration.  1S2 

Money,  Hernando  D.  S.,  and  the  Panama 
treaty,  156 

Monroe,  James,  correspondence  with  Richard 
Rush,  14,  27,  37,  39,  40,  50;  and  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  44,  53,  69,  70,  72,  75, 
80,  S2,  S3,  85,  92,  93,  95,  97-101,  13°. 
316,  317,  319,  320,  323,  329,  330,  333- 
335  ;  and  the  Panama  mission,  79  ;  corre- 
spondence with  JohnQuincy  Adams,  151, 
330,  331  ;  correspondence  with  Jefferson, 
331  ;  correspondence  with  S.  L.  Gouver- 
neur,  332  ;  message  of,  334 

Morales,  General,  22 

Morat,  65 

Moreno,  President  of  Ecuador,  168 

Morgan,  John  T.,  and  the  Panama  treaty,  154 

Moroco  River,  128,  129 

Morris,  332 


342 


INDEX 


Moscow,  burning  of,  i 

Mosquera,  President  of  Colombia,  164 

Murtinho,  Dr.,  13S 

Nantes,  Edict  of,  305 

Naples,  revolution  in,  323 

Napoleon  I,  conquered  by  the  Allies,  1-4  ; 
correspondence  with  Metternich,  48  ;  trea- 
ties with  United  States  and  Spain,  89 ; 
sale  of  Louisiana,  91,  142 ;  and  Prussia, 

275»  311 
Napoleon  III,  123,  125 

Navassa,  Island  of,  104 

Nebuchadnezzar,  140 

Negrete,  General  Pedio  Celestrio,  160 

Nesselrode,  Count,  13,  26,  320-324 

Newell,  Stanford,  at  The  Hague  Conference, 

199 
Newenham,    Sir   Edward,    letter   to,     from 

Washington,  86 
New  Granada,  64, 144, 153  ,155,  163-165, 175 
New   Zealand,   and   the  application  of  the 

Monroe  Doctrine,  302,  303 
Ney,  Marshal  Michael,  1 
Nicaragua,  146,  147,  149,  158,  Wh  176,  2^3> 

263,  264,  266 
Nicholas  I,  and  the  Holy  Alliance,  47,  4S,  51 
Nicholas  II,  issues  invitation  to  The  Hague 

Convention,  1S3 
Noboa,  Diego,  President  of  Ecuador,  168 

Olney,  Richard,  47,  130;  and  the  Vene- 
zuela boundary,  2S0 
O'Neill,  General,  63 
Orinoco  River,  128,  129,  131 

Pacas,  Jose  Rosa,  Chief  Justice  of  Sal- 
vador, 241,  249 

Pacose,  ].  Rosa,  President  of  Central  Amer- 
ica, 176 

Paez,  General,  59 

Paine,  Thomas,  letter  from  Jefferson,  S9 

Pana,  Luis  Sanez,  President  of  Argentine 
Republic,  170 

Panama  Canal,  144,  146,  148,  149,  19S,  26S, 
272,  273 

Panama  Congress,  55,  56,  5S,  69-72,  75, 
10S-110,  175,  261,  262 

Panama,  Republicof,  150,  153,  154,  157,  165 

Panama,  State  of  the  Isthmus  of,  164,  165 

Panama,  Town  of,  145,  150,  154 

Pando,  General,  President  of  Bolivia,  168 

Paraguay,  169,  170,  175,212,  213,  263,264 

Parana  River,  128 


Paris,  entry  into,  by  Allies,  1,  2;  residence 
of  Mme.  de  Krudener,  4  ;  Congress  of  1856, 
1 1 6,  117  ;  place  of  meeting  for  the  Ven- 
ezuelan Commission,  131  ;  meeting  of  the 
Isthmian  Canal  Directors  at,  145 ;  Peace 
Congress  at,  1 79 

Patos,  Island  of,  seizure  of,  by  Great  Britain, 
269 

Pedraza,  Gomez,  President  of  Mexico,  160, 
161 

Pedro  II,  Dom,  134-136 

Penfield,  William  L.,  opinion  of  laws  of 
Salvador,    242-244 

Penn,  William,  84 ;  colonies  of,  305,  306 

Pepper,  Charles  M.,  delegate  to  the  Mexican 
Conference,  219 

Perdido  River,  91 

Peru,  34,  58,  167,  175,  212,  213,  263,  299 

Phelps,  Edward  J.,  correspondence  with 
Thomas  F.  Bayard,  129 

Philadelphia,  Whig  Convention  at,  76 

Philip  II,  144 

Philippines,  and  the  application  of  the  Mon- 
roe Doctrine,  312 

Piedmont,  revolution  in,  3 

Pierce,  Franklin,  68 

Pinckney,  Charles  Cotesworth,  letter  from 
Hamilton,  89 

Pitt,  William,  51 

Planta,  32 

Piatt,  Orville  H.,  and  the  Panama  treaty, 

155 
Plumer,  William,  extract  from  his  diary,  99, 

100 

Plymouth  Rock,  304-306 

Poinsett,  Joel  R.,  57,  71,  72,  109,  262 

Polignac,  Prince  de,  and  Spanish  America, 
27,  28,  49,  50,  52,  53 

Polk,  James  K.,  views  on  the  Panama  Mis- 
sion, 69,  71,  73  ;  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine, 
75,  83,  96-99;  message  of  Congress,  97- 
99;  and  the  Isthmian  Canal,  144 

Pompey,  297 

Pownall,  Governor  Thomas,  his  book  on  this 
country,  88 

Pozzo,  address  to  Ferdinand,  31  ;  goes  to 
Madrid,  36 

Pradt,  Abbe  de,  58 

Puerto  Cabello,  bombarded  by  the  British 
and  German  navies,  267,  268,  281 

Puffendorf,  117 

Punta  Barima,  128,  129,  131 


Quebec,  74 
Queretaro,  126 


INDEX 


343 


Randolph,  John,  56,  332 

Ranvegna,  Colombian  minister  to  England, 

25,  26 
Recamier,  Madame,  5 
Rio  Hondo,  62 
Rives,  William  C,  72 
Robles,    General     Francisco,    Dictator    of 

Ecuador,  168 
Roca,   General,  President  of  the  Argentine 

Republic,  170,  177 
Rogers,  Lieutenant,  and  the  Isthmian  Canal, 

145 
Roosevelt,  Theodore,  and  Panama,  154-156, 

165  ;  and  The  Hague  treaty,  197,  199;  and 
the  Mexican  Conference,  217;  and  Vene- 
zuela, 274 

Rosebery,  Lord,  and  the  Venezuela  boun- 
dary, 129,  284,  286 

Ruatan,  65,  66 

Rush,  Benjamin,  signer  of  the  Declaration 
of  Independence,  6 

Rush,  Richard,  and  the  Holy  Alliance,  6 ; 
and  Spanish-American  affairs,  7,  9,  13, 
14,  19,  21,  27,  31,  34,  37-40,  50,  51,  53  ; 
correspondence  with  John  Ouincy  Adams, 
100-102,  334 

Russell,  Lord  Chief  Justice,  and  the  Vene- 
zuela boundary,  131;  opinion  on  inter- 
national law,  201 


St.  George's  Coy,  63 

St.  Helena,  2 

St.  Petersburg,  despatch  from,  281;  de- 
parture of  the  Emperor  from,  321 

Salavery,  Dictator  of  Peru,  167 

Salisbury,  Lord,  and  the  Venezuela  boun- 
dary, 47,129-131,  280 

Salvador,  171,  176,  212,  213,  225,  22S,  234- 
242,  248,  249,  263,  266,  294 

Samoan  Islands,  and  the  application  of  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  302 

San  Carlos,  268 

San  Domingo,  65,  82,  172 

Sanfuentes,  169,  177 

San  Juan,  seizure  of,  73 

Sanloque,  President  of  Hayti,  171 

Santa  Anna,  General,  160;  President  of 
Mexico,  161,  162 

Santa  Catharina,  137 

Santa  Cruz,  President  of  Bolivia,  167 

Santander,  and  the  Panama  Congress,  58, 
109;  President  of  Colombia,  164,  261 

Schleswig  and  Holstein,  Duchies  of,  142,  217 

Schomburhk,  and  the  Venezuela  boundary, 
128,  129 


Sergeant,  John,  and  the  Panama  Congress, 

57,  58 
Seward,  William  H.,  and  Mexico,  74,  84, 

87,  122,  124,  126,  138  ;  and  the  Monroe 

Doctrine,  75,  85,  132;  despatch  to,  from 

Kilpattick,   80;  letter  to  Kilpatrick,   82; 

and  Brazil,  139 
Sheldon,  Daniel,  Jr.,  and  South  American 

affairs,  19,  36 
Sheridan,    General    Philip    H.,    sent   into 

Texas,  124 
Sheridan,  Richard  Brinsley,  51 
Short,  William,  correspondence  with  Jeffer- 
son, 89 
Siberia,  and  the  application  of  the  Monroe 

Doctrine,  302 
Siboon  River,  62 
Simmons,  Furnifold  McL.,  and  the  Panama 

treaty,  156 
Slaughter  House  Cases,  307 
South  Shetland  Islands,  and  the  application 

of  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  302 
Spencer,  Earl,  and  the  Venezuelan  affair,  279 
Staal,  at  The  Hague  Convention,  205 
Stapleton,    quotation    from    his    "Life   of 

Canning,"  52 
Sternberg,    Minister,    and   the   Venezuelan 

affair,  283 
Stewart,  Sir  Charles,  and  Spanish  America, 

19,  2S,  29 
Strong,  Sir  Henry,  Chief  Justice  of  Canada, 

decision  of,  234,  241,  249 
Sucre,  General,  President  of  Bolivia,  167 
Swayne,  Justice,  opinion  of,  233 


Tacubayo,  59 

Taylor,  Zachary,  cabinet  of,  64,  68  ;  army  of, 

71;  as  president,  y^  >  as  general,  76 
Teller,  Henry  M.,  and  the  Panama  treaty, 

154 

Tennyson,  quotation  from,  183. 

Terminus,  god  of  the  Romans,  310,  311 

The  Hague  Convention,  117,  183,  197,  199, 
205,  213-215,  299 

The  Hague  Court,  279 

The  Hague  Tribunal,  199-204,  212,  216, 
257-259,  272,  274,  276,  301 

Tillman,  Benjamin  R.,  and  the  Panama 
treaty,  154 

Tilsit,  peace  of,  275 

Toro,  Manuel  Murillo,  President  of  Colom- 
bia, 164 

Treaties:  1648,  of  Munster,  12S;  1763,  be- 
tween Great  Britain  and  Spain,  61,  65  ; 
1783,  between  Great  Britain  and  Spain,  62» 


344 


INDEX 


65;  1786,  between  Great  Britain  and 
Spain,  62-66  ;  1790,  between  Great  Britain 
and  Spain,  101  ;  1800,  between  France  and 
Spain,  89  ;  1S00,  between  France  and  the 
United  States,  89;  1814,  between  Great 
Britain  and  Spain,  63-66  ;  1819,  between 
Spain  and  the  United  States  (Florida 
treaty),  101;  1S26,  between  Great  Britain 
and  Mexico,  64;  1845,  between  Spain  and 
Venezuela,  128  ;  1846,  between  the  United 
States  and  Great  Britain,  96  ;  1S46,  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  New  Granada, 
144,  153-155;  184S,  between  the  United 
States  and  Mexico  (Guadalupe  Hidalgo 
treaty),  71,  72  ;  1S50,  between  the  United 
States  and  Great  Britain  (Clayton-Bul- 
wer  treaty),  64,  66,  68,  73,  77,  78,  146- 
148;  1856,  between  Great  Britain  and 
the  United  States  (Clarendon-Dallas 
treaty),  14S;  1856,  between  Russia  and 
the  Allies,  217;  1859,  between  Mexico  and 
Spain,  120  ;  1864,  between  Germany  and 
Denmark,  142;  1S90,  treaty  of  inter- 
national arbitration  (not  ratified),  179 
180;  1899,  The  Hague  treaty,  183-199, 
205-207,  212-216,  258-260,  271,  276,  284, 
290,  295-297,  299;  1901,  between  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States  (Hay- 
Pauncefote  treaty),  146,  148;  1902,  treaty 
of  compulsory  arbitration  between  ten 
South  American  States,  208-213,  290, 
295,  296;  1902,  between  the  United  States 
and  Denmark -(not  ratified),  141,  142; 
1902,  between  the  United  States  and 
Colombia  (outlined  but  not  ratified),  148, 
268;  1903,  between  the  United  States  and 
Colombia  (Hay-Herran  treaty,  not  rati- 
fied), 149,  15S;  1903,  between  the  United 
States  and  Panama  (Hay-Bunau-Vanlla 
treaty),  153,  156,  157 
Troppau,  congress  of  the  Holy  Alliance  at, 

3.  49 
Turkey  and  the  Revolt  of  Greece,  50,  51 
Tuyll,    Baron,    correspondence    with    John 

Quincy  Adams,  100,  315,   316,  319-324, 

327,  329-332-  335 

Urbina,  Dictator  of  Ecuador,  168 
Uruguay,  169,  170,  172,  175,  212,  213,  264 

Valparaiso,  burned  by  the  Spanish  fleet, 

80 
Van  Buren,  Martin,  and  the  Panama  Con- 


gress, 56,  72,  79;  and  the  Monroe 
Doctrine,  73,  80 ;  nominated  for  vice- 
president,    105 ;   and  New   Zealand,    302 

Vattel,  on  international  law,  102,  103,  116, 
117,  217,  247,  267 

Velutini,  J.  A.,  President  of  the  senate  of 
Venezuela,  224 

Venezuela,  114,  117,  128-131,  163-165,  175, 
176,  184,  198,  212,  213,  215,  222,  225,  22S, 
234,  243,  245-247,249,  250,  254,257,  258, 
266-268,  271-275,  278,  2S1-284,  2S7,  294, 
297,  299 

Vera  Cruz,  74,  121 

Veragua,  seceded  from  Colombia,  164,  165 

Verona,  Congress  of  the  Holy  Alliance  at,  3, 
6,  51 

Victoria,  General  Guadalupe,  President  of 
Mexico,  160 

Vienna,  Congress  of,  23,48,  49,  117,  215 

Villele,  M.  de,  35 

Von  Biilow,  Count,  240 


Wallace,  naming  of  Balize,  60 

Washington,  George,  and  the  Monroe  Doc- 
trine, 72,  82 ;  our  foreign  policy,  85-SS, 
92;  as  a  statesman,  139;  Farewell  Address 
of,  312 

Waterloo,  battle  of,  2,  4,  51 

Webster,  Daniel,  and  the  Monroe  Doctrine, 
69;  candidate  for  nomination  for  the  pres- 
idency, 76 

Weitinghoff,  Baron,  4 

Wellington,  Duke  of,  51 

West  Indies,  24,  67,  86,  113,  114 

White,  Andrew  D.,  at  The  Hague  Confer- 
ence, 199 

Wildenbruch,  Ernest  von,  277,  281 

William  I.,  142 

William  II,  and  Brazil,  135;  and  our  for- 
eign policy,  140;  and  Venezuela,  281  ; 
friend  of  United  States,  285 

Wilson,  Henry,  nomination  of  Taylor,  76 ; 
and  the  Clayton-Bulwer  treaty,  148 

Woolsey,  President,  and  the  Monroe  Doc- 
trine, 97 


Yucatan,  97-99,  160 
Yuruari,  Territory  of,  129 


Zabadua,  64 

Zeloya,  President  of  Nicaragua,  176 

Zuloaga,  General,  119 


is 


O 


tq 


c 

o 

•^> 

c 


o 

O 

« 

o 

o 
u 
c 

0 

Si 


«> 


0 

3        & 


K 
W 

i — 

o 


fa 

o 
w 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 
LIBRARY 


c 


Do    not 
re  move 
the   card 
from   this 
Pocket. 


Acme    Library    Card    Pocket 

Under  Pat.  "  Ref.  Index  File." 
Made  by  LIBRARY  BUREAU